Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2014

Registration No.            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

PROQR THERAPEUTICS B.V.*

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)

 

 

 

The Netherlands		2834		Not applicable
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)		(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

Daniel de Boer, Chief Executive Officer

ProQR Therapeutics B.V.

Darwinweg 24

2333 CR Leiden

The Netherlands

+31 (0)85 4 89 49 32

(Address, Including ZIP Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

CT Corporation System

111 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10011

(212) 894-8800

(Name, Address, Including ZIP Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Mitchell S. Bloom, Esq. Danielle M. Lauzon, Esq. Goodwin Procter LLP Exchange Place 53 State Street Boston, MA 02109 (617) 570-1000		René Beukema, Chief Corporate Development Officer & General Counsel ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Darwinweg 24 2333 CR Leiden The Netherlands +31 (0)85 4 89 49 32		Brian A. Johnson, Esq. Timothy J. Corbett, Esq. Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP 7 World Trade Center 250 Greenwich Street New York, NY 10007 (212) 230-8800

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED		PROPOSED MAXIMUM AGGREGATE OFFERING PRICE(1)(2)		AMOUNT OF REGISTRATION FEE
Ordinary shares, par value €                 per share		$75,000,000		$9,660.00

(1)	Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

(2)	Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

*

We intend to convert the legal form of our company under Dutch law prior to the completion of this offering from a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) to a public company with limited liability (naamloze vennootschap) and to change our name from ProQR Therapeutics B.V. to ProQR Therapeutics N.V.

 

 

 

---

Table of Contents

The information contained in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 14, 2014

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

            Shares

 

ORDINARY SHARES

 

 

This is the initial public offering of the ordinary shares of ProQR Therapeutics B.V. We are offering                 ordinary shares.

Currently, no public market exists for our ordinary shares. We expect the initial public offering price to be between $         and $         per ordinary share.

 

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. is a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to convert into a public company with limited liability (naamloze vennootschap), and our name will be ProQR Therapeutics N.V.

 

 

We intend to apply for the listing of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “        ”. We are an “emerging growth company” as defined by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

 

 

 

		PER ORDINARY SHARE				TOTAL
Public offering price		$				$
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)
Proceeds to us, before expenses

 

(1)	The underwriters will also be reimbursed for certain expenses incurred in this offering. See “Underwriting” for details.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase an additional                 ordinary shares. If the underwriters exercise their option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be $        , and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $        .

Investing in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 of this prospectus.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Delivery of the ordinary shares is expected to be made on or about                 , 2014.

 

 

 

Leerink Partners		Deutsche Bank Securities

JMP Securities

H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC

 

 

Prospectus dated                , 2014.

---

Table of Contents

 

Born from the dream to beat cystic fibrosis in one child, ProQR’s goal is to develop a treatment that will transform the lives of more than 70,000 patients and their loved ones.

ProQR™ THERAPEUTICS Build on passion heading for success

---

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

		Page
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY			1
RISK FACTORS			8
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS			43
USE OF PROCEEDS			45
DIVIDEND POLICY			46
CAPITALIZATION			47
DILUTION			48
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA			50
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS			51
BUSINESS			67
MANAGEMENT			98
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS			110
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS			113
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL			116
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE			138
TAXATION			139
UNDERWRITING			149
NOTICE TO INVESTORS			153
EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING			156
LEGAL MATTERS			157
EXPERTS			157
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIBERTIES			157
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION			158
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS			F-1

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to offer and sell our ordinary shares. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our ordinary shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. Neither we nor the underwriters are making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

Through and including                 , 2014 (the 25^th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction, other than the United States, where action for that purpose is required. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of our ordinary shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus includes estimates of market size and industry data and forecasts that we have obtained from the medical literature and industry publications, surveys and forecasts, as well as from internal company sources. Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has

 

i

---

Table of Contents

been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. In addition, this prospectus includes market size and industry data that we have prepared primarily based on our knowledge of the industry in which we operate. All information regarding our market and industry is based on the latest data currently available to us, which in some cases may be several years old. Our estimates, in particular as they relate to market size and our general expectations, involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in the sections entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors”.

EXCHANGE RATES

All references in this prospectus to “U.S. dollars” or “$” are to the legal currency of the United States, and all references to “€” or “euro” are to the currency of the European Economic and Monetary Union.

Our business to date has been conducted primarily in the European Union, and we prepare our financial statements in euros. This prospectus contains translations of euro amounts into U.S. dollars at specific rates. Unless otherwise noted, all translations from euros to U.S. dollars and from U.S. dollars to euros in this prospectus were made at a rate of $1.34 per euro, the noon buying rate quoted as of August 8, 2014 by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. We make no representation that any euro or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or euro, as the case may be, at any particular rate, at the rates stated below, or at all.

The table below shows the period end, average, high and low exchange rates of U.S. dollars per euro for the periods shown. Average rates are computed by using the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the euro on each business day during the relevant year indicated or each business day during the relevant month indicated. The rates set forth below are provided solely for your convenience and may differ from the actual rates used in the preparation of the combined financial statements included in this prospectus and other financial data appearing in this prospectus.

 

		Period End				Average				Low				High
		(U.S. dollar per euro)
Year Ended December 31:
2009			1.43				1.39				1.25				1.51
2010			1.33				1.33				1.20				1.45
2011			1.30				1.39				1.29				1.49
2012			1.32				1.29				1.21				1.35
2013			1.38				1.33				1.28				1.38
Month Ended:
January 2014			1.35				1.36				1.35				1.37
February 2014			1.38				1.37				1.35				1.38
March 2014			1.38				1.38				1.37				1.39
April 2014			1.39				1.38				1.37				1.39
May 2014			1.36				1.37				1.36				1.39
June 2014			1.37				1.36				1.35				1.37
July 2014			1.34				1.35				1.34				1.37

The noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the euro on August 8, 2014 was €1.00 = $1.34.

 

ii

---

Table of Contents

TRADEMARKS

“ProQR” is our trademark. Other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus may be referred to without the ^® and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, their rights thereto.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Unless the context specifically indicates otherwise, references in this prospectus to “ProQR Therapeutics B.V.”, “ProQR Therapeutics N.V.”, “ProQR Therapeutics”, “ProQR”, “we”, “our”, “ours”, “us”, “our company” or similar terms refer to (1) ProQR Therapeutics B.V. prior to our conversion into a public company with limited liability (naamloze vennootschap), and (2) ProQR Therapeutics N.V. after giving effect to the conversion into a public company with limited liability (naamloze vennootschap), which is expected to occur prior to the completion of this offering.

 

iii

---

Table of Contents

 

1

---

Table of Contents

 

2

---

Table of Contents

 

3

---

Table of Contents

 

4

---

Table of Contents

 

5

---

Table of Contents

 

6

---

Table of Contents

 

7

---

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could suffer materially. In such event, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Capital Needs and Financial Position

We are a pre-clinical stage biopharmaceutical company with a history of losses. We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability, which could result in a decline in the market value of our ordinary shares.

We are a pre-clinical stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history, engaged in the discovery and development of RNA-based therapeutics for the treatment of severe genetic disorders. Since our inception in February 2012, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to the development of our lead product candidate, QR-010. We have had significant operating losses since our inception. Our net losses for the six months ended June 30, 2014, the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and the period from February 21, 2012 (inception) through December 31, 2012 were approximately €6,715,000, €3,253,000 and €418,000, respectively. As of June 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of €10,386,000. Substantially all of our losses have resulted from expenses incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations. Our technologies and product candidates are in early stages of development, and we are subject to the risks of failure inherent in the development of product candidates based on novel technologies.

To date, the only revenue we have generated has been from the receipt of research grants. Our ability to generate revenue and become profitable depends upon our ability to obtain marketing approval and successfully commercialize QR-010 or other product candidates that we may develop, in-license or acquire in the future.

Even if we are able to successfully achieve regulatory approval for these product candidates, we do not know when any of these products will generate revenue for us, if at all. We have not generated, and do not expect to generate, any product revenue for the foreseeable future, and we expect to continue to incur significant operating losses for the foreseeable future due to the cost of research and development, pre-clinical studies and clinical trials and the regulatory approval process for product candidates. The amount of future losses is uncertain. Our ability to achieve profitability, if ever, will depend on, among other things, us or any future collaborators successfully developing product candidates, obtaining regulatory approvals to market and commercialize product candidates, manufacturing any approved products on commercially reasonable terms, establishing a sales and marketing organization or suitable third party alternatives for any approved product and raising sufficient funds to finance business activities. If we or any future collaborators are unable to develop and commercialize one or more of our product candidates or if sales revenue from any product candidate that receives approval is insufficient, we will not achieve profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our ability to generate revenue from QR-010 or other product candidates also depends on a number of additional factors, including our ability to:

 

•

successfully complete development activities, including the remaining pre-clinical studies and planned clinical trials for QR-010, which we expect to initiate in the fourth quarter of 2014;

 

•

complete and submit New Drug Applications, or NDAs, to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and Marketing Authorisation Applications, or MAAs, to the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and obtain regulatory approval for indications for which there is a commercial market;

 

8

---

Table of Contents

•

complete and submit applications to, and obtain regulatory approval from, other foreign regulatory authorities;

 

•

set a commercially viable price for any products for which we may receive approval;

 

•

obtain commercial quantities of our products at acceptable cost levels;

 

•

develop a commercial organization capable of sales, marketing and distribution for the products we intend to sell ourselves in the markets in which we have retained commercialization rights;

 

•

find suitable partners to help us market, sell and distribute our approved products in other markets;

 

•

achieve acceptance among patients, clinicians and advocacy groups for any products we develop; and

 

•

obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party, including government, payors.

In addition, because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development, including the risk that our product candidates may not advance through development or be shown to be safe and effective for their intended uses, the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory agencies may require additional clinical trials or pre-clinical studies or impose post-approval requirements.

We are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses, or when or if we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Even if we are able to complete the processes described above, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercializing our product candidates. Moreover, our first commercial sale of QR-010, if ever, will trigger a milestone payment to Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc., or CFFT, of approximately $80 million pursuant to our agreement with CFFT, and we may not have sufficient funds to support this payment obligation. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Commitments—Agreement with Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc.”

Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of QR-010 or any other product candidate, we may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce our operations.

We will require additional capital to fund our operations and if we fail to obtain necessary financing, we will not be able to complete the development and commercialization of QR-010.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. We expect to continue to spend substantial amounts to conduct further research and development and pre-clinical testing and clinical trials of our product candidates, to seek regulatory approvals for our product candidates and to launch and commercialize any product candidates for which we receive regulatory approval, including potentially building our own commercial organization to address the United States, the European Union and certain other markets. As of June 30, 2014, we had approximately €38,193,000 in cash and cash equivalents. Based on our current operating plan, we believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, will be sufficient to fund our anticipated level of operations for at least the next              months. However, our future capital requirements and the period for which our existing resources will support our operations may vary significantly from what we expect. Our monthly spending levels will vary based on new and ongoing development and corporate activities. Because the length of time and activities associated with successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain, we are unable to estimate the actual funds we will require for development and any approved marketing and commercialization activities. Our future funding requirements, both near and long-term, will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

 

•

the initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of pre-clinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates;

 

•

the clinical development plans we establish for these product candidates;

 

9

---

Table of Contents

•

the number and characteristics of product candidates that we develop or may in-license;

 

•

the terms of any collaboration agreements we may choose to conclude;

 

•

the outcome, timing and cost of meeting regulatory requirements established by the FDA, the EMA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities;

 

•

the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing our patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

 

•

the cost of defending intellectual property disputes, including patent infringement actions brought by third parties against us or our product candidates;

 

•

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

 

•

the cost and timing of completion of commercial-scale outsourced manufacturing activities; and

 

•

the cost of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for any product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval in regions where we choose to commercialize our products on our own.

We cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of one or more of our products or product candidates or one or more of our other research and development initiatives. We also could be required to seek collaborators for one or more of our current or future product candidates at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable or on terms that are less favorable than might otherwise be available or relinquish or license on unfavorable terms our rights to technologies or product candidates that we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing shareholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

We may seek additional capital through a combination of private and public equity offerings, debt financings, strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, existing ownership interests will be diluted and the terms of such financings may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders. Debt financings may be coupled with an equity component, such as warrants to purchase shares, which could also result in dilution of our existing shareholders’ ownership. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and could also result in certain restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business and may result in liens being placed on our assets and intellectual property. If we were to default on such indebtedness, we could lose such assets and intellectual property. If we raise additional funds through strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our product candidates, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

We have a limited operating history, which may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.

We were formed in February 2012 and began operations in May 2012. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, acquiring and developing product and technology rights, and conducting development activities for our product candidates, primarily QR-010. We have not yet begun clinical development or obtained regulatory approval for any of our product candidates. Consequently, any predictions about our future success, performance or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history, more experience with clinical development or approved products on the market.

 

10

---

Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Development and Regulatory Approval of our Product Candidates

We depend almost entirely on the success of one product candidate, QR-010, which is still in pre-clinical development. We cannot be certain that we will be able to successfully complete the clinical development of, obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize QR-010.

We currently have no products on the market, and our most advanced product candidate, QR-010, is still in pre-clinical development. Our business depends almost entirely on the successful clinical development, regulatory approval and commercialization of QR-010, and it will require additional pre-clinical testing and substantial additional clinical development and regulatory approval efforts before we are permitted to commence its commercialization, if ever. None of our product candidates have advanced into a clinical program, and it will be several years before we can commence and complete a pivotal study for QR-010, if ever. The clinical trials and manufacturing and marketing of QR-010 and any other product candidates will be subject to extensive and rigorous review and regulation by numerous government authorities in the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions where we intend to test and, if approved, market our product candidates. Before obtaining regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of any product candidate, we must demonstrate through pre-clinical testing and clinical trials that the product candidate is safe and effective for use in each target indication, and potentially in specific patient populations, including the pediatric population. This process can take many years and may include post-marketing studies and surveillance, which would require the expenditure of substantial resources beyond the proceeds we raise in this offering. Of the large number of drugs in development for approval in the United States and the European Union, only a small percentage successfully complete the FDA or EMA regulatory approval processes, as applicable, and are commercialized. Accordingly, even if we are able to obtain the requisite financing to continue to fund our research, development and clinical programs, we cannot assure you that QR-010 or any other of our product candidates will be successfully developed or commercialized.

The regulatory approval processes of the FDA, the EMA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities are lengthy, time-consuming and inherently unpredictable, and if we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for QR-010, our business will be substantially harmed.

We are not permitted to market QR-010 in the United States or the European Union until we receive approval of an NDA from the FDA or an MAA from the European Commission, respectively, or in any other foreign countries until we receive the requisite approval from such countries. Prior to submitting an NDA to the FDA or an MAA to the EMA for approval of QR-010 to treat CF patients with the DF508 mutation, we will need to complete our ongoing pre-clinical and toxicology studies, as well as a proof-of-concept study and Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials. We are still conducting pre-clinical studies and have not yet commenced our clinical program or exposed any humans to QR-010. Successfully initiating and completing our clinical program and obtaining approval of an NDA or a MAA is a complex, lengthy, expensive and uncertain process, and the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may delay, limit or deny approval of QR-010 for many reasons, including, among others:

 

•

we may not be able to demonstrate that QR-010 is safe and effective in treating CF patients with the DF508 mutation to the satisfaction of the FDA or the EMA;

 

•

the results of our clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical or clinical significance required by the FDA or the EMA for marketing approval;

 

•

the FDA or the EMA may disagree with the number, design, size, conduct or implementation of our clinical trials;

 

•

the FDA or the EMA may require that we conduct additional clinical trials;

 

•

the FDA or the EMA or other applicable foreign regulatory agencies may not approve the formulation, labeling or specifications of QR-010;

 

•

the clinical research organizations, or CROs, that we retain to conduct our clinical trials may take actions outside of our control that materially adversely impact our clinical trials;

 

11

---

Table of Contents

•

the FDA or the EMA may find the data from pre-clinical studies and clinical trials insufficient to demonstrate that QR-010’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;

 

•

the FDA or the EMA may disagree with our interpretation of data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials;

 

•

the FDA or the EMA may not accept data generated at our clinical trial sites;

 

•

if our NDAs or MAAs, if and when submitted, are reviewed by the FDA or the EMA, as applicable, the regulatory agency may have difficulties scheduling the necessary review meetings in a timely manner, may recommend against approval of our application or may recommend that the FDA or the EMA, as applicable, require, as a condition of approval, additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials, limitations on approved labeling or distribution and use restrictions;

 

•

the FDA may require development of a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy as a condition of approval or post-approval, and the EMA may grant only conditional approval or impose specific obligations as a condition for marketing authorization, or may require us to conduct post-authorization safety studies;

 

•

the FDA, the EMA or other applicable foreign regulatory agencies may not approve the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract; or

 

•

the FDA or the EMA may change their approval policies or adopt new regulations.

Any of these factors, many of which are beyond our control, could jeopardize our ability to obtain regulatory approval for and successfully market QR-010. Moreover, because our business is almost entirely dependent upon this one product candidate, any such setback in our pursuit of regulatory approval would have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

Failures or delays in the commencement or completion of our pre-clinical studies or planned clinical trials of QR-010 could result in increased costs to us and could delay, prevent or limit our ability to generate revenue and continue our business.

We have not commenced any clinical trials for QR-010. Successful completion of such clinical trials is a prerequisite to submitting an NDA to the FDA or a MAA to the EMA and, consequently, the ultimate approval and commercial marketing of QR-010. Clinical trials are expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and are uncertain as to outcome. A product candidate can unexpectedly fail at any stage of clinical development. The historical failure rate for product candidates is high due to scientific feasibility, safety, efficacy, changing standards of medical care and other variables. We do not know whether our clinical trials will begin or be completed on schedule, if at all, as the commencement and completion of clinical trials can be delayed or prevented for a number of reasons, including, among others:

 

•

delays in reaching or failing to reach agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

•

inadequate quantity or quality of a product candidate or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials;

 

•

difficulties obtaining institutional review board, or IRB, or ethics committee approval to conduct a clinical trial at a prospective site or sites;

 

•

challenges in recruiting and enrolling patients to participate in clinical trials, including the size and nature of the patient population, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, eligibility criteria for the clinical trial, the nature of the clinical trial protocol, the availability of approved effective treatments for the relevant disease and competition from other clinical trial programs for similar indications;

 

•

severe or unexpected drug-related side effects experienced by patients in our clinical trials or by individuals using drugs similar to our product candidates;

 

12

---

Table of Contents

•

reports from pre-clinical or clinical testing of other RNA therapies that raise safety or efficacy concerns; or

 

•

difficulties retaining patients who have enrolled in a clinical trial but may be prone to withdraw due to lack of efficacy, side effects, personal issues or loss of interest.

Clinical trials may also be delayed or terminated as a result of ambiguous or negative interim results. In addition, a clinical trial may be suspended or terminated by us, the FDA, or the IRBs at the sites where the IRBs are overseeing a clinical trial, a data safety monitoring board, or DSMB, overseeing the clinical trial at issue or other regulatory authorities due to a number of factors, including, among others:

 

•

failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols;

 

•

inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial sites by the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory authorities that reveals deficiencies or violations that require us to undertake corrective action, including the imposition of a clinical hold;

 

•

unforeseen safety issues, including any that could be identified in our ongoing toxicology studies, adverse side effects or lack of effectiveness;

 

•

changes in government regulations or administrative actions;

 

•

problems with clinical supply materials; and

 

•

lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial.

Positive results from pre-clinical testing of QR-010 are not necessarily predictive of the results of our planned clinical trials of QR-010. If we cannot achieve positive results in our clinical trials for QR-010, we may be unable to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize QR-010.

Positive results from our pre-clinical testing of QR-010 in vitro and in vivo may not necessarily be predictive of the results from our planned clinical trials in humans. Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in clinical trials after achieving positive results in pre-clinical development, and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, pre-clinical findings made while clinical trials were underway or safety or efficacy observations made in clinical trials, including adverse events. Moreover, pre-clinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in pre-clinical studies and clinical trials nonetheless failed to obtain FDA or EMA approval. If we fail to produce positive results in our clinical trials of QR-010, the development timeline and regulatory approval and commercialization prospects for our leading product candidate, and, correspondingly, our business and financial prospects would be materially adversely affected.

Our RNA repair technologies are unproven and may not result in marketable products.

We plan to develop a pipeline of product candidates using our proprietary RNA repair technologies for severe genetic disorders, focusing initially on a treatment for CF patients with the DF508 mutation, which affects approximately 70% of all CF patients. We believe that targeting the mRNA to restore the production of normal protein is a unique approach that offers advantages versus small molecule, gene therapy and other therapeutic approaches. However, the scientific research that forms the basis of our efforts to develop product candidates is both preliminary and limited.

We believe that we are the only company currently pursuing RNA repair technologies for the treatment of severe genetic disorders. We may discover that the molecules we develop to repair RNA do not possess certain properties required for a drug to be effective, such as the ability to remain stable in the human body for the period of time required for the drug to reach the target tissue or the ability to cross the cell wall and enter into cells within the target tissue for effective delivery. We may spend substantial funds attempting to introduce these

 

13

---

Table of Contents

properties and may never succeed in doing so. In addition, product candidates based on RNA repair may demonstrate different chemical and pharmacological properties in humans than they do in laboratory studies or animals. Even if our product candidates, such as QR-010, have successful results in animal studies, they may not demonstrate the same chemical and pharmacological properties in humans and may interact with human biological systems or other CF treatments in unforeseen, ineffective or harmful ways. Our RNA repair technologies may provoke an unwanted immune response, or immunogenicity, against wild-type CFTR protein in patients successfully treated with QR-010. Such unwanted immunogenicity may neutralize the therapeutic effects of our product candidates and could result in harmful outcomes for patients. As a result, we may never succeed in developing a marketable product, we may not become profitable and the value of our ordinary shares would decline.

Furthermore, the FDA and the EMA have relatively limited experience with therapeutics based on RNA repair. To our knowledge, no regulatory authority has granted approval to any person or entity, including us, to market and commercialize therapeutics using RNA repair technology, which may increase the complexity, uncertainty and length of the regulatory approval process for our product candidates. Neither we nor any future collaborator may receive approval to market and commercialize any product candidate. Even if we or a collaborator were to obtain regulatory approval, the approval may be for disease indications or patient populations that are not as broad as we intended or may require labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings. We or a collaborator may be required to perform additional or unanticipated clinical trials to obtain approval or be subject to post-marketing testing requirements to maintain regulatory approval. If our RNA repair technology proves to be ineffective, unsafe or commercially unviable, our entire platform and pipeline would have little, if any, value, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Failure to obtain regulatory approval in jurisdictions outside the United States and the European Union would prevent our product candidates from being marketed in those jurisdictions.

In order to market and sell our products in jurisdictions other than the United States and the European Union, we must obtain separate marketing approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The regulatory approval process outside the United States and the European Union generally includes all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA and EMA approval, but can involve additional testing. We may need to partner with third parties in order to obtain approvals outside the United States and the European Union. In addition, in many countries worldwide, it is required that the product be approved for reimbursement before the product can be approved for sale in that country. We may not obtain approvals from regulatory authorities outside the United States and the European Union on a timely basis, if at all. Even if we were to receive approval in the United States or the European Union, approval by the FDA or the EMA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions. Similarly, approval by one regulatory authority outside the United States and the European Union would not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or by the FDA or the EMA. We may not be able to file for marketing approvals and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market. If we are unable to obtain approval of QR-010 or any of our other product candidates by regulatory authorities in other foreign jurisdictions, the commercial prospects of those product candidates may be significantly diminished and our business prospects could decline.

If we are not able to maintain orphan product exclusivity for QR-010 or obtain such status for future product candidates for which we seek this status, or if our competitors are able to obtain orphan product exclusivity before we do, we may not be able to obtain approval for our competing products for a significant period of time.

Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and the European Union, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a product as an orphan drug if it is a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is

 

14

---

Table of Contents

generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States who have been diagnosed as having the disease or condition at the time of the submission of the request for orphan drug designation or not more than five in 10,000 people in the European Union. Generally, if a product with an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a period of market exclusivity. This exclusivity precludes the EMA or the FDA, as applicable, from approving another marketing application for the same or, in the EU, a similar drug for the same indication for that time period, unless the later product is clinically superior. The applicable period is seven years in the United States and ten years in the European Union following marketing approval. The EU exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if a drug no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation, for example if the drug is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified.

Orphan drug exclusivity may be lost if the FDA or EMA determines that the request for designation was materially defective, or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the drug to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition or if the incidence and prevalence of patients who are eligible to receive the drug in these markets materially increase. Although we have obtained orphan designation for QR-010 in the European Union and the United States, even after an orphan drug is approved, the same or, in the EU, a similar drug can subsequently be approved for the same condition if the competent regulatory agency concludes that the later drug is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care.

If we lose orphan drug exclusivity or if our competitors obtain orphan drug exclusivity for other rare diseases or conditions we are targeting before we do, we may be precluded from obtaining marketing authorization or we may lose out on the potential benefits of market exclusivity.

A breakthrough therapy designation by the FDA for QR-010 may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and it does not increase the likelihood that QR-010 will receive marketing approval.

We intend to seek a breakthrough therapy designation for QR-010, and we may do so for other product candidates as well. A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints. For product candidates that have been designated as breakthrough therapies, interaction and communication between the FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the most efficient path for clinical development while minimizing the number of patients placed in ineffective control regimens. Product candidates designated as breakthrough therapies by the FDA are also eligible for accelerated approval.

Designation as a breakthrough therapy is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe QR-010 or another of our product candidates meets the criteria for designation as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. The availability of breakthrough therapy designation was established with the passage of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act of 2012, and while the FDA has released guidance as to the criteria it uses in designating drugs as breakthrough therapies, we cannot be sure that our product candidates will meet the FDA’s qualifying criteria for such designation. In any event, the receipt of a breakthrough therapy designation for a product candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to drugs considered for approval under conventional FDA procedures and does not assure ultimate approval by the FDA. In addition, even if one or more of our product candidates qualify as breakthrough therapies, the FDA may later decide that the products no longer meet the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened.

 

15

---

Table of Contents

A fast track designation by the FDA may not actually lead to a faster development, regulatory review or approval process.

We intend to seek fast track designation for QR-010, and we may do so for other product candidates as well. If a drug is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and the drug demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this condition, the sponsor may apply for FDA fast track designation. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation, and even if we believe QR-010 or another of our product candidates is eligible for this designation, we cannot be sure that the FDA would decide to grant it. Even if we do receive fast track designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. The FDA may withdraw fast track designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program.

Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties

Our development and commercialization strategy for QR-010 relies in part upon certain patent rights that we license from Massachusetts General Hospital, and termination of that license could have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Some of our RNA repair technologies rely in part upon certain patent rights that we license from Massachusetts General Hospital, or MGH. Pursuant to our license agreement with MGH, we are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and make available to the public one or more products or processes in the United States under the licensed MGH patent rights, as well as to achieve certain specified development, regulatory and commercial milestones. If we do not meet the specified milestones, MGH may be able to terminate the license agreement. MGH may also terminate the license agreement if we are in breach of certain financial obligations or we are otherwise in default of certain obligations under the license agreement. If MGH terminated our license agreement, it could have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If third parties on which we depend to conduct our pre-clinical studies or any future clinical trials do not perform as contractually required, fail to satisfy regulatory or legal requirements or miss expected deadlines, our development program could be delayed with materially adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We rely on CROs, clinical data management organizations and consultants to design, conduct, supervise and monitor pre-clinical studies of our product candidates and will do the same for our planned clinical trials for QR-010 and any other clinical trials. We and our CROs are required to comply with various regulations, including Good Clinical Practices, or GCP, which are enforced by the FDA, and guidelines of the Competent Authorities of the Member States of the European Economic Area, or EEA, and comparable foreign regulatory authorities to ensure that the health, safety and rights of patients are protected in clinical development and clinical trials, and that trial data integrity is assured. Regulatory authorities ensure compliance with these requirements through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of our CROs fail to comply with applicable requirements, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that upon inspection by a given regulatory authority, such regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with such requirements. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with products produced under current Good Manufacturing Practice, or cGMP, requirements, which mandate the methods, facilities and controls used in manufacturing, processing and packaging of a drug product to ensure its safety and identity. Failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat pre-clinical and clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

Our CROs are not our employees, and except for remedies available to us under our agreements with such CROs, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our ongoing clinical and pre-clinical programs. If CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet

 

16

---

Table of Contents

expected deadlines or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our product candidates. As a result, our operations and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed. Additionally, any significant delays could cause us to miss diligence milestones under our license agreement with MGH and could cause MGH to terminate the agreement, which would further harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Because we have relied on third parties, our internal capacity to perform these functions is limited. Outsourcing these functions involves risk that third parties may not perform to our standards, may not produce results in a timely manner or may fail to perform at all. In addition, the use of third-party service providers requires us to disclose our proprietary information to these parties, which could increase the risk that this information will be misappropriated. We currently have a small number of employees, which limits the internal resources we have available to identify and monitor our third-party providers. To the extent we are unable to identify and successfully manage the performance of third-party service providers in the future, our business may be adversely affected. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter similar challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.

If we cannot contract with acceptable third parties on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or if these third parties do not carry out their contractual duties, satisfy legal and regulatory requirements for the conduct of pre-clinical studies or clinical trials or meet expected deadlines, our clinical development programs could be delayed and otherwise adversely affected. In all events, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the trial. The FDA and the EMA require clinical trials to be conducted in accordance with GCP, including for conducting, recording and reporting the results of pre-clinical studies and clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of clinical trial participants are protected. Our reliance on third parties that we do not control does not relieve us of these responsibilities and requirements. Any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We rely on third-party manufacturers and suppliers and we intend to rely on third parties to produce pre-clinical, clinical and commercial supplies of QR-010 and any future product candidates.

We rely on third parties to supply the materials and components for, and manufacture, our research and development, pre-clinical and clinical trial supplies. We also intend to rely on third-party manufacturers to manufacture the aerosol delivery device that we intend to use to deliver QR-010 to CF patients. We do not own manufacturing facilities or supply sources for such components and materials. There can be no assurance that our supply of research and development, pre-clinical and clinical development drugs and other materials will not be limited, interrupted, restricted in certain geographic regions or of satisfactory quality or continue to be available at acceptable prices. In particular, any replacement of our drug product formulation manufacturer could require significant effort and expertise because there may be a limited number of qualified replacements.

The manufacturing process for a product candidate is subject to FDA, EMA and other foreign regulatory authority review. Suppliers and manufacturers must meet applicable manufacturing requirements and undergo rigorous facility and process validation tests required by regulatory authorities in order to comply with regulatory standards such as cGMP. In the event that any of our suppliers or manufacturers fails to comply with such requirements or to perform its obligations to us in relation to quality, timing or otherwise, or if our supply of components or other materials becomes limited or interrupted for other reasons, we may be forced to manufacture the materials ourselves, for which we currently do not have the capabilities or resources, or enter into an agreement with another third party, which we may not be able to do on reasonable terms, if at all. In some cases, the technical skills or technology required to manufacture our product candidates may be unique or

 

17

---

Table of Contents

proprietary to the original manufacturer and we may have difficulty, or there may be contractual restrictions prohibiting us from, transferring such skills or technology to another third party and a feasible alternative may not exist. These factors would increase our reliance on such manufacturer or require us to obtain a license from such manufacturer in order to have another third party manufacture our product candidates. If we are required to change manufacturers for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations and guidelines. The delays associated with the verification of a new manufacturer could negatively affect our ability to develop product candidates in a timely manner or within budget.

We expect to continue to rely on third party manufacturers if we receive regulatory approval for any product candidate. To the extent that we have existing, or enter into future, manufacturing arrangements with third parties, we will depend on these third parties to perform their obligations in a timely manner consistent with contractual and regulatory requirements, including those related to quality control and assurance. If we are unable to obtain or maintain third-party manufacturing for product candidates, or to do so on commercially reasonable terms, we may not be able to develop and commercialize our product candidates successfully. Our or a third party’s failure to execute on our manufacturing requirements could adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including:

 

•

an inability to initiate or continue pre-clinical studies or clinical trials of product candidates under development;

 

•

delay in submitting regulatory applications, or receiving regulatory approvals, for product candidates;

 

•

loss of the cooperation of a collaborator;

 

•

subjecting our product candidates to additional inspections by regulatory authorities;

 

•

requirements to cease distribution or to recall batches of our product candidates; and

 

•

in the event of approval to market and commercialize a product candidate, an inability to meet commercial demands for our products.

If a collaborative partner terminates or fails to perform its obligations under an agreement with us, the commercialization of QR-010, if approved, could be delayed or terminated.

We are not currently party to any collaborative arrangements for the commercialization of QR-010, if approved, or similar arrangements, although we may pursue such arrangements before any commercialization of QR-010, if approved. If we entered into future collaborative arrangements for the commercialization of QR-010 or similar arrangements and any of our collaborative partners does not devote sufficient time and resources to a collaboration arrangement with us, we may not realize the potential commercial benefits of the arrangement, and our results of operations may be materially adversely affected. In addition, if any such future collaboration partner were to breach or terminate its arrangements with us, the commercialization of QR-010 could be delayed, curtailed or terminated.

Much of the potential revenue from future collaborations may consist of contingent payments, such as payments for achieving regulatory milestones or royalties payable on sales of drugs. The milestone and royalty revenue that we may receive under these collaborations will depend upon our collaborators’ ability to successfully develop, introduce, market and sell new products. In addition, collaborators may decide to enter into arrangements with third parties to commercialize products developed under collaborations using our technologies, which could reduce the milestone and royalty revenue that we may receive, if any. Future collaboration partners may fail to develop or effectively commercialize products using our products or technologies because they:

 

•

decide not to devote the necessary resources due to internal constraints, such as limited personnel with the requisite expertise, limited cash resources or specialized equipment limitations, or the belief that other drug development programs may have a higher likelihood of obtaining marketing approval or may potentially generate a greater return on investment;

 

18

---

Table of Contents

•

decide to pursue other technologies or develop other product candidates, either on their own or in collaboration with others, including our competitors, to treat the same diseases targeted by our own collaborative programs;

 

•

do not have sufficient resources necessary to carry the product candidate through clinical development, marketing approval and commercialization; or

 

•

cannot obtain the necessary marketing approvals.

Competition may negatively impact a partner’s focus on and commitment to QR-010 and, as a result, could delay or otherwise negatively affect the commercialization of QR-010. If any future collaboration partners fail to develop or effectively commercialize QR-010 for any of these reasons, our sales of QR-010, if approved, may be limited, which would have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Our relationships with customers and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute our products for which we obtain marketing approval. As a biopharmaceutical company, even though we do not and will not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors, certain federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse and patients’ rights are and will be applicable to our business. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include the following:

 

•

the U.S. federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute constrains our marketing practices, educational programs, pricing policies, and relationships with healthcare providers or other entities, by prohibiting, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

•

federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws impose criminal and civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement or record to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

•

the U.S. federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and also created federal criminal laws that prohibit knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

 

•

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

•

the U.S. federal physician payment transparency requirements under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, collectively, the Healthcare Reform Law, require applicable manufacturers of covered drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report annually to HHS information related to payments and other transfers of

 

19

---

Table of Contents

value to physicians, certain other healthcare providers, and teaching hospitals, and ownership and investment interests held by physicians and certain other healthcare providers and their immediate family members and applicable group purchasing organizations; and

 

•

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers. Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government and may require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and certain other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures. Additionally, state and foreign laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Comparable laws and regulations exist in the countries within the European Economic Area, or EEA. Although such laws are partially based upon European Union law, they may vary from country to country. Both healthcare and industry specific, as well as general EU and national laws, regulations and industry codes constrain, for example, our interactions with government officials and healthcare practitioners, and the handling of healthcare data. Non-compliance with any of these laws or regulations could lead to criminal or civil liability.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to not be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

Our employees may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other misconduct. Misconduct by employees could include intentional failures to comply with FDA or EMA regulations or similar regulations of other foreign regulatory authorities, to provide accurate information to the FDA, the EMA or other foreign regulatory authorities, to comply with certain manufacturing standards, to comply with U.S. federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations and similar laws and regulations established and enforced by comparable foreign regulatory authorities, to report financial information or data accurately or to disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. We will adopt, implement and enforce a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which will be effective as of the consummation of this offering, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity, such as employee training on enforcement of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

 

20

---

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We license patent rights from third-party owners or licensees and if we fail to comply with our obligations in our intellectual property licenses, we could lose rights that are fundamental to our business.

We rely, and will continue to rely, on intellectual property rights licensed from third parties to protect our technology. We are a party to licenses that give us rights to third-party intellectual property that are necessary or useful for our business. In particular, we have a license from MGH to certain patent rights that relate to certain RNA repair technologies. Pursuant to this agreement, we have an exclusive, sublicensable and royalty-bearing license from MGH for the exploitation of the in-licensed intellectual property rights in all therapeutic indications in the field of cystic fibrosis. See “Business—Intellectual Property—License Agreement with MGH.” We also intend to license additional third-party intellectual property in the future.

Our licensing arrangement with MGH imposes diligence, development, regulatory and commercialization milestones, and royalty, insurance and other obligations on us. If we fail to comply with these obligations, MGH may have the right to terminate these agreements, in which case we might not be able to develop, manufacture or market any product that is covered by these agreements or may face other penalties under the agreements. Such an occurrence could materially adversely affect the value of the product candidate being developed under any such agreement. Termination of this agreement or reduction or elimination of our rights under this agreement may result in our having to negotiate new or amended agreements with less favorable terms, or cause us to lose our rights under this agreement, including our rights to important intellectual property and technologies that form the basis of our RNA repair technology, which may then be in-licensed by one or more of our competitors.

If the third parties from whom we license patent rights do not properly or successfully obtain, maintain or enforce the patents underlying such licenses, or if they retain or license to others any competing rights, our competitive position and business prospects may be adversely affected.

Our success will further depend in part on the ability of our licensors to obtain, maintain and enforce patent protection for our licensed intellectual property, in particular, those patents to which we have secured exclusive rights. MGH, as well as our other licensors, may not successfully prosecute the patent applications licensed to us. Even if patents issue or are granted, MGH or our other licensors may fail to maintain these patents, may determine not to pursue litigation against other companies that are infringing these patents, or may pursue litigation less aggressively than we would. Further, we may not obtain exclusive rights, which would allow for third parties to develop competing products. Without protection for, or exclusive right to, the intellectual property we license, other companies might be able to offer substantially identical products for sale, which could adversely affect our competitive business position and harm our business prospects.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees on any issued patent are due to be paid to the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or U.S. PTO, the European Patent Office, or EPO, and other foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patent. The U.S. PTO and various foreign national or international patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of patent rights include, but are not limited to, failure to timely file national and regional stage patent applications based on our international patent application, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we or our licensors fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our product candidates, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

21

---

Table of Contents

We or our licensors or any future collaborators or strategic partners may become subject to third party claims or litigation alleging infringement of patents or other proprietary rights or seeking to invalidate patents or other proprietary rights, and we may need to resort to litigation to protect or enforce our patents or other proprietary rights, all of which could be costly, time consuming, delay or prevent the development and commercialization of our product candidates, or put our patents and other proprietary rights at risk.

We or our licensors or any future collaborators or strategic partners may be subject to third-party claims for infringement or misappropriation of patent or other proprietary rights. We are generally obligated under our license or collaboration agreements to indemnify and hold harmless our licensors or collaborators for damages arising from intellectual property infringement by us. If we or our licensors, or any future collaborators or strategic partners are found to infringe a third party patent or other intellectual property rights, we could be required to pay damages, potentially including treble damages, if we are found to have willfully infringed. In addition, we or our licensors, or any future collaborators or strategic partners may choose to seek, or be required to seek, a license from a third party, which may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. Even if a license can be obtained on acceptable terms, the rights may be non-exclusive, which could give our competitors access to the same technology or intellectual property rights licensed to us. If we fail to obtain a required license, we or any future collaborator may be unable to effectively market product candidates based on our technology, which could limit our ability to generate revenue or achieve profitability and possibly prevent us from generating revenue sufficient to sustain our operations. In addition, we may find it necessary to pursue claims or initiate lawsuits to protect or enforce our patent or other intellectual property rights. Pursuant to our license with MGH, MGH has the initial right to prosecute infringers when, in its sole judgment, such action may be reasonably necessary, proper and justified. In the event that MGH notifies us that it does not intend to prosecute an infringement, we may, after providing notice to MGH, initiate an infringement action against the infringer. The cost to us in defending or initiating any litigation or other proceeding relating to patent or other proprietary rights, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial, and litigation would divert our management’s attention. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could delay our research and development efforts and limit our ability to continue our operations.

If we were to initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering one of our products or our technology, the defendant could counterclaim that our patent is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the U.S. and in most European countries, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, for example, lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the U.S. PTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability during patent litigation is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on one or more of our products or certain aspects of our platform technology. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business. Patents and other intellectual property rights also will not protect our technology if competitors design around our protected technology without legally infringing our patents or other intellectual property rights.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates, and to use our proprietary technologies without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. We cannot guarantee that QR-010 or any of our product candidates, their manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale, or importation into the United States or into any country of the EEA will not be held to infringe a third party patent.

 

22

---

Table of Contents

As a result, we may become party to, or threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology, including litigation in a Federal District court, or an interference or a post grant proceeding before the U.S. PTO or litigation in foreign courts or proceedings before foreign patent offices. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing patents or patents that may be granted in the future. We are aware of an issued U.S. patent with claims directed to purified DNA and RNA molecules encoding a CFTR protein or a mutant CFTR protein containing a DF508 mutation. Although we believe that the claims of this patent are not valid or infringed, particularly in light of a recent U.S. Supreme Court decision regarding the patentability of naturally-occurring nucleic acids, the patent owner may nonetheless initiate litigation. Any such litigation would cause us to incur substantial expenses, which would be costly and divert our management’s attention, and there is no assurance that a court would find in our favor on questions of infringement or validity.

Furthermore, in the event a third party were to assert an infringement claim against us and we were ultimately found to infringe the third party’s intellectual property rights, we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to continue developing and commercializing our products and technology. However, we may not be able to obtain an appropriate license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. We could be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing the infringing technology or product. In addition, in any such proceeding or litigation, we could be found liable for monetary damages. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. Any claims by third parties that we have misappropriated their confidential information or trade secrets could have a similar negative impact on our business.

If we are not able to adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information, the value of our technology and products could be significantly diminished.

We rely on trade secrets to protect our proprietary technologies, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We rely in part on confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers, contract manufacturers, vendors and other advisors to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, we cannot guarantee that we have executed these agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets.

Any party with whom we or they have executed such an agreement may breach that agreement and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they disclose such trade secrets, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor or other third-party, our competitive position would be harmed.

We may be subject to claims that we or our employees or consultants have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our employees’ or consultants’ former employers or their clients. These claims may be costly to defend and if we do not successfully do so, we may be required to pay monetary damages and may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel.

Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although no claims against us are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that these employees or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or

 

23

---

Table of Contents

disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key research personnel or their work product could compromise our ability to commercialize, or prevent us from commercializing, our product candidates, which could severely harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on all of our product candidates throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may be able to export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but where enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued patents and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from so competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. For example, an April 2014 report from the Office of the United States Trade Representative identified a number of countries, including India and China, where challenges to the procurement and enforcement of patent rights have been reported. Several countries, including India and China, have been listed in the report every year since 1989. As a result, proceedings to enforce our patent rights in certain foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

Risks Related to the Commercialization of Our Product Candidates

If QR-010 or another of our product candidates is approved for marketing and commercialization and we are unable to develop sales, marketing and distribution capabilities on our own or enter into agreements with third parties to perform these functions on acceptable terms, we will be unable to successfully commercialize any such future products.

Although we currently intend to develop and commercialize QR-010 on our own, we have no sales, marketing or distribution capabilities or experience. If QR-010 or another of our product candidates is approved, we will need to develop internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities to commercialize such products, which would be expensive and time-consuming, or enter into collaborations with third parties to perform these services. If we decide to market our products directly, as we currently plan, we will need to commit significant financial and managerial resources to develop a marketing and sales force with technical expertise and supporting distribution, administration and compliance capabilities. If we rely on third parties with such capabilities to market our products or decide to co-promote products with collaborators, we will need to establish and maintain marketing and distribution arrangements with third parties, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to enter into such arrangements on acceptable terms or at all. In entering into third-party marketing or distribution arrangements, any revenue we receive will depend upon the efforts of the third parties and there can be no assurance that such third parties will establish adequate sales and distribution capabilities or be successful in gaining market acceptance of any approved product. If we are not successful in commercializing any product approved in the future, either on our own or through third parties, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

 

24

---

Table of Contents

Even if we receive marketing approval for QR-010, it may not achieve broad market acceptance, which would limit the revenue that we generate from its sales.

The commercial success of QR-010, if approved by the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory authorities, will depend upon the awareness and acceptance of QR-010 among the medical community, including physicians, patients, patient advocacy groups and healthcare payors. Market acceptance of QR-010, if approved, will depend on a number of factors, including, among others:

 

•

QR-010’s demonstrated ability to treat CF patients with the DF508 mutation and, if required by any applicable regulatory authority in connection with the approval for this or any other indication, to provide patients with incremental therapeutic benefits, as compared with other available treatments;

 

•

the relative convenience and ease of administration of QR-010, including as compared with other treatments for CF patients;

 

•

the prevalence and severity of any adverse side effects;

 

•

limitations or warnings contained in the labeling approved for QR-010 by the FDA or the EMA;

 

•

availability of alternative treatments, including therapies that improve the function of the defective CFTR protein already approved or expected to be commercially launched in the near future;

 

•

pricing and cost effectiveness;

 

•

the effectiveness of our sales and marketing strategies;

 

•

our ability to increase awareness of QR-010 through marketing efforts;

 

•

our ability to obtain sufficient third-party coverage or reimbursement; and

 

•

the willingness of patients to pay out-of-pocket in the absence of third-party coverage.

Moreover, our first commercial sale of QR-010, if ever, will trigger a milestone payment to CFFT of approximately $80 million pursuant to our agreement with CFFT. We may not have sufficient funds to support our milestone payment obligations to CFFT, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

We face competition from entities that have developed or may develop product candidates for our target indications, including companies developing novel treatments for CF patients. If these companies develop technologies or product candidates more rapidly than we do or their technologies, including delivery technologies, are more effective, our ability to develop and successfully commercialize our product candidates may be adversely affected.

The development and commercialization of drugs is highly competitive. We compete with a variety of multinational pharmaceutical companies and specialized biotechnology companies, as well as technology being developed at universities and other research institutions. Our competitors have developed, are developing or will develop product candidates and processes competitive with our product candidates. Competitive therapeutic treatments include those that have already been approved and accepted by the medical community and any new treatments that enter the market. We believe that a significant number of products are currently under development, and may become commercially available in the future, for the treatment of conditions for which we may try to develop product candidates. We are aware of multiple companies that are working in the field of CF therapeutics, including major pharmaceutical companies such as Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc., F. Hoffmann-LaRoche Ltd., Novartis International AG, Gilead Sciences, Inc., Abbott Laboratories, Pfizer Inc and Bayer AG.

If our lead product candidate, QR-010, is approved for the indications we are currently pursuing, it will compete with a range of therapeutic treatments that are either in development or currently marketed. For example, Vertex’s Kalydeco is approved for use by the FDA and works to improve the function of the defective

 

25

---

Table of Contents

CFTR protein in CF patients with the G551D mutation and certain other gating mutations. Vertex is currently seeking marketing approval for additional mutations, which would increase Kalydeco’s target population to up to 10% of the total CF patient population. Vertex is also developing lumacaftor (VX-809), which is intended for a much broader CF patient population, including patients who are homozygous for the DF508 mutation. In June 2014, Vertex announced that its two Phase 3 clinical trials of lumacaftor, when used in combination with Kalydeco in CF patients homozygous for the DF508 mutation, showed statistically significant improvement in the study’s primary endpoint of improved lung function, compared to placebo. Clinical trial results are considered statistically significant when the probability of the results occurring by chance, rather than from the efficacy of the drug candidate, is sufficiently low. When that probability is less than 5%, or p<0.05, the result is considered statistically significant. Vertex also showed statistically significant reductions in pulmonary exacerbations in the pooled analysis of both studies. Other signs of clinical improvement were either limited or not statistically different from placebo. We believe these studies validate that DF508 CFTR is a treatable target and indicate there is need for more efficacious therapies. There are also a number of products that are marketed or in clinical development for the treatment of symptoms manifested in CF patients. These treatments include inhaled antibiotics, mucus thinners, pancreatic enzymes and anti-inflammatory drugs.

Many of our competitors possess significantly greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, sales and supply resources or experience than us. If we successfully obtain approval for any product candidate, we will face competition based on many different factors, including the safety and effectiveness of our products, the ease with which our products can be administered and the extent to which patients accept relatively new routes of administration, the timing and scope of regulatory approvals for these products, the availability and cost of manufacturing, marketing and sales capabilities, price, reimbursement coverage and patent position. Competing products could present superior treatment alternatives, including being more effective, safer, less expensive or marketed and sold more effectively than any products we may develop. Competitive products may make any products we develop obsolete or noncompetitive before we recover the expense of developing and commercializing our product candidates. Such competitors could also recruit our employees, which could negatively impact our level of expertise and our ability to execute our business plan.

Even if we are able to commercialize QR-010 or another of our product candidates, the products may not receive coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, which could harm our business.

The availability of reimbursement by governmental and private payors is essential for most patients to be able to afford expensive treatments. Sales of QR-010 or another of our product candidates, if approved, will depend substantially on the extent to which the costs of these product candidates will be paid by health maintenance, managed care, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, or reimbursed by government health administration authorities, private health coverage insurers and other third-party payors. If reimbursement is not available, or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize QR-010 or any other product candidates. Even if coverage is provided, the approved reimbursement amount may not be high enough to allow us to establish or maintain pricing sufficient to realize a sufficient return on our investment.

There is significant uncertainty related to the insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new medicines are typically made by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, as CMS decides whether and to what extent a new medicine will be covered and reimbursed under Medicare. Private payors tend to follow CMS to a substantial degree. It is difficult to predict what CMS will decide with respect to reimbursement for fundamentally novel products such as ours, as there is no body of established practices and precedents for these new products. Reimbursement agencies in Europe may be more conservative than CMS. For example, a number of cancer drugs have been approved for reimbursement in the United States and have not been approved for reimbursement in certain European countries.

 

26

---

Table of Contents

The intended use of a drug product by a physician can also affect pricing. For example, CMS could initiate a National Coverage Determination administrative procedure, by which the agency determines which uses of a therapeutic product would and would not be reimbursable under Medicare. This determination process can be lengthy, thereby creating a long period during which the future reimbursement for a particular product may be uncertain.

Outside the United States, particularly in member states of the European Union, the pricing of prescription drugs is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations or the successful completion of health technology assessment procedures with governmental authorities can take considerable time after receipt of marketing approval for a product. In addition, there can be considerable pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices and reimbursement levels, including as part of cost containment measures. Certain countries allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines, but monitor and control company profits. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after reimbursement has been obtained. Reference pricing used by various European Union member states and parallel distribution, or arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced member states, can further reduce prices. In some countries, we or our collaborators may be required to conduct a clinical trial or other studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of our RNA repair candidates to other available therapies in order to obtain or maintain reimbursement or pricing approval. Publication of discounts by third-party payors or authorities may lead to further pressure on the prices or reimbursement levels within the country of publication and other countries. If reimbursement of any product candidate approved for marketing is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be adversely affected.

Recently enacted and future legislation, including potentially unfavorable pricing regulations or other healthcare reform initiatives, may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our product candidates and may negatively affect the prices we may obtain.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities or affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

In the United States, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the Medicare Modernization Act, established the Medicare Part D program and provided authority for limiting the number of drugs that will be covered in any therapeutic class thereunder. The Medicare Modernization Act, including its cost reduction initiatives, could decrease the coverage and reimbursement rate that we receive for any of our approved products. Furthermore, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policies and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates. Therefore, any reduction in reimbursement that results from the Medicare Modernization Act may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

The Healthcare Reform Law, among other things, imposes a significant annual fee on companies that manufacture or import branded prescription drug products. It also contains substantial new provisions intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of health care spending, enhance remedies against healthcare fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for the healthcare and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers, and impose additional health policy reforms, any of which could negatively impact our business. A significant number of provisions are not yet, or have only recently become, effective, but the Healthcare Reform Law is likely to continue the downward pressure on pharmaceutical and medical device pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs.

We expect that the Healthcare Reform Law, as well as other healthcare reform measures that have been and may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product, and could seriously harm our future revenues. Any

 

27

---

Table of Contents

reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may compromise our ability to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our products.

Even if QR-010 or another of our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may still face future development and regulatory difficulties and any approved products will be subject to extensive post-approval regulatory requirements.

If we obtain regulatory approval for QR-010 or another of our product candidates, it would be subject to extensive ongoing requirements by the FDA, the EMA and foreign regulatory authorities governing the manufacture, quality control, further development, labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, safety surveillance, import, export, advertising, promotion, recordkeeping and reporting of safety and other post-market information. The safety profile of any product will continue to be closely monitored by the FDA, the EMA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities after approval. If the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities become aware of new safety information after approval of any of our product candidates, these regulatory authorities may require labeling changes or establishment of a risk management strategy, impose significant restrictions on a product’s indicated uses or marketing, impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-approval studies or post-market surveillance or impose a recall.

In addition, manufacturers of therapeutic products and their facilities are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA, the EMA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMP regulations. If we or a regulatory agency discover previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product, the manufacturing facility or us, including requiring recall or withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing. If we, our product candidates or the manufacturing facilities for our product candidates fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency may, among other things:

 

•

issue untitled letters or warning letters;

 

•

mandate modifications to promotional materials or require us to provide corrective information to healthcare practitioners;

 

•

require us to enter into a consent decree, which can include imposition of various fines, reimbursements for inspection costs, required due dates for specific actions and penalties for noncompliance;

 

•

seek an injunction or impose civil or criminal penalties or monetary fines;

 

•

suspend or withdraw regulatory approval;

 

•

suspend any ongoing clinical studies;

 

•

refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to applications filed by us;

 

•

suspend or impose restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; or

 

•

seize or detain products, refuse to permit the import or export of products, or require us to initiate a product recall.

The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our products and generate revenue.

 

28

---

Table of Contents

We are subject to anti-corruption laws, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures and legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business and may do business in the future. The Bribery Act, FCPA and these other laws generally prohibit us, our officers, and our employees and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. We intend to operate in a number of jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential Bribery Act or FCPA violations, and we may participate in collaborations and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the Bribery Act, FCPA or local anti-corruption laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.

We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the governments of the United Kingdom and the United States, and authorities in the European Union, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions on countries and persons, customs requirements and currency exchange regulations, collectively referred to as the Trade Control laws.

There is no assurance that we will be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws, including the Bribery Act, the FCPA or other legal requirements, including Trade Control laws. If we are not in compliance with the Bribery Act, the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of the Bribery Act, the FCPA, other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws by U.K., U.S. or other authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we receive regulatory approvals, we intend to market QR-010 and our other product candidates in multiple jurisdictions where we have limited or no operating experience and may be subject to increased business and economic risks that could affect our financial results.

If we receive regulatory approvals, we plan to market QR-010 and potentially other product candidates in jurisdictions where we have limited or no experience in marketing, developing and distributing our products. Certain markets have substantial legal and regulatory complexities that we may not have experience navigating. We are subject to a variety of risks inherent in doing business internationally, including:

 

•

risks related to the legal and regulatory environment in non-U.S. jurisdictions, including with respect to privacy and data security, and unexpected changes in laws, regulatory requirements and enforcement;

 

•

burdens of complying with a variety of foreign laws in multiple jurisdictions;

 

•

potential damage to our brand and reputation due to compliance with local laws;

 

•

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

•

political, social or economic instability;

 

•

difficulty of effective enforcement of contractual provisions in local jurisdictions;

 

•

the potential need to recruit and work through local partners;

 

•

reduced protection for or increased violation of intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

•

inadequate data protection against unfair commercial use;

 

29

---

Table of Contents

•

difficulties in managing global operations and legal compliance costs associated with multiple international locations;

 

•

compliance with the Bribery Act, the FCPA, the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, and similar laws in other jurisdictions;

 

•

natural disasters, including earthquakes, tsunamis and floods;

 

•

inadequate local infrastructure;

 

•

compliance with trade control laws;

 

•

the effects of applicable foreign tax structures and potentially adverse tax consequences; and

 

•

exposure to local banking, currency control and other financial-related risks.

If we are unable to manage our international operations successfully, our financial results could be adversely affected.

Recent federal legislation and actions by state and local governments may permit reimportation of drugs from foreign countries into the United States, including foreign countries where the drugs are sold at lower prices than in the United States, which could materially adversely affect our operating results.

We may face competition in the United States for QR-010, if approved, from CF therapies sourced from foreign countries that have placed price controls on pharmaceutical products. In the United States, the Medicare Modernization Act contains provisions that may change U.S. importation laws and expand pharmacists’ and wholesalers’ ability to import cheaper versions of an approved drug and competing products from Canada, where there are government price controls. These changes to U.S. importation laws will not take effect unless and until the Secretary of the HHS certifies that the changes will pose no additional risk to the public’s health and safety and will result in a significant reduction in the cost of products to consumers. The Secretary of the HHS has so far declined to approve a reimportation plan. Proponents of drug reimportation may attempt to pass legislation that would directly allow reimportation under certain circumstances. Legislation or regulations allowing the reimportation of drugs, if enacted, could decrease the price we receive for any products that we may develop, including QR-010, and adversely affect our future revenues and prospects for profitability.

The FDA, the EMA and other regulatory agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. If we are found to have improperly promoted off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability.

The FDA, the EMA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about prescription products, such as QR-010 if approved. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA, the EMA or such other regulatory agencies as reflected in the product’s approved labeling. If we receive marketing approval for QR-010 as a treatment for CF patients with the DF508 mutation, physicians may nevertheless prescribe QR-010 to their patients in a manner that is inconsistent with the approved label, potentially including as a therapy to treat CF patients with mutations other than DF508. If we are found to have promoted such off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability.

In the United States, engaging in impermissible promotion of our products for off-label uses can also subject us to false claims litigation under federal and state statutes, which can lead to civil and criminal penalties and fines and agreements that materially restrict the manner in which we promote or distribute those products. These false claims statutes include the federal False Claims Act, which allows any individual to bring a lawsuit against a pharmaceutical or medical device company on behalf of the federal government alleging submission of false or fraudulent claims, or causing to present such false or fraudulent claims, for payment by a federal program such as Medicare or Medicaid. If the government prevails in the lawsuit, the individual will share in any fines or settlement funds. Since 2004, these False Claims Act lawsuits against pharmaceutical and medical device

 

30

---

Table of Contents

companies have increased significantly in volume and breadth, leading to several substantial civil and criminal settlements based on certain sales practices promoting off-label drug uses. This growth in litigation has increased the risk that a company will have to defend a false claim action, pay settlement fines or restitution, agree to comply with burdensome reporting and compliance obligations, and be excluded from the Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal and state healthcare programs. If we do not lawfully promote our approved products, we may become subject to such litigation and, if we are not successful in defending against such actions, those actions may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Adverse decisions of tax authorities or changes in tax treaties, laws, rules or interpretations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The tax laws and regulations in the Netherlands, the jurisdiction of our incorporation and our current resident state for tax purposes, may be subject to change and there may be changes in enforcement of tax law. Additionally, European and other tax laws and regulations are complex and subject to varying interpretations. We cannot be sure that our interpretations are accurate or that the responsible tax authority agrees with our views. If our tax positions are challenged by the tax authorities, we could incur additional tax liabilities, which could increase our costs of operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy

Any inability to attract and retain qualified key management and technical personnel would impair our ability to implement our business plan.

Our success largely depends on the continued service of key management and other specialized personnel, including Daniel de Boer, our chief executive officer, and Noreen Henig, our chief development officer. The loss of one or more members of our management board or other key employees or advisors could delay our research and development programs and materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The relationships that our key managers have cultivated within our industry make us particularly dependent upon their continued employment with us. We are dependent on the continued service of our technical personnel because of the highly technical nature of our product candidates and technologies and the specialized nature of the regulatory approval process. Because our management board and key employees are not obligated to provide us with continued service, they could terminate their employment with us at any time without penalty, subject to providing any required advance notice. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our management board or officers or key employees. Our future success will depend in large part on our continued ability to attract and retain other highly qualified scientific, technical and management personnel, as well as personnel with expertise in clinical testing, manufacturing, governmental regulation and commercialization. We face competition for personnel from other companies, universities, public and private research institutions, government entities and other organizations.

As QR-010 advances into clinical trials, if ever, we may experience difficulties in managing our growth and expanding our operations.

We have limited experience in drug development and have not begun clinical trials for any of our product candidates. As our product candidates enter and advance through pre-clinical studies and any clinical trials, we will need to expand our development, regulatory and manufacturing capabilities or contract with other organizations to provide these capabilities for us. In the future, we expect to have to manage additional relationships with collaborators or partners, suppliers and other organizations. Our ability to manage our operations and future growth will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures. We may not be able to implement improvements to our management information and control systems in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing systems and controls.

 

31

---

Table of Contents

Our internal computer systems, or those of our CROs or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a material disruption of our product development programs and adversely affect our business.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our information technology and other internal infrastructure systems and those of our CROs and other contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. A significant disruption in the availability of our information technology and other internal infrastructure systems could cause interruptions in our collaborations with our partners and delays in our research and development work. For instance, the loss of pre-clinical data or data from any future clinical trial involving our product candidates could result in delays in our development and regulatory filing efforts and significantly increase our costs. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the development of our product candidates could be delayed.

Our current operations are concentrated in one location and any events affecting this location may have material adverse consequences.

Our current operations are located in our facilities in Leiden, the Netherlands. Any unplanned event, such as flood, fire, explosion, earthquake, extreme weather condition, medical epidemics, power shortage, telecommunication failure or other natural or manmade accidents or incidents that result in us being unable to fully utilize the facilities may have a material adverse effect on our ability to operate our business, particularly on a daily basis, and have significant negative consequences on our financial and operating conditions. Loss of access to these facilities may result in increased costs, delays in the development of our product candidates or interruption of our business operations. As part of our risk management policy, we maintain insurance coverage at levels that we believe are appropriate for our business. However, in the event of an accident or incident at these facilities, we cannot assure you that the amounts of insurance will be sufficient to satisfy any damages and losses. If our facilities are unable to operate because of an accident or incident or for any other reason, even for a short period of time, any or all of our research and development programs may be harmed. Additionally, the lease agreement covering our current laboratories is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2014. To the extent that we are unable to find new facilities for our current operations or we are delayed in finding new facilities, any business interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and prospects.

The investment of our cash, cash equivalents and fixed income marketable securities is subject to risks which may cause losses and affect the liquidity of these investments.

As of June 30, 2014, we had approximately €38,193,000 in cash and cash equivalents. To date, our cash and cash equivalents have been deposited primarily in savings and deposit accounts with original maturities of three months or less. Savings and deposit accounts generate a small amount of interest income. We intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in a variety of capital preservation investments, which may include term deposits, short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and government securities, all in accordance with our investment policy. These investments are subject to general credit, liquidity, market and interest rate risks, including the impact of U.S. sub-prime mortgage defaults that have affected various sectors of the financial markets and caused credit and liquidity issues. We may realize losses in the fair value of these investments or a complete loss of these investments, which would have a negative effect on our condensed financial statements.

In addition, should our investments cease paying or reduce the amount of interest paid to us, our interest income would suffer. The market risks associated with our investment portfolio may have an adverse effect on our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.

 

32

---

Table of Contents

Our business entails a significant risk of product liability and our ability to obtain sufficient insurance coverage could have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

The continued use of QR-010 in pre-clinical studies, our planned use of QR-010 in clinical trials and the sale of QR-010, if approved, exposes us to the risk of product liability claims. Product liability claims might be brought against us by patients, healthcare providers or others selling or otherwise coming into contact with QR-010. For example, we may be sued if any product we develop allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, including as a result of interactions with alcohol or other drugs, negligence, strict liability, and a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we become subject to product liability claims and cannot successfully defend ourselves against them, we could incur substantial liabilities. In addition, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in, among other things:

 

•

withdrawal of patients from our clinical trials;

 

•

substantial monetary awards to patients or other claimants;

 

•

decreased demand for QR-010 or any future product candidates following marketing approval, if obtained;

 

•

damage to our reputation and exposure to adverse publicity;

 

•

increased FDA or EMA warnings on product labels;

 

•

litigation costs;

 

•

distraction of management’s attention from our primary business;

 

•

loss of revenue; and

 

•

the inability to successfully commercialize QR-010 or any future product candidates, if approved.

We will need to obtain product liability insurance coverage for our clinical trials. We may not be able to obtain such coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses, including if insurance coverage becomes increasingly expensive. Large judgments have been awarded in class action lawsuits based on drugs that had unanticipated side effects. The cost of any product liability litigation or other proceedings, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial, particularly in light of the size of our business and financial resources. A product liability claim or series of claims brought against us could cause our share price to decline and, if we are unsuccessful in defending such a claim or claims and the resulting judgments exceed our insurance coverage, our financial condition, business and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

Our ability to use our net operating losses, or NOLs, in the Netherlands is currently limited and may be further limited. Under Dutch income tax law, tax loss carry-forwards are subject to a time limitation of nine years. As of June 30, 2014, we had a total of approximately €10,400,000 tax loss carry-forwards available for offset against future taxable profits. The first amount of the tax loss carry-forwards will expire in 2021. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes such as suspensions on the use for NOLs, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise become unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. For these reasons, we may not be able to use a material portion of the NOLs, even if we attain profitability.

Changes in accounting rules and regulations, or interpretations thereof, could result in unfavorable accounting charges or require us to change our compensation policies.

Accounting methods and policies for biopharmaceutical companies, including policies governing revenue recognition, research and development and related expenses and accounting for share-based compensation, are

 

33

---

Table of Contents

subject to review, interpretation and guidance from relevant accounting authorities, including the SEC. Changes to accounting methods or policies, or interpretations thereof, may require us to reclassify, restate or otherwise change or revise our financial statements, including those contained in this prospectus.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Ordinary Shares

An active, liquid and orderly trading market may not develop for our ordinary shares and we cannot predict what the market price of our ordinary shares will be. As a result it may be difficult for you to sell your ordinary shares at or above the initial public offering price.

Prior to this offering there has been no market for our ordinary shares. An active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price for our ordinary shares was determined through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of our ordinary shares after this offering. The market value of our ordinary shares may decrease from the initial public offering price. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our ordinary shares at or above the initial public offering price. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our ordinary shares and may impair our ability to enter into strategic partnerships or acquire companies or products by using our ordinary shares as consideration. The market price of our shares may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our ordinary shares following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus, these factors include:

 

•

the presentation of data at industry conferences by us and/or our competitors, including at the North American Cystic Fibrosis Conference in October 2014;

 

•

the filing of our IND with the FDA, the filing of our CTA with the EMA and the initiation of our first clinical trial of QR-010, all of which is intended for the fourth quarter of 2014;

 

•

the response to our IND application with the FDA and our CTA application with the EMA;

 

•

any current pre-clinical or future clinical trials of our product candidates, including any delays in enrollment rates or timing of these trials;

 

•

regulatory actions with respect to our products or our competitors’ products;

 

•

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

•

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, collaborations or capital commitments;

 

•

results of clinical trials of our competitors;

 

•

the success of competitive products or technologies;

 

•

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

•

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

 

•

developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

 

•

the level of expenses related to any of our product candidates or pre-clinical or clinical development programs;

 

•

actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

•

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

34

---

Table of Contents

•

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

•

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

•

announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;

 

•

sales of our ordinary shares by us, our insiders or our other shareholders;

 

•

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

•

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors; and

 

•

general economic, industry and market conditions.

In addition, the stock market in general, and pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have sometimes been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our ordinary shares, regardless of our actual operating performance. The realization of any of the above risks or any of a broad range of other risks, including those described in these “Risk Factors,” could have a dramatic and material adverse impact on the market price of our ordinary shares.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, publish inaccurate or unfavorable research or cease to publish research about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our ordinary shares will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our ordinary shares would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our ordinary shares, publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, or cease publishing about us, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our ordinary shares could decrease, which might cause our share price and trading volume to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of our ordinary shares in the public market could cause our share price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of our ordinary shares in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our ordinary shares. After this offering, we will have             outstanding ordinary shares based on the number of shares outstanding as of             assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ordinary shares. This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates. Of the remaining shares,             of our ordinary shares will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold after the offering as described in the “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” section of this prospectus. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of             of our ordinary shares will have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include the ordinary shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other shareholders. We also intend to register all of our ordinary shares that we may issue under our equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the ‘‘Underwriting’’ section of this prospectus.

Members of our management board and supervisory board and our principal shareholders and their affiliates will continue to exercise significant control over our company after this offering, which will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, the existing holdings of the members of our management board and supervisory board and our principal shareholders and their affiliates, including Mr. de Boer, Mr. Termeer, investment funds affiliated with Sofinnova Capital VII and investment funds affiliated with

 

35

---

Table of Contents

Fidelity will represent beneficial ownership, in the aggregate, of approximately         % of our outstanding ordinary shares, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to acquire additional ordinary shares in this offering. As a result, these shareholders, if they act together, will be able to influence our management and affairs and control the outcome of matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, including the election of directors and any sale, merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. These shareholders acquired their ordinary shares for substantially less than the price of the ordinary shares being acquired in this offering, and these shareholders may have interests, with respect to their ordinary shares, that are different from those of investors in this offering and the concentration of voting power among these shareholders may have an adverse effect on the price of our ordinary shares. In addition, this concentration of ownership might adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares by:

 

•

delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us;

 

•

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us; or

 

•

discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

Please see “Principal Shareholders” in this prospectus for more information regarding the ownership of our outstanding ordinary shares by our management board and supervisory board and our principal shareholders and their affiliates.

If you purchase our ordinary shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our ordinary shares. Investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result, investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $         per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. Further, investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering will contribute approximately     % of the total amount invested by shareholders since our inception, but will own, as a result of such investment, only approximately     % of the shares of ordinary shares outstanding immediately following this offering. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately following this offering, see “Dilution.”

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively or may use them in a way investors do not approve.

Although we currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering in the manner described in “Use of Proceeds” elsewhere in this prospectus, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our ordinary shares. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline and delay the development of our product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. If we do not invest the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance shareholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause the price of our ordinary shares to decline.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our ordinary share in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of potential gain.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our ordinary shares. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our ordinary shares will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

 

36

---

Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company” and we intend to take advantage of reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could result in our ordinary shares being less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our ordinary shares less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company, which could be for up to five years. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

If investors find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result of our reduced reporting requirements, there may be a less active trading market for our ordinary shares and our share price may be more volatile. We may also be unable to raise additional capital as and when we need it.

Prior to this offering, we operated as a private company and therefore, have no experience operating as a public company and complying with public company obligations. Complying with these requirements will increase our costs, require additional management resources and qualified accounting and financial personnel, and we may fail to meet all of these obligations.

We will face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses as a public company. Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010, the Dutch Financial Supervision Act and the rules promulgated thereunder, as well as rules of the SEC and NASDAQ and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, for example, will result in significant initial cost to us as well as ongoing increases in our legal, audit and financial compliance costs, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, requires, among other things, that we file certain periodic reports with respect to our business and financial condition. Our management board, officers and other personnel need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and require us to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We expect to incur significant expense and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 once we lose our status as an “emerging growth company.” We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge, and it may be difficult to recruit and maintain such personnel. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training for our directors, officers and employees, entail substantial costs to modify our existing accounting systems, and take a significant period of time to complete. Such changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements or other reports on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business.

If we fail to establish and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, shareholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting

 

37

---

Table of Contents

firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares.

We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis and our management board will be required to assess the effectiveness of these controls annually. However, for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to certain reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements or insufficient disclosures due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Risks Related to Investing in a Foreign Private Issuer or a Dutch Company

We will be a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we will not be subject to U.S. proxy rules and will be subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of a U.S. domestic public company.

Upon consummation of this offering, we will report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act and although we are subject to Dutch laws and regulations with regard to such matters and intend to furnish quarterly financial information to the SEC, we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including:

 

•

the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

 

•

the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

 

•

the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events.

In addition, foreign private issuers are not be required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also

 

38

---

Table of Contents

exempt from the Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of the above, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses.

We are a foreign private issuer and therefore we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either:

 

•

a majority of our ordinary shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States; or

 

•

a majority of our “executive officers” or directors may not be U.S. citizens or residents, more than 50% of our assets cannot be located in the United States and our business must be administered principally outside the United States.

If we lose this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers.

We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and NASDAQ rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than the costs we would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase our legal and financial compliance costs and would make some activities more time consuming and costly. We also expect that if we were required to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, it would make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our supervisory board.

We currently report our financial results under IFRS, which differ in certain significant respect from U.S. GAAP.

Currently we report our financial statements under IFRS. There have been and there may in the future be certain significant differences between IFRS and U.S. GAAP, including differences related to revenue recognition, share-based compensation expense, income tax and earnings per share. As a result, our financial information and reported earnings for historical or future periods could be significantly different if they were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In addition, we do not intend to provide a reconciliation between IFRS and U.S. GAAP unless it is required under applicable law. As a result, you may not be able to meaningfully compare our financial statements under IFRS with those companies that prepare financial statements under U.S. GAAP.

Provisions of our articles of association or Dutch corporate law might deter acquisition bids for us that might be considered favorable and prevent or frustrate any attempt to replace or remove the then management board and supervisory board.

Certain provisions of our articles of association may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us or effect a change in our management board or supervisory board. These provisions include:

 

•

the authorization of a class of preferred shares that may be issued against payment of 25% of the nominal value thereof to a protection foundation, for which we expect to grant a perpetual and repeatedly exercisable call option to such protection foundation on or prior to the completion of this offering, for up to such number of preferred shares as we are allowed to issue under our authorized share capital;

 

39

---

Table of Contents

•

a provision that our management board members and supervisory board members may only be appointed upon a binding nomination by our supervisory board, which can be set aside by a two-thirds majority of our shareholders representing more than half of our issued share capital;

 

•

a provision that our management board members and supervisory board members may only be removed by our general meeting of shareholders by a two-thirds majority of votes cast representing more than 50% of our issued share capital (unless the removal was proposed by the supervisory board); and

 

•

a requirement that certain matters, including an amendment of our articles of association, may only be brought to our shareholders for a vote upon a proposal by our management board that has been approved by our supervisory board.

As indicated above, we expect to adopt an anti-takeover measure on or prior to completion of the offering by granting a perpetual and repeatedly exercisable call option to the protection foundation, which confers upon the protection foundation the right to acquire, under certain conditions, such number of preferred shares as we are allowed to issue under our articles of association. The issuance of such preferred shares will occur upon the protection foundation’s exercise of the call option and will not require shareholder consent. Such a measure has the effect of making a takeover of us more difficult or less attractive and as a result, our shareholders may be unable to benefit from a change of control and realize any potential change of control premium which may materially and adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares.

We are not obligated to and do not comply with all the best practice provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. This may affect your rights as a shareholder.

As a Dutch company we are subject to the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, or DCGC. The DCGC contains both principles and best practice provisions that regulate relations between the management board, the supervisory board and the shareholders (i.e. the general meeting of shareholders). The DCGC is based on a “comply or explain” principle. Accordingly, companies are required to disclose in their annual reports, filed in the Netherlands, whether they comply with the provisions of the DCGC. If they do not comply with those provisions (e.g., because of a conflicting NASDAQ requirement), the company is required to give the reasons for such non-compliance.

The DCGC applies to all Dutch companies listed on a government-recognized stock exchange, whether in the Netherlands or elsewhere, including NASDAQ. We do not comply with all the best practice provisions of the DCGC. See “Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association—Dutch Corporate Governance.” This may affect your rights as a shareholder and you may not have the same level of protection as a shareholder in a Dutch company that fully complies with the DCGC.

We intend to rely in certain cases on NASDAQ Stock Market rules that permit us to comply with applicable Dutch corporate governance practices, rather than the corresponding domestic U.S. corporate governance practices, and therefore your rights as a shareholder will differ from the rights you would have as a shareholder of a domestic U.S. issuer.

As a foreign private issuer whose ordinary shares are listed on The NASDAQ Global Market, we are permitted in certain cases to follow Dutch corporate governance practices instead of the corresponding requirements of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. A foreign private issuer that elects to follow a home country practice instead of NASDAQ requirements must submit to NASDAQ in advance a written statement from an independent counsel in such issuer’s home country certifying that the issuer’s practices are not prohibited by the home country’s laws. In addition, a foreign private issuer must disclose in its annual reports filed with the SEC each such requirement that it does not follow and describe the home country practice followed instead of any such requirement. We intend to follow Dutch corporate governance practices with regard to the quorum

 

40

---

Table of Contents

requirements applicable to meetings of shareholders and the provision of proxy statements for general meetings of shareholders, rather than the corresponding domestic U.S. corporate governance practices. In accordance with Dutch law and generally accepted business practices, our articles of association do not provide quorum requirements generally applicable to general meetings of shareholders. Although we do intend to provide shareholders with an agenda and other relevant documents for the general meeting of shareholders, Dutch law does not have a regulatory regime for the solicitation of proxies and the solicitation of proxies is not a generally accepted business practice in the Netherlands. Accordingly, our shareholders may not be afforded the same protection as provided under NASDAQ’s corporate governance rules.

We cannot assure you that we will not be classified as a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, which may result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequence to U.S. holders.

Generally, if, for any taxable year, at least 75% of our gross income is passive income, or at least 50% of the value of our assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income, including cash, we would be characterized as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For purposes of these tests, passive income includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. If we are characterized as a PFIC, our U.S. shareholders may suffer adverse tax consequences, including having gains realized on the sale of our ordinary shares treated as ordinary income, rather than capital gain, the loss of the preferential rate applicable to dividends received on our ordinary shares by individuals who are U.S. holders, and having interest charges apply to distributions by us and the proceeds of share sales. See “Taxation—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations.”

Our status as a PFIC may also depend, in part, on how quickly we utilize the cash proceeds from this offering in our business. Since PFIC status depends on the composition of our income and the composition and value of our assets (which, assuming we are not a “controlled foreign corporation” under Section 957(a) of the Code for the year being tested, may be determined in large part by reference to the market value of our ordinary shares, which may be volatile) from time to time, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. Although the matter is not free from doubt, we believe that we were not a PFIC during our 2013 taxable year and may not be a PFIC during our 2014 taxable year.

Any U.S. or other foreign judgments you may obtain against us may be difficult to enforce against us in the Netherlands.

We are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands. We currently have only limited operations in the United States. Most of our assets are currently located in the Netherlands. The majority of our management board, supervisory board and officers reside outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or to enforce against them or us in U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States. In addition, it is not clear whether a Dutch court would impose civil liability on us or any of our managing directors or supervisory directors in an original action based solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the Netherlands.

The United States and the Netherlands currently do not have a treaty providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration awards, in civil and commercial matters. Consequently, a final judgment for payment given by a court in the United States, whether or not predicated solely upon U.S. securities laws, would not automatically be recognized or enforceable in the Netherlands. In order to obtain a judgment which is enforceable in the Netherlands, the party in whose favor a final and conclusive judgment of the U.S. court has been rendered will be required to file its claim with a court of competent jurisdiction in the Netherlands. Such party may submit to the Dutch court the final judgment rendered by the U.S. court. If and to the extent that the Dutch court finds that the jurisdiction of the U.S. court has been based on grounds which are

 

41

---

Table of Contents

internationally acceptable and that proper legal procedures have been observed, the Dutch court will, in principle, give binding effect to the judgment of the U.S. court, unless such judgment contravenes principles of public policy of the Netherlands. Dutch courts may deny the recognition and enforcement of punitive damages or other awards. Moreover, a Dutch court may reduce the amount of damages granted by a U.S. court and recognize damages only to the extent that they are necessary to compensate actual losses or damages. Enforcement and recognition of judgments of U.S. courts in the Netherlands are solely governed by the provisions of the Dutch Code of Civil Procedure.

Based on the lack of a treaty as described above, U.S. investors may not be able to enforce against us or our management board or supervisory board members, representatives or certain experts named herein who are residents of the Netherlands or countries other than the United States any judgments obtained in U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters, including judgments under the U.S. federal securities laws.

The rights and responsibilities of our shareholders are governed by Dutch law and differ in some important respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders under U.S. law.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of association, our internal rules and by the laws governing companies incorporated in the Netherlands. The rights of our shareholders and the responsibilities of members of our supervisory board under Dutch law are different than under the laws of some U.S. jurisdictions. In the performance of their duties, our management board and our supervisory board are required by Dutch law to consider the interests of ProQR Therapeutics, its shareholders, its employees and other stakeholders and not only those of our shareholders. Also, as a Dutch company, we are not required to solicit proxies or prepare proxy statements for general meetings of shareholders. Dutch law does not have a regulatory regime for U.S.- style proxy solicitations and, even though Dutch law accommodates voting by proxy, the solicitation of proxies is not a widely used business practice in the Netherlands. In addition, the rights of holders of shares and many of the rights of shareholders as they relate to, for example, the exercise of shareholder rights, are governed by Dutch law and our articles of association and differ from the rights of shareholders under U.S. law. For example, Dutch law does not grant appraisal rights to a company’s shareholders who wish to challenge the consideration to be paid upon a merger or consolidation of the company. See “Description of Share Capital—Differences in Corporate Law.”

 

42

---

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s belief and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements relate to future events, including our clinical development plans or our future financial performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements, including in relation to the clinical development of QR-010, to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements, including in relation to the clinical development of QR-010, expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Words such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “target,” “potential,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “continue,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, among other things, statements about:

 

•

the timing of commencement of our planned clinical trials for QR-010, including our planned initiation of a Phase 1b clinical trial in the fourth quarter of 2014;

 

•

our expectations regarding the timing or likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals for our product candidates, including our plan to file an IND with the FDA and a MAA with the EMA for QR-010, in the fourth quarter of 2014;

 

•

the potential benefits, effectiveness or safety of QR-010, including as compared to currently-available treatments or treatments in development;

 

•

the accuracy of our estimates of the size of the CF market and the rate and degree of QR-010’s market acceptance, if any;

 

•

our intention to seek a breakthrough therapy designation as well as a fast track designation for QR-010;

 

•

the progress, timing and amount of expenses associated with our development of QR-010;

 

•

our ability to obtain regulatory approval for QR-010 and any of our other product candidates;

 

•

our ability to develop an internal sales and marketing infrastructure and our intention to develop and commercialize QR-010 on our own;

 

•

our ongoing and planned discovery and development of product candidates;

 

•

our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for QR-010 and our product candidates without infringing on the intellectual property rights of others;

 

•

our estimates regarding expenses, future revenues, capital requirements, future losses and needs for additional financing;

 

•

our ability to establish and maintain collaborations;

 

•

our ability to compete with other companies that are, or may be, developing or selling products that may compete with QR-010, if approved;

 

•

our intent to take advantage of the exemptions available to us as an emerging growth company and as a foreign private issuer; and

 

•

our estimates regarding our use of proceeds from this offering.

We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus,

 

43

---

Table of Contents

particularly in the “Risk Factors” section, that we believe could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

 

44

---

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of $         million (€         million), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and any offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, we estimate that the net proceeds of the offering will be $         million. As of June 30, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately €38,193,000 ($51,178,620).

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million ordinary shares in the number of ordinary shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations and development of QR-010, to establish a public market for our ordinary shares and to facilitate our future access to the public capital markets. We estimate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash as follows:

 

•

approximately $         million (€         million) to fund development costs associated with our planned Phase 1b clinical trial and POC trial for QR-010;

 

•

approximately $         million (€         million) to fund development costs associated with our planned Phase 2a clinical trials for QR-010;

 

•

approximately $         million (€         million) to fund development costs associated with pre-clinical studies and related activities for QR-110; and

 

•

the remainder for discovery and other pipeline projects, as well as for working capital and other general corporate purposes and potentially for acquisitions or investments in other businesses, technologies or product candidates.

This expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development, the status of and results from clinical trials, as well as any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for our product candidates, and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management board retains broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering. We have no current agreements, commitments or understandings for any material acquisitions or licenses of any products, businesses or technologies.

We intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in a variety of capital preservation investments, which may include term deposits, short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and government securities, all in accordance with our investment policy.

 

45

---

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shares, and we currently do not plan to declare dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. Under Dutch law, we may only pay dividends to the extent that our shareholders’ equity exceeds the sum of the paid-up and called-up share capital plus the reserves required to be maintained by Dutch law or by our articles of association. Subject to such restriction, a proposal for the payment of cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the future, if any, will be at the discretion of our management board, subject to the approval of our supervisory board, and will depend upon such factors as earnings levels, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, our overall financial condition and any other factors deemed relevant by our management board.

 

46

---

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2014:

 

•

on an actual basis; and

 

•

on an as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the sale of                 ordinary shares by us in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the conversion of our outstanding preferred shares into an aggregate of 81,187 ordinary shares prior to the closing of this offering.

This table should be read with our financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

		As of June 30, 2014
		Actual				As Adjusted
		(€ in thousands, except share and per share data)
Cash and cash equivalents		€	38,193			€
Total debt:
Finance lease liability			65
Borrowings			2,684
Total debt			2,749
Shareholders’ equity:
Ordinary shares			63
Preferred shares			81
Share premium			43,995
Other reserves			269
Accumulated deficit			(10,386	)
Total shareholders’ equity			34,022
Total capitalization		€	36,771			€

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total shareholders’ equity by $         million, assuming the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of ordinary shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of ordinary shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The table above excludes:

 

•

8,805 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2014 at a weighted average exercise price of €197.64 per share; and

 

•

ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans following this offering.

 

47

---

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our ordinary shares in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per ordinary share and the pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share immediately after this offering.

Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014 was €33,983,000 ($45,537,220), or €235.14 ($315.09) per share. Net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total tangible liabilities, divided by the number of shares outstanding on June 30, 2014.

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per ordinary share paid by purchasers in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to (i) the conversion of our outstanding preferred shares into an aggregate of 81,187 ordinary shares prior to the closing of this offering and (ii) the sale of              ordinary shares by us in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014 would have been €         ($         ), or €         ($        ) per ordinary share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of €         per share to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately €         ($        ) per ordinary share to new investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for an ordinary share.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

		$				€
Assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share
Tangible book value per ordinary share as of June 30, 2014
Increase per ordinary share attributable to new investors in this offering
Pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share as of June 30, 2014 after giving effect to this offering
Dilution per ordinary share to new investors

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value by $         per ordinary share and increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors by $         per ordinary share, assuming the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ordinary shares from us in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, would be $         per ordinary share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share to investors in this offering would be $         per ordinary share.

The table below summarizes, as of the date of this prospectus, the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per ordinary share paid to us by existing shareholders and to be paid to us by new investors purchasing our ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

		Shares Purchased								Total Consideration												Average Price Per Ordinary Share
		Number				Percent				Amount								Percent
Existing shareholders			144,524					%		$				€						%		$				€
New investors
Total							100.0	%											100.0	%

 

48

---

Table of Contents

The total number of ordinary shares reflected in the discussion and tables above is based on (i) 63,337 ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2014 and (ii) 81,187 ordinary shares into which the preferred shares issued on April 17, 2014 will be converted prior to the closing of this offering, and excludes:

 

•

8,805 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2014 at a weighted average exercise price of €197.64 per share; and

 

•

ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Stock Option Plan following this offering.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by existing shareholders would decrease to approximately                 , or approximately     % of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to                 ordinary shares, or approximately     % of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding after this offering.

To the extent options are exercised and awards are granted under these plans, there may be dilution to our shareholders. We may also choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our shareholders.

 

49

---

Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected financial data for ProQR Therapeutics B.V. for the periods indicated. The selected financial data for the period from February 21, 2012 (inception) through December 31, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2013 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 have been derived from our unaudited condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly our financial position as of June 30, 2014 and the results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014.

Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with our financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

		Period From February 21, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012				Year Ended December 31, 2013				Six Months ended June 30, 2013				Six Months ended June 30, 2014
Statement of comprehensive loss data:		€ in thousands (except share and per share data)
Other income		€	23			€	116			€	116			€	4
Research and development costs			(285	)			(2,569	)			(614	)			(4,537	)
General and administrative costs			(157	)			(786	)			(244	)			(2,130	)
Operating loss			(419	)			(3,239	)			(742	)			(6,663	)
Financial income and expense			1				(14	)			(1	)			(52	)
Net loss and comprehensive loss			(418	)			(3,253	)			(743	)			(6,715	)
Net loss per share
Basic and diluted			(17.04	)			(60.01	)			(15.38	)			(105.78	)
Weighted average shares outstanding			24,556				54,199				48,303				63,483

 

		As of December 31, 2013								As of June 30, 2014
		2012				2013
Statement of financial position data:		(€ in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents		€	249			€	4,129				€38,193
Total assets			338				4,504				39,101
Total liabilities			239				4,593				5,079
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)			99				(89	)			34,022

 

50

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the information under “Selected Financial Information” and our audited financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion is based on our financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, which might differ in material respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The following discussion includes forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including but not limited to those described under “Risk Factors”.

Overview

We are an innovative biopharmaceutical company engaged in the discovery and development of RNA-based therapeutics for the treatment of severe genetic disorders. Utilizing our unique, proprietary RNA repair technologies, we believe we will be able to treat genetic disorders in which a single protein is defective due to certain types of genetic mutations. We design our therapeutic candidates to specifically target and repair the defective messenger RNA, or mRNA, that is a product of a mutated gene in order to restore the expression and function of normal, or wild-type, protein. Our primary focus is on the development of a disease modifying therapy for the treatment of cystic fibrosis, or CF, a genetic disease that affects an estimated 70,000 to 100,000 patients worldwide and causes early morbidity and mortality. We are also developing a treatment for Leber’s Congenital Amaurosis, or LCA, the leading genetic cause of blindness in childhood. Further, based on our own research and initial selection criteria, we believe that our RNA repair technologies can potentially be used to treat a broad range of other severe genetic diseases that are currently untreatable or have limited effective treatment options and have to date identified more than 50 potential target indications.

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of equity securities, and to a lesser extent from funding from governmental bodies and patient organizations, including Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc., or CFFT, a subsidiary of the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation. From our inception on February 21, 2012 through June 30, 2014, we raised gross proceeds of approximately €45.6 million from private placements of equity securities, including €2,500,000 from the conversion of a convertible loan, €2,588,000 in loans from a governmental body and approximately €143,000 in grants from patient organizations. As of June 30, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of €38,193,000. To date, we have not generated any revenues from royalties or product sales. Based on our current plans, we do not expect to generate royalty or product revenues for the foreseeable future.

We have generated losses since our formation in February 2012. For the period from February 21, 2012 (inception) through December 31, 2012, the year ended December 31, 2013, and the six months ended June 30, 2014, we incurred net losses of approximately €418,000, €3,253,000 and €6,715,000, respectively. As of June 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of €10,386,000. We expect to continue incurring losses for the foreseeable future as we continue our pre-clinical studies of our lead product candidate, QR-010, initiate our clinical development program for QR-010, apply for marketing approval of QR-010 and, if approved, build a sales and marketing infrastructure for the commercialization of QR-010.

 

51

---

Table of Contents

Financial Operations Overview

Other Income

Other income is incidental by nature. In 2012, we received a grant from the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation for a specific research project that we conducted in 2012 and 2013, and for which we received the last payment during the six months ended June 30, 2014. This grant was recorded as other income. In August 2014, we entered into an agreement with CFFT, a subsidiary of the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, pursuant to which CFFT will provide funding to support the clinical development of QR-010, which will also be recorded as other income.

Research and Development Expense

Research and development expense consists principally of:

 

•

salaries for research and development staff and related expenses, including social security costs and share-based compensation expenses;

 

•

costs for production of pre-clinical compounds and drug substances by contract manufacturers;

 

•

fees and other costs paid to contract research organizations, or CROs, in connection with additional pre-clinical testing;

 

•

costs of related facilities, materials and equipment;

 

•

costs associated with obtaining and maintaining patents and other intellectual property; and

 

•

depreciation of tangible fixed assets used to develop our product candidates.

We expect that our total research and development expense in 2014 will be approximately €15-17 million. Our research and development expenses primarily relate to the following key programs:

 

•

QR-010 for the treatment of CF

The research and development costs relating to our lead product candidate, QR-010, primarily consist of salaries, costs for production of the compound for pre-clinical and toxicology studies, costs for production of the compound for clinical testing, and costs paid to CROs in conjunction with pre-clinical studies and will include costs for our clinical trials. Other significant costs are our internal laboratory costs, including the materials used in the labs and rent allocated to the lab space, as well as consultancy costs in the support of our research and development activities.

 

•

Other development programs

Other research and development expenses mainly relate to our other product candidate, QR-110, as well as other early research projects. These expenses primarily consist of salaries, costs for production of the pre-clinical compounds and costs paid to CROs in conjunction with pre-clinical studies.

For the period from February 2012 (inception) through December 31, 2012, the year ended December 31, 2013, and the six months ended June 30, 2014, we spent €285,000, €2,569,000 and €4,537,000, respectively, on research and development.

Our research and development expense may vary substantially from period to period based on the timing of our research and development activities. Research and development expense is expected to increase as we advance QR-010 into clinical trials and advance QR-110 and any other product candidates in pre-clinical studies. The successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain. At this time we cannot reasonably estimate the nature, timing and estimated costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the development of, or the period, if any, in which material net cash inflows may commence from, any of our product candidates. This is due to numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing drugs, including the uncertainty of:

 

•

the scope, rate of progress and expense of our research and development activities;

 

52

---

Table of Contents

•

clinical trials and early-stage results;

 

•

the terms and timing of regulatory approvals;

 

•

the expense of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property rights; and

 

•

the ability to market, commercialize and achieve market acceptance for QR-010 or any other product candidate that we may develop in the future.

Any of these variables with respect to the development of QR-010 or any other product candidate that we may develop could result in a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of QR-010 or such product candidate. For example, if the FDA, EMA or other regulatory authority were to require us to conduct pre-clinical and clinical studies beyond those which we currently anticipate will be required for the completion of clinical development or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any clinical trials, we could be required to expend significant additional financial resources and time on the completion of our clinical development programs.

General and Administrative Expense

Our general and administrative expense consists principally of:

 

•

salaries for employees other than research and development staff and related expenses, including social security costs and share-based compensation expenses;

 

•

professional fees for auditors and other consulting expenses not related to research and development activities;

 

•

professional fees for lawyers not related to the protection and maintenance of our intellectual property;

 

•

cost of facilities, communication and office expenses;

 

•

IT expenses; and

 

•

amortization and depreciation of tangible and intangible fixed assets not related to research and development activities.

We expect that our general and administrative expense will increase in the future as our business expands and we incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. These public company-related increases will likely include costs of additional personnel, additional legal fees, accounting and audit fees, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance premiums and costs related to investor relations. In addition, we expect to grant share-based compensation awards to key management personnel and other employees.

Share-Based Compensation

Share-based compensation reflects the costs of our equity-settled, share option plan, which are measured at the fair value of the options at the grant date, and which are spread in line with the applicable vesting period of the options involved. The share-based compensation is recognized in the income statement, with a corresponding entry to the equity-settled employee benefits reserve, which is part of equity. We expect that our share-based compensation costs will increase in the future as the number of outstanding options increases. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis—Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates—Share-Based Compensation” for additional information on share-based compensation.

Finance Income

To date, our cash and cash equivalents have been deposited primarily in savings and deposit accounts with original maturities of three months or less. Savings and deposit accounts generate a small amount of interest

 

53

---

Table of Contents

income. We intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in a variety of capital preservation investments, which may include term deposits, short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and government securities, all in accordance with our investment policy.

Results of Operations

Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2014

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014:

 

		Six Months Ended June 30, 2013				Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
		(€ in thousands)
Other income		€	116			€	4
Research and development costs			(614	)			(4,537	)
General and administrative costs			(244	)			(2,130	)
Total operating costs			(858	)			(6,667	)
Operating result			(742	)			(6,663	)
Finance (expense)/income, net			(1	)			(52	)
Net loss		€	(743	)		€	(6,715	)

Other income

For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, we had other income of €116,000 and €4,000, respectively. These amounts reflect the 2012 grant we received from the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, for which we received the last payment during the six months ended June 30, 2014.

Research and development costs

Research and development costs increased from €614,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €4,537,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014. These costs were primarily related to our lead product candidate, QR-010, the development of which also formed the basis for other pipeline projects. Our research and development expense is highly dependent on the development phases of our research projects and, as a result, fluctuates significantly from period to period. We expect that our total research and development costs in 2014 will be in the range of €15-17 million.

The variances in research and development costs between the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 are mainly due to:

 

•

increased staff costs from €193,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €1,438,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014 as a result of increased staff working on QR-010 pre-clinical studies. The number of full-time equivalent employees working on such studies increased from an average of 7 in the first six months of 2013 to an average of 18 in the same period in 2014;

 

•

increased laboratory costs from €188,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €674,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014. These costs include purchases of compounds and laboratory materials used by the research and development staff in proportion to the increase in the number of employees, and increased costs for the use of laboratories, which are charged on a per capita basis;

 

•

increased costs for externally conducted studies, including various in vivo studies, proof of concept studies and dose ranging and toxicity studies conducted in connection with the development of QR-010, from €134,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €1,344,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014;

 

•

costs for the production of QR-010 compound, including the costs of a GMP batch of QR-010 in preparation of our Phase 1b clinical study, from €0 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €698,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014;

 

54

---

Table of Contents

•

increased project-related consultancy costs from €98,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €325,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014, including regulatory and intellectual property support; and

 

•

increased share-based compensation from €0 in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €58,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2014, reflecting grants of share options to research and development staff made after we adopted our Option Plan in September 2013.

General and administrative costs

General and administrative costs increased from €244,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €2,130,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase was primarily related to:

 

•

increased staff costs from €124,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €617,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014, associated with the increase of our general and administrative staff from 2.5 full-time equivalent employees to an average of 8 full-time equivalent employees in the first six months of 2014;

 

•

increased office and general costs, including office rent, information technology and communication costs, travel costs and office consumables, from €44,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €470,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014;

 

•

increased costs for legal support, accounting and other consultancy costs, including costs incurred in preparation for this offering from €76,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €873,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014; and

 

•

increased share-based compensation from €0 in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €170,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2014, reflecting grants of share options to non-research and development staff made after we adopted our Option Plan in September 2013.

We expect that general and administrative costs will increase in the future as our business expands and we incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company.

Finance income and expense

We had net finance expense of €1,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013, as compared to an expense of €52,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The financial expense in the six months ended June 30, 2014 mainly reflects the interest costs related to our convertible loan and to borrowings from governmental bodies.

Comparison of Period From February 21, 2012 (Inception) Through December 31, 2012 and Year Ended December 31, 2013

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the period from February 21, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

		Period From February 21, 2012 (Inception) Through December 31, 2012				Year Ended December 31, 2013
		(€ in thousands)
Other income		€	23			€	116
Research and development costs			(285	)			(2,569	)
General and administrative costs			(157	)			(786	)
Total operating costs			(442	)			(3,355	)
Operating result			(419	)			(3,239	)
Finance (expense)/income, net			1				(14	)
Net loss		€	(418	)		€	(3,253	)

 

55

---

Table of Contents

Other income

For the period from February 21, 2012 (inception) through December 31, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2013, we had other income of €23,000 and €116,000, respectively. These amounts reflects a single grant we received from the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation.

Research and development costs

Research and development costs increased from €285,000 for the period from February 21, 2012 (inception) through December 31, 2012 to €2,569,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. These costs were primarily related to our lead project, QR-010, the development of which also formed the basis for other pipeline projects. Our research and development expense is highly dependent on the development phases of our research projects and, as a result, fluctuates significantly from year to year. We expect that our total research and development costs in 2014 will be in the range of €15-17 million.

The variances in research and development costs between 2012 and 2013 are mainly due to:

 

•

increased staff costs from €125,000 in 2012 to €585,000 in 2013 reflecting increased staff working on QR-010 pre-clinical studies, as the number of full-time equivalent employees working on such studies increased from an average of 3 in 2012 to an average of 12 in 2013;

 

•

increased laboratory costs from €130,000 in 2012 to €527,000 in 2013, including purchases of compounds and laboratory materials used by the research and development staff in proportion to the increase in the number of employees, and increased costs for the use of laboratories, which are charged on a per capita basis;

 

•

costs for externally conducted studies which increased from €0 in 2012 to €827,000 in 2013. These costs include various in vivo studies, proof of concept studies and dose ranging and toxicity studies conducted in connection with the development of QR-010;

 

•

costs for the production of QR-010 compound, which were €0 in 2012 to €232,000 in 2013 including the costs of comparative production batches of QR-010 in support of selecting our preferred contract manufacturer;

 

•

increased project-related consultancy costs, including regulatory and intellectual property support from €30,000 in 2012 to €379,000 in 2013; and

 

•

increased share-based compensation from €0 in 2012 to €19,000 in 2013 reflecting grants of share options to research and development staff made after we adopted our Option Plan in September 2013.

General and administrative costs

General and administrative costs increased from €157,000 for the period from February 21, 2012 (inception) through December 31, 2012 to €786,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily related to:

 

•

increased staff costs from €54,000 in 2012 to €361,000 in 2013 associated with the increase of our general and administrative staff from 2 full-time equivalent employees to an average of 5.2 full-time equivalent employees in 2013;

 

•

increased office and general costs from €25,000 in 2012 to €170,000 in 2013, including office rent, information technology and communication costs, travel costs and office consumables;

 

•

increased costs for legal support, accounting and other consultancy costs, from to €78,000 in 2012 to €233,000 in 2013; and

 

•

increased share-based compensation from €0 in 2012 to €22,000 in 2013 reflecting grants of share options to non-research and development staff made after we adopted our Option Plan in September 2013.

 

56

---

Table of Contents

We expect that general and administrative cost will increase in the future as our business expands and we incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company.

Finance income and expense

We had net finance income of €1,000 for the period from February 21, 2012 (inception) through December 31, 2012, as compared to a net finance expense of €14,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. The 2013 financial expense mainly results from the interest costs related to borrowings from governmental bodies.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, we have financed our operations through private placements of equity securities, a convertible loan and funding from governmental bodies and patient organizations.

Cash Flows

The table below summarizes our statement of cash flows for the period from February 21, 2012 (inception) through December 31, 2012, the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014.

 

		Period From February 21, 2012 (Inception) Through December 31, 2012				Year Ended December 31, 2013				Six Months Ended June 30, 2013				Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
		(€ in thousands)
Net cash used in operating activities		€	(325	)		€	(2,332	)			€	(630)			€	(5,177)
Net cash used in investing activities			(39	)			(137	)			(87	)			(250	)
Net cash generated by financing activities			613				6,349				3,127				39,491
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents			249				3,880				2,410				34,064
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period		€	—			€	249			€	249			€	4,129
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period		€	249			€	4,129			€	2,659			€	38,193

Net cash used in operating activities increased from €630,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €5,177,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2014. This increase was primarily due to the increased loss from operating activities, partially offset by changes in working capital.

Net cash used in operating activities increased from €325,000 in the period from February 21, 2012 (inception) through December 31, 2012 to €2,332,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to the increased loss from operating activities, partially offset by changes in working capital.

Net cash used in investing activities increased from €87,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €250,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2014. This increase was primarily due to our investments in laboratory equipment and office equipment in support of our growing operations.

Net cash used in investing activities increased from €39,000 in the period from February 21, 2012 (inception) through December 31, 2012 to €137,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to our investments in laboratory equipment and office equipment in support of our growing operations.

Net cash generated by financing activities increased from €3,127,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €39,491,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2014. This cash generated by financing activities in the six

 

57

---

Table of Contents

months ended June 30, 2013 was primarily a result of private placements of ordinary shares to investors for total net proceeds of €3,023,000. In the six months ended June 30, 2014, we completed a private placement of preferred shares to investors for total net proceeds of approximately €40,366,000, after deducting expenses incurred in connection with the private placement, which includes the conversion of a convertible loan amounting to €2,560,000 (non-cash item), as well as loans totaling €1,666,000 from a governmental body.

Net cash generated by financing activities increased from €613,000 in the period from February 21, 2012 (inception) through December 31, 2012 to €6,349,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily a result of private placements of ordinary shares to investors in 2013 for total net proceeds of €3,023,000. In 2013, we also received gross proceeds in the amount of €2,500,000 from the issuance of a convertible loan to existing shareholders, as well as loans totaling €826,000 from a governmental body.

Cash and Funding Sources

The table below summarizes our sources of financing for the period from February 21, 2012 (inception) through December 31, 2012, the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

		Equity Capital				Convertible Loan				Government Borrowing				Total
		(€ in thousands)
Period from February 21, 2012 (inception) through December 31, 2012		€	518			€	—			€	95			€	613
Year ended December 31, 2013			3,023				2,500				826				6,349
Six months ended June 30, 2014			42,066				(2,500	)			1,666				41,233
Total		€	45,608			€	—			€	2,587			€	48,195

Our sources of financing in the first six months of 2014 were a private placement of equity securities and exercises of options providing total gross proceeds of €42,066,000, including conversion of a convertible loan of €2,500,000 provided in 2013 by existing shareholders, and funding from a governmental body amounting to €1,666,000. Our sources of financing in 2013 were private placements of equity securities providing total net proceeds of €3,023,000, a convertible loan from existing shareholders of €2,500,000 and funding from a governmental body amounting to €826,000. Our sources of financing in 2012 were private placements of equity securities amounting to €518,000 and funding from a governmental body of €95,000.

As of June 30, 2014, we had non-current liabilities of €2,715,000, which consisted of borrowings from a government body in the amount of €2,684,000 and finance lease liabilities in the amount of €31,000.

On April 17, 2014, we completed a financing round of €41,998,000 in gross proceeds, which included the conversion of an existing convertible loan with existing and new shareholders against the issuance of 81,187 preferred shares to investors.

For a description of our financial commitments, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis—Contractual obligations and commitments” below.

Funding Requirements

We expect that the net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next          months. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, among other things:

 

58

---

Table of Contents

•

the progress, timing and completion of pre-clinical testing and clinical trials for our current or any future product candidates;

 

•

the number of potential new product candidates we identify and decide to develop;

 

•

the costs involved in growing our organization to the size needed to allow for the research, development and potential commercialization of our current or any future product candidates;

 

•

the costs involved in filing patent applications and maintaining and enforcing patents or defending against claims or infringements raised by third parties;

 

•

the time and costs involved in obtaining regulatory approval for our product candidates and any delays we may encounter as a result of evolving regulatory requirements or adverse results with respect to any of these product candidates;

 

•

any licensing or milestone fees we might have to pay during future development of our current or any future product candidates;

 

•

selling and marketing activities undertaken in connection with the anticipated commercialization of our current or any future product candidates and costs involved in the creation of an effective sales and marketing organization; and

 

•

the amount of revenues, if any, we may derive either directly or in the form of royalty payments from future sales of our product candidates, if approved.

For more information as to the risks associated with our future funding needs, see “Risk Factors.”

Capital Expenditures

The following table sets forth our capital expenditures for the period from February 21, 2012 through December 31, 2012, the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014:

 

		Period From February 21, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012				Year Ended December 31, 2013				Six Months Ended June 30,
										2013				2014
		(€ in thousands)
Investments in tangible fixed assets		€	—			€	137			€	87			€	250
Investments in intangible assets			39				—				—				—
Total		€	39			€	137			€	87			€	250

We plan to make investments in laboratory and office facilities and equipment, including IT equipment. Our budgeted capital expenditures for the full year 2014 are approximately €1.5 million, and we anticipate that they will be funded from existing cash balances.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The table below summarizes our undiscounted liabilities at December 31, 2013:

 

		Payments Due by Period
		Total				Less Than 1 Year				1-3 Years				3-5 Years				More Than 5 Years
		(€ in thousands)
Other non-current liabilities		€	943			€	—			€	—			€	629			€	314
Convertible loan			2,514				2,514				—				—				—
Finance lease liabilities			83				35				48				—				—
Trade payables			745				745				—				—				—
Other current liabilities			308				308				—				—				—
Total		€	4,593			€	3,602			€	48			€	629			€	314

 

59

---

Table of Contents

Commitments

Rent

We have entered into rental agreements for laboratory space and offices with MicroSafe Laboratories and Pharming Group N.V., respectively. Our agreement with MicroSafe Laboratories expires on December 31, 2014, and our agreement with Pharming Group N.V. automatically renews annually.

The total rent commitment at June 30, 2014 amounted to €123,000. The 2013 rent expense amounted to €113,000 (2012: €13,000) while the rent expense in the first six months of 2014 amounted to €102,000 (first six months of 2013: €32,000). We expect a material increase in rent obligations as we expand our operations.

Patent license agreement

We have entered into an Exclusive Patent License Agreement with MGH, pursuant to which we may have certain royalty obligations to MGH based on the development or commercialization of QR-010, as well as up to $800,000 in milestone payments upon the achievement of certain development and regulatory milestones. See “Business—Intellectual Property—License Agreement with MGH.”

Agreement with Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc.

In August 2014, we entered into an agreement with Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc., or CFFT, a subsidiary of the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, pursuant to which CFFT agreed to provide us with up to $3 million to support the clinical development of QR-010. The Cystic Fibrosis Foundation is a professional patient advocacy organization that supports select CF drug development programs by providing financial support and access to its Therapeutic Development Network, a network of CF key opinion leaders, as well as to an extensive clinical trial network infrastructure. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we are obligated to make a one-time milestone payment to CFFT of up to approximately $80 million, payable in three equal annual installments following the first commercial sale of QR-010, the first of which is due within 90 days following the first commercial sale. We are also obligated to make a one-time milestone payment to CFFT of up to $3 million if net sales of QR-010 exceed $500 million in a calendar year. Lastly, we are obligated to make a payment to CFFT of up to approximately $6 million if we transfer, sell or license QR-010 other than for certain clinical or development purposes, or if we enter into a change of control transaction. Either CFFT or we may terminate the agreement for cause, which includes our material failure to achieve certain commercialization and development milestones. Our payment obligations survive the termination of the agreement.

Research and development commitments

As of June 30, 2014, we had research and development commitments equal to €526,000 in the aggregate, all of which are due in 2014. These commitments include €434,000 of commitments relating to the production of our lead product candidate, QR-010 and related product testing, €50,000 of commitments relating to the production of research compounds and studies with such research compounds and €43,000 relating to in vivo studies.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. Our overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets.

Our cash policy is focused on optimizing the net interest result of funds invested in deposits while accepting limited risk (minimum ratings of P2 or A3 for short-term and long-term, respectively by Moody’s and A2 or A- for short-term and long-term, respectively, by Standard and Poor’s). Individual commitments exceeding a

 

60

---

Table of Contents

defined threshold in foreign currencies may be hedged against our functional currency, the euro, to avoid foreign currency exposure affecting the income statement in comparison to budget.

Market Risk

Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities in foreign currencies. In 2013 and the first six months of 2014, we had no significant outstanding receivables. In 2013, we had expenditures in foreign currencies, predominately €1,258,000 in U.S. dollars. In the first six months of 2014, we had expenditures in foreign currencies, predominately in U.S. dollars, amounting to €1,696,000. We have exposure associated with the time delay between entering into a contract, budget or forecast and the realization thereof. The impact of fair value measurements on the financial statements is limited. As of June 30, 2014, there was outstanding a net amount of trade payables denominated in US dollars of €402,000 (December 31, 2013: €339,000).

The majority of the proceeds from this offering in U.S. dollars will be converted to our functional currency, the euro.

Our interest rate risk exposure is limited due to the use of loans with fixed rates. At June 30, 2014, we had one loan and a financial lease with fixed interest, totaling €2,749,000. At December 31, 2013, we had two loans and a financial lease with fixed interest, totaling €3,575,000.

Credit Risk

Credit risk represents the risk of financial loss caused by default of the counterparty. We have no large receivables balances with external parties. Our principal financial assets are cash and cash equivalents which are, in line with our cash policy, placed at ABN Amro and Rabobank which meet our defined minimum credit ratings.

Liquidity Risk

We believe that the net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next          months. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which we have prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. There have been no material adjustments to prior period estimates for any of the periods included in this prospectus.

Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the notes to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe that the following accounting policies are the most critical to aid you in fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

Research and Development Expense

Research expenses are recognized as expenses when incurred. Costs incurred on development projects are recognized as intangible assets as of the date as of which it can be established that it is probable that future

 

61

---

Table of Contents

economic benefits attributable to the asset will flow to us considering its technological and commercial feasibility. This is generally the case when regulatory approval for commercialization is achieved and costs can be measured reliably. Given the current stage of the development of our products, no development expenditures have yet been capitalized. Intellectual property-related costs for patents are part of the expenditure for the research and development projects. Therefore, registration costs for patents are expensed when incurred as long as the research and development project concerned does not meet the criteria for capitalization.

As part of the process of preparing our financial statements we are required to estimate our accrued expenses. This process involves reviewing quotations and contracts, identifying services that have been performed on our behalf, estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of the actual cost. The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services performed or when contractual milestones are met. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in our financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. We periodically confirm the accuracy of our estimates with the service providers and make adjustments if necessary. The significant estimates in our accrued research and development expenses are related to fees paid to CROs in connection with research and development activities for which we have not yet been invoiced. We base our expenses related to CROs on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to quotes and contracts with CROs that conduct research and development on our behalf.

The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the research and development expense. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual or prepayment expense accordingly. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and could result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period.

Share-Based Compensation

Stock options

In September 2013, we adopted our Option Plan. Under the Option Plan, the management board or the supervisory board may grant options to eligible individuals. Upon exercise of options, Stichting ProQR Therapeutics Participation, a Dutch foundation that we utilize to facilitate the administration of share-based compensation awards and refer to as the Foundation, issues to such individuals non-voting depository receipts representing the underlying ordinary shares, against payment of the option exercise price. We have issued 12,218 ordinary shares to the Foundation for the issuance of options, which includes 601 ordinary shares for which depository receipts have been issued in respect of option exercised to date. The voting rights associated with the ordinary shares remain with the Foundation and are controlled by our chief executive officer as chairman of the Foundation.

We amended and restated our Option Plan on                     , 2014 as our 2014 Stock Option Plan to, among other things, provide for the grant of options to acquire ordinary shares instead of non-voting depository receipts and to terminate the involvement of the Foundation in the Option Plan. See “Management—Option Plan.”

The management board or the supervisory board, depending on the person to whom options are granted, may determine the number of ordinary shares to be covered by each option, the exercise price of each option and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each option, including conditions relating to applicable securities laws, as it considers necessary or advisable. The supervisory board has the authority to grant options to the members of our management and supervisory boards and the management board has the authority to grant options to employees, officers, consultants and service providers as it deems appropriate. The Option Plan gives the supervisory and management boards board discretion to grant awards that are exercisable immediately or have

 

62

---

Table of Contents

vesting or performance conditions, which are to be determined at the time of grant. Generally, the options vest in four annual equal tranches of 25%, beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

The option exercise price of each option is specified in the applicable notice of grant and equals either the fair market value per ordinary share as determined at the date of grant or another price determined by our supervisory board when granting the options. Each option is exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as specified in the applicable notice of grant. We may, in the event of a change of control of our company, decide to exchange, cancel and settle in cash and/or accelerate the vesting of the outstanding options or the supervisory board may take whatever step considered appropriate with respect to the outstanding options.

The outstanding options can be exercised after the respective vesting date up to 10 years following the grant date and then expire.

Share-based compensation reflects the compensation expenses of our equity-settled Option Plan granted to employees or others providing similar services, which are measured at the grant date fair value of the options. The compensation expenses are spread over the vesting period in accordance with each separate vesting tranche of the options granted, taking in consideration actual and expected forfeitures at each reporting date and at the respective vesting dates. The share-based compensation is recognised in the income statement, with a corresponding entry to the equity-settled employee benefits reserve, which is part of equity. We expect that our share-based compensation costs will increase in the future as the number of outstanding options increases.

Fair value options

The grant date fair value of the options is estimated based the Black-Scholes option-pricing formula using the following assumptions:

 

		2012				2013				2014
Option exercise price			—			€	113.34			€	113.34–309.50
Risk-free interest rate			—				0.942	%			0.47–1.07	%
Expected volatility			—				93.8	%			86.6–91.7	%
Expected dividend yield			—				0	%			0	%
Expected life (in years)			—				5				5

The weighted average grant date fair value of the options granted in 2013 amounted to €80.78, and in the six months ended June 30, 2014 amounted to €186.68.

The risk-free interest rate is derived from the implied yield on AAA rated government bond loans in the euro zone as determined by the European Central Bank at the grant date of the options based on the expected option life.

The expected volatility is estimated using historical daily share price return data from a group of comparable listed companies measured over a period equal to the expected term since we have been a private company and therefore we have no historical or implied volatility information available. We will continue to do so until sufficient historical market data is available for estimating the volatility of our ordinary shares. The group of comparable listed companies are publicly traded entities active in the business of developing RNA based therapeutics, treatments and drugs and are selected taking into consideration the availability of meaningful trading data history and market capitalization.

We consider the expected life of the options to be five years. We have determined this expected life based on economic exercise behavior of vested options by participants and also considering and allowing for the time needed to reach important milestones.

Valuation of our ordinary shares

The fair value of our ordinary shares is determined by our management board and supervisory board, and takes into account our most recently available valuation of ordinary shares performed by an independent valuation firm and our assessment of additional objective and subjective factors we believe are relevant and which may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant.

 

63

---

Table of Contents

Our management board and supervisory board consider numerous objective and subjective factors to determine their best estimate of the fair value of our ordinary shares as of each grant date, including:

 

•

the progress of our research and development programs;

 

•

achievement of enterprise milestones, including our entering into collaboration and licensing agreements, as well as funding milestones;

 

•

contemporaneous third-party valuations of our ordinary shares for our most recent share issuances in 2014;

 

•

our need for future financing to fund operations;

 

•

the rights and preferences of our preferred shares and our preferred shares relative to our ordinary shares;

 

•

the likelihood of achieving a discrete liquidity event, such as a sale of our company or an initial public offering given prevailing market conditions; and

 

•

external market and economic conditions impacting our industry sector.

In determining the fair values of our ordinary shares as of each award grant date, we considered three generally accepted approaches: income approach, market approach and cost approach. Based on the information available, external transactions of company shares and external rounds of financing, we have determined that the market approach is the most appropriate method. We have employed the prior sale of company stock method to estimate our aggregate enterprise value. In addition, we have taken into consideration the guidance prescribed by the American Institute of Certified Public Accounts Audit and Accounting Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

The prior sale of company stock method considers any prior arm’s length sales of our equity securities. Considerations factored into the analysis include: the type and amount of equity sold, the estimated volatility, the estimated time to liquidity, the relationship of the parties involved, the timing compared to the ordinary shares valuation date and our financial condition and structure at the time of the sale. As such, we have benchmarked the value per share to the external transactions of our shares and external financing rounds.

All option grants in 2013 rely on the prior sale of company stock method. In order to estimate the value of ordinary shares for grants in 2013, we relied on the pricing from a round of financing for our ordinary shares which closed in February 2013 at €113.34 per share. In May 2013, further ordinary shares were issued at the same price per share as extension of the February 2013 round. Lastly, in November 2013, one of our existing shareholders purchased ordinary shares from another existing shareholder at a price of €113.34 per share. Given that all transactions of our ordinary shares in 2013 took place with independent third party investors, we believe these represent strong and reliable indications of fair value and therefore the basis for estimating the fair value of ordinary shares at €113.34 per share for IFRS 2.

For option grants made in January and February of 2014, we retrospectively assessed the fair value of our ordinary shares based on straight-line interpolation of the fair value from the most recent transaction in our ordinary shares in November 2013 through the date of our financing round that closed on April 17, 2014. As a result, the retrospective fair value of our ordinary shares as of January 1, 2014, January 14, 2014, and February 1, 2014 was determined to be €158.83, €177.31, and €202.98, respectively.

For option grants made after April 17, 2014, we relied on the prior sale of company stock method to estimate the contemporaneous fair value of ordinary shares. On April 17, 2014, we issued a new class of preferred shares in addition to ordinary shares. The preferred shares were issued to numerous existing and new investors, and as a result, we consider the preferred share pricing to be a strong indication of fair value. Given there are multiple classes of equity, we used the hybrid method in order to allocate equity to the various equity classes. The hybrid method is a hybrid between the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM,

 

64

---

Table of Contents

and the Option Pricing Method, or OPM, which estimates the probability weighted value across certain exit scenarios, but uses the OPM to estimate the remaining unknown potential exit scenarios. As a part of this analysis, we estimated cumulative probabilities of 60% and 40% of an initial public offering and a merger and acquisition, respectively. A discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM, of 17% and 25%, corresponding to the time to exit under the various scenarios, was applied to reflect the increased risk arising from the inability to readily sell the shares.

When applying the DLOM, the Black-Scholes option pricing formula was used. Under this method, the cost of the put option, which can hedge the price change before the privately held shares can be sold, was considered as the basis to determine the DLOM. Based on the above, we estimated the fair value of our ordinary shares as of April 17, 2014 to be €309.50 per share.

Options grants

We granted the following options in the period from September 1, 2013 through June 30, 2014:

 

Grant date		Number of Options granted				Option Price				Estimated fair value for each ordinary share				Estimated fair value for each Option
September 26, 2013			2,677			€	113.34			€	113.34			€	80.78
December 1, 2013			1,059			€	113.34			€	113.34			€	80.78
January 1, 2014			100			€	113.34			€	113.34			€	119.37
January 14, 2014			1,200			€	113.34			€	113.34			€	135.63
February 1, 2014			700			€	113.34			€	113.34			€	158.56
May 1, 2014			1,059			€	309.50			€	309.50			€	214.85
May 31, 2014			235			€	309.50			€	309.50			€	210.11
June 30, 2014			2,490			€	309.50			€	309.50			€	207.70

Corporate Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the Netherlands. Significant judgment is required in determining the use of tax loss carry forwards. We recognize deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses or tax credits only to the extent that we have sufficient taxable temporary differences or there is convincing evidence that sufficient taxable profit will be available against which the unused tax losses or unused tax credits can be utilized by us. Management’s judgment is that such convincing evidence is currently not sufficiently available and a deferred tax asset is therefore not yet recognized.

Under Dutch income tax law, tax loss carry-forwards are subject to a time limitation of nine years. As of June 30, 2014, we had a total of approximately €10,400,000 tax loss carry-forwards available for offset against future taxable profits. The first amount of the tax loss carry-forwards will expire in 2021.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

There are no IFRS standards as issued by the IASB or interpretations issued by the IFRS interpretations committee that are effective for the first time for the financial year beginning on or after January 1, 2014 that would be expected to have a material impact on our financial position.

JOBS Act and Foreign Private Issuer Exemptions

The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for an “emerging growth company.” As an emerging growth company, we are electing to take advantage of the following exemptions:

 

•

not providing an auditor attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting;

 

65

---

Table of Contents

•

not providing all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act;

 

•

not disclosing certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation; and

 

•

not complying with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis).

The JOBS Act permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we no longer meet the requirements of being an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

Further, as a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the same requirements that are imposed upon U.S. domestic issuers by the SEC. Under the Exchange Act, we will be subject to reporting obligations that, in certain respects, are less detailed and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, although we intend to report our financial results on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to issue quarterly reports, proxy statements that comply with the requirements applicable to U.S. domestic reporting companies, or individual executive compensation information that is as detailed as that required of U.S. domestic reporting companies. We will also have four months after the end of each fiscal year to file our annual reports with the SEC and will not be required to file current reports as frequently or promptly as U.S. domestic reporting companies. We may also present financial statements pursuant to IFRS instead of pursuant to U.S. GAAP. Furthermore, although the members of our management and supervisory boards will be required to notify the Dutch Authority for the Financial Markets of certain transactions they may undertake, including with respect to our ordinary shares, our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the requirements to report transactions in our equity securities and from the short-swing profit liability provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. These exemptions and leniencies will reduce the frequency and scope of information and protections available to you in comparison to those applicable to a U.S. domestic reporting companies.

 

66

---

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are an innovative biopharmaceutical company engaged in the discovery and development of RNA-based therapeutics for the treatment of severe genetic disorders. Utilizing our unique proprietary RNA repair technologies, we believe we will be able to treat rare genetic disorders in which a single protein is defective due to certain types of genetic mutations. We design our therapeutic candidates to specifically target and repair the defective messenger RNA, or mRNA, that is transcribed from a mutated gene in order to restore the expression and function of normal, or wild-type, protein. We believe that targeting the mRNA to restore the production of normal protein is a unique approach that offers advantages compared with small molecule, gene therapy and other therapeutic approaches. Our initial focus is on the development of a disease-modifying therapy for the treatment of cystic fibrosis, or CF, a genetic disease that affects an estimated 70,000 to 100,000 patients worldwide and causes early morbidity and mortality. We are also developing a treatment for Leber’s Congenital Amaurosis, or LCA, the leading genetic cause of blindness in childhood. Further, based on our own research and initial selection criteria, we believe that our RNA repair technologies can potentially be used to treat a broad range of other severe genetic diseases with high unmet medical need, and to date we have identified more than 50 potential targets.

CF is a genetic disease that currently has no cure. The median age of death for CF patients is 27, and more than 90% of CF patients die from respiratory failure. To date, all but one of the therapies approved to treat CF patients are designed to treat the symptoms of CF rather than address the underlying cause. CF is caused by mutations in the gene that encodes for a protein called cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator, or CFTR. Although there are more than 1,900 different genetic mutations that cause CF, the DF508 mutation that we are targeting is the most prevalent and is present in approximately 70% of all CF patients. In CF patients, this mutated gene and the resulting defective protein lead to the dysfunction of multiple organ systems, including the lungs, pancreas and gastrointestinal tract. In the lung airways, absence of functional CFTR protein leads to unusually thick, sticky mucus that clogs the lungs and increases vulnerability to chronic, life-threatening lung infections.

Our lead product candidate, QR-010, which we believe is a first-in-class RNA-based oligonucleotide, is designed to address the underlying cause of the disease by repairing the mRNA defect encoded by the DF508 mutation in the CFTR gene of CF patients. The DF508 mutation is a deletion of three of the coding base pairs, or nucleotides, in the CFTR gene, which results in the production of a misfolded CFTR protein that does not function normally. QR-010 is designed to bind to the defective CFTR mRNA and guide the insertion of the three missing nucleotides, thus repairing the mRNA and subsequently producing wild-type, or normal CFTR protein. QR-010 is designed to be self-administered through a small, handheld aerosol delivery device, or nebulizer, in the form of a mist inhaled into the lungs. We believe this method will allow maximum exposure of QR-010 to the primary target organ, the lung, as well as significant exposure to other affected organs through systemic absorption into the blood. To date, we have conducted extensive pre-clinical studies that have shown significant activity of QR-010 in restoring the expression of fully functional CFTR protein in cell and animal models that bear the DF508 mutation. We believe this activity in pre-clinical models of CF provides support for the clinical development and therapeutic potential of QR-010. QR-010 has been granted orphan drug designation in the United States and the European Union. Generally, if a product with an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a period of market exclusivity. This exclusivity precludes the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, or the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, as applicable, from approving another marketing application for the same or, in the European Union, a similar drug for the same indication for that time period, unless the later product is clinically superior. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.

In the fourth quarter of 2014, we plan to file an Investigational New Drug application, or IND, with the FDA and a Clinical Trial Application, or CTA, with the EMA for QR-010. We have had a pre-IND meeting with the FDA and scientific advice and protocol assistance meetings with the EMA during the first half of 2014 to

 

67

---

Table of Contents

assess the adequacy of our CMC (chemistry, manufacturing, controls) and non-clinical study plans and to discuss the overall design of the proposed clinical program. The agencies provided input on our plans, which we are incorporating into our planned IND and CTA submissions in the United States and the European Union, respectively, and we intend to initiate our first clinical trial directly in CF patients. This clinical trial will be a Phase 1b, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, 28-day dose-escalation study to evaluate the safety, tolerability and absorption, distribution and degradation, or pharmacokinetics, of QR-010 in CF patients who have two copies of the DF508 mutation. We will also assess exploratory outcome measures that could be indicative of the potential efficacy of QR-010. In parallel with our Phase 1b trial and beginning in the first quarter of 2015, we will also conduct a proof-of-concept, or POC, study designed to demonstrate restoration of CFTR function in the nasal lining of CF patients with the DF508 mutation. We expect to report top-line data from our Phase 1b trial in the fourth quarter of 2015 and our POC study in the third quarter of 2015.

ProQR was formed in February 2012 by Daniel de Boer, Gerard Platenburg, Henri Termeer and Dinko Valerio. Mr. de Boer is a passionate and driven entrepreneur and advocate for CF patients, and has assembled an experienced team of successful biotech executives as co-founders and early investors. ProQR’s team has extensive experience in discovery, development and commercialization of CF treatments and RNA therapeutics. To date, we have raised approximately €45.6 million from private placements of equity securities. In addition, we have received grants, loans and other funding from CF-focused patient organizations and government institutions supporting our program for CF, including from Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc., a subsidiary of the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation. ProQR is located in Leiden, the Netherlands.

Our Strategy

We are dedicated to improving the lives of patients through the development of RNA-based therapies for severe genetic diseases and have an initial focus on patients with CF. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

•

Rapidly advance QR-010 for the treatment of CF. Our lead product candidate, QR-010, has generated compelling data in pre-clinical studies, which we believe support its potential as a disease-modifying therapy for CF patients. We intend to advance QR-010 into clinical trials in CF patients with the DF508 mutation, which affects approximately 70% of all CF patients. In the fourth quarter of 2014, we plan to file our IND with the FDA, file our CTA with the EMA and initiate our first clinical trials directly in CF patients. We are also studying applications of our RNA repair technologies for mutations other than DF508 that could potentially be used to treat an additional 10% of CF patients, including those with the G551D mutation.

 

•

Utilize our proprietary RNA repair technologies and know-how to develop additional product candidates targeting genetic diseases with high unmet medical need. We aim to develop a product pipeline targeting severe genetic diseases with no or limited effective treatments caused by mutations that we believe can be treated with our RNA repair technologies. Based on our own research and initial selection criteria, we have to date identified approximately 50 potential target indications. As our first non-CF therapeutic program, we are developing QR-110 to treat patients with the most common mutation causing Leber’s Congenital Amaurosis, the leading genetic cause of blindness in childhood.

 

•

Independently commercialize QR-010 and any other CF product we successfully develop. We intend to commercialize QR-010 ourselves, if approved, and retain all commercial rights in major markets. There are extensive CF patient registries, and CF patients are treated in centralized, specialized care centers. Because of this well-organized CF community, we believe we will be able to market effectively QR-010, if approved, with an initially small, targeted sales force of approximately 35 representatives in the United States and Europe.

 

•

Consider collaborative partnerships to develop and commercialize our RNA repair technologies or programs in specific indications outside of CF. We will consider collaborative partnerships with pharmaceutical companies and others to leverage our core technologies in therapeutic areas beyond CF depending on the attractiveness of the opportunities. These partnerships may provide us with further validation of our RNA repair technologies, funding to advance our product candidates and access to development, manufacturing and commercial expertise and capabilities.

 

68

---

Table of Contents

Our RNA Repair Approach

Genes are the specific sequences of DNA that provide the blueprint used by the human body’s cells to make proteins, which are enzymes or other large molecules in cells that serve a functional purpose. Each gene consists of a specific sequence of nucleotides that leads to the production of a specific protein. The gene’s coding DNA sequence is transcribed into mRNA, which is subsequently translated into the specific protein. A mutation, or defect, in a specific gene can result in the transcription of abnormal mRNA, which then can produce a defective, misfolded or truncated protein that is unable to carry out its normal function.

Unlike other approaches in the RNA therapeutics field, such as RNAi and antisense, our RNA repair approach aims to treat genetic disorders by repairing the basic defect in the mRNA, thus resulting in fully-functional, wild-type protein. This approach employs single-stranded RNA-based oligonucleotides, which act as guide sequences to repair the targeted abnormal mRNA. The repaired mRNA then acts as a template to generate wild-type protein. We believe this RNA repair approach will allow us to develop novel therapies for genetic disorders that are currently untreatable or have limited effective treatment options.

In the CF field, which is our initial focus, QR-010 is designed to repair the defective mRNA by guiding the insertion of the three nucleotides missing in the DF508 mutation, thus resulting in the production of wild-type CFTR protein with the same functionality as CFTR protein in healthy individuals. We believe we are the only company currently pursuing this RNA repair approach for CF patients.

Cystic Fibrosis

Cystic Fibrosis Background

CF is the most common fatal inherited disease in the western world and affects an estimated 70,000 to 100,000 patients worldwide. There is no cure for CF. CF patients require lifelong treatment with multiple daily medications, frequent hospitalizations and ultimately lung transplants, which can extend life for five years on average. The quality of life for CF patients is compromised by approximately four hours of self-care per day and frequent outpatient doctor visits and hospitalizations.

CF is caused by mutations in a gene that encodes the CFTR protein. The CFTR protein channel regulates the movement, or efflux, of specific ions in and out of the cells of organs like the lungs, pancreas and gastrointestinal tract. Through regulation of these ions, the amount of salts in the fluid both inside and outside the cell remains balanced. In CF patients, however, the CFTR protein is defective and cannot perform its normal function of transporting ions across the cell membrane, and this results in an environment characterized by thick mucus in vital organs such as the lung, the pancreas and the gastrointestinal tract. The figure below illustrates a defective CFTR protein hampering the efflux of chloride in lung epithelial cells.

Chloride Ion Flow by Wild-Type CFTR and DF508 CFTR

 

 

69

---

Table of Contents

The lack of functional CFTR in CF patients is particularly problematic in the lungs, where the build-up of thick mucus obstructs parts of the lung, allows bacteria to grow unfettered and impairs the functionality of the local immune system. Of all the manifestations of CF, lung disease is the most critical and is characterized by a combination of airway obstruction, infection and inflammation such that more than 90% of all CF patients die of respiratory failure. In the pancreas, the buildup of mucus prevents the release of digestive enzymes that help the body break down food and absorb important nutrients. In the GI tract, the thick mucus leads to impaired ability to absorb nutrients. The median age of death for all CF patients is 27 years.

According to the medical literature, restoration of as little as approximately 15% of wild-type CFTR function in CF patients should result in a therapeutic benefit.

Cystic Fibrosis Genetics

CF is an autosomal recessive disease. A normal, healthy gene has two alleles that encode for a given protein. In an autosomal recessive disease such as CF, a patient has a mutation in both alleles. Non-affected carriers have a mutation in only one of the alleles. CF patients have a defect in the gene encoding for the CFTR protein, and they either have two copies of the same mutation, referred to as homozygotes, or one copy of two different mutations, referred to as compound heterozygotes. Although over 1,900 CF-causing gene mutations have been identified, approximately 70% of all CF patients are affected by the DF508 mutation. Among all CF patients, approximately 50% are homozygous for the DF508 mutation and approximately 20% are heterozygous for the DF508 mutation.

In the DF508 mutation, the genetic defect is a deletion of three of the coding base pairs, or nucleotides, in the CFTR gene that results in the transcription of defective mRNA, which results in the production of CFTR protein that is misfolded and can neither migrate to its normal location on the surface of epithelial cells nor perform its normal function. The figure below illustrates the missing three nucleotide sequence.

 

Cystic Fibrosis Incidence and Diagnosis

CF affects one out of 3,500 live births in the United States and one out of 2,500 live births in Western Europe. Many individuals are also non-affected carriers of a mutated CFTR gene. Carrier results across ethnic groups in the United States are well established, and reports from the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists indicate rates of one out of 25 in non-Hispanic Caucasians, one out of 58 in Hispanic Caucasians, one out of 61 in African Americans, and one out of 94 in Asian Americans. While the life expectancy of CF patients has improved over the last three decades, the median age of death is still only 27 years.

Most CF patients in the United States, the European Union, Canada and Australia are now diagnosed at birth through newborn screening, and more than 75% of CF patients are diagnosed by the age of two. CF can be diagnosed by conducting a Nasal Potential Difference, or NPD, test that measures CFTR activity in the nose, or a sweat test, which measures the amount of salt in a person’s sweat. A genetic test is also often used to confirm a CF diagnosis and/or identify the disease-causing mutations. In a genetic test, a blood sample or cells from the inside of the cheek are taken and sent to a laboratory that specializes in genetic testing.

Approaches to the Treatment of Cystic Fibrosis

Treatment overview

There is no cure for CF, and to date, all but one of the therapies approved to treat CF patients have been designed to treat the symptoms rather than address the underlying cause. CF patients require lifelong treatment

 

70

---

Table of Contents

with multiple daily medications, frequent hospitalizations and ultimately lung transplant, which is life-extending but not curative. In the United States, the average CF patient incurs approximately $50,000 per year in expenses for outpatient medications and services and substantial additional costs for frequent hospitalizations. As the median age of death for CF patients is 27, this results in an average lifetime cost per CF patient in the U.S. of $1,350,000 in outpatient expenses alone. CF patients who can be treated with Vertex’s Kalydeco have additional annual costs of approximately $300,000. Standards of care are generally similar across Western European nations.

Palliative treatments

The current standard of care for CF patients is palliative treatment to manage the symptoms of the disease. In CF patients, the thick mucus that builds up in the lungs and other vital organs such as the pancreas and gastrointestinal tract hampers mucus clearance and leads to airway obstruction and difficulty absorbing nutrients, leading to poor growth and development. Primary treatment options include inhaled therapies such as rhDNase, marketed as Pulmozyme, which thins the mucus in the lungs, as well as pancreatic enzyme replacement therapy, which improves absorption of nutrients. Due to the proliferation of bacteria on the mucus build-up, CF patients often develop chronic lung infections that require inhaled antibiotics treatments, such as TOBI or Cayston, to suppress the infections. CF patients also take a number of other prescribed and over-the-counter medications to alleviate the symptoms of CF and reduce complications, including bronchodilators, inhaled corticosteroids, and ursodeoxycholic acid for biliary tree dysfunction.

Potentiators for certain non-DF508 mutations

For a subset of patients who suffer from the G551D and other gating mutations of the CFTR gene, Vertex Pharmaceuticals has developed a so-called “potentiator” molecule marketed under the trade name Kalydeco (ivacaftor). This product was approved by the FDA in 2012 to treat patients with the G551D CFTR mutation and, in 2014, the label was expanded to include eight additional gating mutations. Vertex has estimated that approximately 2,400 CF patients in the U.S., Europe and Australia have a G551D or a non-G551D gating mutation. Gating mutations are characterized by the presence of CFTR at the cell surface that does not open and close the ion channels properly. Kalydeco is believed to keep the ion channels open for longer. For this population of CF patients, medication costs are approximately $300,000 per year for Kalydeco prescriptions. Kalydeco is an exciting development as it provides a proof of concept that it is possible to target the defective CFTR protein that causes CF and improve key symptoms of the disease.

The DF508 mutation affects approximately 70% of all CF patients. Unlike the “gating” mutations, DF508 is a “processing” mutation, and as such, CFTR with the DF508 mutation is not expressed at the cell surface and cannot be potentiated by Kalydeco.

Gene therapy

Gene therapy is a process in which a functional gene is introduced into a cell to override the effects of a defective gene. The CFTR gene was first identified in 1989. Since that time, several academic consortia and drug-development companies have attempted to develop therapies targeting mutations in the CFTR gene. These companies aimed to permanently correct the CFTR gene at the DNA level by delivering full length CFTR genes to lung epithelial cells to express wild-type CFTR protein. However, these programs encountered limitations faced by gene therapy in general as well as limitations specific to the CFTR gene. These barriers included safety concerns, challenges to delivery of the gene therapy constructs to target cells in the lungs, challenges of both delivery and incorporation into the genome given the size and complexity of the CFTR gene, and immunologic responses to the gene therapy vectors. We believe that, due to these limitations, all commercial gene therapy approaches for the treatment of CF were terminated in the late 1990’s and that gene therapy is not currently considered a viable therapeutic option for CF patients.

 

71

---

Table of Contents

Protein correctors

Small molecule “corrector” approaches aim to transport the non-functional DF508 CFTR protein to the cell membrane, often in connection with a second agent, such as a potentiator, to enable the abnormally-folded protein to achieve some level of activity without repairing the actual protein. Companies currently developing small molecule “correctors” include Vertex, Pfizer, Genzyme, Abbvie and Bayer. To date, however, there are no approved “corrector” molecules on the market. Lumacaftor (VX-809), which is being developed by Vertex, is a small molecule corrector studied in patients homozygous for the DF508 mutation for use in combination with Kalydeco. In June 2014, Vertex announced that its two Phase 3 clinical trials of lumacaftor, when used in combination with Kalydeco in CF patients homozygous for the DF508 mutation, showed statistically significant improvement in the study’s primary endpoint of improved lung function, compared to placebo. Clinical trial results are considered statistically significant when the probability of the results occurring by chance, rather than from the efficacy of the drug candidate, is sufficiently low. When that probability is less than 5%, or p<0.05, the result is considered statistically significant. Vertex also showed statistically significant reductions in pulmonary exacerbations in the pooled analysis of both studies. Other signs of clinical improvement were either limited or not statistically different from placebo. We believe these studies validate that DF508 CFTR is a treatable target and indicate there is need for more efficacious therapies.

Our solution—RNA repair

Our approach, RNA repair, aims to repair the basic defect in the CFTR mRNA and subsequently restore expression of wild-type CFTR protein that can normalize the ion transport in the key organs affected by CF, particularly the lung. We believe we are currently the only company pursuing this novel approach for CF patients.

QR-010 for Treatment of CF

We are developing QR-010 as a treatment for CF patients. QR-010 is an oligonucleotide designed to restore wild-type CFTR expression in CF patients with the DF508 gene mutation. QR-010 is 33 nucleotides long and is designed to bind to the CFTR mRNA sequences that are adjacent to the deleted F508 region of the mRNA.

The figure below illustrates wild-type mRNA, the site of the DF508 mRNA deletion and where QR-010 binds on either side of the mutated area and introduces the template to insert the three deleted nucleotides.

QR-010 Binds to mRNA and Guides Insertion of Deleted Nucleotides

 

The resulting wild-type CFTR protein will be expected to be processed as any other wild-type CFTR protein and result in an increase in the cell surface density of wild-type CFTR protein and restoration of wild-type CFTR functions, including chloride transport, chloride-bicarbonate exchange and regulation of the epithelial sodium channel, or ENaC.

 

72

---

Table of Contents

The figure below shows, from left to right, wild-type CFTR function in a normal cell, impaired CFTR function in a cell with a DF508 mutation, a DF508 mutated cell treated with a protein corrector molecule, which shows limited restoration of chloride efflux, and a DF508 mutated cell treated with QR-010, which shows restoration to wild-type levels of chloride efflux.

Chloride Ion Flow: Partial Restoration through Protein Corrector and Full Restoration through QR-010

 

To achieve broad distribution to CF-affected organs, we intend to deliver QR-010 through inhalation by means of a small handheld nebulizer, a method of drug delivery used to administer medication in the form of a mist inhaled into the lungs. We believe this method will allow maximum exposure of QR-010 to the primary target organ, the lung, as well as significant exposure to other affected organs through systemic absorption into the blood, as shown in the figure below. The nebulizer device rapidly and efficiently processes a therapeutic agent through the microscopic holes of a mesh and creates a mist to provide rapid and consistent delivery to the lungs. Commercially-available nebulizers are currently used for other CF therapies and in other clinical studies involving inhaled oligonucleotides.

As shown in the figure below, after delivery of 32 doses of QR-010 to the lungs of mice over a sixteen-week period, we observed significant exposure of QR-010 to the lungs as well as to other CF-affected organs, measured in micrograms of QR-010 per gram of tissue. We believe this beneficial bio-distribution pattern will allow us to treat not just the lung but also other organs affected by CF.

Bio-Distribution of QR-010 to CF-Affected Organs

 

Clinical Development Plan for QR-010

In the fourth quarter of 2014, we plan to file our IND with the FDA and file our CTA with EMA for QR-010. We have had a pre-IND meeting with the FDA and scientific advice and protocol assistance meetings with the EMA during the first half of 2014 to assess the adequacy of our CMC (chemistry, manufacturing, controls) and non-clinical study plans and to discuss the overall design of the proposed clinical program. The agencies provided input on our plans, which we are incorporating into our planned IND and CTA submissions in

 

73

---

Table of Contents

the United States and the European Union, respectively, and we intend to initiate our first clinical trial directly in CF patients. The clinical trial will consist of two clinical studies—a single ascending dose, multiple ascending dose trial, which we refer to as the SAD/MAD trial, and a POC study. We intend to conduct the two studies in parallel, with the POC study being initiated a few months after the SAD/MAD trial. Assuming the results of these two studies are positive, we plan to initiate a Phase 2a trial for QR-010 in the fourth quarter of 2015.

SAD/MAD trial

The first clinical trial with QR-010 will be a Phase 1b, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, 28-day dose-escalation trial to evaluate the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics of QR-010. QR-010 will be given as a nebulized solution to the lower airways after chest physiotherapy, which is a standard procedure used with other currently administered inhaled medications. This method of drug administration is common in CF patients and has been used with oligonucleotides in development in other indications. The primary outcome measures will characterize safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics. We will also assess exploratory efficacy outcome measures, including lung functionality, chloride levels in sweat, weight gain and other quality-of-life measures specific to CF, which we believe could be indicative of the potential efficacy of QR-010. We intend to enroll the first patient in the fourth quarter of 2014. The study will include CF patients that are homozygous DF508 and age 18 years and above with normal, mild or moderately compromised lung function. Pharmacokinetics will be assessed with serum measurements over time. Exploratory clinical measurements, including evaluation of early changes in lung function, reduction in symptoms and weight gain will also be performed to inform the design of future trials. The trial will be conducted at approximately 20 sites in the United States and selected EU countries and will enroll 72 patients. Randomization will be 3:1, meaning 25% of patients will receive placebo. We anticipate that top-line data will be available in the fourth quarter of 2015.

Dosing will start with four single ascending dose cohorts of 10mg, 20mg, 40mg, and 80mg, respectively, and continue with up to five multiple ascending dose cohorts. Each cohort will enroll eight patients, of which six will receive QR-010 and two will receive placebo. The multiple dose regimens will be for a maximum of 28 days. Dosing will occur as frequently as once daily and as infrequently as once every two weeks. Safety will be monitored throughout by an independent data safety monitoring committee.

POC NPD study

We also plan to conduct a parallel clinical study to demonstrate the ability of QR-010 in improving NPD. NPD is a standard test for detection and quantification of CFTR function in the airways in CF patients. The NPD assay has been used extensively and is standardized to assess the ability of new therapeutics to restore defective ion transport in CF patients and several pre-clinical animal models. This POC study will evaluate QR-010 applied directly to the nasal mucosa in eight CF patients who are homozygous for DF508 and eight CF patients who are heterozygous for DF508. This study will be conducted in parallel to our Phase 1b trial and is expected to begin in the first quarter of 2015.

This POC study is designed to demonstrate the restoration of CFTR function by QR-010 in patients, as was observed in pre-clinical NPD studies in mouse models. The primary outcome measures will be the normalization of NPD as well as normalization of responses to standard challenges. Nasal mucosal samples will be obtained at baseline, Day 14 and Day 28 to assess the proposed mechanism of action of QR-010 including through assays for the presence of repaired CFTR mRNA and wild-type CFTR. The nasal passages are not the intended target site for QR-010. However, the nasal epithelium is the most accessible site for measuring CFTR function in humans and provides a human model of epithelial cell uptake and restoration of CFTR function.

The study hypothesis is that QR-010 will restore CFTR function as assessed by NPD in both homozygous and heterozygous CF patients. If our hypothesis proves to be true and no differences are identified between homozygous and heterozygous patients, we intend to include both groups of CF patients in our future Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials. We anticipate that top-line data from our POC study will be available in the third quarter of 2015.

 

74

---

Table of Contents

Pre-Clinical Data to Support QR-010

We have conducted extensive in vitro and in vivo pre-clinical studies that support the development and therapeutic potential of QR-010. In our pre-clinical studies, we demonstrated repair of CFTR and mRNA in real-time polymerase chain reaction, or QPCR, assays and in sequencing assays, restoration of wild-type protein in a western blot assay and improved chloride ion efflux in a fluorescent chloride ion indicator, or MQAE, assay and in Ussing Chamber assays. We measured in vitro activity in certain cell lines with the DF508 mutation, including differentiated primary CF human bronchial epithelial, or HBE, cells. We also evaluated in vivo activity of inhaled QR-010 in DF508 mice and detected increased amounts of repaired mRNA and CFTR function in multiple organs.

On the functional level, QR-010 has also been shown to increase the function of CFTR as demonstrated by enhancing chloride efflux in vitro and in vivo. Most notably, in two independent in vivo activity assays that are similar to human diagnostic tests, QR-010 restored CFTR function. The first was a study of NPD in DF508-CFTR mice in which QR-010 restored both the NPD and response to specific stimuli. The second was a salivary secretion assay, a mouse equivalent of the sweat chloride test, in which QR-010 restored saliva secretion to normal levels in female mice.

Overview of Pre-clinical Data to Support QR-010

Safety

Oligonucleotides with similar chemistry to that of QR-010 have been studied extensively in large groups of patients with different indications. Through these studies, a detailed safety profile of these molecules has been described, indicating that these molecules are generally well tolerated even after several years of chronic treatment. We believe the results from these studies reduce the risk of our development program.

Our pre-clinical studies evaluated QR-010 in two animal safety models—mice and monkeys. We selected the mouse because of the well-characterized homozygous mouse model of the DF508 /DF508 CFTR gene mutation that exists with homology to the human mRNA transcript in the region where QR-010 binds. Since QR-010 is 100% homologous to the complementary portion of the antisense strand of the CFTR gene for both mice and humans, it is expected that binding of QR-010 to the target mRNA in humans will be identical to that observed in the mouse model. We selected cynomolgus monkeys as the non-rodent species for toxicology studies because these monkeys are a well characterized model for human toxicology studies. The cynomolgus monkey has a specific advantage over other non-rodent species because there is sequence identity with humans in the targeted region of wild-type CFTR mRNA. We completed two 28-day toxicity studies, involving both systemic and inhaled administration of QR-010, in mouse and monkey models. The results of the studies showed no changes in either animal model considered to be of toxicologic significance. Results of these 28-day toxicity studies support our planned Phase 1b SAD/MAD clinical trial.

Pharmacology

To date, we have conducted pre-clinical studies in CFPAC-1 cells, in a DF508 patient derived cell-line, in CF HBE cells, and in mice homozygous for the DF508 mutation. In vitro results demonstrated QR-010 activity in cell lines and primary epithelial cells from DF508 CF patients. In vivo studies with mice homozygous for the DF508 mutation demonstrated QR-010 activity by restoration of transepithelial NPD responses to standard challenges. In addition, we observed functional CFTR activity, repair of CFTR mRNA and detection of CFTR protein.

QR-010 demonstrated improved CFTR function in several distinct in vitro and in vivo assays, including:

 

•

a Ussing Chamber assay using CF HBE cells affected with DF508 mutations, in which we observed changes in potential difference consistent with increased CFTR function;

 

•

a mouse NPD assay, in which we gave DF508 mice QR-010 intranasally and observed normalization of NPD as well as responses to specific challenges; and

 

•

a mouse saliva secretion assay, in which we gave DF508 mice QR-010 orotracheally and observed changes in saliva volume consistent with improved CFTR function.

 

75

---

Table of Contents

QR-010 Increases CFTR Activity in Ex Vivo Primary Lung Cells from CF Patients

The Ussing Chamber assay measures the electrical current over a monolayer of epithelial cells and is a well-established pre-clinical assay to measure the chloride efflux resulting from CFTR activity. This assay has been used extensively to test the effect of a variety of agents on CFTR activity in cells and is performed using fully differentiated HBE cells with the DF508 mutation grown in a manner to resemble the lung epithelium with an airway liquid interface. As reduced efficiency of transfection, or delivery of oligonucleotides into a cell, is predicted in this model, we investigated the effect of QR-010 (100 nanomolars (nMs), twice weekly) in CF HBE cultures following repeated treatments over 14 days. The goal of the study was to show improvement in CFTR activity over time. The study achieved its goal by demonstrating that longer treatment with QR-010 enhances its effect on CFTR activity. The figure below shows the results of the Ussing Chamber assay and the efficacy of QR-010 treatment on CFTR activity over different QR-010 treatment periods. After the addition of a cAMP stimulator, Forskolin, to activate the CFTR protein, we observed an increase in ion current across the cell membrane that represents CFTR activity. To confirm that the observed result was due to restored CFTR function and not an alternative pathway, a CFTR inhibitor was administered and the effect on ion current was extinguished in a selective manner.

As shown in the figure below, we observed a small effect after just two days of treatment with QR-010. After 14 days of treatment, we observed a four- to five-fold, or approximately 60%, increase in the CFTR-specific response, compared to control. As we did not observe a plateau of effect at 14 days of treatment, longer treatment periods may increase the CFTR response even further.

QR-010 Increases CFTR Function and is Dose Dependent (in vitro)

 

NPD Measurements in DF508-CFTR Mice

NPD is a standard test for detection and quantification of CFTR function in the airways in CF patients. The NPD assay has also served as an important endpoint for the diagnosis of CF since 1981. It has been used extensively and is standardized to assess the ability of new therapeutics to restore defective ion transport in CF patients and several pre-clinical animal models.

To assess whether or not QR-010 could restore CFTR function in vivo, we assessed NPD in DF508-CFTR mice before and after treatment. DF508-CFTR mice were treated with three or six doses of 40 µg per dose per animal of QR-010 intranasally. We then assessed NPD by measuring the current through their nasal epithelial cells. We initially administered amiloride, an ENaC blocker, to block the ENaC signal, drop the signal to baseline and isolate the CFTR signal. Subsequently, we administered chloride-free buffer, or 0Cl, or Forskolin, and a stimulator to activate chloride efflux through CFTR. As chloride flowed, the voltage signal increased over baseline and represents the level of CFTR activity. The goal of this study was to show improvement in CFTR activity in the nasal epithelium of DF508 mice after being treated with six doses of QR-010. The study achieved its goal by showing that CFTR activity improved significantly after treatment with six doses of QR-010,

 

76

---

Table of Contents

increasing from 10.14 mV to 17.44 mV, which is 79% of the activity level of wild-type CFTR (p=0.0005). The p-value represents the probability that the result is due to chance rather than the drug effect, and when that probability is less than 5%, or p<0.05, the result is considered statistically significant. The figure below shows, from left to right, the results of NPD measurements in wild-type mice, in DF508-CFTR mice receiving no treatment, and in DF508-CFTR mice treated with QR-010. Notably, the pattern of response in the DF508-CFTR mice treated with QR-010 returns the phenotype as measured by this assay to that of a wild-type mouse. The control treated mice did not respond in this fashion.

QR-010 Normalizes NPD Baseline and CFTR Responses (in vivo)

 

As part of the NPD assessment, we treated 18 DF508-CFTR mice with six doses each of QR-010 over 14 days and conducted periodic NPD assessment. As illustrated by the figure below, the level of CFTR activity as measured by chloride response in the treated mice was not significantly increased after 7 days (3 doses), but after 14 days (6 doses), the CFTR activity in the treated mice increased significantly.

QR-010 Restores CFTR Function to Wild-Type Levels in 6 Doses (in vivo)

 

QR-010 Improves Saliva Secretion in DF508-CFTR Mice

The saliva secretion assay in mice is a surrogate for the human sweat test, which is a widely accepted diagnostic tool for CF in humans. Human sweat glands normally respond to stimuli, but CF patients do not demonstrate the same response. Similarly, the saliva glands of wild-type mice respond to these stimuli by producing more saliva, but the saliva glands of DF508 mice do not increase saliva production when stimulated. In an experiment involving nine DF508 mice, we tested whether orotracheal administration of QR-010 would result in

 

77

---

Table of Contents

increased saliva secretion. A wild-type cohort was also included as a control. The goal of the study was to assess the improvement in CFTR activity in the saliva glands after administering QR-010 to the lungs of mice. The results in saliva secretion (body weight adjusted) are shown in the figure below and demonstrate that CFTR activity in the saliva glands of DF508 mice improved significantly (p<0.0001) towards wild-type levels after treatment with two doses of 10 mg/kg of QR-010 over a three-day period. It is well-recognized that male mice do not respond in this assay; therefore, only data from female mice is presented in the figure below. This is a known limitation of the assay and thus, we do not believe that it implies that QR-010 will not work in human males.

QR-010 Restores Saliva Secretion to Wild-Type Levels (in vivo)

 

Other Research and Development

Our innovation unit focuses on the discovery and early development of RNA repair therapeutics in genetic and acute indications. Leveraging our experience with RNA therapeutics, we are screening for therapeutic molecules that can be used to treat severe genetic disorders beyond CF.

We believe that our RNA repair technologies can potentially be applied to treat a broad range of genetic disorders. We use a selection method to identify the most feasible disease targets based on such criteria as disease specific genetics, targeted organ, possible routes of administration, patient population size and clinical development pathway. Based on our own research and selection criteria, we have to date identified approximately 50 other severe genetic diseases with high unmet medical need that we believe may be addressed by our RNA repair technologies. Our most advanced program outside of QR-010 is focused on the most common form of genetic blindness.

Leber’s Congenital Amaurosis

LCA is the most severe form of inherited retinal degeneration, affecting 116,000 people worldwide. It is caused by 35 described mutations in 19 different genes. The most common mutation is a change in the centrosome- and cilium-associated gene centrosomal protein 290 or CEP290, which accounts for at least 11,000 of all LCA patients worldwide. The CEP290 mutation accounts consistently for the most severe LCA disease phenotype. Clinical features of CEP290-mediated LCA include congenital or early onset loss of vision, nystagmus, amaurotic pupils and no light response on electroretinography.

We are developing QR-110 to treat patients affected by a specific mutation in the CEP290 gene through repair of the mRNA to enable the production of wild-type protein. In pre-clinical studies to date, QR-110 has demonstrated full restoration of wild-type CEP290 mRNA in certain types of cultured immune cells known as lymphoblastoid cells of LCA patients homozygous for the CEP290 mutation. Increases in CEP290 protein levels of more than 50% and a complete rescue of ciliation and cilium length to normal levels have been observed. The next steps in the program include compound optimization, chemistry, manufacturing and controls, or CMC, and

 

78

---

Table of Contents

pre-clinical safety studies. QR-110 is currently in the optimization phase, and, if we choose to advance it into clinical development, we anticipate that we would initiate our first clinical trial in 2016.

Agreement With Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc.

In August 2014, we entered into an agreement with Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc., or CFFT, a subsidiary of the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, pursuant to which CFFT agreed to provide us with up to $3 million to support the clinical development of QR-010. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Commitments—Agreement with Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc.”

Intellectual Property

We strive to protect our technology platforms and our product candidates through variety of approaches, including obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection for our current and future technology platforms, our product candidates as well as their methods of use and processes for their manufacture, and any other inventions or discoveries that are commercially important to our business. We seek to obtain domestic and international patent protection and endeavor to promptly file patent applications or in-license patent rights relating to new, commercially valuable inventions to expand our intellectual property portfolio.

Our commercial success will depend in part upon obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection for our current and future technology platforms and product candidates, as well as successfully defending our patent rights against third-party challenges. Our ability to prevent or stop third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing our product candidates will depend in part upon whether we have valid and enforceable patent rights that cover the activities of third parties.

We cannot be sure that patents will be granted with respect to any of our own or our in-licensed pending patent applications or with respect to any patents applications we may own or in-license in the future, nor can we be sure that any of our own or in-licensed patents or any patents we may own or license in the future will be useful in protecting our technology. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property” for additional information on the risks associated with our intellectual property strategy and portfolio.

Patent Rights

We have been building and will continue to build our patent portfolio. Where possible, we pursue or plan to pursue multi-tiered patent protection for our technology platforms and our product candidates as well as their manufacture, formulation and use. In addition to the United States, we file, and in the future plan to file, patent applications in various countries and regions where we think such filings are likely to be cost effective.

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file or plan to file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing of a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, a patent’s term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the U.S. PTO in granting a patent. However, the term of a United States patent may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed by its owner over another patent. In addition, depending upon the circumstances, certain United States patents may be eligible for a patent term extension which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the FDA in granting marketing approval for a patented product or use of a product. In Europe, a similar mechanism is available, such that certain patents may be eligible for a supplementary protection certificate to compensate for the time lost in obtaining marketing authorization for the product.

Patent Rights Relating to Our Cystic Fibrosis Program

With regard to our lead product candidate, QR-010, we own an international patent application filed under the Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, relating to certain aspects of our RNA repair technology platform,

 

79

---

Table of Contents

including method of use claims relating to the use of certain single stranded oligonucleotides, particularly modified RNA oligonucleotides, for making a change in the sequence of a target RNA molecule in a living cell, as well as composition of matter claims relating to our QR-010 product candidate. An international patent application filed under the PCT permits a patent applicant to delay the filing and substantive examination of patent applications, and the associated cost, in a number of countries or regions, including commercially significant countries or regions, for a period of time up to the expiration of the international patent application, which, depending upon the country or region, can be up to 30 or 31 months from the earliest priority date claimed by international patent application. International patent applications, however, do not issue as patents. Rather, a patent applicant wishing to obtain patent rights in specific countries or regions must file patent applications in those countries or regions before expiration of the international patent application. With regard to our international patent application, we have filed a regional application in Europe under the European Patent Convention and we expect to file additional national and regional stage patent applications in the United States, and in other commercially significant jurisdictions before January 2015. The term of any patents resulting from this application, if issued, would be expected to extend to July 2033.

In addition, in May 2012, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with Massachusetts General Hospital, or MGH, to obtain rights to a patent family with claims directed to an alternative RNA repair platform that uses an RNA oligonucleotide complex rather than a single stranded oligonucleotide. This patent family includes an issued U.S. patent with a composition of matter claim directed to an RNA oligonucleotide complex containing two specific oligonucleotide sequences for modulating the expression or activity of a CFTR gene product, and an allowed U.S. patent application with method of use claims relating to the treatment of a symptom of cystic fibrosis in a subject by administering to the subject an RNA oligonucleotide complex comprising two oligonucleotides, as well as a composition of matter claim directed to a specific RNA complex for modulating the activity of a CFTR gene product. The issued and allowed claims, however, cover elements of our RNA repair technologies, but may not cover the QR-010 product or its use. The term of the issued U.S. patent is expected to extend to October 2027, and the allowed U.S. application, when and if issued, would be expected to extend to March 2025. In addition, we have rights in a pending U.S. patent application in which we will pursue composition of matter claims relating to QR-010. The term of any patent resulting from this application, if issued, would be expected to extend to March 2025.

Patent Rights Relating to Our LCA Program

With regard to our LCA Program, in April 2014, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with the Radboud University Medical Center, Nijmegen, the Netherlands, to obtain rights in a patent family with composition of matters claims directed to certain antisense oligonucleotides for treating LCA and method of use claims relating to modulation of the splicing of the CEP290 gene product. Patent applications currently are pending in the U.S. as well as Brazil, Canada, Australia, Europe, and Eurasia. The term of any patents resulting from these applications, if issued, would be expected to extend to 2032.

Trade Secrets

In addition to patent protection, we rely on trade secrets and know-how to develop and maintain our competitive position. Trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. Nevertheless, we seek to protect our trade secrets and know-how via, among other things, confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. We also seek to preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and know-how by implementing and maintaining security of our premises and information, and limiting access to our trade secrets and know-how.

License Agreement with MGH

In May 2012, we entered into a license agreement with MGH. Under the terms of this license agreement, we have an exclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain MGH patent rights to make, use and sell any product or process that is covered by the licensed patent rights for use in all therapeutic indications in the field of cystic fibrosis. We may sublicense our rights unless MGH objects to a potential sublicensee because of a conflict of interest. Our sublicensees may not further sublicense nor assign their rights without MGH’s consent. MGH

 

80

---

Table of Contents

retains the right for it, its affiliates and other academic, government and not-for-profit institutions to use the licensed patents rights for internal research and educational purposes. If we ever desire to expand the license field beyond CF, we must provide to MGH a development plan that demonstrates we have sufficient resources to commercially develop a therapeutic indication in that field and MGH would then engage in good faith negotiations with us for a license covering such field on substantially the same terms as those contained in the license agreement.

Pursuant to the terms of the license agreement, in lieu of an upfront license payment to MGH, we are obligated to reimburse MGH, on a pro rata basis based on the number of licensees under the licensed patent rights, the fees and costs incurred by MGH in preparing, filing, prosecuting and maintaining the licensed patent rights. Currently, we are the sole licensee of the MGH patent rights and have paid approximately $65,000 in patent fee reimbursements to MGH. We are also obligated to pay MGH up to $800,000 in milestone payments upon the achievement of certain development and regulatory milestones and, beginning after our first commercial sale of a product covered by the licensed patent rights, a $10,000 annual license fee which is creditable against royalties due to MGH in the same calendar year. In addition, we are obligated to pay MGH 2% of any net sales by us, our affiliates or sublicensees on licensed products made or sold in the United States, as well as a low double-digit percentage of any payments that we may receive from any sublicensee anywhere in the world.

MGH is responsible for the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the licensed patent rights. MGH has the first right to protect the licensed patent rights from alleged infringement. If MGH declines to prosecute the alleged infringement, we may, at our expense, initiate legal proceedings against the alleged infringer, provided that we must give prior notice to MGH, obtain MGH’s prior written consent in some cases, reasonably cooperate with MGH regarding the proposed action and not settle any proceeding without MGH’s prior written consent. We must also indemnify MGH against any costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any such legal proceeding we initiate. Any award recovered from the alleged infringer after we and MGH are reimbursed for our expenses are shared so that we receive an amount equal to our lost profits or a reasonable royalty on the infringing sales, MGH receives an amount equal to the royalties or other payments we would have paid MGH if we had sold the infringing product, and any remainder is shared equally.

We are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and make available to the public one or more CF therapeutic products or processes in the United States under the licensed MGH patent rights. We also must achieve certain specified development, regulatory and commercial milestones. If we do not meet the specified milestones, MGH may terminate the license agreement or grant us an extension and require us to pay additional milestone fees and, in some cases, an increased royalty on net sales, depending upon the length of our delay. The license agreement will remain in effect until the date on which all issued patents and filed patent applications under the licensed patent rights have expired or been abandoned. We may terminate the license agreement for any reason by giving MGH 90 days advance written notice of termination. MGH may terminate the license agreement upon our default of certain obligations under the license agreement which is not cured within a specified period of time or if we, our affiliates or sublicensees challenge the validity of the licensed patent rights. If we challenge the validity of the licensed patent rights during the term of the license agreement and they are found to be valid and enforceable, we must reimburse MGH for its legal costs and expenses in defending the challenge. Upon a termination of the agreement, MGH will allow those of our sublicensees who are in compliance with their sublicense agreement and agree to assume our obligations under the license agreement to retain their rights.

Manufacturing and Supply

We do not currently own or operate manufacturing facilities for the production of preclinical or our planned clinical or commercial quantities of any of our product candidates. We currently contract with only one drug product formulation manufacturer for the production of QR-010 solution for nebulization, and we expect to continue to do so to meet the preclinical and planned clinical requirements of our product candidates. We do not have a long term agreement with this third party.

 

81

---

Table of Contents

Currently, each of our drug starting materials for our manufacturing activities are supplied by a single source supplier. We have agreements for the supply of such drug materials with manufacturers or suppliers that we believe have sufficient capacity to meet our demands. In addition, we believe that adequate alternative sources for such supplies exist. However, there is a risk that, if supplies are interrupted, it would materially harm our business. We typically order raw materials and services on a purchase order basis and do not enter into long-term dedicated capacity or minimum supply arrangements.

We do have manufacturing processes developed at a back-up GMP manufacturer. Manufacturing is subject to extensive regulations that impose various procedural and documentation requirements, which govern record keeping, manufacturing processes and controls, personnel, quality control and quality assurance, among others. The contract manufacturing organization we currently use manufactures our product candidates under cGMP conditions. cGMP is a regulatory standard for the production of pharmaceuticals that will be used in humans.

Competition

The pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change. Our potential competitors include large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, specialty pharmaceutical and generic drug companies, academic institutions, government agencies and research institutions. Key competitive factors affecting the commercial success of our product candidates are likely to be efficacy, safety and tolerability profile, reliability, convenience of dosing, price and reimbursement. Many of our existing or potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and human resources than we do and significantly greater experience in the discovery and development of product candidates, obtaining FDA, EMA and other regulatory approvals of products and the commercialization of those products. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a small number of our competitors. Accordingly, our competitors may be more successful than we may be in obtaining FDA or EMA approval for therapies and achieving widespread market acceptance. Our competitors’ products may be more effective, or more effectively marketed and sold, than any product candidate we may commercialize and may render our therapies obsolete or non-competitive before we can recover development and commercialization expenses.

A number of companies are seeking to identify and develop drug candidates for the treatment of CF, including Vertex, Novartis, Pfizer, Genzyme, which is a division of Sanofi, Insmed, Bayer and several private companies. Of these, Vertex’s Kalydeco is the only drug approved to treat an underlying cause of CF, rather than the symptoms. Kalydeco was initially approved to treat CF patients with the G551D mutation, which Vertex estimates to be more than 2,000 patients worldwide. In 2014, Kalydeco’s label was expanded to include eight additional gating mutations. Vertex is currently seeking marketing approval for additional mutations, which would increase Kalydeco’s target population to up to 10% of the total CF patient population. Other drugs that have been approved for CF patients are palliative treatments that manage the symptoms of the disease, such as Novartis’ TOBI and Gilead’s Cayston, which are used to suppress chronic lung infections, and Roche’s Pulmozyme, which is an inhaled therapy used to thin mucus.

Among the product candidates that are currently in development for CF patients, Vertex’s VX-809 is the most advanced. VX-809 is a small molecule “corrector” that aims to transport non-functional CFTR protein to the cell membrane to achieve some level of activity in the damaged protein. VX-809 is intended for a much broader CF patient population than Kalydeco and includes patients who are homozygous for the DF508 mutation. In June 2014, Vertex announced that its two Phase 3 clinical trials of lumacaftor, when used in combination with Kalydeco in CF patients homozygous for the DF508 mutation, showed statistically significant improvement in the study’s primary endpoint of improved lung function, compared to placebo. See “Business—Cystic Fibrosis—Approaches to the Treatment of Cystic Fibrosis” for more information.

Our other competitors have research and development programs directed at identifying and developing CFTR potentiators, CFTR correctors and drug candidates with other mechanisms of action that seek to address

 

82

---

Table of Contents

the underlying cause of CF. Vertex’s success in developing and commercializing Kalydeco and VX-809, if approved, could increase the resources that our competitors allocate to the development of these potential treatments for CF. Other than VX-809, none of the other companies have listed a DF508 specific compound clinical trial on clintrials.gov. Our competitors may also obtain FDA, EMA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours. We anticipate that we will face intense and increasing competition as new drugs enter the market and advanced technologies become available. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business and Strategy—We face competition from entities that have developed or may develop product candidates for our target disease indications, including companies developing novel treatments for CF patients. If these companies develop technologies or product candidates more rapidly than we do or their technologies, including delivery technologies, are more effective, our ability to develop and successfully commercialize product candidates may be adversely affected” and elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding competitors and competitive products.

Regulatory Matters

Government Regulation and Product Approval

Government authorities in the United States at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, marketing, export and import of products such as those we are developing. Our product candidates, including QR-010, must be approved by the FDA through the new drug application, or NDA, process before they may legally be marketed in the United States.

Regulation of Combination Products in the United States

Certain products may be comprised of components that would normally be regulated under different types of regulatory authorities, and frequently by different centers at the FDA. These products are known as combination products. Specifically, under regulations issued by the FDA, a combination product may be:

 

•

a product comprised of two or more regulated components that are physically, chemically, or otherwise combined or mixed and produced as a single entity;

 

•

two or more separate products packaged together in a single package or as a unit and comprised of drug and device products;

 

•

a drug or device packaged separately that according to its investigational plan or proposed labeling is intended for use only with an approved individually specified drug or device where both are required to achieve the intended use, indication, or effect and where upon approval of the proposed product the labeling of the approved product would need to be changed, e.g., to reflect a change in intended use, dosage form, strength, route of administration, or significant change in dose; or

 

•

any investigational drug or device packaged separately that according to its proposed labeling is for use only with another individually specified investigational drug, device, or biological product where both are required to achieve the intended use, indication, or effect.

Under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, the FDA is charged with assigning a center with primary jurisdiction, or a lead center, for review of a combination product. That determination is based on the “primary mode of action” of the combination product. Thus, if the primary mode of action of a device-drug combination product is attributable to the drug product, the FDA center responsible for premarket review of the drug product would have primary jurisdiction for the combination product. The FDA has also established an Office of Combination Products to address issues surrounding combination products and provide more certainty to the regulatory review process. That office serves as a focal point for combination product issues for agency reviewers and industry. It is also responsible for developing guidance and regulations to clarify the regulation of

 

83

---

Table of Contents

combination products, and for assignment of the FDA center that has primary jurisdiction for review of combination products where the jurisdiction is unclear or in dispute.

U.S. Drug Development Process

The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process, or after approval, may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties. The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

•

completion of pre-clinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies according to Good Laboratory Practices, or GLP, regulations;

 

•

submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

•

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials according to GCP to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug for its intended use;

 

•

preparation and submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

•

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product, or components thereof, are produced to assess compliance with cGMP; and

 

•

FDA review and approval of the NDA.

The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources and we cannot be certain that any approvals for our product candidates will be granted on a timely basis, if at all.

Once a pharmaceutical product candidate is identified for development, it enters the pre-clinical testing stage. Pre-clinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, toxicity, formulation and stability, as well as animal studies. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the pre-clinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data and any available clinical data or literature, to the FDA as part of the IND. The sponsor must also include a protocol detailing, among other things, the objectives of the initial clinical trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated if the initial clinical trial lends itself to an efficacy evaluation. Some pre-clinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA raises concerns or questions related to a proposed clinical trial and places the trial on a clinical hold within that 30-day time period. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. Clinical holds also may be imposed by the FDA at any time before or during clinical trials due to safety concerns or non-compliance, and may be imposed on all drug products within a certain class of drugs. The FDA also can impose partial clinical holds, for example, prohibiting the initiation of clinical trials of a certain duration or for a certain dose.

All clinical trials must be conducted under the supervision of one or more qualified investigators in accordance with GCP regulations. These regulations include the requirement that all research subjects provide informed consent in writing before their participation in any clinical trial. Further, an IRB must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at any institution, and the IRB must conduct continuing review and reapprove the study at least annually. An IRB considers, among other things, whether the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trial are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the information regarding the clinical trial and the consent form that must be provided to each clinical trial subject or his or her legal representative and must monitor the clinical trial until completed.

Each new clinical protocol and any amendments to the protocol must be submitted to the IND for FDA review, and to the IRBs for approval. Protocols detail, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria, and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety.

 

84

---

Table of Contents

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:

 

•

Phase 1. The product is initially introduced into a small number of healthy human subjects or patients and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution and excretion and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness. In the case of some products for severe or life-threatening diseases, especially when the product is suspected or known to be unavoidably toxic, the initial human testing may be conducted in patients.

 

•

Phase 2. Involves clinical trials in a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage and schedule.

 

•

Phase 3. Clinical trials are undertaken to further evaluate dosage, clinical efficacy and safety in an expanded patient population at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit relationship of the product and provide an adequate basis for product labeling.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 testing may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the product and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

U.S. Review and Approval Processes

The results of product development, pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, along with descriptions of the manufacturing process, analytical tests conducted on the drug proposed labeling and other relevant information, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA for a new drug, requesting approval to market the product. The submission of an NDA is subject to the payment of a substantial user fee, and the sponsor of an approved NDA is also subject to annual product and establishment user fees; a waiver of such fee may be obtained under certain limited circumstances. For example, the agency will waive the application fee for the first human drug application that a small business or its affiliate submits for review.

The FDA reviews all NDAs submitted to ensure that they are sufficiently complete for substantive review before it accepts them for filing. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the NDA must be re-submitted with the additional information. The re-submitted application also is subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe and effective for its intended use and whether its manufacturing is cGMP-compliant to assure the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity. Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is or will be manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. The FDA may refer the NDA to an advisory committee for

 

85

---

Table of Contents

review, evaluation and recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. An advisory committee is a panel of experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, who provide advice and recommendations when requested by the FDA. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations when making decisions.

The approval process is lengthy and difficult and the FDA may refuse to approve an NDA if the applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied or may require additional clinical data or other data and information. Even if such data and information are submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive and the FDA may interpret data differently than we interpret the same data. The FDA will issue a complete response letter if the agency decides not to approve the NDA in its present form. The complete response letter usually describes all of the specific deficiencies that the FDA identified in the NDA that must be satisfactorily addressed before it can be approved. The deficiencies identified may be minor, for example, requiring labeling changes, or major, for example, requiring additional clinical trials. Additionally, the complete response letter may include recommended actions that the applicant might take to place the application in a condition for approval. If a complete response letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the NDA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application or request an opportunity for a hearing.

If a product receives regulatory approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific diseases and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. Further, the FDA may require that certain contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling. In addition, the FDA may require post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, to further assess a drug’s safety and effectiveness after NDA approval and may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved products that have been commercialized.

Fast Track Designation and Accelerated Approval

The FDA has a Fast Track program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drugs that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new drugs are eligible for Fast Track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition for which there is no effective treatment and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Fast Track designation applies to the combination of the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a new drug may request the FDA to designate the drug as a Fast Track product concurrently with, or at any time after, submission of an IND, and the FDA must determine if the drug candidate qualifies for fast track designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor’s request.

Under FDA’s accelerated approval regulations, the FDA may approve a drug for a serious or life-threatening illness that provides meaningful therapeutic benefit to patients over existing treatments based upon a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. In clinical trials, a surrogate endpoint is a marker, such as a measurement of laboratory or clinical signs of a disease or condition that is thought to predict clinical benefit, but is not itself a measure of clinical benefit. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. A drug candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of post-approval clinical trials sometimes referred to as Phase 4 trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint. Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or to confirm a clinical benefit during post-marketing studies, will allow the FDA to withdraw the drug from the market on an expedited basis. All promotional materials for drug candidates approved under accelerated regulations are subject to prior review by the FDA.

 

86

---

Table of Contents

In addition to other benefits, such as the ability to use surrogate endpoints and engage in more frequent interactions with the FDA, the FDA may initiate review of sections of a Fast Track drug’s NDA before the application is complete. This rolling review is available if the applicant provides, and the FDA approves, a schedule for the submission of each portion of the NDA and the applicant pays applicable user fees. However, the FDA’s time period goal for reviewing an application does not begin until the last section of the NDA is submitted. Additionally, the Fast Track designation may be withdrawn by the FDA if the FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.

Breakthrough Designation

The Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, amended the FDCA to require the FDA to expedite the development and review of a breakthrough therapy. A drug product can be designated as a breakthrough therapy if it is intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that it may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints. A sponsor may request that a drug product be designated as a breakthrough therapy concurrently with, or at any time after, the submission of an IND, and the FDA must determine if the drug candidate qualifies for breakthrough therapy designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor’s request. If so designated, the FDA shall act to expedite the development and review of the product’s marketing application, including by meeting with the sponsor throughout the product’s development, providing timely advice to the sponsor to ensure that the development program to gather pre-clinical and clinical data is as efficient as practicable, involving senior managers and experienced review staff in a cross-disciplinary review, assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the FDA review team to facilitate an efficient review of the development program and to serve as a scientific liaison between the review team and the sponsor, and taking steps to ensure that the design of the clinical trials is as efficient as practicable.

Post-Approval Requirements

Any products for which we receive FDA approval are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, record-keeping requirements, reporting of adverse experiences with the product, providing the FDA with updated safety and efficacy information, product sampling and distribution requirements, complying with certain electronic records and signature requirements and complying with FDA promotion and advertising requirements. Moreover, each component of a combination product retains their regulatory status (as a drug or device, for example) and is subject to the requirements established by the FDA for that type of component. The FDA strictly regulates labeling, advertising, promotion and other types of information on products that are placed on the market. Products may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. Further, manufacturers must continue to comply with cGMP requirements, which are extensive and require considerable time, resources and ongoing investment to ensure compliance. In addition, changes to the manufacturing process generally require prior FDA approval before being implemented and other types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications and additional labeling claims, are also subject to further FDA review and approval.

Manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacturing and distribution of approved products are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP and other laws. The cGMP requirements apply to all stages of the manufacturing process, including the production, processing, sterilization, packaging, labeling, storage and shipment of the product. Manufacturers must establish validated systems to ensure that products meet specifications and regulatory standards, and test each product batch or lot prior to its release. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical quantities of our product candidates. Future FDA and state inspections may identify compliance issues at the facilities of our contract manufacturers that may disrupt production or distribution or may require substantial resources to correct.

The FDA may withdraw a product approval if compliance with regulatory requirements is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a

 

87

---

Table of Contents

product may result in restrictions on the product or even complete withdrawal of the product from the market. Further, the failure to maintain compliance with regulatory requirements may result in administrative or judicial actions, such as fines, warning letters, holds on clinical trials, product recalls or seizures, product detention or refusal to permit the import or export of products, refusal to approve pending applications or supplements, restrictions on marketing or manufacturing, injunctions or civil or criminal penalties.

From time to time, legislation is drafted, introduced and passed in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the approval, manufacturing and marketing of products regulated by the FDA. In addition to new legislation, FDA regulations, guidances, and policies are often revised or reinterpreted by the agency in ways that may significantly affect our business and our product candidates. It is impossible to predict whether further legislative or FDA regulation or policy changes will be enacted or implemented and what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.

Patent Term Restoration and Marketing Exclusivity

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA approval of the use of our product candidates, some of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, commonly referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Act. The Hatch-Waxman Act permits a patent restoration term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. However, patent term restoration cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. The patent term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA plus the time between the submission date of an NDA and the approval of that application. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for the extension and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration. In the future, we intend to apply for restorations of patent term for some of our currently owned or licensed patents to add patent life beyond their current expiration dates, depending on the expected length of the clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of the relevant NDA; however, there can be no assurance that any such extension will be granted to us.

Market exclusivity provisions under the FDCA can also delay the submission or the approval of certain applications. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent marketing exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, or a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company for another version of such drug where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement. The FDCA also provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, 505(b)(2) NDA or supplement to an existing NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example, new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the conditions of use associated with the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs for drugs containing the original active agent. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the pre-clinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, provides an additional six months to an existing exclusivity or statutory delay in approval resulting from a patent certification. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection or patent delay, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric clinical trial in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a clinical trial.

 

88

---

Table of Contents

Orphan Drugs

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan drug designation to drugs intended to treat a rare disease or condition—generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the drug and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process. The first NDA applicant to receive FDA approval for a particular active ingredient to treat a particular disease or condition with FDA orphan drug designation is entitled to a seven-year exclusive marketing period in the United States for that product, for that indication. During the seven-year exclusivity period, the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same disease or condition, except in limited circumstances, such as if the second applicant demonstrates the clinical superiority of its product to the product with orphan drug exclusivity through a demonstration of superior safety, superior efficacy, or a major contribution to patient care. “Same drug” means, with respect to a drug composed of large molecules (macromolecules), a drug that contains the same principal molecular structural features (but not necessarily all of the same structural features) and is intended for the same use as a previously approved drug, except that if the subsequent drug can be shown to be clinically superior to the first drug, it will not be considered to be the same drug. Orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent FDA from approving a different drug for the same disease or condition, or the same drug for a different disease or condition. Among the other benefits of orphan drug designation are tax credits for certain research and a waiver of the NDA application user fee.

Pediatric Information

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, NDAs or supplements to NDAs must contain data adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the drug is safe and effective. Recently, the FDASIA amended the FDCA to require that a sponsor who is planning to submit a marketing application for a drug product that includes a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration submit an initial Pediatric Study Plan, or PSP, within sixty days of an end-of-phase 2 meeting or as may be agreed between the sponsor and the FDA. The initial PSP must include an outline of the pediatric study or studies that the sponsor plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, age groups, relevant endpoints and statistical approach, or a justification for not including such detailed information, and any request for a deferral of pediatric assessments or a full or partial waiver of the requirement to provide data from pediatric studies along with supporting information. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of data or full or partial waivers. The FDA and the sponsor must reach agreement on the PSP. A sponsor can submit amendments to an agreed-upon initial PSP at any time if changes to the pediatric plan need to be considered based on data collected from pre-clinical studies, early phase clinical trials, and/or other clinical development programs.

Disclosure of Clinical Trial Information

Sponsors of clinical trials of FDA-regulated products, including drugs, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information, which is publicly available at www.clinicaltrials.gov. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial is then made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to discuss the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the new product or new indication being studied has been approved. Competitors may use this publicly available information to gain knowledge regarding the progress of development programs.

Pharmaceutical Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any drug products for which we obtain regulatory approval. In the United States, sales of any products for which we receive regulatory

 

89

---

Table of Contents

approval for commercial sale will depend in part on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors. Third-party payors include government authorities, managed care providers, private health insurers and other organizations. The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a drug product may be separate from the process for setting the reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the drug product. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific drug products on an approved list, or formulary, which might not include all of the FDA-approved drugs for a particular indication. Moreover, a payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Adequate third-party reimbursement may not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development.

Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price and examining the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to their safety and efficacy. In order to obtain coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, we may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of our products, in addition to the costs required to obtain regulatory approvals. Our product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective. If third-party payors do not consider a product to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover the product after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow a company to sell its products at a profit.

The U.S. government and state legislatures have shown significant interest in implementing cost containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid health care costs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs. For example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, collectively, the Healthcare Reform Law, contains provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products, including, for example, increased rebates for drugs reimbursed by Medicaid programs, extension of Medicaid rebates to Medicaid managed care plans, mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal health care programs. Adoption of government controls and measures, and tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceuticals.

The marketability of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. In addition, an increasing emphasis on cost containment measures in the United States has increased and we expect will continue to increase the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

Other Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements

If we obtain regulatory approval of our products, we may be subject to various federal and state laws targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry. These laws may impact, among other things, our proposed sales, marketing and education programs. In addition, we may be subject to patient privacy regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

 

•

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order, or recommendation of, an item or service reimbursable under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

 

•

federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for

 

90

---

Table of Contents

payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payers that are false or fraudulent, or making a false statement or record material to payment of a false claim or avoiding, decreasing, or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

•

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

•

the federal transparency laws, including the federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, that requires applicable manufacturers of covered drugs to disclose payments and other transfers of value provided to physicians and teaching hospitals and physician ownership and investment interests;

 

•

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, which imposes certain requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information; and

 

•

state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payer, including commercial insurers, and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

The Healthcare Reform Law broadened the reach of the fraud and abuse laws by, among other things, amending the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the applicable criminal healthcare fraud statutes contained within 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b. Pursuant to the statutory amendment, a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the Healthcare Reform Law provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act or the civil monetary penalties statute. Many states have adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, some of which apply to the referral of patients for healthcare items or services reimbursed by any source, not only the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

The federal False Claims Act prohibits anyone from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, for payment to federal programs (including Medicare and Medicaid) claims for items or services that are false or fraudulent. Although we would not submit claims directly to payors, manufacturers can be held liable under these laws if they are deemed to ‘‘cause’’ the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. In addition, our future activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products, the reporting of prices used to calculate Medicaid rebate information and other information affecting federal, state, and third-party reimbursement for our products, and the sale and marketing of our products, are subject to scrutiny under this law. For example, pharmaceutical companies have been prosecuted under the federal False Claims Act in connection with their off-label promotion of drugs. Penalties for a False Claims Act violation include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim, the potential for exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, and, although the federal False Claims Act is a civil statute, conduct that results in a False Claims Act violation may also implicate various federal criminal statutes. In addition, private individuals have the ability to bring actions under the federal False Claims Act and certain states have enacted laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act.

Patient Protection and Affordable Health Care Act

In March 2010, the Healthcare Reform Law was enacted, which includes measures that have or will significantly change the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among the provisions of the Healthcare Reform Law of greatest importance to the pharmaceutical industry are the following:

 

•

The Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requires pharmaceutical manufacturers to enter into and have in effect a national rebate agreement with the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services

 

91

---

Table of Contents

a condition for states to receive federal matching funds for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs furnished to Medicaid patients. Effective in 2010, the Healthcare Reform Law made several changes to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including increasing pharmaceutical manufacturers’ rebate liability by raising the minimum basic Medicaid rebate on most branded prescription drugs from 15.1% of average manufacturer price, or AMP, to 23.1% of average manufacturer price, or AMP, and adding a new rebate calculation for ‘‘line extensions’’ (i.e., new formulations, such as extended release formulations) of solid oral dosage forms of branded products, as well as potentially impacting their rebate liability by modifying the statutory definition of AMP. The Healthcare Reform Law also expanded the universe of Medicaid utilization subject to drug rebates by requiring pharmaceutical manufacturers to pay rebates on Medicaid managed care utilization as of 2010 and by expanding the population potentially eligible for Medicaid drug benefits, to be phased-in by 2014. The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, have proposed to expand Medicaid rebate liability to the territories of the United States as well. In addition, the Healthcare Reform Law provides for the public availability of retail survey prices and certain weighted average AMPs under the Medicaid program. The implementation of this requirement by the CMS may also provide for the public availability of pharmacy acquisition of cost data, which could negatively impact our sales.

 

•

In order for a pharmaceutical product to receive federal reimbursement under the Medicare Part B and Medicaid programs or to be sold directly to U.S. government agencies, the manufacturer must extend discounts to entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program. The required 340B discount on a given product is calculated based on the AMP and Medicaid rebate amounts reported by the manufacturer. Effective in 2010, the Healthcare Reform Law expanded the types of entities eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing, although, under the current state of the law, with the exception of children’s hospitals, these newly eligible entities will not be eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing on orphan drugs when used for the orphan indication. In addition, as 340B drug pricing is determined based on AMP and Medicaid rebate data, the revisions to the Medicaid rebate formula and AMP definition described above could cause the required 340B discount to increase.

 

•

Effective in 2011, the Healthcare Reform Law imposed a requirement on manufacturers of branded drugs to provide a 50% discount off the negotiated price of branded drugs dispensed to Medicare Part D patients in the coverage gap (i.e., the “donut hole”).

 

•

Effective in 2011, the Healthcare Reform Law imposed an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain branded prescription drugs, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs, although this fee would not apply to sales of certain products approved exclusively for orphan indications.

 

•

The Healthcare Reform Law required pharmaceutical manufacturers to track certain financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals, including any ‘‘transfer of value’’ made or distributed to such entities, as well as any investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Manufacturers were required to begin tracking this information in 2013 and to report this information to CMS beginning in 2014. The reported information will be made publicly available in a searchable format on a CMS website beginning in September 2014.

 

•

As of 2010, a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute was established pursuant to the Healthcare Reform Law to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research. The research conducted by the Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute may affect the market for certain pharmaceutical products.

 

•

The Healthcare Reform Law created the Independent Payment Advisory Board which, beginning in 2014, will have authority to recommend certain changes to the Medicare program to reduce expenditures by the program that could result in reduced payments for prescription drugs. Under certain circumstances, these recommendations will become law unless Congress enacts legislation that will achieve the same or greater Medicare cost savings.

 

•

The Healthcare Reform Law established the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation within CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending,

 

92

---

Table of Contents

potentially including prescription drug spending. Funding has been allocated to support the mission of the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation from 2011 to 2019.

European Union Drug Review Approval

In the European Economic Area, or EEA (which is comprised of the 28 Member States of the European Union plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein), medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA. There are two types of marketing authorizations: the Community MA, which is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, a body of the EMA, and which is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA; and the National MA, which is issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only authorized marketing in that Member State’s national territory and not the EEA as a whole.

The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, and medicinal products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment of AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or for products which are in the interest of public health in the European Union. The National MA is for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in another Member States through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure. Under the Decentralized Procedure an identical dossier is submitted to the competent authorities of each of the Member States in which the MA is sought, one of which is selected by the applicant as the Reference Member State, or RMS. If the RMS proposes to authorize the product, and the other Member States do not raise objections, the product is granted a national MA in all the Member States where the authorization was sought. Before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

Regulation in the European Union

Product development, the regulatory approval process, and safety monitoring of medicinal products and their manufacturers in the European Union proceed in much the same manner as they do in the United States. Therefore, many of the issues discussed above apply similarly in the context of the European Union. In addition, drugs are subject to the extensive price and reimbursement regulations of the various European Union Member States.

Clinical trials

As is the case in the United States, the various phases of preclinical and clinical research in the European Union are subject to significant regulatory controls. The Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC, as amended, (and which will be replaced as from 28 May 2016 or later by Regulation (EU) No 536/2014) provides a system for the approval of clinical trials in the European Union via implementation through national legislation of the Member States. Under this system, approval must be obtained from the competent national authorities of the European Union Member States in which the clinical trial is to be conducted. Furthermore, a clinical trial may only be started after a competent ethics committee has issued a favorable opinion on the clinical trial application, which must be supported by an investigational medicinal product dossier with supporting information prescribed by the Clinical Trials Directive and corresponding national laws of the Member States and further detailed in applicable guidance documents. The sponsor of a clinical trial, or its legal representative, must be based in the European Economic Area. European regulators and ethics committees also require the submission of adverse event reports during a study and a copy of the final study report.

Marketing approval

Marketing approvals under the European Union regulatory system may be obtained through a centralized or decentralized procedure. The centralized procedure results in the grant of a single marketing authorization that is valid for all—currently 28—European Union Member States.

 

93

---

Table of Contents

Pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 726/2004, as amended, the centralized procedure is mandatory for drugs developed by means of specified biotechnological processes, advanced therapy medicinal products as defined in Regulation (EC) No. 1394/2007, drugs for human use containing a new active substance for which the therapeutic indication is the treatment of specified diseases, including but not limited to acquired immune deficiency syndrome, neurodegenerative disorders, auto-immune diseases and other immune dysfunctions, as well as drugs designated as orphan drugs pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 141/2000. The CHMP also has the discretion to permit other products to use the centralized procedure if it considers them sufficiently innovative or they contain a new active substance. Given the fact that QR-010 has been granted orphan designation in the EU, it qualifies for the centralized procedure.

In the marketing authorization application, or MAA, the applicant has to properly and sufficiently demonstrate the quality, safety and efficacy of the drug. Under the centralized approval procedure, the CHMP, possibly in conjunction with other committees, is responsible for drawing up the opinion of the EMA on any matter concerning the admissibility of the files submitted in accordance with the centralized procedure, such as an opinion on the granting, variation, suspension or revocation of a marketing authorization, and pharmacovigilance.

The CHMP and other committees are also responsible for providing guidelines and have published numerous guidelines that may apply to our products. These guidelines provide additional guidance on the factors that the EMA will consider in relation to the development and evaluation of drug products and may include, among other things, the preclinical studies required in specific cases; and the manufacturing and control information that should be submitted in a MAA; and post-approval measures required to monitor patients and evaluate the long term efficacy and potential adverse reactions. Although these guidelines are not legally binding, we believe that our compliance with them is likely necessary to gain approval for any of our product candidates.

The maximum timeframe for the evaluation of an MAA by the CHMP under the centralized procedure is 210 days after receipt of a valid application. This period will be suspended until such time as the supplementary information requested by the CHMP, has been provided by the applicant. Likewise, this time-limit will be suspended for the time allowed for the applicant to prepare oral or written explanations. When an application is submitted for a marketing authorization in respect of a drug which is of major interest from the point of view of public health and in particular from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation, the applicant may request an accelerated assessment procedure. If the CHMP accepts such request, the time-limit of 210 days will be reduced to 150 days but it is possible that the CHMP can revert to the standard time-limit for the centralized procedure if it considers that it is no longer appropriate to conduct an accelerated assessment.

If the CHMP concludes that the quality, safety and efficacy of the product is sufficiently proven, it adopts a positive opinion. This is sent to the European Commission which drafts a decision. After consulting with the Member States, the European Commission adopts a decision and grants a marketing authorization, which is valid for the whole of the European Union. The marketing authorization may be subject to certain conditions, which may include, without limitation, the performance of post-authorization safety and/or efficacy studies.

European Union legislation also provides for a system of regulatory data and market exclusivity. According to Article 14(11) of Regulation (EC) No. 726/2004, as amended, and Article 10(1) of Directive 2001/83/EC, as amended, upon receiving marketing authorization, new chemical entities approved on the basis of complete independent data package benefit from eight years of data exclusivity and an additional two years of market exclusivity. Data exclusivity prevents regulatory authorities in the European Union from referencing the innovator’s data to assess a generic (abbreviated) application. During the additional two-year period of market exclusivity, a generic marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but no generic medicinal product can be marketed until the expiration of the market exclusivity. The overall ten-year period will be extended to a maximum of eleven years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder, or MAH, obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Even if a compound is considered to be a new chemical entity and the innovator is able to

 

94

---

Table of Contents

gain the period of data exclusivity, another company nevertheless could also market another version of the drug if such company obtained marketing authorization based on an MAA with a complete independent data package of pharmaceutical test, pre-clinical tests and clinical trials. However, products designated as orphan medicinal products enjoy, upon receiving marketing authorization, a period of 10 years of orphan market exclusivity—see also Orphan Drug Regulation. Depending upon the timing and duration of the EU marketing authorization process, products may be eligible for up to five years’ supplementary protection certification, or SPC, pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 469/2009. Such SPCs extend the rights under the basic patent for the drug.

Additional rules apply to medicinal products for pediatric use under Regulation (EC) No. 1901/2006. Potential incentives include a six-month extension of any supplementary protection certificate granted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 469/2009, however not in cases in which the relevant product is designated as orphan medicinal products pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 141/2000, as amended. Instead, medicinal products designated as orphan medicinal product may enjoy an extension of the ten-year market exclusivity period granted under Regulation (EC) No. 141/2000 to twelve years subject to the conditions applicable to orphan drugs.

Orphan drug regulation

In the European Union, Regulation (EC) No. 141/2000, as amended, states that a drug will be designated as an orphan drug if its sponsor can establish:

 

•

that it is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting not more than five in ten thousand persons in the Community when the application is made, or that it is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition in the European Union and that without incentives it is unlikely that the marketing of the drug in the European Union would generate sufficient return to justify the necessary investment; and

 

•

that there exists no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment of the condition in question that has been authorized in the European Union or, if such method exists, that the drug will be of significant benefit to those affected by that condition.

Regulation (EC) No. 847/2000 sets out further provisions for implementation of the criteria for designation of a drug as an orphan drug. An application for the designation of a drug as an orphan drug must be submitted at any stage of development of the drug before filing of a marketing authorization application. A designation of QR-010 as an orphan drug has been granted by the European Commission (EU orphan designation number: EU/3/13/1195 ).

If a European Union-wide community marketing authorization in respect of an orphan drug is granted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 726/2004 or if all the European Union Member States have granted marketing authorizations in accordance with the procedures for mutual recognition, the European Union and the Member States will not, for a period of 10 years, accept another application for a marketing authorization, or grant a marketing authorization or accept an application to extend an existing marketing authorization, for the same therapeutic indication, in respect of a similar drug. This period may however be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, it is established, with respect to the drug concerned, that the criteria for orphan drug designation are no longer met, in other words, when it is shown on the basis of available evidence that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a marketing authorization may be granted, for the same therapeutic indication, to a similar drug if:

 

•

the holder of the marketing authorization for the original orphan drug has given its consent to the second applicant;

 

•

the holder of the marketing authorization for the original orphan drug is unable to supply sufficient quantities of the drug; or

 

•

the second applicant can establish in the application that the second drug, although similar to the orphan drug already authorized, is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior.

 

95

---

Table of Contents

Regulation (EC) No. 847/2000 lays down definitions of the concepts ‘similar drug’ and ‘clinical superiority’. Other incentives available to orphan drugs in the European Union include financial incentives such as a reduction of fees or fee waivers and protocol assistance. Orphan drug designation does not shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

Manufacturing and Manufacturers’ License

Pursuant to Directive 2003/94/EC, as transposed into the national laws of the Member States, the manufacturing of investigational medicinal products and approved drugs is subject to a separate manufacturer’s license and must be conducted in strict compliance with cGMP requirements, which mandate the methods, facilities, and controls used in manufacturing, processing, and packing of drugs to assure their safety and identity. Manufacturers must have at least one qualified person permanently and continuously at their disposal. The qualified person is ultimately responsible for certifying that each batch of finished product released onto the market has been manufactured in accordance with cGMP and the specifications set out in the marketing authorization or investigational medicinal product dossier. cGMP requirements are enforced through mandatory registration of facilities and inspections of those facilities. Failure to comply with these requirements could interrupt supply and result in delays, unanticipated costs and lost revenues, and subject the applicant to potential legal or regulatory action, including but not limited to warning letters, suspension of manufacturing, seizure of product, injunctive action or possible civil and criminal penalties.

Advertising

In the European Union, the promotion of prescription medicines is subject to intense regulation and control, including EU and national legislation as well as self-regulatory codes (industry codes). Advertising legislation inter alia includes a prohibition on direct-to-consumer advertising. All prescription medicines advertising must be consistent with the product’s approved summary of products characteristics, and must be factual, accurate, balanced and not misleading. Advertising of prescription medicines pre-approval or off-label is not allowed. Some jurisdictions require that all promotional materials for prescription medicines be subjected to either prior internal or regulatory review and approval.

Other Regulatory Requirements

A holder of a marketing authorization for a medicinal product is legally obliged to fulfill a number of obligations by virtue of its status as a MAH. The MAH can delegate the performance of related tasks to third parties, such as distributors or marketing partners, provided that this delegation is appropriately documented and the MAH maintains legal responsibility and liability.

The obligations of an MAH include:

Manufacturing and batch release. MAHs should guarantee that all manufacturing operations comply with relevant laws and regulations, applicable good manufacturing practices, with the product specifications and manufacturing conditions set out in the marketing authorization and that each batch of product is subject to appropriate release formalities.

Pharmacovigilance. MAHs are obliged to establish and maintain a pharmacovigilance system, including a qualified person responsible for oversight, submit safety reports to the regulators and comply with the good pharmacovigilance practice guidelines adopted by the EMA.

Advertising and promotion. MAHs remain responsible for all advertising and promotion of its products, including promotional activities by other companies or individuals on their behalf and in some cases must conduct internal or regulatory pre-approval of promotional materials. Regulation in this area also covers interactions with healthcare practitioners and/or patient groups, and in some jurisdictions obligations to disclose such interactions exist.

 

96

---

Table of Contents

Medical affairs/scientific service. MAHs are required to disseminate scientific and medical information on its medicinal products to healthcare professionals, regulators and patients.

Legal representation and distributor issues. MAHs are responsible for regulatory actions or inactions of their distributors and agents.

Preparation, filing and maintenance of the application and subsequent marketing authorization. MAHs must maintain appropriate records, comply with the marketing authorization’s terms and conditions, fulfill reporting obligations to regulators, submit renewal applications and pay all appropriate fees to the authorities.

We may hold any future marketing authorizations granted for our product candidates in our own name, or appoint an affiliate or a collaboration partner to hold marketing authorizations on our behalf. Any failure by an MAH to comply with these obligations may result in regulatory action against an MAH and ultimately threaten our ability to commercialize our products.

Reimbursement

In the European Union, the pricing and reimbursement mechanisms by private and public health insurers vary largely by country and even within countries. The public systems reimbursement for standard drugs is determined by guidelines established by the legislator or responsible national authority. The approach taken varies by Member State. Some jurisdictions operate positive and negative list systems under which products may only be marketed once a reimbursement price has been agreed. Other Member States allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines, but monitor and control company profits and may limit or restrict reimbursement. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products and some of EU countries require the completion of studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies in order to obtain reimbursement or pricing approval. Special pricing and reimbursement rules may apply to orphan drugs. Inclusion of orphan drugs in reimbursement systems tend to focus on the medical usefulness, need, quality and economic benefits to patients and the healthcare system as for any drug. Acceptance of any medicinal product for reimbursement may come with cost, use and often volume restrictions, which again can vary by country. In addition, results based rules of reimbursement may apply.

Employees

As of July 31, 2014, we had 45 full-time employees and 4 part-time employees. 18 of our employees have Ph.D. or M.D. degrees or foreign equivalents. 38 of our employees are engaged in research and development activities. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreements. Geographically, all employees are located in the Netherlands. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in Leiden, Netherlands, where we lease 362 square meters of office and laboratory space. The lease agreement for our laboratory space is currently scheduled to expire on December 31, 2014. The lease for our office space automatically renews for one-year periods pursuant to its terms.

We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our near-term needs. When our leases expire, we may exercise renewal options or look for additional or alternate space for our operations. We believe that suitable additional or alternative space would be available if required in the future on commercially reasonable terms.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.

 

97

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

General

Below is a summary of relevant information concerning our supervisory board, management board and our officers, as well as a brief summary of certain significant provisions of Dutch corporate law, the articles of association that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, or DCGC, in respect of our management board and supervisory board.

Members of Our Supervisory Board, Management Board and Our Officers

Supervisory Board

The following table sets forth information with respect to each of our supervisory board members and their respective ages as of the date of this prospectus. The terms of office of all our supervisory board members expire according to a rotation schedule drawn up by our supervisory board. The business address of our supervisory board members is our registered office address at Darwinweg 24, 2333 CR Leiden, the Netherlands.

Our supervisory board is currently composed of the following members, all of whom will be independent under applicable NASDAQ standards and the DCGC immediately following the closing of this offering:

 

Name		Age				Position		Member Since		Term expires
Dinko Valerio			59			Member of the Supervisory Board (Chairman)		January 1, 2014
Henri Termeer			68			Member of the Supervisory Board		January 1, 2014
Antoine Papiernik			49			Member of the Supervisory Board		January 1, 2014

The following sets forth biographical information regarding our supervisory board members.

Dinko Valerio is one of our founders and currently serves as the chairman of our supervisory board. Mr. Valerio has served on our board since January 2014. Mr. Valerio is a scientist and an experienced biotech entrepreneur with experience in both public and private companies as CEO and board member. Mr. Valerio is founder and former CEO of Crucell N.V., a Dutch biotech company, and founder and general partner of Aescap Venture, a life sciences venture capital firm. In 1999, Mr. Valerio was one of the founders of Galapagos Genomics N.V., a spinout from Crucell N.V. which develops novel mode of action medicines. Adding to his corporate experience, Mr. Valerio is a professor in the field of gene therapy of the hematopoietic system at the University of Leiden. He received his Master of Science degree in Biology from the University of Amsterdam in 1982 and completed his Ph.D. in Molecular Genetics with Honors at the University of Leiden in 1986. Mr. Valerio also was a visiting scientific specialist at Genentech Inc., San Francisco in 1985 and a postdoctoral fellow at the Salk Institute, San Diego from 1986 to 1987. He is an author on more than 100 articles in peer-reviewed Journals and an inventor on 11 patent-families. We believe that Mr. Valerio’s experience in the venture capital industry, particularly with biopharmaceutical companies, and his experience serving on the boards of directors of a number of biopharmaceutical companies provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as chairman of our supervisory board.

Henri Termeer has served on our supervisory board since January 2014. From October 1983 to June 2011, Mr. Termeer served as chairman, president and chief executive officer of Genzyme Corporation. For ten years prior to joining Genzyme, Mr. Termeer worked for Baxter International Laboratories, Inc., a manufacturer of human health care products. Mr. Termeer resigned from Genzyme in June 2011 following the acquisition of Genzyme by Sanofi. Widely acknowledged for his contributions to the biotechnology industry and health care field, Mr. Termeer is active in the areas of humanitarian assistance, policy issues, and innovation in providing access to health care. He is a member of the board of each of Massachusetts General Hospital and Partners HealthCare and a member of the board of fellows of Harvard Medical School. Mr. Termeer is also a member of the board of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and serves on its Executive Committee and a board member of the Biotechnology Industry

 

98

---

Table of Contents

Organization (BIO). He is chairman emeritus of the New England Healthcare Institute, a nonprofit, applied research health policy organization he was instrumental in founding. Mr. Termeer is currently a board member of Abiomed Inc., Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Verastem, Inc. and Medical Simulation. In 2008, he was appointed to Massachusetts Governor Deval Patrick’s Council of Economic Advisors, and he is a co-chair of the Leadership Council of the Massachusetts Life Sciences Collaborative. Mr. Termeer was chairman of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston’s board of directors from 2010-2011. Mr. Termeer studied economics at the Economische Hogeschool (Erasmus University, The Netherlands) and earned an MBA from the Darden School at the University of Virginia. We believe that Mr. Termeer’s experience in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries and his experience serving on the boards of directors of a number of biopharmaceutical companies provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as member of our supervisory board.

Antoine Papiernik has served on our supervisory board since January 2014. Mr. Papiernik is managing partner at Sofinnova Partners, which he joined in 1997. Mr. Papiernik has been an initial investor and active board member in public companies like Actelion, Addex, Orexo, NovusPharma (then sold to CTI), Movetis (then sold to Shire), Mainstay, Pixium and Stentys, which went public respectively on the Zürich stock exchange, the Stockholm stock exchange, the Milan Nuovo Mercato, the Belgium Stock Exchange, the Dublin Stock Exchange and EuroNext Paris, in Cotherix (initially NASDAQ listed, then sold to Actelion), CoreValve (sold to Medtronic), Fovea (sold to Sanofi Aventis) and Ethical Oncology Science (EOS, sold to Clovis Oncology). Mr. Papiernik has also invested in and is a board member of private companies Auris Medical, MD Start, ReCor, Shockwave Medical, Reflexion Medical. Mr. Papiernik has an MBA degree from the Wharton School of Business, University of Pennsylvania. We believe that Mr. Papiernik’s experience in the venture capital industry, particularly with biopharmaceutical companies, and his experience serving on the boards of directors of a number of biopharmaceutical companies provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as member of our supervisory board.

 

Management Board

The following table sets out information with respect to each of our management board members, their respective ages and their positions at the company as of the date of this prospectus. The business address of our management board members is our registered office address at Darwinweg 24, 2333 CR Leiden, the Netherlands.

 

Name		Age				Position		Date of Appointment
Daniel de Boer			31			Chief Executive Officer		February 21, 2012
René Beukema			50			Chief Corporate Development Officer and General Counsel		April 17, 2014

The following sets forth biographical information regarding our management board members.

Daniel de Boer is our founding chief executive officer and has served as such since our incorporation in February 2012. Mr. de Boer has been a serial entrepreneur in IT who has led a number of other companies through phases of growth, initiating development and launch of several IT related products in several European countries. Prior to joining us, Mr. de Boer served as a founder and Chief Executive Officer of RNA Systems from 2009 to 2011. From 2007 to 2008, he was a founder and Chief Executive Officer of PC Basic, and from 2005 to 2011, he served as a founder and Chief Executive Officer of Running IT. Mr. de Boer is responsible for the overall strategy and general business in the company.

René Beukema has served as our chief corporate development officer and general counsel since April 2014. Mr. Beukema joined us in September 2013 and is a seasoned in-house corporate lawyer in the Dutch biotechnology arena. Prior to joining us, Mr. Beukema served as general counsel and corporate secretary of Crucell N.V. for twelve years, following his experience as a senior legal counsel at GE Capital / TIP Europe and legal counsel at TNT Express Worldwide. Mr. Beukema was also a venture partner of Aescap Venture, a life sciences venture capital firm. As of today, Mr. Beukema is the co-founder and advisor of Mytomorrows N.V., a Dutch life sciences company, and a member of the VU Medical Cancer Center children in Amsterdam. He holds

 

99

---

Table of Contents

a post-doctoral degree in corporate law from the University of Nijmegen in co-operation with the Dutch Association of In-house Counsel (Nederlands Genootschap van Bedrijfsjuristen) and a Master’s degree in Dutch law from the University of Amsterdam.

Officers

Our management board is supported by our officers. The following table sets forth information with respect to each of the officers, their respective ages and their positions as of the date of this prospectus. The business address of our officers is our registered office address at Darwinweg 24, 2333 CR Leiden, the Netherlands.

 

Name		Age				Position
Noreen Henig			49			Chief Development Officer
Gerard Platenburg			50			Chief Innovation Officer

Noreen Henig, M.D. has served as our chief development officer since March 2014. Prior to joining us, Dr. Henig was Senior Director, Global Respiratory, from 2011 to 2014 and Director, Respiratory Therapeutics, from 2008 to 2011, at Gilead Sciences, Inc. Dr. Henig is a board certified physician in Pulmonary, Critical Care and board eligible in Allergy and Immunology and has over 15 years of experience in the cystic fibrosis field and as a director of Adult Cystic Fibrosis Care Centers from 1999 to 2008. Dr. Henig has basic, translational and clinical trial expertise and clinical experience in advanced lung disease including cystic fibrosis, pulmonary arterial hypertension, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis and lung transplantation. Dr. Henig’s experience at Gilead Sciences, Inc. in drug development includes building and leading a global medical affairs organization, strategic development of clinical trials Phase 2-4, regulatory strategy, corporate development, leadership of key alliances and commercial strategy. Dr. Henig received her medical degree from Albert Einstein College of Medicine of Yeshiva University in 1991 with a distinction in immunology. She also has a bachelor’s degree in History of Art from Yale University.

Gerard Platenburg has served as our chief innovation officer since February 2014. Mr. Platenburg is a co-founder of our company and also served as the sole member of our supervisory board between August 2012 and December 2013. Mr. Platenburg has an extensive background in RNA modulation and orphan drug discovery and development and is in charge of our innovation unit. Mr. Platenburg has more than twenty years of senior managerial experience, which he gained during his different operational and leadership roles in growing biotech companies. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Platenburg worked at Isa Pharmaceuticals B.V. from June 2009 to January 2014. Mr. Platenburg co-founded Prosensa Holding N.V., growing it to become a well-known RNA modulation clinical stage company, and held various positions between April 2002 and May 2009, including Chief Executive Officer and Chief Development Officer. Mr. Platenburg also worked at Pharming B.V. from April 1990 to March 2002. He is a passionate and driven pioneer of early stage technologies. Mr. Platenburg has a master degree in chemistry and molecular biology from Leiden University in 1987 and pursued PhD work at Leiden University.

Board Structure

We have a two-tier board structure consisting of our management board (raad van bestuur) and a separate supervisory board (raad van commissarissen).

Supervisory Board

Our supervisory board is responsible for the supervision of the activities of our management board and our company’s general affairs and business. Our supervisory board may, also on its own initiative, provide the management board with advice and may request any information from the management board that it deems appropriate. In performing its duties, the supervisory board is required to act in the interests of our company (including its stakeholders) and its associated business as a whole. The members of the supervisory board are not authorized to represent us in dealings with third parties.

 

100

---

Table of Contents

Pursuant to Dutch law, members of the supervisory board must be natural persons. Under our articles of association, the number of supervisory board members is determined by our supervisory board itself, provided there will be at least three supervisory board members. Our articles of association provide that members of the supervisory board are appointed by the general meeting of shareholders upon a binding nomination by the supervisory board. Our general meeting of shareholders may at all times deprive such a nomination of its binding character by a resolution passed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast representing more than 50% of our issued share capital, following which our supervisory board shall draw up a new binding nomination.

Our supervisory board rules provide that members of our supervisory board will serve for a maximum duration of three four-year terms. Our articles of association provide that the supervisory board members must retire periodically in accordance with a rotation schedule to be adopted by the supervisory board. A supervisory board member who retires in accordance with the rotation schedule can be reappointed immediately. The members of our supervisory board that were appointed by our general meeting of shareholders held on             , 2014 were appointed for different terms as a result of which only approximately one-fourth of our supervisory board members will be subject to election in any one year and which has the effect of creating a staggered board (which may in turn deter a takeover attempt). The supervisory board appoints a chairman from among its members.

Under our articles of association, the general meeting of shareholders may suspend or remove supervisory board members at any time. A resolution of our general meeting of shareholders to suspend or remove a supervisory board member may be passed by a simple majority of the votes cast, provided that the resolution is based on a proposal by our supervisory board. In the absence of a proposal by our supervisory board, a resolution of our general meeting of shareholders to suspend or remove a supervisory board member shall require a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast representing more than 50% of our issued share capital.

In a meeting of the supervisory board, each supervisory board member is entitled to cast one vote. A supervisory board member may grant a written proxy to another supervisory board member to represent him at a meeting of the supervisory board. All resolutions by our supervisory board are adopted by a simple majority of the votes cast unless our supervisory board rules provide otherwise. In case of a tie vote in any vote of the supervisory board, the chairman of the supervisory board shall have the casting vote. Our supervisory board may also adopt resolutions outside a meeting, provided that such resolutions are adopted in writing, all supervisory board members are familiar with the resolution to be passed and provided that no supervisory board member objects to such decision-making process.

Management Board

Our management board is responsible for the day-to-day management of our operations under the supervision of the supervisory board. The management board is required to

 

•

keep the supervisory board informed in a timely manner in order to allow the supervisory board to carry out its responsibilities;

 

•

consult with the supervisory board on important matters; and

 

•

submit certain important decisions to the supervisory board for its approval, as more fully described below.

Our management board may perform all acts necessary or useful for achieving our corporate purposes, other than those acts that are prohibited by law or by our articles of association, as more fully discussed below. The management board as a whole and any management board member individually, are authorized to represent us in dealings with third parties.

Under our articles of association, the number of management board members is determined by the supervisory board, and the management board must consist of at least one member. The supervisory board appoints a CEO from among the members of the management board.

 

101

---

Table of Contents

Members of the management board are appointed by the general meeting of shareholders upon a binding nomination of the supervisory board. Our general meeting of shareholders may at all times deprive such a nomination of its binding character by a resolution passed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast representing more than 50% of our issued share capital, following which our supervisory board shall draw up a new binding nomination.

Our management board rules provide that, unless the resolution appointing a management board member provides otherwise, members of our management board will serve for a maximum term of four years. Our articles of association provide that the management board members must retire periodically in accordance with a rotation schedule to be adopted by the management board. A management board member who retires in accordance with the rotation schedule may be reappointed immediately for a term of not more than four years at a time.

The general meeting of shareholders may suspend or remove members of the management board at any time. A resolution of our general meeting of shareholders to suspend or remove a management board member may be passed by a simple majority of the votes cast, provided that the resolution is based on a proposal by our supervisory board. In the absence of a proposal by our supervisory board, a resolution of our general meeting of shareholders to suspend or remove a management board member shall require a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast representing more than 50% of our issued share capital. The supervisory board may also suspend members of the management board at any time. A suspension of a management board member is discontinued if the general meeting of shareholders does not resolve to dismiss him within three months.

In a meeting of the management board, each management board member is entitled to cast one vote. A management board member may grant a written proxy to another management board member to represent him at a meeting of the management board. All resolutions by our management board are adopted by a simple majority of the votes cast unless our management board rules provide otherwise. Where there is a tie in any vote of the management board, the CEO shall have a casting vote in case the management board consists of at least three managing board members and in case the management board consists of two management board members, the supervisory board shall decide the matter. Our management board may also adopt resolutions outside a meeting, provided that such resolutions are adopted in writing, all management board members are familiar with the resolution to be passed and provided that no management board member objects to such decision-making process.

Our articles of association and Dutch law provide that resolutions of our management board concerning a material change in the identity or character of the company or our business are subject to the approval of the general meeting of shareholders. Such changes include in any event:

 

•

a transfer of all or materially all of our business to a third party;

 

•

the entry into or termination of a long-term alliance of the company or of a subsidiary either with another entity or company, or as a fully liable partner of a limited partnership or partnership, if this alliance or termination is of significant importance for the company; and

 

•

the acquisition or disposition of an interest in the capital of a company by the company or by a subsidiary with a value of at least one third of the value of the assets, according to the balance sheet with explanatory notes or, if the company prepares a consolidated balance sheet, according to the consolidated balance sheet with explanatory notes in the company’s most recently adopted annual accounts.

The absence of approval of the general meeting of shareholders would result in the relevant resolution being null and void, but does not affect the power of our management board or its members to represent us in dealings with third parties.

Under our articles of association, the following decisions of our management board must be approved by our supervisory board:

 

•

the making of a proposal to the general meeting of shareholders concerning:

 

•

the issuance of shares or the granting of rights to subscribe for shares;

 

•

the limitation or exclusion of pre-emption rights;

 

•

the granting of an authorization with respect to the issuance of shares;

 

102

---

Table of Contents

•

the granting of an authorization with respect to the limitation or the exclusion of pre-emption rights;

 

•

the granting of an authorization to acquire fully paid up shares in our own capital for no consideration;

 

•

a decrease in our issued share capital;

 

•

the granting of an approval of the general meeting of shareholders for resolutions concerning a material change to the identity or character of the company or our business;

 

•

the making of a distribution from our reserves or profits;

 

•

the determination that all or part of a distribution, instead of being made in cash, shall be made in the form of shares in our capital or in the form of assets;

 

•

the amendment of our articles of association;

 

•

the entering into of a merger or demerger;

 

•

the instruction of our management board to apply for our bankruptcy; and

 

•

our dissolution;

 

•

calling for payment on preferred shares that have not already been paid in full;

 

•

the acquisition of shares in our own capital, including the determination of the value of a non-cash consideration for such an acquisition;

 

•

the granting of an approval for the transfer of preferred shares;

 

•

the election or removal of the CEO;

 

•

the drawing up or amendment of our management board rules;

 

•

the performance of certain legal acts as described in our articles of association;

 

•

the charging of amounts to be paid on shares against our reserves;

 

•

the making of an interim distribution of profits;

 

•

the determination of our strategy, including those resolutions that may have a material impact on our strategy;

 

•

the adoption of our business plan or budget, as well as any material amendment to or material deviation from the prevailing business plan or budget;

 

•

the sale or disposition of all, or an essential part of, our assets;

 

•

the issuance and acquisition of shares and of debentures chargeable against us or chargeable against a limited partnership (commanditaire vennootschap), or a general partnership (vennootschap onder firma) of which we are a fully liable partner;

 

•

the application for quotation, or withdrawal of quotation, of our shares or debt on any stock exchange;

 

•

our entry into or termination of any long-term, material cooperation by us or our subsidiary with another legal entity or partnership;

 

•

our investment in the capital of another company in an amount equal to at least one-fourth of our issued capital plus our reserves, as reflected on our most recent balance sheet, as well as a material change to such investment;

 

•

the termination of a significant number of our employees simultaneously or within a short period of time; and

 

•

a significant change in the employment conditions of our employees.

 

 

103

---

Table of Contents

Our supervisory board may also require that certain resolutions by the management board, beyond those listed above, require the supervisory board’s approval. Such board resolutions requiring approval must be clearly specified by the supervisory board to the management board in writing. The absence of approval of the supervisory board would result in the relevant resolution being null and void, but does not affect the power of our management board or its members to represent us in dealings with third parties.

Independence of Supervisory Board Members

As a Dutch company that lists its ordinary shares on a government-recognized stock exchange, we are subject to the DCGC. The DCGC, became effective on January 1, 2009, and applies to all Dutch companies listed on a government-recognized stock exchange, whether in the Netherlands or elsewhere, including the NASDAQ. The DCGC is based on a “comply or explain” principle. We may not always comply with all the provisions of the DCGC on independence criteria for our supervisory board members where such provisions conflict with or are inconsistent with the corporate governance rules with respect to independence of the NASDAQ and U.S. securities laws that apply to us. We will therefore apply the NASDAQ criteria on independence of members of the supervisory board. However, as of the date of this offering, we are in compliance with the provisions of the DCGC on independence of supervisory board members, because             ,              and              comply with the independence criteria of the DCGC.

Corporate Governance Practices

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as related rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, requires foreign private issuers, including our company, to comply with various corporate governance practices. As a foreign private issuer, subject to certain exceptions, the NASDAQ listing standards permit a foreign private issuer to follow its home country practice in lieu of the NASDAQ listing standards. A foreign private issuer that elects to follow a home country practice instead of the NASDAQ listing standards must submit to NASDAQ in advance a written statement from an independent counsel in such issuer’s home country certifying that the issuer’s practices are not prohibited by the home country’s laws. In addition, a foreign private issuer must disclose in its annual reports filed with the SEC each such requirement that it does not follow and describe the home country practice followed instead of any such requirement.

The home country practices followed by our company in lieu of NASDAQ rules are described below:

 

•

We do not intend to follow NASDAQ’s quorum requirements applicable to meetings of shareholders. In accordance with Dutch law and generally accepted business practice, our articles of association do not provide quorum requirements generally applicable to general meetings of shareholders.

 

•

We do not intend to follow NASDAQ’s requirements regarding the provision of proxy statements for general meetings of shareholders. Dutch law does not have a regulatory regime for the solicitation of proxies and the solicitation of proxies is not a generally accepted business practice in the Netherlands. We do intend to provide shareholders with an agenda and other relevant documents for the general meeting of shareholders and shareholders will be entitled to give proxies and voting instructions to us and/or third parties.

We intend to take all actions necessary for us to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules adopted by the SEC and NASDAQ’s listing standards.

Certain NASDAQ corporate governance requirements are not reflected in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code or Dutch law. Accordingly, our shareholders may not be afforded the same protection as provided under NASDAQ corporate governance rules to the extent the DCGC or Dutch law does not provide similar protections. Furthermore, as a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short swing profit recovery provisions contained in

 

104

---

Table of Contents

Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

Committees of the Supervisory Board

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. We have adopted a charter for each of these committees.

Audit Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Antoine Papiernik (chairman), Henri Termeer and             . Each member satisfies the independence requirements of the NASDAQ listing standards / Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act as well as the criteria for independence set forth in best practice III.2.2 of the DCGC, and             qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined by the SEC in Item 16A of Form 20-F and as determined by our supervisory board. The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

•

making recommendations to our supervisory board regarding the appointment by the general meeting of shareholders of our independent auditor(s);

 

•

overseeing the work of our independent auditor(s), including resolving disagreements between the management board, the officers and the independent auditors relating to financial reporting;

 

•

pre-approving all audit and non-audit services permitted to be performed by the independent auditor(s);

 

•

reviewing the independence and quality control procedures of the independent auditor(s);

 

•

discussing material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements and obligations with the management board and the independent auditor(s);

 

•

reviewing and approving all proposed related-party transactions;

 

•

discussing the annual audited statutory financial statements with the management board;

 

•

annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter;

 

•

meeting separately with the independent auditors to discuss critical accounting policies, recommendations on internal controls, the auditor’s engagement letter and independence letter and other material written communications between the independent auditors and the management board and the officers; and

 

•

attending to such other matters as are specifically delegated to our audit committee by our supervisory board from time to time.

Compensation Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Henri Termeer (chairman), Dinko Valerio and             . Each member satisfies the independence requirements of the NASDAQ listing standards as well as the criteria for independence set forth in best practice III.2.2 of the DCGC. The compensation committee will assist our supervisory board in reviewing and approving or recommending our compensation structure, including all forms of compensation relating to our supervisory board members, our management board members and our officers. Members of our management board may not be present at any compensation committee meeting while their compensation is deliberated. Subject to and in accordance with the terms of the compensation policy approved by our general meeting of shareholders from time to time, as required by Dutch law, the compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

•

reviewing and making recommendations to the supervisory board with respect to compensation of our management board and supervisory board members;

 

105

---

Table of Contents

•

reviewing and approving the compensation, including equity compensation, change-of-control benefits and severance arrangements, of our officers (not part of our management board or supervisory board) as it deems appropriate;

 

•

overseeing the evaluation of our management board members and our officers;

 

•

reviewing periodically and making recommendations to our supervisory board with respect to any incentive compensation and equity plans, programs or similar arrangements;

 

•

exercising the rights of our supervisory board under any equity plans, except for the right to amend any such plans unless otherwise expressly authorized to do so;

 

•

attending to such other matters as are specifically delegated to our compensation committee by our supervisory board from time to time;

 

•

approving the compensation package for the officers; and

 

•

periodically reviewing, in consultation with our CEO, our management board and our officers succession planning.

Our supervisory board may also delegate certain tasks and powers under the Company’s Option Plan to the compensation committee.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Dinko Valerio (chairman), Antoine Papiernik and             . Each member satisfies the independence requirements of the NASDAQ listing standards as well as the criteria for independence set forth in best practice III.2.2 of the DCGC. The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist our supervisory board in selecting individuals qualified to become our supervisory board members and management board members and in determining the composition of the management board, supervisory board and its committees and officers. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

•

recommending to the supervisory board persons to be nominated for election or re-election to the supervisory board and the management board at any meeting of the shareholders;

 

•

overseeing the supervisory board’s annual review of its own performance and the performance of its committees; and

 

•

considering, preparing and recommending to the supervisory board a set of corporate governance guidelines.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We expect to adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all of our management board and supervisory board members and our employees, including our CEO, chief financial officer, controller or principal accounting officer, or other persons performing similar functions, which is a “code of ethics” as defined in Item 16B of Form 20-F promulgated by the SEC. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the full text of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be posted on our website at             .

If we make any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or grant any waivers, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website to the extent required by the rules and regulations of the SEC. Under Item 16B of Form 20-F, if a waiver or amendment of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and relates to standards promoting any of the values described in Item 16B(b) of Form 20-F, we are required to disclose such waiver or amendment on our website in accordance with the requirements of Instruction 4 to such Item 16B.

The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will include the whistleblower policy as contemplated in the DCGC.

 

106

---

Table of Contents

Rules on Insider Trading

Pursuant to the rules contained in the Dutch Financial Markets Supervision Act (Wet op het financieel toezicht, or FMSA) intended to prevent market abuse, prior to the completion of this offering we will adopt an internal code on inside information in respect of the holding of and carrying out of transactions by management board members, supervisory board members, any other person who has (co)managerial responsibilities in respect of us and employees in our shares or in financial instruments the value of which is based on the value of our shares.

Because we are a foreign private issuer, our management board members, supervisory board members and our officers are not subject to short-swing profit and insider trading reporting obligations under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. They will, however, be subject to the obligations to report changes in share ownership under Section 13 of the Exchange Act and related SEC rules.

Insurance and Indemnification of Management Board and Supervisory Board Members

Under Dutch law, management board members, supervisory board members and certain other representatives may be held liable for damages in the event of improper or negligent performance of their duties. They may be held jointly and severally liable for damages to the company for infringement of the articles of association or of certain provisions of the Dutch Civil Code. They may also be liable towards third parties for infringement of certain provisions of the Dutch Civil Code. In certain circumstances they may also incur additional specific civil and criminal liabilities.

Our articles of association provide that we will indemnify our management board members, supervisory board members, former management board members and former supervisory board members (each an “Indemnified Person”) against (i) any financial losses or damages incurred by such Indemnified Person and (ii) any expense reasonably paid or incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed suit, claim, action or legal proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, in which he becomes involved, to the extent this relates to his position with the company, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. No indemnification shall be given to an Indemnified Person (a) if a Dutch court has established, without possibility for appeal, that the acts or omissions of such Indemnified Person that led to the financial losses, damages, suit, claim, action or legal proceedings result from either an improper performance of his duties as an officer of the company or an unlawful or illegal act and (b) to the extent that his financial losses, damages and expenses are covered by an insurance and the insurer has settled these financial losses, damages and expenses (or has indicated that it would do so). Our supervisory board may stipulate additional terms, conditions and restrictions in relation to such indemnification.

Compensation of Supervisory Board Members, Management Board Members and Officers

Under Dutch law and our articles of association, the general meeting of shareholders must upon the proposal of our supervisory board adopt the compensation policy for the management board, which includes the outlines of the compensation of any members who serve on our management board. The supervisory board determines the compensation of the management board members in accordance with the compensation policy. A proposal by the supervisory board with respect to compensation schemes in the form of shares or rights to shares is submitted for approval by the supervisory board to the general meeting of shareholders. Such proposal must set out at least the maximum number of shares or rights to shares to be granted to the management board and the criteria for granting such shares or changes to such grants. The general meeting of shareholders, may determine the compensation of supervisory directors. The supervisory directors will be reimbursed for their expenses.

 

107

---

Table of Contents

Supervisory Board Compensation

In 2013, the aggregate compensation paid to our supervisory directors was as follows:

 

		Share-Based Payments(1)					Board Fee					2013 Total
		(€ in thousands)
Gerard Platenburg			€	12	(2)			€	—				€	12
Antoine Papiernik(3)				—					—					—
Henri Termeer(3)				—					—					—
Dinko Valerio(3)				—					—					—
Total			€	12				€	—				€	12

 

(1)	The share-based payment reflects the fair value of share options granted under our Option Plan during the year, as required by and determined in accordance with IFRS 2 - Share based payment.

(2)	Represents a share option to purchase 1,059 ordinary shares granted on September 26, 2013 at an exercise price of €113.34 per ordinary share, which option expires on September 26, 2023.

(3)	Appointed to our supervisory board on January 1, 2014.

The members of our supervisory board receive board fees of €         per year. The chairman receives board fees of €         per year. In addition, members receive €         for attendance in person at each supervisory board meeting and €         for attendance by telephone.

Management Board Compensation

The table below sets out a breakdown of the compensation in 2013 of each current member of the management board:

 

		Short Term Employee Benefits				Share- Based Payments(1)				Post- Employment Benefits				Total
		(€ in thousands)
Daniel de Boer		€	180			€	7	(2)		€	8			€	195
René Beukema(3)			32				12	(4)			3				47
Total		€	212			€	19			€	11			€	242

 

(1)	The share-based payment reflects the fair value of share options granted under our Option Plan during the year, as required by and determined in accordance with IFRS 2 - Share based payment.

(2)

Represents the share-based payment expenses recognized for 3,529 shares acquired on November 15, 2013 by Mr. de Boer for which he received a loan from the company. As part of the agreement, Mr. de Boer has a put option to return the shares to the company under certain conditions. Therefore, the company recognized a share-based payment expense for these shares.

(3)	Mr. Beukema joined our company on September 1, 2013 and was appointed to our management board on April 17, 2014.

(4)	Represents a share option to purchase 1,059 ordinary shares granted on September 26, 2013 at an exercise price of €113.34 per ordinary share, which option expires on September 26, 2023.

Service Agreements

We have entered into service agreements with both of our management board members. The service agreements contain a termination notice period of one month. Both service agreements may be terminated in the event of an urgent reason (dringende reden) at any time, without advance notice. The service agreements with Daniel de Boer and René Beukema provides for a lump-sum payment following a change in control subject to certain conditions. Such payment is equal to 24 months of the individual’s monthly gross fixed salary in effect at

 

108

---

Table of Contents

the time of the change in control. This offering is not expected to constitute a change of control under the agreements. The service agreements also contain certain restrictive covenants, including post termination non-competition and non-solicitation covenants, which survive for a period of 12 months post-termination. Our service agreement with Mr. de Boer includes a non-competition covenant during the term of his service and for a non-solicitation covenant that survives for a period of 12 months post-termination.

Option Plan

In September 2013, we adopted our Stock Option Plan, or the Option Plan. We amended and restated the Option Plan on                 , 2014 as our 2014 Stock Option Plan to provide for the grant of options to purchase ordinary shares instead of non-voting depository receipts and the termination of the involvement of the Foundation in the Option Plan, among other things. On                 , 2014 all depository receipts issued under the Option Plan were cancelled and exchanged for                  ordinary shares. As of                 , 2014, options to purchase up to an aggregate of                  ordinary shares have been granted under the Option Plan.

Plan administration. The plan is administered by our supervisory board or by a person or committee designated by our supervisory board.

Eligibility. The management board may grant options to eligible individuals which have been selected by the management board, not being a member of the management board. The supervisory board may grant options to eligible individuals who are members of the management board. The management board or the supervisory board, as the case may be, may grant options to purchase ordinary shares and determine the number of ordinary shares to be covered by each option, the exercise price of each option and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each option, including conditions relating to applicable securities laws, as it considers necessary or advisable.

Vesting. The Option Plan provides for the grant of options with service-based vesting conditions that can be combined with vesting conditions subject to performance conditions. Currently we only grant options with service-based vesting conditions. Generally, the options granted vest in four annual equal tranches of 25% starting for the first time as from the first anniversary of the date of grant. Vesting of the options may be subject to other conditions or in exceptional cases, options may vest immediately, which is specified in the notice of grant. The company may in the event of a change of control of the company decide to exchange, cancel and settle in cash and/or accelerate the vesting of the outstanding options or the supervisory board may take whatever step considered appropriate with respect to the outstanding options.

Option Exercise price. The supervisory board or the management board, as the case may be, establish the exercise price of each option and specify the exercise price in the applicable notice of grant, which may be less than, equal to, or greater than the fair market value per ordinary share on the date the option is granted. For purposes of the Option Plan, the fair market value per ordinary share is determined by (or in a manner approved by) the supervisory board.

Option Exercise. Each option is exercisable at such time and subject to such terms and conditions as the supervisory board or the management board, as the case may be, as specified in the Option Plan or in the applicable option agreement.

 

109

---

Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Since February 21, 2012, we have engaged in the following transactions with our managing directors and supervisory directors and the holders of more than 5% of our ordinary shares, which we refer to as our related parties.

Placements of Securities

2012 Seed Loan Agreement; 2012 Subscription Agreement and Shareholders Agreement

On April 21, 2012, we entered into a seed loan agreement with certain investors and the chairman of our supervisory board, Dinko Valerio, in the principal amount of €300,000 at 4% interest per annum. The seed loan agreement provided that all principal and interest outstanding would be converted into shares upon a closing of a preferred share financing in accordance with the terms of the seed loan agreement.

On August 21, 2012, we entered into a subscription agreement and a shareholders agreement with several of the seed loan investors and certain other investors, including supervisory board members Henri Termeer and Dinko Valerio, as well as with Stichting Administratiekantoor Endavit, a foundation owned and controlled by Dinko Valerio, pursuant to which we agreed to issue and sell an aggregate of 17,293 ordinary shares in exchange for a contribution of €501,765 by means of conversion of the seed loan agreement and/or cash payment in accordance with the terms of the subscription agreement. The April 21, 2012 loan was repaid and the seed loan agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms.

February 2013 Issuance of Ordinary Shares

On February 6, 2013, we raised €1,472,601 in proceeds through the issuance of 19,371 ordinary shares to certain investors, including our chairman of the supervisory board, Dinko Valerio, Stichting Administratiekantoor Endavit, a foundation owned and controlled by by Dinko Valerio, supervisory board member Henri Termeer and René Beukema, a member of our management board.

May 2013 Issuance of Ordinary Shares

On May 3, 2013, we raised an additional €1,559,770 in proceeds through the issuance of 15,920 ordinary shares to certain investors, including Sofinnova Capital VII FCPR, of which Antoine Papiernik, a member of our supervisory board, is a managing partner.

November 2013 Loan to Appel B.V.

On November 15, 2013, we provided a loan in the principal amount of €399,977 at an annual interest of 4% to Appel B.V., an entity owned and controlled by Daniel de Boer, our chief executive officer, for the purpose of acquiring 3,529 ordinary shares from Stichting ProQR Therapeutics Participation. On June 20, 2014, Appel B.V. repaid the loan by transferring 792 ordinary shares to Stichting ProQR Therapeutics Participation at a price of €517.30 per share. The fair value of these ordinary shares was €309.50 per share and the difference between the price paid to Mr. de Boer and the fair value, totaling €165,000, has been included in employee benefits. On June 20, 2014, the total amount of principal and interest outstanding under the loan was €409,532.

November 2013 Issuance of Convertible Notes

On November 27, 2013, we issued convertible notes in the aggregate principal amount of €2,500,000 at an annual interest rate of 6% to certain investors and directors, including management board member René Beukema and two members of our supervisory board, Dinko Valerio and Henri Termeer as well as J.H.J. Voskamp Participaties B.V., Sofinnova Capital VII FCPR, Stichting Administratiekantoor the Invisible Hand At Work and Vogelgezang B.V. On April 17, 2014, these convertible notes were converted into preferred shares, in connection with the April 2014 preferred stock financing, as described below.

 

110

---

Table of Contents

April 2014 Preferred Shares Financing

On April 17, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 81,187 preferred shares, at a price of €525.18 per share, for aggregate consideration of €41,998,000 in cash and in the conversion of the amount of principal and interest outstanding under convertible notes to certain existing and new shareholders, including René Beukema, Henri Termeer, Dinko Valerio, J.H.J. Voskamp Participaties B.V., Sofinnova Capital VII FCPR, Vogelgezang B.V., Stichting Administratiekantoor The Invisible Hand at Work, Fidelity Advisor Series VII Fidelity Advisor Biotechnology Fund, Fidelity Select Portfolios: Biotechnology Portfolio, Jennison Global Healthcare Master Fund, Ltd., Coöperatieve Gilde Healthcare III Sub-Holding 2 U.A., ATP III GP, Ltd., Sabby Healthcare Volatility Master Fund, Ltd., Sabby Volatility Warrant Master Fund, Ltd, Redmile Capital Fund, LP, Redmile Capital Offshore Fund, Ltd., Redmile Capital Offshore Fund II, Ltd., Redmile Special Opportunities Fund, Ltd., Leerink Holdings LLC, Leerink Swann Co-Investment Fund, LLC, Thomas Malley, El Chichon Partners, LLC, Foresite Capital Fund II, L.P. and Stichting Administratiekantoor Friends of ProQR. In connection with the April 2014 preferred shares financing, the 2013 convertible notes were converted into preferred shares and terminated.

Advisory Fees

Mr. Platenburg, who is currently our chief innovation officer, served as chairman of our supervisory board from August 21, 2012 to December 1, 2013. In that capacity, Progress Therapeutics B.V., Mr. Platenburg’s holding company, received advisory fees of €8,000 in 2012 and €22,000 in 2013.

Registration Rights Agreement

Effective upon consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with certain of our existing shareholders pursuant to which we will grant them customary registration rights for the resale of their ordinary shares.

Shareholders’ Agreement

We and all of our then-existing shareholders entered into a shareholders agreement on August 21, 2012, which was subsequently amended on each of February 3, 2013, May 3, 2013 and April 17, 2014, which, as amended and restated, we refer to as the shareholders’ agreement. Upon consummation of this offering, the shareholders’ agreement will terminate automatically.

Stichting ProQR Therapeutics Participation

Our Option Plan utilized a Dutch foundation called Stichting ProQR Therapeutics Participation, or the Foundation. The purpose of the Foundation was to facilitate administration of share-based compensation awards and pool the voting interests of the underlying shares. We issued an aggregate of 12,218 ordinary shares to the Foundation for stock option grants. Upon the exercise to the grantee of an option under the Option Plan, the Foundation issues a depository receipt for each issued ordinary shares acquired upon exercise. The depository receipt holder is entitled to any dividends or other distributions paid on the shares for which the depository receipts are granted. The voting rights attached to the shares are exercised by the Foundation. The depository receipt holders do not have meeting rights and they are not entitled to attend a general meeting of shareholders or to cast a vote. The voting rights attached to the shares are exercised by the board of the Foundation at its own discretion. The Option Plan is administered by the members of our supervisory board. Our chief executive officer is the only member of the board and accordingly has sole voting power over all ordinary shares held by the Foundation.

On August 21, 2012, February 6, 2013, May 3, 2013 and April 17, 2014, we issued 1,765, 6,435, 2,385 and 4,370 ordinary shares, respectively, to the Foundation for the benefit of our Option Plan.

 

111

---

Table of Contents

On August 21, 2012, February 6, 2013, May 3, 2013, April 17, 2014 and June 20, 2014, we provided loans to the Foundation in the aggregate principal amount of €2,371,055 at a rate of 4% per individual loan for the purpose of acquiring an aggregate of 15,747 of our ordinary shares.

On June 30, 2014, these individual loans were consolidated into one amended and restated loan agreement between us and the Foundation. We intend to buy back the ordinary shares issued to the Foundation prior to the completion of this offering and terminate the Foundation’s involvement in administering share-based compensation awards. In connection with the share buy-back, the Foundation intends to repay the total amount outstanding under the loan agreement, including accrued interest, through a set-off of the purchase price.

In connection with the amendment and restatement of our existing Option Plan prior to the closing of this offering, the depository receipts issued by the Foundation will be exchanged for ordinary shares on a 1:1 basis, and the Foundation will subsequently be dissolved. We will acquire any shares still held by the Foundation for which no depository receipts were issued, which we may keep in treasury or use for such purposes as we deem appropriate, including in connection with the exercise of options under our 2014 Stock Option Plan.

 

112

---

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of July 31, 2014, giving effect to the conversion of our preferred shares into ordinary shares prior to the completion of this offering, by:

 

•

each of the members of our supervisory board and management board; and

 

•

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

The column entitled “Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—Prior to this Offering” is based on a total of 144,524 ordinary shares outstanding as of July 31, 2014 and excludes 11,617 ordinary shares held by our Foundation in respect of unexercised options or available for future grant under our Option Plan. With respect to the 11,617 ordinary shares held by the Foundation for which no depository receipts have been issued, 8,805 options have been granted and the remainder of the shares are available for future grants.

The column entitled “Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—Upon Completion of this Offering” is based on                 ordinary shares outstanding immediately after completion of this offering, not including any additional shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options. We have assumed that none of our ordinary shares sold in this offering will be purchased by members of our supervisory board or management board or by the beneficial owners of more than 5% of our ordinary shares pursuant to the directed share program or otherwise in the offering. See “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

The amounts and percentages of ordinary shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the applicable SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of such security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest. Except as otherwise indicated, each of the beneficial owners has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated ordinary shares, subject to community property laws, where applicable. Except as otherwise set forth below, the address of the beneficial owner is c/o ProQR Therapeutics B.V., Darwinweg 24, 2333CR, Leiden, the Netherlands.

 

		Number of Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned				Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner						Prior to this Offering				Upon Completion of this Offering
5% or Greater Shareholders:
Sofinnova Capital VII FCPR(1)			25,287				17.18	%				%
Entities affiliated with Fidelity Select Portfolios: Biotechnology Portfolio(2)			16,573				11.26	%				%
Appel B.V. (3)			11,917				7.63	%				%
Vogelgezang B.V. (4)			10,122				6.88	%				%
Jennison Global Healthcare Master Fund, Ltd.(5)			9,330				6.34	%				%
Progress Therapeutics B.V.(6)			10,236				6.95	%				%
J.H.J. Voskamp Participaties B.V.(7)			7,808				5.30	%				%
Cooperatieve Gilde Healthcare III Sub-Holding 2 U.A.(8)			7,808				5.30	%				%
Supervisory Board Members and Management Board Members
Henri Termeer(9)			15,527				10.55	%				%
Daniel de Boer(10)			11,917				7.63	%
Dinko Valerio(11)			9,267				6.30	%				%
Antoine Papiernik			—				—					%
René Beukema(12)			3,620				2.46	%				%

 

113

---

Table of Contents

(1)

Consists of 25,287 ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of preferred shares. Sofinnova Partners SAS, a French corporation and the management company of Sofinnova Capital VII FCPR, may be deemed to have sole voting and investment power, and the managing partners of Sofinnova Partners SAS, Dennis Lucquin, Antoine Papiernik, Dr. Tordjman and Monique Saulnier, may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power with respect to such shares. The address of Sofinnova Capital VII FCPR is 16-18 rue du Quatre-Septembre, Paris 75002, France.

(2)

Fidelity Management & Research Company, or Fidelity, 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, a wholly-owned subsidiary of FMR LLC and an investment adviser registered under Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, is the beneficial owner of ordinary shares as a result of acting as investment adviser to various investment companies registered under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Consists of (i) 14,236 ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of preferred shares held by Fidelity Select Portfolios: Biotechnology Portfolio; and (ii) 2,337 ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of preferred shares held by Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Biotechnology Fund. Edward C. Johnson 3d and FMR LLC, through its control of Fidelity, and the funds, or Funds, each has sole power to dispose of the shares owned by the Funds. Members of the family of Edward C. Johnson 3d, Chairman of FMR LLC, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders’ voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders’ voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. Neither FMR LLC nor Edward C. Johnson 3d, Chairman of FMR LLC, has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the Fidelity Funds, which power resides with the Funds’ Boards of Trustees. Fidelity carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Funds’ Boards of Trustees.

(3)	Appel B.V. is owned and controlled by Daniel de Boer, our chief executive officer, and Mr. de Boer exercises sole voting and dispositive power over the shares owned by Appel B.V. The address for Appel B.V. is Postbus 11059, 2301 EB, Leiden, the Netherlands.

(4)	The address for Vogelgezang B.V. is Eisenhowerlaan 124, 2517 KM, The Hague, the Netherlands.

(5)

Jennison Associates, LLC, or Jennison, serves as investment manager with power to direct investments and/or power to vote the shares owned by Jennison Global Healthcare Master Fund, Ltd., or the Jennison Fund, and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by the Jennison Fund. Jennison expressly disclaims ownership of such shares, except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein, if any. Jennison is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Financial, Inc., which is a publicly traded financial services firm. The Jennison Fund is an exempted investment company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. By virtue of his position with Jennison, David Chan, Managing Director of Jennison and Portfolio Manager to the Jennison Fund, has authority to vote or dispose of the securities held by the Jennison Fund. David Chan expressly disclaims beneficial interest of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any. The address of the registered office of the Jennison Fund is c/o Intertrust Corporate Services (Cayman) Limited, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town KY1-9005, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands.

(6)

Consists of (i) 9,177 ordinary shares and (ii) options to acquire 1,059 depository receipts that are currently exercisable or will be exercisable within 60 days after July 31, 2014. Progress Therapeutics B.V. is owned and controlled by Gerard Platenburg, our chief innovation officer, and Mr. Platenburg has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares owned by Progress Therapeutics B.V. The address for Progress Therapeutics B.V. is Wijngaardenlaan 56, 2252 XR Voorschoten, the Netherlands.

(7)

Jeroen Hendrik-Jan Voskamp has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares as managing director of Stichting Administratiekantoor J.H.J. Voskamp, which serves as managing director of J.H.J. Voskamp Participaties B.V. The address for J.H.J. Voskamp Participaties B.V. is De Beaufortlaan 6, 3743 DS Baarn, the Netherlands.

 

114

---

Table of Contents

(8)

The manager of Coöperatieve Gilde Healthcare III Sub-Holding 2 U.A. is Gilde Healthcare III Management B.V., or Gilde Management, and Gilde Management is owned by Gilde Healthcare Holding B.V., or Gilde Holding. The address of Coöperatieve Healthcare III Sub-Holding 2 U.A. is Newtonlaan 91, 3584 BP, Utrecht, The Netherlands.

(9)	Consists of (i) 15,244 ordinary shares and (ii) 283 depository receipts issued by the Foundation. Daniel de Boer has sole voting power.

(10)	Consists of 11,917 ordinary shares held by Appel, B.V., which is owned and controlled by Daniel de Boer, our chief executive officer, as sole director.

(11)

Consists of (i) 4,480 ordinary shares and (ii) 318 depository receipts issued by the Foundation held by Dinko Valerio. Daniel de Boer has sole voting power over the ordinary shares underlying the depository receipts as the only member of the board of the Foundation. Also includes 4,469 shares held by the Valerio family foundation, Stichting Administratiekantoor Endavit, for which Mr. Valerio is the managing director. The address of Stichting Administratiekantoor Endavit is Vlielandstraat 5, 1181 HZ, Amstelveen, the Netherlands.

(12)	Consists of (i) 1,909 ordinary shares, (ii) 652 preferred shares and (iii) options to acquire 1,059 depository receipts that are currently exercisable or will be exercisable within 60 days after July 31, 2014.

Holdings by U.S. Shareholders

As of July 31, 2014, approximately 25.86% of our outstanding shares were held by 10 record holders in the United States.

 

115

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

This section of the prospectus includes a description of the material terms of our articles of association as they will be in effect as of the completion of this offering, and of applicable Dutch law. The following description is intended as a summary only and does not constitute legal advice regarding those matters and should not be regarded as such. The description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of our amended articles of association, which are attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We urge you to read the full text of this document.

General

We were incorporated on February 21, 2012 as a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) under Dutch law. Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to convert into a public company with limited liability (naamloze vennootschap) pursuant to a deed of amendment and conversion, which we refer to as the Deed of Amendment and Conversion, and our legal name will be ProQR Therapeutics N.V.

Our company is registered with the Dutch Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce (handelsregister van de Kamer van Koophandel en Fabrieken) in Leiden, the Netherlands under number 54600790. Our corporate seat is in Leiden, the Netherlands, and our registered office is at Darwinweg 24, 2333 CR Leiden, the Netherlands.

We refer to our articles of association as of the date of this prospectus as our “current articles.” When we refer to our “articles of association” in this prospectus, we mean our articles of association as they will be in force after the execution of the Deed of Amendment and Conversion which is expected to take place prior to the completion of this offering.

Our current articles were last amended by a deed of amendment, executed on April 17, 2014. We intend to further amend our current articles and convert our company into a public company with limited liability (naamloze venootschap) effective prior to the completion of this offering. The general meeting of shareholders is expected to resolve to amend the current articles and to convert into a public company with limited liability by means of the Deed of Amendment and Conversion. The draft Deed of Amendment and Conversion will be made available to the shareholders in advance of the date of the resolution and will remain available for inspection by interested parties at our offices in Leiden, the Netherlands up to and including the completion of this offering.

Set forth below is a summary of relevant information concerning material provisions of our articles of association and applicable Dutch law.

Authorized and Outstanding Share Capital

As of the date of this prospectus, our share capital is divided into             ordinary shares and             preferred shares, each with a nominal value of €             . All of our outstanding preferred shares will be converted into ordinary shares pursuant to the Deed of Amendment and Conversion prior to completion of this offering. Our issued share capital at the date of this prospectus amounts to €             .

As of the execution of the Deed of Amendment and Conversion, our authorized share capital will be , divided into             ordinary shares, each with a nominal value of €            , and             preferred shares, each with a nominal value of €            . Under Dutch law, our authorized share capital is the maximum capital that we may issue without amending our articles of association.

We intend to apply for the listing of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “            ”.

 

116

---

Table of Contents

Initial settlement of the ordinary shares offered in this offering is expected to take place on or about the completion date of this offering through The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, in accordance with its customary settlement procedures for equity securities. Each person investing in ordinary shares held through DTC must rely on the procedures thereof and on institutions that have accounts therewith to exercise any rights of a holder of the ordinary shares.

We will list our ordinary shares in registered form and such ordinary shares will not be certificated. We have appointed             as our agent to maintain our shareholders’ subregister and to act as transfer agent, registrar and paying agent for the ordinary shares. Our ordinary shares will be traded on the NASDAQ in book-entry form.

Anti-Takeover Measure

We expect to adopt an anti-takeover measure on or prior to completion of the offering, by granting a perpetual and repeatedly exercisable call option to the protection foundation, Stichting Continuity ProQR Therapeutics. The call option confers on the protection foundation the right to acquire under certain conditions such number of preferred shares as we are allowed to issue under our articles of association. The protection foundation’s articles of association will provide that it will act to promote and protect the best interests of us, our business and our stakeholders by opposing any influences that conflict with these interests and threaten to undermine our strategy, continuity, independence and identity. The board of the protection foundation will be independent from us, our stakeholders and our subsidiaries.

Upon exercise of the call option, the preferred shares will be issued to the protection foundation for their nominal value, of which only 25% will be due upon issuance. The voting rights of our shares are based on nominal value and as we expect our shares to trade substantially in excess of nominal value, a foundation acquiring preferred shares issued at 25% of their nominal value can obtain significant voting power for a substantially reduced price and thus be used as a defensive measure. These preferred shares will have both a liquidation and dividend preference over our ordinary shares and will accrue cash dividends at a fixed rate with deficits in a preferred dividend being carried forward. The protection foundation may exercise the call option to acquire preferred shares in order to protect us from influences that do not serve our best interests and threaten to undermine our strategy, continuity, independence and identity. These influences may include a third-party acquiring a significant percentage of our ordinary shares, the announcement of a public offer for our ordinary shares, other concentration of control over our ordinary shares or any other form of pressure on us to alter our strategic policies.

Form of Ordinary Shares

Pursuant to our articles of association, our ordinary shares are registered shares, although our management board may resolve that one or more ordinary shares are bearer shares.

Company’s Shareholders’ Register

All of our registered shares are registered in our shareholders’ register. Subject to Dutch law and our articles of association, we must keep our shareholders’ register, accurate and up-to-date. Our shareholders’ register shall be kept by our management board and, when it regards the subregister, on behalf of the management board by our agent. In our shareholders’ register the names and addresses and other relevant details of all holders of registered shares are recorded, showing the date on which the shares were acquired, the date of the acknowledgement by or notification of us as well as the amount paid on each share. The shareholders’ register also includes the names and addresses and other relevant details of those with a right usufruct (vruchtgebruik) or a right of pledge (pandrecht) in respect of such shares. The ordinary shares offered in this offering will be held through DTC, therefore DTC will be recorded in the shareholders register as the holder of those ordinary shares.

Shareholders, usufructuaries and pledgees whose particulars must be recorded in our shareholders’ register are required to provide our management board with the necessary particulars in a timely fashion. Upon request, shareholders, usufructuaries and pledgees shall be provided with an extract of our shareholders’ register in respect of their right to one or more registered shares.

 

117

---

Table of Contents

Issuance of Shares and Preemptive Rights

Under Dutch law, shares are issued and rights to subscribe for shares are granted pursuant to a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that our general meeting may only adopt such resolution upon a proposal of our management board, which proposal must have been approved by our supervisory board. Our general meeting of shareholders may authorize our management board to issue new shares or grant rights to subscribe for shares. The authorization can be granted and extended, in each case for a period not exceeding five years. For as long as such authorization is effective, our general meeting of shareholders will not have the power to issue shares and rights to subscribe for shares. Pursuant to our articles of association, our management board may only exercise the power to issue shares with the approval of our supervisory board.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our general meeting of shareholders is expected to adopt a resolution pursuant to which our management board will be irrevocably authorized to, following approval of our supervisory board, issue up to 15% of our issued share capital for general purposes, plus 15% of our issued share capital for mergers, demergers, acquisitions and other strategic transactions and alliances, plus 15% of our issued share capital minus treasury shares for issuance under stock option plans, for a period of 18 months from the date of such resolution. Also, the call-option for preferred shares is expected to be issued to the protection foundation, as described above under “Anti-Takeover Measure”.

Under Dutch law, in the event of an issuance of ordinary shares or granting of rights to subscribe for ordinary shares, each shareholder will have a pro rata preemptive right in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of the ordinary shares held by such holder. A holder of ordinary shares does not have a preemptive right with respect to the issuance of—or granting of rights to subscribe for (i) ordinary shares for consideration other than cash, or (ii) ordinary shares to our employees or employees of one of our group companies, or (iii) ordinary shares to persons exercising a previously granted right to subscribe for shares, or (iv) preferred shares.

The preemptive rights in respect of newly issued ordinary shares may be restricted or excluded by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that our general meeting may only adopt such resolution upon a proposal of our management board, which proposal must have been approved by our supervisory board. Our general meeting of shareholders may authorize our management board to restrict or exclude the preemptive rights in respect of newly issued ordinary shares. Such authorization for the management board can be granted and extended, in each case for a period not exceeding five years. For as long as such authorization is effective, our general meeting of shareholders will not have the power to limit or exclude preemptive rights and such authorization may not be revoked unless stipulated otherwise in the authorization. A resolution of the general meeting of shareholders to restrict or exclude the preemptive rights or to designate our management board as the authorized body to do so requires at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, if less than one half of our issued share capital is represented at the meeting.

Preferred shares do not carry preemptive rights in respect of newly issued ordinary shares or preferred shares, nor do holders of ordinary shares have preemptive rights in respect of newly issued preferred shares. The call option of the protection foundation to acquire newly issued preferred shares of the company, see “Description of Share Capital—Anti-Takeover Measure”, shall be construed as an irrevocable and repeatedly exercisable right to subscribe for preferred shares.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our general meeting of shareholders is expected to adopt a resolution pursuant to which our management board will be irrevocably authorized to—following approval of our supervisory board—limit or exclude the preemptive rights of holders of ordinary shares for a period of 18 months from the date of such resolution.

Repurchases of our Shares

Under Dutch law, we may not subscribe for newly issued shares in our own capital. We may acquire our shares, subject to applicable provisions and restrictions of Dutch law and our articles of association, to the extent that:

 

•

such shares are fully paid-up;

 

118

---

Table of Contents

•

such shares are acquired for no consideration or such repurchase would not cause our shareholders’ equity to fall below an amount equal to the sum of the paid-up and called-up part of the issued share capital and the reserves we are required to maintain pursuant to Dutch law or our articles of association; and

 

•

after the acquisition of shares, we and our subsidiaries would not hold, or would not hold as pledgees, shares having an aggregate nominal value that exceeds 50% of our issued share capital.

Other than shares acquired for no consideration or by universal succession, we may acquire shares only if our general meeting has authorized the management board to do so. An authorization by the general meeting of shareholders for the acquisition of shares can be granted for a maximum period of 18 months. Such authorization must specify the number of shares that may be acquired, the manner in which these shares may be acquired and the price range within which the shares may be acquired. No authorization of the general meeting of shareholders is required if ordinary shares are acquired by us on NASDAQ with the intention of transferring such ordinary shares to our employees or employees of a group company pursuant to an arrangement applicable to them. Our articles of association further provide that a resolution of our management board to acquire fully paid-up shares in our share capital requires the approval of our supervisory board.

Our general meeting of shareholders is expected to adopt a resolution pursuant to which our management board will be authorized to acquire up to 10 % of our ordinary shares on NASDAQ or by other means for an 18-month period from the date of such resolution for a price per share not exceeding 110% of the market price of the ordinary shares on NASDAQ (with the market price deemed to be the average of the closing price on each of the five consecutive days of trading preceding the three trading days prior to the date of acquisition).

Capital Reductions; Cancellation

At a general meeting, our shareholders may resolve to reduce our issued share capital by (i) cancelling shares or (ii) reducing the nominal value of the shares by virtue of an amendment to our articles of association. In either case, this reduction would be subject to applicable statutory provisions. A resolution to cancel shares may only relate (x) to shares held by the company itself or in respect of which the company holds the depository receipts, and (y) to all preferred shares. Our articles of association provide that our general meeting may only adopt such resolution upon a proposal of our management board, which proposal must have been approved by our supervisory board. In order to be adopted by the general meeting of shareholders, a resolution to reduce the capital requires of a simple majority of the votes cast at a general meeting of shareholders if at least half the issued capital is represented at the meeting or at least two-thirds of the votes cast at the general meeting of shareholders if less than half of the issued capital is represented at the general meeting of shareholders.

A reduction of the nominal value of shares without repayment and without release from the obligation to pay up the shares must be effectuated proportionally on shares of the same class (unless all shareholders concerned agree to a disproportional reduction). A resolution that would result in a reduction of capital requires approval of the meeting of each group of holders of shares of the same class whose rights are prejudiced by the reduction. In addition, a reduction of capital involves a two month waiting period during which creditors have the right to object to a reduction of capital under specified circumstances.

In the event that all preferred shares are cancelled, distributions shall be made to the protection foundation as sole holder of such preferred shares.

Corporate Objectives

Under our articles of association, our corporate objectives are:

 

•

the development and exploitation of products and technologies in the field of biotechnology;

 

•

the research and development of (or the commission to research and develop) patents, know-how and intellectual and industrial property;

 

•

to participate in, to finance, to hold any other interest in and to conduct the management or supervision of other entities, companies, partnerships and businesses;

 

119

---

Table of Contents

•

to furnish guarantees, to provide security, to warrant performance in any other way and to assume liability, whether jointly and severally or otherwise, in respect of obligations of group companies or other parties; and

 

•

to do anything which, in the widest sense of the words, is connected with or may be conducive to the attainment of these objects.

Amendment of Articles of Association

Our general meeting of shareholders, at the proposal of our management board, with the prior approval of our supervisory board, may resolve to amend our articles of association. A resolution taken by the general meeting of shareholders to amend our articles of association requires a simple majority of the votes cast.

General Meetings of Shareholders

General meetings of shareholders are held in Leiden, Amsterdam, Rotterdam, The Hague, or in the municipality of Haarlemmermeer (Schiphol Airport), the Netherlands. All shareholders and others entitled to attend general meetings of shareholders are authorized to attend the general meeting of shareholders, to address the meeting and, in so far as they have such right, to vote, either in person or by proxy.

We must hold at least one general meeting of shareholders each year, to be held within six months after the end of our financial year. A general meeting of shareholders shall also be held within three months after our management board has considered it to be likely that the company’s equity has decreased to an amount equal to or lower than half of its paid up and called up capital. If the management board and supervisory board have failed to ensure that such general meetings of shareholders as referred to in the preceding sentences are held in a timely fashion, each shareholder and other person entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings may be authorized by the Dutch court to convene the general meeting of shareholders.

Our management board and our supervisory board may convene additional extraordinary general meetings of shareholders whenever they so decide. Pursuant to Dutch law, one or more shareholders and/or others entitled to attend general meetings of shareholders, alone or jointly representing at least ten percent of our issued share capital may on their application, be authorized by the Dutch court to convene a general meeting of shareholders. The Dutch court will disallow the application if it does not appear to it that the applicants have previously requested that the management board or supervisory board convenes a shareholders’ meeting and neither the management board nor the supervisory board has taken the necessary steps so that the shareholders’ meeting could be held within six weeks after the request.

General meetings of shareholders are convened by a notice which includes an agenda stating the items to be discussed. For the annual general meeting of shareholders the agenda will include, among other things, the adoption of our annual accounts, the appropriation of our profits or losses and proposals relating to the composition and filling of any vacancies of the management board or supervisory board. In addition, the agenda for a general meeting of shareholders includes such items as have been included therein by our management board or our supervisory board. Pursuant to Dutch law, one or more shareholders and/or others entitled to attend general meetings of shareholders, alone or jointly representing at least 3% of the issued share capital have the right to request the inclusion of additional items on the agenda of shareholders’ meetings. Such requests must be made in writing, substantiated, or by a proposal for a resolution and received by us no later than the sixtieth day before the day the relevant general meeting is held. No resolutions will be adopted on items other than those which have been included in the agenda.

We will give notice of each general meeting of shareholders by publication on our website and, to the extent required by applicable law, in a Dutch daily newspaper with national distribution, and in any other manner that we may be required to follow in order to comply with Dutch law, applicable stock exchange and SEC requirements. We will observe the statutory minimum convening notice period for a general meeting of shareholders.

 

120

---

Table of Contents

Pursuant to our articles of association, our management board may determine a record date (registratiedatum) of 28 calendar days prior to a general meeting of shareholders to establish which shareholders and others with meeting rights are entitled to attend and, if applicable, vote in the general meeting of shareholders. The record date, if any, and the manner in which shareholders can register and exercise their rights will be set out in the convocation notice of the general meeting. Our articles of association provide that a shareholder must notify the company in writing of his identity and his intention to attend (or be represented at) the general meeting of shareholders, such notice to be received by us ultimately on the seventh day prior to the general meeting. If this requirement is not complied with or if upon direction of the company to that effect no proper identification is provided by any person wishing to enter the general meeting of shareholders, the chairman of the general meeting of shareholders may, in his sole discretion, refuse entry to the shareholder or his proxy holder.

Pursuant to our articles of association, our general meeting of shareholders is chaired by the chairman of our supervisory board. If the chairman of our supervisory board is absent and has not charged another person to chair the meeting in his place, the supervisory board members present at the meeting shall appoint one of them to be chairman. If no supervisory board members are present at the general meeting of shareholders, the general meeting of shareholders will be chaired by our CEO or, if our CEO is absent, another managing board member present at the meeting and, if none of them is present, the general meeting shall appoint its own chairman. The person who should chair the meeting may appoint another person in his stead.

The chairman of the general meeting may decide at his discretion to admit other persons to the meeting. The chairman of the general meeting shall appoint another person present at the shareholders’ meeting to act as secretary and to minute the proceedings at the meeting. The chairman of the general meeting may instruct a civil law notary to draw up a notarial report of the proceedings at the company’s expense, in which case no minutes need to be taken. The chairman of the general meeting is authorized to eject any person from the general meeting of shareholders if the chairman considers that person to disrupt the orderly proceedings. The general meeting of shareholders shall be conducted in the English language.

Voting Rights and Quorum Requirements

In accordance with Dutch law and our articles of association, each issued ordinary share and preferred share confers the right on the holder thereof to cast one vote at the general meeting of shareholders. The voting rights attached to any shares held by us or our direct or indirect subsidiaries are suspended as long as they are held in treasury. Dutch law does not permit cumulative voting for the election of management board members or supervisory board members.

Voting rights may be exercised by shareholders or by a duly appointed proxy holder (the written proxy being acceptable to the chairman of the general meeting of shareholders) of a shareholder, which proxy holder need not be a shareholder. Our articles of association do not limit the number of shares that may be voted by a single shareholder.

Under our articles of association, blank votes, abstentions and invalid votes shall not be counted as votes cast. Further, shares in respect of which a blank or invalid vote has been cast and shares in respect of which the person with meeting rights who is present or represented at the meeting has abstained from voting are counted when determining the part of the issued share capital that is present or represented at a general meeting of shareholders. The chairman of the general meeting shall determine the manner of voting and whether voting may take place by acclamation.

In accordance with Dutch law and generally accepted business practices, our articles of association do not provide quorum requirements generally applicable to general meetings of shareholders. To this extent, our practice varies from the requirement of NASDAQ Listing Rule 5620(c), which requires an issuer to provide in its bylaws for a generally applicable quorum, and that such quorum may not be less than one-third of the outstanding voting shares.

Resolutions of the general meeting of shareholders are adopted by a simple majority of votes cast without quorum requirement, except where Dutch law or our articles of association provide for a special majority and/or quorum in relation to specified resolutions.

 

121

---

Table of Contents

The chairman of the general meeting of shareholders shall decide on the method of voting and may determine the voting procedure. The determination made by the chairman of the general meeting of shareholders with regard to the results of a vote shall be decisive. However, where the accuracy of the chairman’s determination is contested immediately after it has been made, a new vote shall take place if the majority of the general meeting of shareholders so requires or, where the original vote did not take place by response to a roll call or in writing, if any party with voting rights present at the meeting so requires.

Our management board will keep a record of the resolutions passed at each general meeting of shareholders. The record shall be available at our office for inspection by any person entitled to attend general meetings of shareholders and upon request a copy of or extract from the record will be provided to such person at no more than the cost price.

Our articles of association and Dutch law provide that resolutions of our management board concerning a material change in the identity or character of the company or our business are subject to the approval of the general meeting of shareholders. Such changes include in any event:

 

•

a transfer of all or materially all of our business to a third party;

 

•

the entry into or termination of a long-lasting alliance of the company or of a subsidiary either with another entity or company, or as a fully liable partner of a limited partnership or partnership, if this alliance or termination is of significant importance for the company; and

 

•

the acquisition or disposition of an interest in the capital of a company by the company or by a subsidiary with a value of at least one third of the value of the assets, according to the balance sheet with explanatory notes or, if the company prepares a consolidated balance sheet, according to the consolidated balance sheet with explanatory notes in the company’s most recently adopted annual accounts.

Adoption of Annual Accounts and Discharge of Management and Supervisory Liability

Pursuant to Dutch law, we are required to publish our annual accounts within eight days after adoption and ultimately within 13 months after the end of our financial year.

Each year within five months after the end of our financial year, save where this period is extended for a maximum of six months by the general meeting of shareholders on account of special circumstances, our management board will prepare the annual accounts. The annual accounts must be accompanied by an auditor’s certificate, an annual report and certain other mandatory information and must be made available for inspection by our shareholders at our offices within the same period. Under Dutch law, the general meeting of shareholders may appoint and remove our independent auditors, as referred to in Section 2:393 Dutch Civil Code, who audit the annual accounts. If the general meeting of shareholders fails to appoint an independent auditor, the auditor will be appointed by the supervisory board or, if the supervisory board fails to do so, the management board. The annual accounts are adopted by our shareholders at the general meeting of shareholders and will be prepared in accordance with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.

The adoption of the annual accounts by our shareholders does not release our management board members and our supervisory board members from liability for acts reflected in those documents. Any such release from liability requires a separate shareholders’ resolution.

Our financial reporting will be subject to the supervision of the Dutch regulator AFM. The AFM will review the content of the financial reports and has the authority to approach us with requests for information if, on the basis of publicly available information, it has reasonable doubts as to the integrity of our financial reporting. For a more detailed description we refer to the description below under the heading “—Dutch Financial Reporting Supervision Act.”

Dividends and other Distributions

We may only make distributions to our shareholders and other persons entitled to distributable profits, to the extent that our shareholders’ equity exceeds the sum of the paid-up and called-up share capital plus the reserves as required to be maintained by Dutch law or by our articles of association.

 

122

---

Table of Contents

Under our articles of association, a (cumulative) dividend is first paid out of the profit, if available for distribution, on any preferred shares, of which none will be outstanding on completion of this offering. Any amount remaining out of the profit is carried to reserve as the management board determines. After reservation by the management board of any profit, the remaining profit will be at the disposal of the general meeting of shareholders. The management board is permitted, subject to certain requirements and subject to approval of the supervisory board, to declare interim dividends without the approval of the general meeting of shareholders.

Distributions shall be payable in such currency as determined by our management board. We intend that distributions, if any, shall be payable on such date as determined by our management board. Our management board will set the date that will be applied in order to establish which shareholders (or usufructuaries or pledgees, as the case may be) are entitled to the distribution, such date not being earlier than the date on which the distribution was announced. Claims for payment of dividends and other distributions not made within five years from the date that such dividends or distributions became payable, will lapse and any such amounts will be considered to have been forfeited to us (verjaring).

We do not anticipate paying any dividends for the foreseeable future.

Liquidation and Dissolution

The general meeting of shareholders may, based on a proposal by our management board, which proposal has been approved by our supervisory board, resolve to dissolve the company by a resolution passed by a simple majority of the votes cast. In the event of the company being dissolved, the liquidation shall be effected by our management board under the supervision of the supervisory board, unless the general meeting of shareholders decides otherwise.

In the event of a dissolution and liquidation, the assets remaining after payment of all of the company’s debts (including any liquidation expenses) are to be distributed (i) firstly to the holders, if any, of preferred shares the nominal value of the preferred shares (to the extent paid-up) plus unpaid accrued dividends and deficits (if any) in preferred dividends, (ii) the balance remaining to the holders of ordinary shares in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of their ordinary shares. The liquidation and all distributions referred to in this paragraph will be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of Dutch law.

Limitations on Non-Residents and Exchange Controls

There are no limits under the laws of the Netherlands or in our articles of association on non-residents of the Netherlands holding or voting our ordinary shares. Under Dutch law, there currently are no exchange controls applicable to the transfer of dividends or other distributions with respect to, or of the proceeds from the sale of, shares in a Dutch company, to persons outside the Netherlands.

Netherlands Squeeze-Out Proceedings

Pursuant to Section 2:92a of the Dutch Civil Code, a shareholder who for its own account (or together with its group companies) provides at least 95% of our issued share capital may institute proceedings against our other shareholders jointly for the transfer of their shares to it. The proceedings are held before the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal (Ondernemingskamer) and can be instituted by means of a writ of summons served upon each of the minority shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Dutch Code of Civil Procedure (Wetboek van Burgerlijke Rechtsvordering). The Enterprise Chamber may grant the claim for squeeze-out in relation to all minority shareholders and will determine the price to be paid for the shares, if necessary after appointment of one or three experts who will offer an opinion to the Enterprise Chamber on the value of the shares of the minority shareholders. Once the order to transfer by the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal becomes final and irrevocable, the majority shareholder that instituted the squeeze-out proceedings shall give written notice of the date and place of payment and the price to the holders of the shares to

 

123

---

Table of Contents

be acquired whose addresses are known to the majority shareholder. Unless the addresses of all minority shareholders are known to the majority shareholder acquiring the shares, the majority shareholder is required to publish the same in a newspaper with a national circulation.

A shareholder that provides a majority of our issued share capital, but less than the 95% required to institute the squeeze-out proceedings described above, may seek to propose and implement one or more restructuring transactions with the objective to obtain at least 95% of our issued share capital and thus to be allowed to initiate squeeze-out proceedings. Those restructuring transactions could, amongst other things, include a legal merger or demerger involving our company, a contribution of cash and/or assets against issuance of shares involving our company, the issue of new shares to the majority shareholder while excluding any pre-emption rights of minority shareholders in relation to such issuance or an asset sale transaction.

In Dutch public takeover practice, depending on the circumstances, an asset sale transaction is sometimes used as a way to squeeze out minority shareholders, for example after a successful public offering through which the offeror acquires a supermajority, but less than all, of the shares. In such a scenario, the business of the target company would be sold to an offeror, a buyer or a special purpose vehicle, followed by the liquidation of the target company. The purchase price would be distributed to all shareholders in proportion to their respective shareholding as liquidation proceeds, thus separating the business from the company in which minority shareholders participated.

Under our articles of association, any proposal to sell and transfer all of our assets and to dissolve and liquidate our company is subject to approval by a majority of the votes cast in our general meeting of shareholders which must be preceded by a proposal by our management board, which must be approved by our supervisory board.

Dutch Corporate Governance Code

The DCGC is based on a “comply or explain” principle. Accordingly, companies are required to disclose in their annual report filed in the Netherlands whether or not they are complying with the various rules of the DCGC that are addressed to the management board and supervisory board and, if they do not apply those provisions, to give the reasons for such non-application. The DCGC contains both principles and best practice provisions for the management board, supervisory board, shareholders and general meetings of shareholders, financial reporting, auditors, disclosure, compliance and enforcement standards. The principles and best practice provisions apply to our management board and supervisory board, for example in relation to its role and composition, conflicts of interest, independence requirements for supervisory board members, supervisory board committees and compensation; shareholders and the general meeting of shareholders, for example, regarding anti-takeover protection and obligations of the company to provide information to our shareholders; and financial reporting, including external auditor and internal audit requirements.

We acknowledge the importance of good corporate governance. However, at this stage, we do not comply with all the provisions of the DCGC, to a large extent because such provisions conflict with or are inconsistent with the corporate governance rules of the NASDAQ and U.S. securities laws that apply to us, or because such provisions do not reflect best practices of global companies listed on the NASDAQ.

The discussion below summarizes the most important differences between our expected governance structure following this offering and the principles and best practices of the DCGC:

 

•

Best practice provisions I.1 and I.2 provide that each substantial change in our corporate governance structure and in our compliance with the DCGC must be submitted to the general meeting of shareholders for discussion under a separate agenda item. As our ordinary shares will be listed on the NASDAQ Global

 

124

---

Table of Contents

Market only, we intend to comply with the corporate governance rules that apply to companies that are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market and therefore will not comply with these provisions.

 

•

Best practice provision III. 2.1. stipulates that all supervisory board members, with the exception of not more than one person, shall be independent within the meaning of best practice provision III.2.2. As our ordinary shares will be listed on the NASDAQ Global Market only, we intend to comply with the corporate governance rules that apply to companies that are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, and will therefore only apply the NASDAQ criteria on independence of members of the supervisory board.

 

•

Best practice provision III.7.1 prohibits the granting of shares or rights to shares to members of the supervisory board as compensation. It is common practice for companies listed on the NASDAQ Global Market to grant shares to the members of the supervisory board as compensation, in order to align the interests of the members of the supervisory board with our interests and those of our shareholders, and we expect to grant options to acquire ordinary shares to our supervisory board members.

 

•

Pursuant to the best practice provisions II.2.4 through II.2.7 of the DCGC, options granted to our management board members should not be exercisable during the first three years after the date of grant; the option exercise price for our management board members may not be below a verifiable trading price (or an average thereof); neither the option exercise price nor the other terms and conditions applicable to options granted to our management board members may be modified during the term of those options (except as prompted by structural changes to our share capital or our company in accordance with market practice); shares granted to our management board members for no financial consideration should be retained by them for a period of at least five years or until they cease to hold office, whichever is the shorter period; and the number of options and/or shares granted to our management board members should be dependent on the achievement of pre-determined performance criteria. We do not intend to comply with all of the above requirements.

 

•

Best practice provision IV.1.1 provides that the general meeting of shareholders may pass a resolution to cancel the binding nature of a nomination for the appointment of a member of the management board or of the supervisory board or a resolution to dismiss such member by an absolute majority of the votes cast. It may be provided that such majority should represent a given proportion of the issued capital, but this proportion may not exceed one third. In addition, best practice IV.1.1. provides that if such proportion of the share capital is not represented at the meeting, but an absolute majority of the votes cast is in favor of a resolution to cancel the binding nature of the nomination, a new general meeting of shareholders will be convened where the resolution may be adopted by absolute majority, regardless of the proportion of the share capital represented at the meeting. Our articles of association will provide that these resolutions can only be adopted with at least a 2/3 majority which must represent more than 50% of our issued capital, and that no such second meeting will be convened, because we believe that the decision to overrule a nomination by the management board or the supervisory board for the appointment or dismissal of a member of our management board or of our supervisory board must be widely supported by our shareholders.

 

•

Best practice provision IV.3.1 stipulates that meetings with analysts, presentations to analysts, presentations to investors and institutional investors and press conferences must be announced in advance on the company’s website and by means of press releases. Provision must be made for all shareholders to follow these meetings and presentations in real time, for example by means of webcasting or telephone. After the meetings, the presentations must be posted on the company’s website. We believe that enabling shareholders to follow in real time all the meetings with analysts, presentations to analysts and presentations to investors, would create an excessive burden on our resources. We will ensure that analyst presentations are posted on our website after meetings with analysts.

 

125

---

Table of Contents

Market Abuse

The Dutch Financial Markets Supervision Act (Wet op het financieel toezicht, or FMSA) contains rules intended to prevent market abuse, such as insider trading, tipping and market manipulation. Such rules on market manipulation may restrict our ability to buy back our shares. In certain circumstances, our investors can also be subject to such rules intended to prevent market abuse.

Pursuant to the FMSA, any member of our management board, any member of our supervisory board and any other person who has managerial or co-managerial responsibilities in respect of us or who has the authority to make decisions affecting our future developments and business prospects and who may have regular access to inside information relating, directly or indirectly, to us, must give written notice to the Dutch Authority for the Financial Markets, or AFM, by means of a standard form of all transactions conducted for his own account relating to our shares or in financial instruments the value of which is determined or co-determined by the value of our shares, conducted for its own account.

In addition, in accordance with the FMSA and the regulations promulgated thereunder, certain persons closely associated with members of our management board, supervisory board or any of the other persons as described above, must also notify the AFM of any transactions conducted for their own account relating to our shares or in financial instruments the value of which is determined or co-determined by the value of our shares. The FMSA and the regulations promulgated thereunder cover the following categories of persons: (i) the spouse or any partner considered by national law as equivalent to the spouse, (ii) dependent children of such persons, (iii) other relatives who have shared the same household for at least one year at the relevant transaction date and (iv) any legal person, trust or partnership whose, among other things, managerial responsibilities are discharged by a person referred to under (i), (ii) or (iii) above or by the relevant member of the management board or supervisory board or other person with any authority in respect of us as described above.

These notifications to the AFM must be made no later than on the fifth business day following the transaction date. Under certain circumstances, the notification may be postponed until the moment that the value of the transactions performed for that person’s own account, together with the transactions carried out by the persons closely associated with that person, reaches or exceeds an amount of €5,000 in the calendar year in question.

The AFM does not issue separate public announcements of notifications received by it. It does, however, keep a public register of all notifications under the FMSA accessible on its website, http://www.afm.nl. Third parties can request to be notified automatically by e-mail of changes to the public register in relation to a particular company’s shares or a particular notifying party.

Non-compliance with the notification obligations or other obligations under the FMSA could lead to criminal fines, administrative fines, imprisonment or other sanctions.

Pursuant to the rules intended to prevent market abuse, prior to the completion of this offering we will adopt an internal code on inside information in respect of the holding of and carrying out of transactions by management board members, supervisory board members and employees in our shares or in financial instruments the value of which is determined or co-determined by the value of our shares. Furthermore, we have drawn up a list of those persons working for us who could have access to inside information on a regular or incidental basis and have informed such persons of the rules on insider trading and market manipulation, including the sanctions which can be imposed in the event of a violation of those rules.

Dutch Financial Reporting Supervision Act

Under the Dutch Financial Reporting Supervision Act (Wet toezicht financiële verslaggeving) (the “FRSA”), the AFM supervises the application of financial reporting standards by, among others, companies whose corporate seats are in the Netherlands and whose securities are listed on a regulated market within the EU or in a

 

126

---

Table of Contents

non-EU country on a system similar to a regulated market. Since our company has its corporate seat in the Netherlands and our ordinary shares will be listed on the NASDAQ, the FRSA will be applicable to us.

Pursuant to the FRSA, the AFM has an independent right to (i) request an explanation from us regarding our application of the applicable financial reporting standards and (ii) recommend to us that we make available further explanations. If we do not comply with such a request or recommendation, the AFM may request that the Enterprise Chamber order us to (i) make available further explanations as recommended by the AFM, (ii) provide an explanation of the way we have applied the applicable financial reporting standards to our financial reports or (iii) prepare our financial reports in accordance with the Enterprise Chamber’s instructions.

Differences in Corporate Law

We are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands. The following discussion summarizes material differences between the rights of holders of our ordinary shares and the rights of holders of the common stock of a typical corporation incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware, which result from differences in governing documents and the laws of the Netherlands and Delaware.

This discussion does not purport to be a complete statement of the rights of holders of our ordinary shares under applicable Dutch law and our articles of association or the rights of holders of the common stock of a typical corporation under applicable Delaware law and a typical certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

 

Delaware		The Netherlands
Duties of Directors
The board of directors of a Delaware corporation bears the ultimate responsibility for managing the business and affairs of a corporation. There is generally only one board of directors.   In discharging this function, directors of a Delaware corporation owe fiduciary duties of care and loyalty to the corporation and to its shareholders. The duty of care generally requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. In general, but subject to certain exceptions, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Delaware courts have also imposed a heightened standard of conduct upon directors of a Delaware corporation who take any action designed to defeat a threatened change in control of the corporation.		In the Netherlands, a listed company typically has a two-tier board structure, with a management board comprising the executive directors and a supervisory board comprising the non-executive directors (although a single-tier board system may also be used).   Under Dutch law, the management board is responsible for the day-to-day management and the strategy, policy and operations of a company. The supervisory board is responsible for supervising the conduct of, and providing advice to, the management board and for supervising the company’s general affairs and business. Each managing director and supervisory director has a duty to act in the corporate interest of the company and the business connected with it.   Unlike under Delaware law, under Dutch law the corporate interest extends to the interests of all corporate stakeholders, such as shareholders, creditors, employees, customers and suppliers. The duty to act in the corporate interest of the company and the business connected with it also applies in the event of a proposed sale or break-up of the company, whereby the specific circumstances generally dictate how such duty is to be applied. Any management board resolution concerning a material change in the identity or character of the company or its business requires shareholders’ approval. The management

 

127

---

Table of Contents

Delaware		The Netherlands
In addition, under Delaware law, when the board of directors of a Delaware corporation approves the sale or break-up of a corporation, the board of directors may, in certain circumstances, have a duty to obtain the highest value reasonably available to the shareholders.		board may decide in its sole discretion, within the confines of Dutch law and the articles of association, to incur additional indebtedness subject to any contractual restrictions pursuant to our existing financing arrangements.
Director Terms
The Delaware General Corporation Law generally provides for a one-year term for directors, but permits directorships to be divided into up to three classes with up to three-year terms, with the years for each class expiring in different years, if permitted by the certificate of incorporation, an initial bylaw or a bylaw adopted by the shareholders. A director elected to serve a term on a “classified” board of directors may not be removed by shareholders without cause. There is no limit to the number of terms a director may serve.		In contrast to Delaware law, under Dutch law a supervisory board member of a listed company is generally appointed for a maximum term of four years. There is no statutory limit to the number of terms a supervisory board member may serve, although the DCGC recommends that supervisory board members shall serve for a maximum of three four-year terms. It is currently anticipated that our supervisory board members will serve a maximum of three terms of four years.   A supervisory board member may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the general meeting of shareholders. Pursuant to our articles of association, our general meeting of shareholders may only adopt a resolution to suspend or dismiss such supervisory board member by at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, if such majority represents more than half of the issued share capital of the company, unless the proposal was made by the supervisory board, in which case a simple majority of the votes cast is sufficient.
Board Vacancies
The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office (even though less than a quorum) or by a sole remaining director unless (a) otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the corporation or (b) the certificate of incorporation directs that a particular class of stock is to elect such director, in which case a majority of the other directors elected by such class, or a sole remaining director elected by such class, will fill such vacancy.		Under Dutch law, management board members and supervisory board members of a company such as ours are appointed by the general meeting of shareholders, rather than appointed by the board of directors as is typical for a Delaware corporation.   Under our articles of association, management board members and supervisory board members are appointed by our general meeting of shareholders upon the binding nomination by our supervisory board. However, the general meeting of shareholders, may at all times overrule such binding nomination by a resolution adopted by at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, provided such majority represents more than half of our issued share capital, following which our supervisory board shall draw up a new binding nomination.

 

128

---

Table of Contents

Delaware		The Netherlands
Conflict-of-Interest Transactions
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, transactions with directors must be approved by disinterested directors or by the shareholders, or otherwise proven to be fair to the company as of the time it is approved. Such transaction will be void or voidable, unless (1) the material facts of any interested directors’ interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors and the transaction is approved by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested		Under Dutch law, a management board member and a supervisory board member with a direct or indirect personal interest that conflicts with the interests of the company or of the business connected with it must abstain from participating in the decision-making process (i.e., the deliberations and the decision-making) with respect to the relevant matter. A board member with such a conflict of interest must promptly notify the other directors of his or her
directors, even though the disinterested directors constitute less than a quorum; (2) the material facts of any interested directors’ interests are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the shareholders; or (3) the transaction is fair to the company as of the time it is approved.		conflict. If it becomes apparent that such member was indeed involved in the decision-making process, then such decision may be nullified.   Our articles of association provide that if as a result of conflicts of interest no resolution of the management board can be adopted, the resolution will be adopted by our supervisory board. If as a result of a conflict of interest of supervisory board members no resolution of the supervisory board can be adopted, the resolution can nonetheless be adopted by our supervisory board as if there was no conflict of interest. In that case, each supervisory board member is entitled to participate in the discussion and decision making process and to cast a vote.   Management board members with a conflict of interest remain authorized to represent the company. However, the relevant management board members may under certain circumstances be held personally liable for any damage suffered by the company as a consequence of the transaction.   Agreements entered into with third parties contrary to the rules on decision-making in the case of a conflict of interest, may as a rule not be annulled. Only under special circumstances will a company be able to annul an agreement or claim damages, such as when a third party abuses a conflict of interest situation.
Proxy Voting by Directors
A director of a Delaware corporation may not issue a proxy representing the director’s voting rights as a director.		An absent management board member may issue a proxy for a specific meeting of the management board but only in writing to another management board member. An absent supervisory board member may issue a proxy for a specific meeting of the supervisory board but only in writing to another supervisory board member.

 

129

---

Table of Contents

Delaware		The Netherlands
Voting Rights
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, each shareholder is entitled to one vote per share of stock, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Either the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws may specify the number of shares or the amount of other securities that must be represented at a meeting in order to constitute a quorum, but in no event will a quorum consist of less than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting, except that, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a		Under Dutch law, shares have one vote per share, provided such shares have the same nominal value. Our articles of association do not provide quorum requirements generally applicable to general meetings of shareholders. All resolutions of the general meeting of shareholders are adopted by a simple majority of votes cast without quorum requirement, except where Dutch law or our articles of association provide for a special majority and/or quorum in relation to specified resolutions. Each holder of ordinary shares may cast as many votes as it holds shares. The voting rights attached to any shares held by us or our direct or indirect subsidiaries are
quorum will consist of no less than 1/3 of the shares of such class or series or classes or series.   Shareholders as of the record date for the meeting are entitled to vote at the meeting, and the board of directors may fix a record date that is no more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of the meeting, and if no record date is set then the record date is the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which		suspended as long as they are held in treasury. Dutch law does not permit cumulative voting for the election of management board members and supervisory board members.   Pursuant to our articles of association, our management board may determine a record date (registratiedatum) of 28 calendar days prior to a general meeting of shareholders to establish which shareholders and others with meeting rights are entitled to attend and, if applicable, vote in the general meeting of shareholders. The record date, if any, and the manner in which shareholders can register and exercise their rights will be set out in the convocation notice of the general meeting. There is no specific provision in Dutch law for adjournments.
Shareholder Proposals
Delaware law does not provide shareholders an express right to put any proposal before a meeting of shareholders, but it provides that a corporation’s bylaws may provide that if the corporation solicits proxies with respect to the election of directors, it may be required to include in its proxy solicitation materials one or more individuals nominated by a shareholder. In keeping with common law, Delaware corporations generally afford shareholders an opportunity to make proposals and nominations provided that they comply with the notice provisions in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws. Additionally, if a Delaware corporation is subject to the SEC’s proxy rules, a shareholder who owns at least $2,000 in market value or 1% of the corporation’s securities entitled to vote for a continuous period of one year as of the date he submits a proposal, may propose a matter for a vote at an annual or special meeting in accordance with those rules.		Pursuant to Dutch law, one or more shareholders or others with meeting rights alone or jointly representing at least 10% of the issued share capital may on their application be authorized by the Dutch Court to convene a general meeting if the management board and the supervisory board fail to do so in a timely manner.   The agenda for a general meeting of shareholders must contain such items as the management board, supervisory board or the person or persons convening the meeting decide. Pursuant to Dutch law, unlike under Delaware law, the agenda will also include such other items as one or more shareholders and/or others entitled to attend general meetings of shareholders, alone or jointly representing at least 3% of the issued share capital may request of the management board in writing and substantiated or by a proposal for a resolution, received by the company no later than on the 60th day before the date of the meeting.

 

130

---

Table of Contents

Delaware		The Netherlands
Action by Written Consent
Unless otherwise provided in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of a corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if one or more consents in writing, setting forth the action to be so taken, are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.		Under Dutch law, shareholders’ resolutions may be adopted in writing without holding a meeting of shareholders, provided (a) the articles of association expressly so allow, (b) no bearer shares or depository receipts are issued, (c) there are no persons entitled to the same rights as holders of depository receipts issued with the company’s cooperation, (d) the management board and supervisory board members have been given the opportunity to give their advice on the resolution, and (e) the resolution is adopted unanimously by all shareholders that are entitled to vote.
		The requirement of unanimity renders the adoption of shareholder resolutions without a meeting not feasible for publicly traded companies. Our articles of association only expressly allow resolutions of the holders of preferred shares to be adopted without holding a meeting.
Shareholder Suits
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the corporation to enforce the rights of the corporation. An individual also may commence a class action suit on behalf of himself and other similarly situated shareholders where the requirements for maintaining a class action under Delaware law have been met. A person may institute and maintain such a suit only if that person was a shareholder at the time of the transaction which is the subject of the suit. In addition, under Delaware case law, the plaintiff normally must be a shareholder not only at the time of the transaction that is the subject of the suit, but also throughout the duration of the derivative suit. Delaware law also requires that the derivative plaintiff make a demand on the directors of the corporation to assert the corporate claim before the suit may be prosecuted by the derivative plaintiff in court, unless such a demand would be futile.		Unlike under Delaware law, in the event a third party is liable to a Dutch company, only the company itself can bring a civil action against that party. Individual shareholders do not have the right to bring an action on behalf of the company. This individual shareholder may, in its own name, have an individual right to take action against such third party in the event that the cause for the liability of that third party also constitutes a tortious act directly against that individual shareholder. The Dutch Civil Code provides for the possibility to initiate such actions collectively. A foundation or an association whose objective is to protect the rights of a group of persons having similar interests can institute a collective action. The collective action itself cannot result in an order for payment of monetary damages but may only result in a declaratory judgment (verklaring voor recht). In order to obtain compensation for damages, the foundation or association and the defendant may reach—often on the basis of such declaratory judgment—a settlement. A Dutch court may declare the settlement agreement binding upon all the injured parties with an opt-out choice for an individual injured party. An individual injured party may also itself—outside the collective action—institute a civil claim for damages.

 

131

---

Table of Contents

Delaware		The Netherlands
Repurchase of Shares
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may purchase or redeem its own shares unless the capital of the corporation is impaired or the purchase or redemption would cause an impairment of the capital of the corporation. A Delaware corporation may, however, purchase or redeem out of capital any of its preferred shares or, if no preferred shares are outstanding, any of its own shares if such shares will be retired upon acquisition and the capital of the corporation will be reduced in accordance with specified limitations.		Under Dutch law, a company such as ours may not subscribe for newly issued shares in its own capital. Such company may, however, repurchase its existing and outstanding shares or depository receipts if permitted under its articles of association.   We may acquire our shares, subject to applicable provisions and restrictions of Dutch law and our articles of association, to the extent that: (i) such shares are fully paid-up; (ii) such shares are acquired for no consideration or such repurchase would not cause our shareholders’ equity to fall below an amount equal to the sum of the paid-up and called-up part of the issued share capital and the reserves we are required to maintain pursuant to Dutch law or our articles of association; and (iii) after the acquisition of shares, we and our subsidiaries would not hold, or would not hold as pledgees, shares having an aggregate nominal value that exceeds 50% of our issued share capital.
		Other than shares acquired for no consideration or by universal succession, our management board may acquire shares only if our general meeting of shareholders has authorized the management board to do so. An authorization by the general meeting of shareholders for the acquisition of shares can be granted for a maximum period of 18 months. Such authorization must specify the number of shares that may be acquired, the manner in which these shares may be acquired and the price range within which the shares may be acquired.   No authorization of the general meeting of shareholders is required if listed ordinary shares are acquired by us with the intention of transferring such ordinary shares to our employees under an applicable employee stock purchase plan. Our articles of association further provide that a resolution of our management board to acquire fully paid-up shares in our share capital, requires the approval of our supervisory board.   Immediately prior to completion of this offering, our general meeting of shareholders is expected to adopt a resolution pursuant to which our management board will be authorized to acquire up to 10% of the issued outstanding ordinary shares on the NASDAQ or by other means for an 18-month period from the date of such resolution for a price per share not exceeding 110% of the market price of the ordinary shares on the NASDAQ (with the market price deemed to be the average of the closing price on each of the five consecutive days of trading preceding the three trading days prior to the date of acquisition).

 

132

---

Table of Contents

Delaware		The Netherlands
Anti-Takeover Provisions
In addition to other aspects of Delaware law governing fiduciary duties of directors during a potential takeover, the Delaware General Corporation Law also contains a business combination statute that protects Delaware companies from hostile takeovers and from actions following the takeover by prohibiting some transactions once an acquirer has gained a significant holding in the corporation.   Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits “business combinations,” including mergers, sales and leases of assets, issuances of securities and similar transactions by a corporation or a subsidiary with an interested shareholder that beneficially owns 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock (or which is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and owned 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock within the past three years), within three years after the person becomes an interested shareholder, unless:   •    the transaction that will cause the person to become an interested shareholder is approved by the board of directors of the target prior to the transactions;   •    after the completion of the transaction in which the person becomes an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder holds at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation not including shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers of interested shareholders and shares owned by specified employee benefit plans; or   •    after the person becomes an interested shareholder, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and holders of at least 66.67% of the outstanding voting stock, excluding shares held by the interested shareholder.   A Delaware corporation may elect not to be governed by Section 203 by a provision contained in the original certificate of incorporation of the corporation or an amendment to the original certificate of incorporation or to the bylaws of the company.		Under Dutch law, various protective measures are possible and permissible within the boundaries set by Dutch statutory law and Dutch case law. We have adopted several provisions that may have the effect of making a takeover of our company more difficult or less attractive, including:   •    the authorization of a class of preferred shares that may be issued to a protection foundation, for which we expect to grant a perpetual and repeatedly exercisable call option to such protection foundation on or prior to the completion of this offering;   •    a provision that our management board members and our supervisory board members may only be appointed upon a binding nomination by our supervisory board, which can be set aside by a two-thirds majority of our shareholders representing more than half of our issued share capital;   •    a provision that our management board members and supervisory board members may only be removed by our general meeting of shareholders by at least a two-thirds majority of votes cast representing more than 50% of our issued share capital (unless the removal was proposed by the supervisory board); and   •    a requirement that certain matters, including an amendment of our articles of association, may only be brought to our shareholders for a vote upon a proposal by our management board that has been approved by our supervisory board.
Inspection of Books and Records
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, any shareholder may inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its shareholders and its other books and records during the corporation’s usual hours of business.		Our shareholders’ register is available for inspection by the shareholders and usufructuraries and pledgees whose particulars must be registered therein.

 

133

---

Table of Contents

Delaware		The Netherlands
		Our management board and our supervisory board provide our shareholders, at the general meeting of shareholders, with all information that the general meeting of shareholders requests reasonably unless doing so would be contrary to an overriding interest of ours. Our management board or our supervisory board will in principle give reason for electing not to provide such information on the basis of overriding interest.
Removal of Directors
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, except (a) unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise, in the case of a corporation whose board of directors is classified, shareholders may effect such removal only for cause, or (b) in the case of a corporation having cumulative voting, if less than the entire board of directors is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or, if there are classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which he is a part.		Under our articles of association, the general meeting of shareholders is at all times entitled to suspend or remove a management board member or supervisory board member. The general meeting of shareholders may only adopt a resolution to suspend or remove such a member by at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, provided such majority represents more than half of the issued share capital of our company, unless the proposal was made by our supervisory board in which case a simple majority of the votes cast is sufficient.
Preemptive Rights
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, shareholders have no preemptive rights to subscribe to additional issues of stock or to any security convertible into such stock unless, and except to the extent that, such rights are expressly provided for in the certificate of incorporation.		Under our articles of association, the preemptive rights in respect of newly issued ordinary shares may be restricted or excluded by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders upon proposal of our management board, which proposal must have been approved by our supervisory board. Our general meeting of shareholders may authorize our management board, to restrict or exclude the preemptive rights in respect of newly issued ordinary shares. Such authorization for the management board can be granted and extended, in each case for a period not exceeding five years. A resolution of the general meeting of shareholders to restrict or exclude the preemptive rights or to designate our management board as the authorized body to do so requires at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, if less than one half of our issued share capital is represented at the meeting.   Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our general meeting of shareholders is expected to adopt a resolution pursuant to which our management

 

134

---

Table of Contents

Delaware		The Netherlands
		board will be irrevocably authorized to—following approval of our supervisory board—limit or exclude the preemptive rights of holders of ordinary shares for a period of 18 months from the date of such resolution.   No preemptive rights apply in respect of preferred shares.
Dividends
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a Delaware corporation may, subject to any restrictions contained in its certificate of incorporation, pay dividends out of its surplus (the excess of net assets over capital), or in case there is no surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared or the preceding fiscal year (provided that the amount of the capital of the corporation is not less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets). In determining the amount of surplus of a Delaware corporation, the assets of the corporation, including stock of subsidiaries owned by the corporation, must be valued at their fair market value as determined by the board of directors, without regard to their historical book value. Dividends may be paid in the form of ordinary shares, property or cash.		Dutch law provides that dividends may only be distributed after adoption of the annual accounts by the general meeting of shareholders from which it appears that such dividend distribution is allowed. Moreover, dividends may be distributed only to the extent the shareholders’ equity exceeds the sum of the paid-up and called-up share capital and the reserves that must be maintained under Dutch law or the articles of association. Interim dividends may be declared as provided in the articles of association and may be distributed to the extent that the shareholders’ equity exceeds the paid-up and called-up share capital and the reserves that must be maintained under Dutch law or the articles of association as apparent from an (interim) financial statement. Interim dividends should be regarded as advances on the final dividend to be declared with respect to the financial year in which the interim dividends have been declared. Should it be determined after adoption of the annual accounts with respect to the relevant financial year that the distribution was not permissible, the company may reclaim the paid interim dividends as unduly paid.   Under our articles of association, a (cumulative) dividend is first paid out of the profit, if available for distribution, on any preferred shares, of which none will be outstanding on completion of this offering. Any amount remaining out of the profit is carried to reserve as the management board determines. After reservation by the management board of any profit, the remaining profit will be at the disposal of the general meeting of shareholders.   Dividends shall be payable in such currency and on such date as determined by the management board. Claims for payment of dividends not made within five years from the date that such dividends became payable, will lapse and any such amounts will be considered to have been forfeited to us.

 

135

---

Table of Contents

Delaware		The Netherlands
Appraisal Rights and Shareholder Vote on Certain Reorganizations
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon generally is necessary to approve a merger or consolidation or the sale of substantially all of the assets of a corporation. The Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a provision requiring for any corporate action the vote of a larger portion of the stock or of any class or series of stock than would otherwise be required.   Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, no vote of the shareholders of a surviving corporation to a merger is needed; however, unless required by the certificate of incorporation, if (a) the agreement of merger does not amend in any respect the certificate of incorporation of the surviving corporation, (b) the shares of stock of the surviving corporation are not changed in the merger and (c) the number of ordinary shares of the surviving corporation into which any other shares, securities or obligations to be issued in the merger may be converted does not exceed 20% of the surviving corporation’s ordinary shares outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger. In addition, shareholders may not be entitled to vote in certain mergers with other corporations that own 90% or more of the outstanding shares of each class of stock of such corporation, but the shareholders will be entitled to appraisal rights.   The Delaware General Corporation Law provides for stockholder appraisal rights, or the right to demand payment in cash of the judicially determined fair value of the stockholder’s shares, in connection with certain mergers and consolidations.		Under Dutch law, resolutions of the management board concerning a material change in the identity or character of the company or its business are subject to the approval of the general meeting of shareholders. Such changes include in any event:   •   a transfer of all or materially all of our business to a third party;   •   the entry into or termination of a long-lasting alliance of the company or of a subsidiary either with another entity or company, or as a fully liable partner of a limited partnership or partnership, if this alliance or termination is of significant importance for the company; and   •   the acquisition or disposition of an interest in the capital of a company by the company or by a subsidiary with a value of at least one third of the value of the assets, according to the balance sheet with explanatory notes or, if the company prepares a consolidated balance sheet, according to the consolidated balance sheet with explanatory notes in the company’s most recently adopted annual accounts.   The concept of appraisal rights does not exist under Dutch law. However, pursuant to Dutch law, a shareholder who for its own account (or together with its group companies) provides at least 95% of the company’s issued capital may institute proceedings against the company’s other shareholders jointly for the transfer of their shares to that shareholder. The proceedings are held before the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal (Ondernemingskamer), which may grant the claim for squeeze-out in relation to all minority shareholders and will determine the price to be paid for the shares, if necessary after appointment of one or three experts who will offer an opinion to the Enterprise Chamber on the value of the shares to be transferred.   Furthermore, Dutch law provides that, to the extent the acquiring company in a cross-border merger is organized under the laws of another EU member state, a shareholder of a Dutch disappearing company who has voted against the cross-border merger may file a claim with the Dutch company for compensation. The compensation is to be determined by one or more independent experts.

 

136

---

Table of Contents

Delaware		The Netherlands
Compensation of Directors
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the shareholders do not generally have the right to approve the compensation policy for the board of directors or the senior management of the corporation, although certain aspects of the compensation policy may be subject to shareholder vote due to the provisions of federal securities and tax law.		In contrast to Delaware law, under Dutch law and our articles of association, the general meeting of shareholders must upon the proposal of our supervisory board adopt the compensation policy for the management board, which includes the outlines of the compensation of any members who serve on our management board. The supervisory board determines the compensation of the management board members in accordance with the compensation policy. A proposal by the supervisory board with respect to compensation schemes in the form of shares or rights to shares is submitted for approval by the supervisory board to the general meeting of shareholders. Such proposal must set out at least the maximum number of shares or rights to shares to be granted to the management board and the criteria for granting such shares.   The general meeting of shareholders, may determine the compenation of supervisory board members. The supervisory directors will be reimbursed for their expenses.

 

137

---

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding             ordinary shares. All of the ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial numbers of our ordinary shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our ordinary shares. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares, and while application has been made for the ordinary shares to be quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market, we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in the ordinary shares.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, an “affiliate” who has beneficially owned our shares for a period of at least six months is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either 1% of our then outstanding shares, or approximately             shares immediately after this offering, or the average weekly trading volume of our shares on the NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing with the SEC of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale. Such sales under Rule 144 of the Securities Act are also subject to prescribed requirements relating to the manner of sale, notice and availability of current public information about us.

Under Rule 144, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior holder other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell such shares without restriction, provided we have been in compliance with our reporting requirements under the Exchange Act for the six months following satisfaction of the six-month holding period. To the extent that our affiliates sell their shares, other than pursuant to Rule 144 or a registration statement, the purchaser’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell such ordinary shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Regulation S

Regulation S under the Securities Act provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

Lock-up Arrangements

For a description of the lock-up arrangements that we, the members of our management and supervisory boards and substantially all of our shareholders have entered into in connection with this offering, see “Underwriting.”

 

138

---

Table of Contents

TAXATION

Taxation in the Netherlands

General

The following is a general summary of certain material Netherlands tax consequences of the holding and disposal of the ordinary shares. This summary does not purport to describe all possible tax considerations or consequences that may be relevant to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special treatment under applicable law (such as trusts or other similar arrangements), and in view of its general nature, it should be treated with corresponding caution. Holders should consult with their tax advisors with regard to the tax consequences of investing in the ordinary shares in their particular circumstances. The discussion below is included for general information purposes only.

Please note that this summary does not describe the tax considerations for:

(i) holders of ordinary shares if such holders, and in the case of individuals, his/her partner or certain of their relatives by blood or marriage in the direct line (including foster children), have a substantial interest or deemed substantial interest in us under the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001 (in Dutch: “Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001”). Generally speaking, a holder of securities in a company is considered to hold a substantial interest in such company, if such holder alone or, in the case of individuals, together with his/her partner (statutorily defined term), directly or indirectly, holds (i) an interest of 5% or more of the total issued and outstanding capital of that company or of 5% or more of the issued and outstanding capital of a certain class of shares of that company; or (ii) rights to acquire, directly or indirectly, such interest; or (iii) certain profit sharing rights in that company that relate to 5% or more of the company’s annual profits and/or to 5% or more of the company’s liquidation proceeds. A deemed substantial interest may arise if a substantial interest (or part thereof) in a company has been disposed of, or is deemed to have been disposed of, on a non-recognition basis;

(ii) holders of ordinary shares in us that qualify or qualified as a participation for purposes of the Netherlands Corporate Income Tax Act 1969 (in Dutch: “Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting 1969”). Generally, a taxpayer’s shareholding of 5% or more in a company’s nominal paid-up share capital qualifies as a participation. A holder may also have a participation if such holder does not have a 5% shareholding but a related entity (statutorily defined term) has a participation or if the company in which the shares are held is a related entity (statutorily defined term);

(iii) holders of ordinary shares who are individuals for whom the ordinary shares or any benefit derived from the ordinary shares are compensation or deemed to be compensation for employment activities, including deemed employment activities performed by such holders or certain individuals related to such holders (as defined in the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001); and

(iv) pension funds, investment institutions (in Dutch: “fiscale beleggingsinstellingen”), exempt investment institutions (in Dutch: “vrijgestelde beleggingsinstellingen”) and other entities that are, in whole or in part, not subject to or exempt from corporate income tax in the Netherlands, as well as entities that are exempt from corporate income tax in their country of residence, such country of residence being another state of the European Union, Norway, Liechtenstein, Iceland or any other state with which the Netherlands have agreed to exchange information in line with international standards.

Except as otherwise indicated, this summary only addresses Netherlands national tax legislation and published regulations, whereby the Netherlands means the part of the Kingdom of the Netherlands located in Europe, as in effect on the date hereof and as interpreted in published case law until this date, without prejudice to any amendment introduced at a later date and implemented with or without retroactive effect.

 

139

---

Table of Contents

Withholding Tax

Dividends distributed by us generally are subject to Netherlands dividend withholding tax at a rate of 15%. The expression “dividends distributed” includes, among other things:

 

•

distributions in cash or in kind, deemed and constructive distributions and repayments of paid-in capital not recognized for Netherlands dividend withholding tax purposes;

 

•

liquidation proceeds, proceeds of redemption of ordinary shares, or proceeds of the repurchase of ordinary shares by us or one of our subsidiaries or other affiliated entities to the extent such proceeds exceed the average paid-in capital of those shares as recognized for purposes of Netherlands dividend withholding tax;

 

•

an amount equal to the par value of ordinary shares issued or an increase of the par value of ordinary shares, to the extent that it does not appear that a contribution, recognized for purposes of Netherlands dividend withholding tax, has been made or will be made; and

 

•

partial repayment of the paid-in capital, recognized for purposes of Netherlands dividend withholding tax, if and to the extent that we have net profits (in Dutch: “zuivere winst”), unless the holders of ordinary shares have resolved in advance at a general meeting to make such repayment and the par value of the ordinary shares concerned has been reduced by an equal amount by way of an amendment of our articles of association.

If a holder of ordinary shares is resident in a country other than the Netherlands and if a double taxation convention is in effect between the Netherlands and such other country, such holder of ordinary shares may, depending on the terms of that double taxation convention, be eligible for a full or partial exemption from, or refund of, Netherlands dividend withholding tax.

Individuals and corporate legal entities who are resident or deemed to be resident in the Netherlands for Netherlands tax purposes (“Netherlands Resident Individuals” and “Netherlands Resident Entities” as the case may be), other than individuals who have made an election for the application of the rules of the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001 as they apply to residents of the Netherlands, can generally credit the Netherlands dividend withholding tax against their income tax or corporate income tax liability. The same generally applies to holders of ordinary shares that are neither resident nor deemed to be resident of the Netherlands and holders of ordinary shares that are individuals who have made an election for the application of the rules of the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001 as they apply to residents of the Netherlands if the ordinary shares are attributable to a Netherlands permanent establishment of such non-resident holder.

In general, we will be required to remit all amounts withheld as Netherlands dividend withholding tax to the Netherlands tax authorities. However, under certain circumstances, we are allowed to reduce the amount to be remitted to the Netherlands tax authorities by the lesser of:

 

•

3% of the portion of the distribution paid by us that is subject to Netherlands dividend withholding tax; and

 

•

3% of the dividends and profit distributions, before deduction of foreign withholding taxes, received by us from qualifying foreign subsidiaries in the current calendar year (up to the date of the distribution by us) and the two preceding calendar years, as far as such dividends and profit distributions have not yet been taken into account for purposes of establishing the above mentioned reduction.

Although this reduction reduces the amount of Netherlands dividend withholding tax that we are required to remit to the Netherlands tax authorities, it does not reduce the amount of tax that we are required to withhold on dividends distributed.

Pursuant to legislation to counteract “dividend stripping”, a reduction, exemption, credit or refund of Netherlands dividend withholding tax is denied if the recipient of the dividend is not the beneficial owner as

 

140

---

Table of Contents

described in the Netherlands Dividend Withholding Tax Act 1965. This legislation generally targets situations in which a shareholder retains its economic interest in shares but reduces the withholding tax costs on dividends by a transaction with another party. It is not required for these rules to apply that the recipient of the dividends is aware that a dividend stripping transaction took place. The Netherlands State Secretary of Finance takes the position that the definition of beneficial ownership introduced by this legislation will also be applied in the context of a double taxation convention.

Certain entities (i) that are resident in another E.U. member state, (ii) that are resident in a designated state that is a party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area (currently Liechtenstein, Iceland and Norway) or (iii) that are resident in a designated jurisdiction which has an arrangement for the exchange of tax information with the Netherlands and that hold our ordinary shares as portfolio investment (i.e. such ordinary shares are not held with a view to the establishment or maintenance of lasting and direct economic links between such holder of ordinary shares and us and such ordinary shares do not allow such holder of ordinary shares to participate effectively in the management or control of us) and that are not subject to taxation levied by reference to profits in their state of residence, may be entitled to a refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax, provided:

 

(i)

such entity, had it been a resident in the Netherlands, would not be subject to corporate income tax in the Netherlands;

 

(ii)

such entity can be considered to be the beneficial owner of the dividends;

 

(iii)

such entity does not perform a similar function to that of a fiscal investment institution (fiscale beleggingsinstelling) or an exempt investment Institution (vrijgestelde beleggingsinstelling) as defined in the Dutch Corporate Income Tax Act 1969; and

 

(iv)

certain administrative conditions are met.

Dividend distributions to a U.S. holder of ordinary shares (with an interest of less than 10% of the voting rights in us) are generally subject to 15% dividend withholding tax, which is equal to the rate such U.S. holder may be entitled to under the Convention Between the Kingdom of the Netherlands and the U.S. for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income, executed in Washington on December 18, 1992, as amended from time to time, or the U.S.-Dutch Treaty, or the Netherlands-U.S. Convention. As such, there is no need to claim a refund of the excess of the amount withheld over the tax treaty rate.

On the basis of article 35 of the Netherlands-U.S. Convention, qualifying U.S. pension trusts are under certain conditions entitled to a full exemption from Dutch dividend withholding tax. Such qualifying exempt U.S. pension trusts must provide us form IB 96 USA, along with a valid certificate, for the application of relief at source from dividend withholding tax. If we receive the required documentation prior to the relevant dividend payment date, then we may apply such relief at source. If a qualifying exempt U.S. pension trust fails to satisfy these requirements prior to the payment of a dividend, then such qualifying exempt pension trust may claim a refund of Dutch withholding tax by filing form IB 96 USA with the Dutch tax authorities. On the basis of article 36 of the Netherlands-U.S. Convention, qualifying exempt U.S. organizations are under certain conditions entitled to a full exemption from Dutch dividend withholding tax. Such qualifying exempt U.S. organizations are not entitled to claim relief at source, and instead must claim a refund of Dutch withholding tax by filing form IB 95 USA with the Dutch tax authorities.

Taxes on Income and Capital Gains

Netherlands Resident Individuals

If a holder of ordinary shares is a Netherlands Resident Individual (including the non-resident individual holder who has made an election for the application of the rules of The Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001 as they

 

141

---

Table of Contents

apply to residents of the Netherlands), any benefit derived or deemed to be derived from the ordinary shares is taxable at the progressive income tax rates (with a maximum of 52%), if:

 

(a)

the ordinary shares are attributable to an enterprise from which the Netherlands Resident Individual derives a share of the profit, whether as an entrepreneur or as a person who has a co-entitlement to the net worth (in Dutch: “medegerechtigd tot het vermogen”) of such enterprise, without being an entrepreneur or a shareholder, as defined in the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001; or

 

(b)

the holder of the ordinary shares is considered to perform activities with respect to the ordinary shares that go beyond ordinary asset management (in Dutch: “normaal, actief vermogensbeheer”) or derives benefits from the ordinary shares that are taxable as benefits from other activities (in Dutch “resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden”).

If the above-mentioned conditions (a) and (b) do not apply to the individual holder of ordinary shares, the ordinary shares are recognized as investment assets and included as such in such holder’s net investment asset base (in Dutch: “rendementsgrondslag”). Such holder will be taxed annually on a deemed income of 4% of his or her net investment assets for the year at an income tax rate of 30%. The net investment assets for the year are the fair market value of the investment assets less the allowable liabilities on January 1 of the relevant calendar year. A tax free allowance may be available. Actual benefits derived from the ordinary shares are as such not subject to Netherlands income tax.

Netherlands Resident Entities

Any benefit derived or deemed to be derived from the ordinary shares held by Netherlands Resident Entities, including any capital gains realised on the disposal thereof, will generally be subject to Netherlands corporate income tax at a rate of 25% (a corporate income tax rate of 20% applies with respect to taxable profits up to €200,000).

Non-Residents of the Netherlands

A holder of ordinary shares will not be subject to Netherlands taxes on income or on capital gains in respect of any payment under the ordinary shares or any gain realised on the disposal or deemed disposal of the ordinary shares, provided that:

 

(i)

such holder is neither a resident nor deemed to be resident in the Netherlands for Netherlands tax purposes and, if such holder is an individual, such holder has not made an election for the application of the rules of the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001 as they apply to residents of The Netherlands;

 

(ii)

such holder does not have an interest in an enterprise or a deemed enterprise (statutorily defined term) which, in whole or in part, is either effectively managed in the Netherlands or is carried out through a permanent establishment, a deemed permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands and to which enterprise or part of an enterprise the ordinary shares are attributable or deemed attributable; and

 

(iii)

in the event such holder is an individual, such holder does not carry out any activities in the Netherlands with respect to the ordinary shares that go beyond ordinary asset management and does not derive benefits from the ordinary shares that are taxable as benefits from other activities in the Netherlands.

Gift and Inheritance Taxes

Residents of the Netherlands

Gift and inheritance taxes will arise in the Netherlands with respect to a transfer of the ordinary shares by way of a gift by, or on the death of, a holder of ordinary shares who is resident or deemed to be resident in the Netherlands at the time of the gift or his/her death.

 

142

---

Table of Contents

Non-residents of the Netherlands

No Netherlands gift or inheritance taxes will arise on the transfer of the ordinary shares by way of gift by, or on the death of, a holder of ordinary shares who is neither resident nor deemed to be resident in the Netherlands, unless:

 

(i)

in the case of a gift of ordinary shares by an individual who at the date of the gift was neither resident nor deemed to be resident in the Netherlands, such individual dies within 180 days after the date of the gift, while being resident or deemed to be resident in The Netherlands; or

 

(ii)

the transfer is otherwise construed as a gift or inheritance made by, or on behalf of, a person who, at the time of the gift or death, is or is deemed to be resident in the Netherlands.

For purposes of Netherlands gift and inheritance taxes, amongst others, a person that holds the Netherlands nationality will be deemed to be resident in the Netherlands if such person has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the ten years preceding the date of the gift or his/her death. Additionally, for purposes of Netherlands gift tax, amongst others, a person not holding the Netherlands nationality will be deemed to be resident in the Netherlands if such person has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the twelve months preceding the date of the gift. Applicable tax treaties may override deemed residency.

Other Taxes and Duties

No Netherlands VAT and no Netherlands registration tax, stamp duty or any other similar documentary tax or duty will be payable by a holder of ordinary shares on any payment in consideration for the holding or disposal of the ordinary shares.

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares by a U.S. holder (as defined below). This summary addresses only the U.S. federal income tax considerations for U.S. holders that are initial purchasers of our ordinary shares pursuant to the offering and that will hold such ordinary shares as capital assets. This summary does not address all U.S. federal income tax matters that may be relevant to a particular U.S. holder. This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to a holder of ordinary shares that may be subject to special tax rules including, without limitation, the following:

 

•

banks, financial institutions or insurance companies;

 

•

brokers, dealers or traders in securities, currencies, commodities, or notional principal contracts;

 

•

tax-exempt entities or organizations, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA” as defined in Section 408 or 408A of the Code (as defined below), respectively;

 

•

real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies or grantor trusts;

 

•

persons that hold the ordinary shares as part of a “hedging,” “integrated” or “conversion” transaction or as a position in a “straddle” for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

•

partnerships (including entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other pass-through entities, or persons that will hold our shares through such an entity;

 

•

S corporations;

 

•

certain former citizens or long term residents of the United States;

 

•

persons that received our shares as compensation for the performance of services;

 

•

persons that acquire ordinary shares as a result of holding or owning our preferred shares;

 

143

---

Table of Contents

•

holders that own directly, indirectly, or through attribution 10% or more of the voting power or value our shares; and

 

•

holders that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar.

Further, this summary does not address the U.S. federal estate, gift, or alternative minimum tax considerations, or any U.S. state, local, or non-U.S. tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

This description is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing, proposed and temporary U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, in each case as in effect and available on the date hereof. All the foregoing is subject to change, which change could apply retroactively, and to differing interpretations, all of which could affect the tax considerations described below. There can be no assurances that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, will not take a position concerning the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares or that such a position would not be sustained. Holders should consult their own tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of acquiring, owning, and disposing of our ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

For the purposes of this summary, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares that is (or is treated as), for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

•

a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

•

a corporation, or other entity that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

•

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

•

a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust or has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares will depend in part upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner or partnership should consult its tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of acquiring, owning and disposing of our ordinary shares in its particular circumstances.

As indicated below, this discussion is subject to U.S. federal income tax rules applicable to a “passive foreign investment company,” or a PFIC.

Persons considering an investment in our ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences applicable to them relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, including the applicability of U.S. federal, state and local tax laws and non-U.S. tax laws.

Distributions. Subject to the discussion under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” below, the gross amount of any distribution (including any amounts withheld in respect of Dutch withholding tax) actually or constructively received by a U.S. holder with respect to ordinary shares will be taxable to the U.S. holder as a dividend to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits will be non-taxable to the U.S. holder to the extent of, and will be applied against and reduce, the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits and such adjusted tax basis will generally be taxable to the U.S. holder as either long-term or short-term capital gain depending upon whether the U.S. holder has held our

 

144

---

Table of Contents

ordinary shares for more than one year as of the time such distribution is received. However, since we do not calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that any distribution will be reported as a dividend, even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above. Non-corporate U.S. holders may qualify for the preferential rates of taxation with respect to dividends on ordinary shares applicable to long-term capital gains (i.e., gains from the sale of capital assets held for more than one year) applicable to qualified dividend income (as discussed below). The Company, which is incorporated under the laws of the Kingdom of the Netherlands, believes that it qualifies as a resident of the Netherlands for purposes of, and is eligible for the benefits of, the Convention between the United States of America and the Kingdom of the Netherlands for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income, signed on December 18, 1992, as amended and currently in force, or the U.S.-Netherlands Tax Treaty, although there can be no assurance in this regard. Further, the IRS has determined that the U.S.-Netherlands Tax Treaty is satisfactory for purposes of the qualified dividend rules and that it includes an exchange-of-information program. Therefore, subject to the discussion under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” below, if the U.S.-Netherlands Tax Treaty is applicable, such dividends will generally be “qualified dividend income” in the hands of individual U.S. holders, provided that certain conditions are met, including holding period and the absence of certain risk reduction transaction requirements are met. The dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. holders.

A U.S. holder generally may claim the amount of Dutch income withholding tax withheld as either a deduction from gross income or a credit against U.S. federal income tax liability. However, the foreign tax credit is subject to numerous complex limitations that must be determined and applied on an individual basis. Generally, the credit cannot exceed the proportionate share of a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability that such U.S. holder’s taxable income bears to such U.S. holder’s worldwide taxable income. In applying this limitation, a U.S. holder’s various items of income and deduction must be classified, under complex rules, as either “foreign source” or “U.S. source.” In addition, this limitation is calculated separately with respect to specific categories of income. The amount of a distribution with respect to the ordinary shares that is treated as a “dividend” may be lower for U.S. federal income tax purposes than it is for Dutch income tax purposes, potentially resulting in a reduced foreign tax credit for the U.S. holder. Each U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisors regarding the foreign tax credit rules.

In general, the amount of a distribution paid to a U.S. holder in a foreign currency will be the dollar value of the foreign currency calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate on the day the U.S. holder receives the distribution, regardless of whether the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Any foreign currency gain or loss a U.S. holder realizes on a subsequent conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss. If dividends received in a foreign currency are converted into U.S. dollars on the day they are received, a U.S. holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend.

Sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares. A U.S. holder will generally recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized from such sale or exchange and the U.S. holder’s tax basis for those ordinary shares. Subject to the discussion under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations” below, this gain or loss will generally be a capital gain or loss and will generally be treated as from sources within the United States. The adjusted tax basis in an ordinary share generally will be equal to the cost of such ordinary share. Capital gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares of a non-corporate U.S. holder is generally eligible for a preferential rate of taxation applicable to capital gains, if the non-corporate U.S. holder’s holding period determined at the time of such sale, exchange or other taxable disposition for such ordinary shares exceeds one year (i.e., such gain is long-term taxable gain). The deductibility of capital losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes is subject to limitations under the Code. Any such gain or loss that a U.S. holder recognizes generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

 

145

---

Table of Contents

For a cash basis taxpayer, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the settlement date of the purchase or sale. In that case, no foreign currency exchange gain or loss will result from currency fluctuations between the trade date and the settlement date of such a purchase or sale. An accrual basis taxpayer, however, may elect the same treatment required of cash basis taxpayers with respect to purchases and sales of our ordinary shares that are traded on an established securities market, provided the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the IRS. For an accrual basis taxpayer who does not make such election, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the trade date of the purchase or sale. Such an accrual basis taxpayer may recognize exchange gain or loss based on currency fluctuations between the trade date and the settlement date. Any foreign currency gain or loss a U.S. Holder realizes will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

Medicare Tax. Certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts are subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which may include all or a portion of their dividend income and net gains from the disposition of ordinary shares. Each U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to its income and gains in respect of its investment in our ordinary shares.

Passive foreign investment company considerations. If we are classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, in any taxable year, a U.S. holder would be subject to special rules generally intended to reduce or eliminate any benefits from the deferral of U.S. federal income tax that a U.S. holder could derive from investing in a non-U.S. company that does not distribute all of its earnings on a current basis.

A corporation organized outside the United States generally will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules with respect to the income and assets of its subsidiaries, either: (i) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income” or (ii) at least 50% of the average quarterly value of its total gross assets (which, assuming we are not a CFC for the year being test, would be measured by fair market value of the assets, and for which purpose the total value of our assets may be determined in part by the market value of our ordinary shares, which is subject to change) is attributable to assets that produce “passive income” or are held for the production of “passive income.”

Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, gains from commodities and securities transactions, the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets which produce passive income, and includes amounts derived by reason of the temporary investment of funds raised in offerings of our ordinary shares. If a non-U.S. corporation owns directly or indirectly at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the non-U.S. corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income. If we are classified as a PFIC in any year with respect to which a U.S. holder owns our ordinary shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. holder in all succeeding years during which the U.S. holder owns our ordinary shares, regardless of whether we continue to meet the tests described above.

Although the matter is not free from doubt, we believe that we were not a PFIC during our 2013 taxable year and may not be a PFIC during our 2014 taxable year. Our status for any taxable year will depend on our assets and activities in each year, and because this is a factual determination made annually after the end of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year. The market value of our assets may be determined in large part by reference to the market price of our ordinary shares, which is likely to fluctuate after the offering. In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we use the cash proceeds from this offering in our business.

 

146

---

Table of Contents

If we are a PFIC, and you are a U.S. holder, then unless you make one of the elections described below, a special tax regime will apply to both (a) any “excess distribution” by us to you (generally, your ratable portion of distributions in any year which are greater than 125% of the average annual distribution received by you in the shorter of the three preceding years or your holding period for our ordinary shares) and (b) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares. Under this regime, any excess distribution and realized gain will be treated as ordinary income and will be subject to tax as if (a) the excess distribution or gain had been realized ratably over your holding period, (b) the amount deemed realized in each year had been subject to tax in each year of that holding period at the highest marginal rate for such year (other than income allocated to the current period or any taxable period before we became a PFIC, which would be subject to tax at the U.S. holder’s regular ordinary income rate for the current year and would not be subject to the interest charge discussed below), and (c) the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax had been imposed on the taxes deemed to have been payable in those years. In addition, dividend distributions made to you will not qualify for the lower rates of taxation applicable to long-term capital gains discussed above under “Distributions.”

Certain elections exist that may alleviate some of the adverse consequences of PFIC status and would result in an alternative treatment (such as mark-to-market treatment) of our ordinary shares. If a U.S. holder makes the mark-to-market election, the U.S. holder generally will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of the ordinary shares at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the ordinary shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. holder makes the election, the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect these income or loss amounts. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). The mark-to-market election is available only if we are a PFIC and our ordinary shares are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange.” Our ordinary shares will be treated as “regularly traded” in any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of the ordinary shares are traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (subject to the rule that trades that have as one of their principle purposes the meeting of the trading requirement as disregarded). The NASDAQ Global Market is a qualified exchange for this purpose and, consequently, if the ordinary shares are regularly traded, the mark-to-market election will be available to a U.S. holder.

We do not currently intend to provide the information necessary for U.S. holders to make qualified electing fund elections if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether any of these elections would be available and if so, what the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances.

If we are determined to be a PFIC, the general tax treatment for U.S. Holders described in this section would apply to indirect distributions and gains deemed to be realized by U.S. Holders in respect of any of our subsidiaries that also may be determined to be PFICs.

If a U.S. holder owns ordinary shares during any taxable year in which we are a PFIC and the U.S. holder recognizes gain on a disposition of our ordinary shares or receives distributions with respect to our ordinary shares, the U.S. holder generally will be required to file an IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund) with respect to the company, generally with the U.S. holder’s federal income tax return for that year. If our company were a PFIC for a given taxable year, then you should consult your tax advisor concerning your annual filing requirements.

The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are complex. Prospective U.S. investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, the consequences to them of an investment in a PFIC, any elections available with respect to our ordinary shares and the IRS information reporting obligations with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary share.

 

147

---

Table of Contents

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting. U.S. holders generally will be subject to information reporting requirements with respect to dividends on ordinary shares and on the proceeds from the sale, exchange or disposition of ordinary shares that are paid within the United States or through U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the U.S. holder is an “exempt recipient.” In addition, U.S. holders may be subject to backup withholding on such payments, unless the U.S. holder provides a taxpayer identification number and a duly executed IRS Form W-9 or otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and the amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Certain Reporting Requirements With Respect to Payments of Offer Price. U.S. holders paying more than U.S. $100,000 for our ordinary shares generally may be required to file IRS Form 926 reporting the payment of the Offer Price for our ordinary shares to us. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. holder that fails to comply. Each U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisor as to the possible obligation to file IRS Form 926.

Foreign Asset Reporting. Certain U.S. holders who are individuals are required to report information relating to an interest in our ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in accounts maintained by U.S. financial institutions) by filing IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with their federal income tax return. U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their information reporting obligations, if any, with respect to their ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS A GENERAL SUMMARY. IT DOES NOT COVER ALL TAX MATTERS THAT MAY BE OF IMPORTANCE TO A PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF AN INVESTMENT IN ORDINARY SHARES IN LIGHT OF THE INVESTOR’S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

148

---

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Leerink Partners LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as representatives of the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of ordinary shares set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter		Number of Ordinary Shares
Leerink Partners LLC
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
JMP Securities
HC Wainwright & Co., LLC
Total

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the ordinary shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these ordinary shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the ordinary shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the ordinary shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the ordinary shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per ordinary share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional ordinary shares.

 

Per Ordinary Share

Without Option

With Option

Public offering price

$

$

$

Underwriting discount

$

$

$

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

$

$

$

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $         million and are payable by us. We have also agreed to pay the filing fees incident to, and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with, the required review by FINRA in connection with this offering in an amount not to exceed $            .

 

149

---

Table of Contents

Option to Purchase Additional Ordinary Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to             additional ordinary shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional ordinary shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, the members of our supervisory board, the members of our management board, our officers and substantially all of our other existing shareholders have agreed not to sell or transfer any ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for ordinary shares, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

•

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell (including any short sale) any share capital;

 

•

sell any option or contract to purchase any share capital;

 

•

purchase any option or contract to sell any share capital;

 

•

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any share capital;

 

•

otherwise dispose of or transfer any share capital;

 

•

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the share capital; and

 

•

enter into any swap or other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any share capital, whether any such swap, agreement or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to         % of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our supervisory board and management board members, officers, employees and other individuals associated with us and members of their families through a directed share program. If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of ordinary shares available for sale to the general public. The transfer restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements with the underwriters referred to above do not apply to any ordinary shares purchased in the directed share program, and participants in the directed share program who are not supervisory board or management board members, officers, employees or current shareholders of our company will not be required to enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters relating to the ordinary shares so purchased. Any reserved shares that are not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other ordinary shares offered by this prospectus.

NASDAQ Global Market Listing

We intend to apply to have our ordinary shares listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “        .”

Determination of Offering Price

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

•

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

150

---

Table of Contents

•

our financial information;

 

•

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

•

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our potential future revenues;

 

•

the present state of our development; and

 

•

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase ordinary shares offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the ordinary shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our ordinary shares. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the ordinary shares, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our ordinary shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of ordinary shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our ordinary shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our ordinary shares. As a result, the price of our ordinary shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on The NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

151

---

Table of Contents

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our ordinary shares. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Some of the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us and our affiliates, for which they may in the future receive customary fees, commissions and expenses. In addition, affiliates of Leerink Partners, one of the underwriters, are beneficial owners of less than 1% of our outstanding share capital prior to giving effect to the offering.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

On April 17, 2014, ProQR issued an aggregate of 81,187 preferred shares at a price of €525.18 per share to a number of existing and new investors, including parties affiliated or associated with Leerink Partners, one of the underwriters of this offering. Affiliates or associates of Leerink Partners purchased an aggregate of 1,384 preferred shares, for aggregate consideration in cash of €726,849.12. The purchase was made subject to a subscription agreement and under the same terms and conditions, including price, as the other investors party to that agreement. Leerink Partners acted as placement agent in connection with that financing.

 

152

---

Table of Contents

NOTICE TO INVESTORS

Australia

This prospectus is not a disclosure document for the purposes of Australia’s Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to the categories of exempt persons set out below. Accordingly, if you receive this prospectus in Australia:

You confirm and warrant that you are either:

 

•

a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

 

•

a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to the company which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made; or

 

•

a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act.

To the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this prospectus is void and incapable of acceptance.

You warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the shares issued to you pursuant to this prospectus for resale in Australia within 12 months of those securities being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each referred to herein as a Relevant Member State, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, referred to herein as the Relevant Implementation Date, no offer of any securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus has been or will be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than any offer where a prospectus has been or will be published in relation to such securities that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the relevant competent authority in that Relevant Member State in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of such securities may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State:

 

•

to any person, legal entity or other party which is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

•

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons per Relevant Member State (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or

 

•

in any other circumstances falling within the scope of Articles 1(2), Article 3(2) or 4 of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of securities shall require the company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this statement, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means a communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the

 

153

---

Table of Contents

terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

Hong Kong

No securities have been offered or sold, and no securities may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32) of Hong Kong. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the securities has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance.

This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the securities may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the securities will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the securities, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the securities described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any securities in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.

Japan

The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended), or FIEL, and the Initial Purchaser will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means, unless otherwise provided herein, any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or the invitation for subscription or purchase of the securities may not be issued, circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person as defined under Section 275(2), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

154

---

Table of Contents

Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

•

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined under Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

•

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Offer Shares under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

•

to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or

 

•

where no consideration is given for the transfer; or where the transfer is by operation of law.

Switzerland

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, referred to herein as the Order, and/or (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated. Each such person is referred to herein as a Relevant Person.

This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a Relevant Person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

155

---

Table of Contents

EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING

We estimate that our expenses in connection with this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, will be as follows:

 

Expenses		Amount
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee		$	9,660
FINRA filing fee		$	13,500
NASDAQ listing fee		$	125,000
Printing and engraving expenses		$
Legal fees and expenses		$
Accounting fees and expenses		$
Miscellaneous costs		$
Total		$

All amounts in the table are estimates except the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NASDAQ listing fee. We will pay all of the expenses of this offering.

 

156

---

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to U.S. federal law and New York law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters with respect to Dutch law in connection with the validity of the shares being offered by this prospectus and other legal matters will be passed upon for us by NautaDutilh N.V., Amsterdam, the Netherlands. Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, New York, New York, is counsel to the underwriters with respect to U.S. federal law and New York law. Stibbe N.V., Amsterdam, the Netherlands, is counsel to the underwriters with respect to Dutch law.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of ProQR Therapeutics B.V. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the period from February 21, 2012 (inception) through December 31, 2012 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte Accountants B.V., an independent registered public accounting firm as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm, given upon their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands. Substantially all of our business is conducted, and substantially all of our assets are located, in the Netherlands. Most of our directors and the experts named in this prospectus are residents of, and most of their assets are located in, jurisdictions outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for you to serve process on us or these persons within the United States or to enforce against us or these persons in courts in the United States, judgments of these courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws. In addition, it is not clear whether a Dutch court would impose civil liability on us, members of our management board, supervisory board or any of the experts named in this prospectus in an original action based solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the Netherlands. We have appointed CT Corporation System, New York, New York, as our agent for service of process in the United States with respect to any action brought against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York under the securities laws of the United States or any State of the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York under the securities laws of the State of New York.

As there is no treaty on the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters between the United States and the Netherlands, courts in the Netherlands will not automatically recognize and enforce a final judgment rendered by a U.S. court. In order to obtain a judgment enforceable in the Netherlands, claimants must obtain from a Dutch court leave to enforce the judgment rendered by a U.S. court. Under current practice, however, a Dutch court will grant leave to enforce, without a review on the merits of the underlying claim, if it finds that:

 

•

the jurisdiction of the United States court has been based on grounds that are internationally acceptable;

 

•

the final judgment results from proceedings compatible with Dutch concepts of due process;

 

•

the final judgment does not contravene public policy of the Netherlands.

If no leave to enforce is granted, claimants must litigate the claim again before a Dutch competent court.

In the event a third party is liable to a Dutch company, only the company itself can bring a civil action against that party. The individual shareholders do not have the right to bring an action on behalf of the company. Only in the event that the cause for the liability of a third party to the company also constitutes a tortious act

 

157

---

Table of Contents

directly against a shareholder does that shareholder have an individual right of action against such third party in its own name. The Dutch Civil Code does provide for the possibility to initiate such actions collectively. A foundation or an association whose objective is to protect the rights of a group of persons having similar interests can institute a collective action. The collective action itself cannot result in an order for payment of monetary damages but may only result in a declaratory judgment (verklaring voor recht). To obtain compensation for damages, individual claimants can base their claim on the declaratory judgment obtained by the foundation or association but they still need to individually sue the defendant for damages. Alternatively, in order to obtain compensation for damages, the foundation or association and the defendant may reach—often on the basis of such declaratory judgment—a settlement. A Dutch court may declare the settlement agreement binding upon all the injured parties with an opt-out choice for an individual injured party. An individual injured party may also itself institute a civil claim for damages.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act, including relevant exhibits and schedules, with respect to the ordinary shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read the registration statement and its exhibits for further information with respect to us and our shares. Some of these exhibits consist of documents or contracts that are described in this prospectus in summary form. You should read the entire document or contract for the complete terms. You may read and copy the registration statement and its exhibits at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an internet website at www.sec.gov, from which you can electronically access the registration statement and its exhibits.

After this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or Exchange Act, applicable to foreign private issuers. Because we are a foreign private issuer, the SEC’s rules do not require us to deliver proxy statements pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act or to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, among other things. However, we plan to produce quarterly financial reports and furnish them to the SEC approximately 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of our fiscal year and to file our annual report on Form 20-F approximately 90 days after the end of our fiscal year. In addition, our “insiders” are not subject to the SEC’s rules that prohibit short-swing trading. Our annual financial statements will be prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.

We also maintain an internet website at www.proqr-tx.com. Information contained in or connected to our website is not a part of this prospectus.

 

158

---

Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

		PAGE
Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 and for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013
Unaudited Condensed Statement of Financial Position			F-2
Unaudited Condensed Statement of Comprehensive Loss			F-3
Unaudited Condensed Statement of Changes in Equity			F-4
Unaudited Condensed Statement of Cash Flows			F-5
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements			F-6
Financial Statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the Period Ended December 31, 2013 and the Period From February 21, 2012 (Inception) through December 31, 2012
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-15
Statement of Financial Position			F-16
Statement of Comprehensive Loss			F-17
Statement of Changes in Equity			F-18
Statement of Cash Flows			F-19
Notes to Financial Statements			F-20

 

F-1

---

Table of Contents

PROQR THERAPEUTICS B.V.

Unaudited Condensed Statement of Financial Position

(€ in thousands)

 

		December 31, 2013				June 30, 2014
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents		€	4,129			€	38,193
Other receivables			59				191
Social securities and other taxes			73				263
Total current assets			4,261				38,647
Property, plant and equipment			204				415
Intangible assets			39				39
Total assets			4,504				39,101
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Convertible loan			2,514				0
Finance lease liabilities			35				34
Trade payables			745				886
Social securities and other taxes			29				103
Pension premiums			17				53
Other current liabilities			262				1,288
Total current liabilities			3,602				2,364
Finance lease liabilities			48				31
Borrowings			943				2,684
Total liabilities			4,593				5,079
Stockholders’ equity			(89	)			34,022
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity		€	4,504			€	39,101

The notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

 

F-2

---

Table of Contents

PROQR THERAPEUTICS B.V.

Unaudited Condensed Statement of Comprehensive Loss

(€ in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

		Six Months Ended June 30,
		2013				2014
Other income		€	116			€	4
Research and development costs			(614	)			(4,537	)
General and administrative costs			(244	)			(2,130	)
Total operating costs			858				(6,667	)
Operating result			(742	)			(6,663	)
Finance income and expense			(1	)			(52	)
Result before corporate income taxes			(743	)			(6,715	)
Income taxes			—				—
Net loss (attributable to equity holders of the Company)			(743	)			(6,715	)
Other comprehensive income			—				—
Total comprehensive loss (attributable to equity holders of the Company)		€	(743	)		€	(6,715	)
Share information
Weighted average number of shares outstanding			48,303				63,483
Earnings per share for result attributable to the equity holders of the Company (expressed in Euro per share)
Basic and diluted loss per share1		€	(15.38	)		€	(105.78	)

 

1

For the periods included in these financial statements, the potential exercise of share options and the conversion of preferred shares into ordinary shares are not included in the diluted earnings per share calculation as the Company was loss-making in all periods. Due to the anti-dilutive nature of the outstanding options, basic and diluted earnings per share are equal.

The notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

 

F-3

---

Table of Contents

PROQR THERAPEUTICS B.V.

Unaudited Condensed Statement of Changes in Equity

(€ in thousands)

 

		Number of Shares								Total Share Capital				Share Premium Reserve				Equity Settled Employee Benefit Reserve				Accumulated Deficit				Total Equity
		Ordinary				Preferred
Balance at January 1, 2013			33,528				—			€	33			€	484			€	—			€	(418	)		€	99
Net loss			—				—				—				—				—				(743	)			(743	)
Shares issued in the period			35,291				—				35				2,998				—				—				3,033
Treasury shares issued to Stichting ProQR Therapeutics Participation			(8,820	)			—				(9	)			—				—				—				(9	)
Balance at June 30, 2013			59,999				—				59				3,482				—				(1,161	)			2,380
Balance at January 1, 2014			59,999				—				59				3,482				41				(3,671	)			(89	)
Net loss			—				—				—				—				—				(6,715	)			(6,715	)
Recognition of share-based payments			—				—				—				—				228				—				228
Shares issued in the period			8,500	1			81,187				90				42,704				—				—				42,794
Treasury shares issued to Stichting ProQR Therapeutics Participation			(5,162	)			—				(5	)			(2,191	)											(2,196	)
Balance at June 30, 2014			63,337				81,187			€	144			€	43,995			€	269			€	(10,386	)		€	34,022

 

1	Shares issued are comprised of issued and outstanding shares, as well as depository receipts issued to option holders upon the exercise of options. The underlying shares remain with the Foundation.

The notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

 

F-4

---

Table of Contents

PROQR THERAPEUTICS B.V.

Unaudited Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

(€ in thousands)

 

		Six Months Ended June 30,
		2013				2014
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss		€	(743	)		€	(6,715	)
Adjustments for:
Depreciation			3				39
Share-based payment expenses			—				228
Interest expense/(income)			(1	)			52
Changes in other receivables			(95	)			(323	)
Changes in trade and other payables			205				1,523
Corporate income tax paid			—				—
interest received			1				19
Net cash used in operating activities			(630	)			(5,177	)
Cash flow from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment			(87	)			(250	)
Purchases of intangible assets			—				—
Net cash used in investing activities			(87	)			(250	)
Cash flow from financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of shares, net of transaction costs			3,023				37,842	1
Proceeds from borrowings			104				1,666
Redemption of financial lease			—				(17	)
Net cash generated by financing activities			3,127				39,491
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents			2,410				34,064
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of the period			249				4,129
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period		€	2,659			€	38,193

 

1	Net of non-cash conversion of convertible loan (refer to Note 8)

The notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

 

F-5

---

Table of Contents

PROQR THERAPEUTICS B.V.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

1. General Information

ProQR Therapeutics B.V., or ProQR or the Company, is a development stage company that primarily focuses on the development and commercialization of novel therapeutic medicines.

The Company is a limited liability company incorporated in the Netherlands on February 21, 2012 with its statutory seat in Leiden, the Netherlands. The address of its headquarters and registered office is Darwinweg 24, 2333 CR Leiden, the Netherlands.

As used in these condensed consolidated interim financial statements, unless the context indicates otherwise, all references to “ProQR” or the “Company” refer to ProQR Therapeutics B.V. and its consolidated special purpose entity.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

These unaudited interim condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34, or IAS 34, “Interim Financial Reporting”. Certain information and disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS have been condensed or omitted. Accordingly, these condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in the prospectus. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring nature, considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included in the condensed financial statements.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to these unaudited interim condensed financials are disclosed in Note 4. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for the full fiscal year ending December 31, 2014.

The Company’s financial results have varied substantially, and are expected to continue to vary, from period to period. The Company believes that its ordinary activities are not linked to any particular seasonal factors.

The Company operates in one reportable segment, which comprises the discovery and development of innovative, RNA based therapeutics.

3. Adoption of New and Revised International Financial Reporting Standards

The accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the condensed interim financial statements are consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Company’s annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in the prospectus. New Standards and Interpretations, which became effective as of January 1, 2014, did not have a material impact on our condensed interim financial statements.

4. Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments

In the application of the Company’s accounting policies, management is required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

F-6

---

Table of Contents

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

(a) Share-based payments

Share options granted to employees and consultants are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted. Fair value is determined through the use of an option-pricing model considering, among others, the following variables:

 

a)

The exercise price of the option;

 

b)

The expected life of the option;

 

c)

The current value of the underlying shares;

 

d)

The expected volatility of the share price;

 

e)

The dividends expected on the shares; and

 

f)

The risk-free interest rate for the life of the option.

For the Company’s share option plans, management’s judgment is that the Black-Scholes valuation method is the most appropriate for determining the fair value of the Company’s share options.

Since the Company’s ordinary shares are not publicly traded, there is no published share price information. Consequently the Company needs to estimate the fair value of its share and the expected volatility of that value. The expected volatility of all options granted is therefore based on the average historical volatility of a group of peer companies over a period that agrees with the period of maturity. All assumptions and estimates are further discussed in Note 8 to the financial statements. The value of the underlying shares was determined on the basis of the prior sale of company stock method. As such, the Company has benchmarked the value per share to external transactions of Company shares and external financing rounds.

For option grants made in January and February of 2014, the Company retrospectively assessed the fair value of the ordinary shares based on straight-line interpolation of the fair value from the most recent transaction of the ordinary shares in November 2013 through the date of the financing round that closed on April 17, 2014. As a result, the retrospective fair value of our ordinary shares as of January 1, 2014, January 14, 2014, and February 1, 2014 was determined to be €158.83, €177.31, and €202.98, respectively.

For option grants made after April 17, 2014, the Company relied on the prior sale of company stock method to estimate the fair value of ordinary shares. On April 17, 2014, the Company issued a new class of preferred shares. The preferred shares were issued to numerous existing and new investors, and as a result, the Company considers the preferred share pricing to be a strong indication of fair value. Given there are multiple classes of equity, the Company used the hybrid method in order to allocate equity to the various equity classes. The hybrid method is a hybrid between the probability-weighted expected return method (“PWERM”) and the Option Pricing Method (“OPM”), which estimates the probability weighted value across certain exit scenarios, but uses the OPM to estimate the remaining unknown potential exit scenarios. As a part of this analysis, the Company estimated cumulative probabilities of 60% and 40% of initial public offering and merger & acquisition, respectively. A discount for lack of marketability (“DLOM”) of 17% and 25%, corresponding to the time to exit under the various scenarios was applied to reflect the increased risk arising from the inability to readily sell the shares. When applying the DLOM, the Black-Scholes option pricing formula was used. Under this method, the cost of the put option, which can hedge the price change before the privately held shares can be sold, was considered as the basis to determine the DLOM. Based on the above, the Company estimated the fair value of our ordinary shares to be €309.50 per share.

The result of the share option valuations and the related compensation expense is dependent on the model and input parameters used. Even though management considers the fair values reasonable and defensible based on the methodologies applied and the information available, others might derive a different fair value for the Company’s share options.

 

F-7

---

Table of Contents

(b) Corporate income taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses or tax credits only to the extent that the Company has sufficient taxable temporary differences or there is convincing evidence that sufficient taxable profit will be available against which the unused tax losses or unused tax credits can be utilized by the Company. Management’s judgment is that such convincing evidence is currently not sufficiently available.

5. Cash and Cash Equivalents

The cash balance as of June 30, 2014 includes the receipt of the net proceeds from the Company’s April 2014 preferred share financing.

6. Current Liabilities

As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, other current liabilities consisted principally of accruals for services provided by vendors not yet billed and other miscellaneous liabilities. The accrued liabilities as of June 30, 2014 increased compared to December 31, 2013 as a result of the increased level of research and development activities and as a result of increased staffing related accruals. The majority of the Company’s current liabilities are denominated in euros.

December 2013 Convertible Loan

On November 15, 2013, the Company issued a convertible loan equaling €2,500,000 to certain existing shareholders. The loan had an interest rate of 6% per annum and was converted into preferred shares in the April 2014 financing. The participants in the convertible loan received an agreed-upon discount to the per share purchase price of newly issued preferred shares.

7. Borrowings

 

		December 31, 2013				June 30, 2014
		(€ in thousands)
Innovation credit		€	922			€	2,588
Accrued interest on innovation credit			21				96
		€	943			€	2,684

Innovation credit (“Innovatiekrediet”)

On June 1, 2012, ProQR was awarded an innovation credit by the Dutch government, through its agency RVO (previously: “AgentschapNL”) of the Ministery of Economic Affairs, for the Company’s Cystic Fibrosis program. The credit was increased during calendar year 2013. The credit covers 35% of the costs incurred in respect of the program up to a maximum of € 5.0 million through November 30, 2015.

The credit is interest-bearing at a rate of 10% per annum. The credit, including accrued interest, is repayable in three installments on January 31, 2017, January 31, 2018 and January 31, 2019, depending on the technical success of the program.

The assets of the Company that are co-financed with the granted innovation credit are subject to a right of pledge for the benefit of RVO.

 

F-8

---

Table of Contents

8. Shareholders’ equity

(a) Issued capital

 

		December 31, 2013				June 30, 2014
		(€ in thousands)
Share capital
Ordinary shares		€	59			€	63
Preferred shares			—				81
Total share capital		€	59			€	144
Share premium
Ordinary shares			3,482				3,710
Preferred shares			—				40,285
Total Share premium		€	3,482			€	43,995

The paid-in capital at June 30, 2014, amounting to €144,524 consisted of 63,337 ordinary shares with a nominal value of €1.00 per share and 81,187 preferred shares with a nominal value of €1.00 per share. All issued shares have been fully paid in cash.

On April 17, 2014, the Company authorized and issued a total of 81,187 preferred shares, of which 6,087 preferred shares were issued as a result of the conversion of the outstanding convertible loan. In addition, on the same date, 4,370 ordinary shares were issued to the Foundation. The gross proceeds from this share issuance (excluding the shares issued to the Foundation) amounted to €41,998,000 while the transaction costs amounted to €1,632,000, resulting in net proceeds of €40,366,000. The net proceeds received in cash amounted to €37,806,000, while non-cash proceeds as a result of the conversion of the convertible loan amounted to €2,560,000.

The preferred shares carry a one-time liquidation preference and anti-dilution protection. The liquidation preference applies exclusively upon the occurrence of any of the following events, other than an IPO raising gross proceeds of at least $35 million or a bona fide capital raising transaction in accordance with our articles of association: (i) bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, (ii) a transaction or series of transactions leading to a change of control over the Company, (iii) a consolidation, merger, demerger, or reverse merger of the company or any subsidiary in which the shareholders immediately after such event will not own at least 50% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the surviving or acquiring company in that consolidation, merger, demerger, or reverse merger, as the case may be, or (iv) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license, liquidation or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Company or any subsidiary of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole. The anti-dilution protection is applicable in situations where the post-completion share price of any share issue (excluding certain permitted transactions) is lower than the per share purchase price of the April 2014 financing, in which case the preferred shareholders will be granted additional preferred shares. This right does not apply in the event of a public offering of the Company’s ordinary shares in connection with which all the outstanding preferred shares will be converted into ordinary shares.

All of the issued preferred shares will convert into the Company’s ordinary shares in the event of an initial public offering that results in gross proceeds of at least $35 million or upon a written request by certain preferred shareholders. The conversion rate for the preferred shares is one-to-one, adjusted for any stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or other similar events.

The Company has evaluated the anti-dilution and the conversion rights in light of the requirements of IAS 32, and concluded that these do not affect the equity classification of the preferred shares. In addition, the one-time liquidation preference is under the full control of the Company and therefore also does not affect the equity classification of the preferred shares.

 

F-9

---

Table of Contents

(b) Treasury shares

All treasury shares presented in the statement of changes in equity relate to ordinary shares that have been issued to the Foundation. As these shares have legally been issued, but the Foundation is within control of the Company, these shares are presented as treasury shares.

Changes in the number of treasury shares held by the Foundation are as follows:

 

		Six months ended June 30, 2013				Six months ended June 30, 2014
Balance at January 1			1,765				10,585
New treasury shares issued to the Foundation			8,820				4,370
Treasury shares transferred in the period			—				(3,529	)1
Treasury shares acquired in the period			—				792	1
Depositary receipts issued upon exercise of options			—				(601	)2
Balance at June 30			10,585				11,617

 

1	These shares were transferred to, and acquired from, Mr. de Boer as described in Note 13(c).

2	These depositary receipts have been transferred to members of our supervisory board upon exercise of options in the first six months of 2014.

As of June 30, 2014, the Foundation holds a total number of 11,617 ordinary shares, while 8,805 options have been issued (see Note 9(d) below). 2,805 options remain available for issuance by the Foundation.

(c) Equity settled employee benefit reserve

The costs of share options for employees, directors, members of the supervisory board, members of the management board and consultants are recognized in the income statement, together with a corresponding increase in equity during the vesting period, taking into account (deferral of) corporate income taxes. The accumulated expense of share options recognized in the income statement is shown separately in the equity category “equity settled employee benefit reserve” in the “statement of changes in equity”.

(d) Share options

The Company operates an equity-settled share-based compensation plan which was adopted in 2013 and which will be amended and restated prior to the completion of this offering. The supervisory board may grant options to employees, members of the supervisory board, members of the management board and consultants. The compensation expenses included in operating costs for this plan were €228,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2014 (€0 in 2013), of which €170,000 was recorded in general and administrative costs and €58,000 was recorded in research and development costs.

Options granted under the Company’s Option Plan are exercisable once vested. Any vesting schedule may be attached to the granted options, however the typical vesting period is four years (25% after every year). The options expire ten years after date of grant. Options granted under the Option Plan are granted at exercise prices which equal the fair value of the ordinary shares of the Company at the date of the grant.

The Company accounts for its employee share options under the fair value method. The fair value of the options is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the following assumptions:

 

		Options granted in the six months ended June 30, 2014
Risk-free interest rate			0.47 – 1.07	%
Expected dividend yield			0	%
Expected volatility			86.62 – 91.75	%
Expected life in years			5 years

 

F-10

---

Table of Contents

Changes in the number of options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:

 

		Number of options				Average exercise price
						€
Balance at January 1, 2014			3,722				113.34
Granted			5,784				241.67
Forfeited			(100	)			113.34
Exercised			(601	)			113.34
Lapsed			—				—
Balance at June 30, 2014			8,805				197.64

Since the Option Plan was introduced in the third quarter of 2013, there were no changes in the six months ended June 30, 2013. In the six months ended June 30, 2014, a total of 5,784 options with a weighted average exercise price of €241.67 were issued to employees, members of the supervisory board and members of management. A total of 601 options were exercised and 100 option were forfeited in the six months ended June 30, 2014.

9. Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs increased to €4,537,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014 from €614,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and comprise allocated employee costs including share-based payments, the costs of materials and laboratory consumables, license and intellectual property costs and allocated other costs. The expenses mainly increased due to additional research and development activities in support of the progression of the QR-010 project through the development phases as well as the start of other ProQR programs in research.

10. General and Administrative Costs

General and administrative costs increased to €2,130,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014 from €244,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase is primarily due to the growth of the Company and increase of activities, as well as the adoption of our Option Plan in September 2013.

11. Income Taxes

The calculation of the tax charge is as follows:

 

		January 1 – June 30, 2014
Income tax provision based on domestic rate (25%)		€	1,679
Less: valuation allowance			(1,679	)
Income tax charge		€	—
Effective tax rate			0	%

Due to the operating losses incurred since inception, the Company has no tax provisions as of the balance sheet date. Furthermore, no significant temporary differences exist between accounting and tax results.

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the Company has not yet recognized any deferred tax asset related to operating

 

F-11

---

Table of Contents

losses. As of June 30, 2014, the Company has approximately €10,400,000 tax loss carry-forwards available for offset against future taxable profits. According to current tax regulations the first amount of the tax loss carry-forwards will expire in 2021.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

(a) Claims

There are no material claims known to management related to the activities of the Company.

(b) Rent

Since its formation in 2012, the Company has been domiciled in Leiden, the Netherlands. It has lease agreements for laboratory space and offices with MicroSafe Laboratories BV and Pharming Group NV, respectively. The first of these agreements expires on December 31, 2014 and the second automatically renews annually.

The rent expense amounted to €102,000 in the first six months of 2014 (first six months of 2013 €32,000). The total rent commitment at June 30, 2014 amounted to €123,000.

(c) Patent license agreement

ProQR has patent license agreements with The General Hospital Corporation, Radboud UMC and Versitech Ltd pursuant to which the Company may have certain royalty obligations. The Company’s royalty obligations under its license agreement with MGH are further explained in Note 19(c) to the Company’s 2013 audited financial statements.

(d) Research and development commitments

The Company’s research and development commitments amounted to €526,000 at June 30, 2014, all of which is due in 2014. These commitments include €434,000 of commitments relating to the production of the Company’s lead product candidate, QR-010, and related product testing, €50,000 of commitments relating to the production of research compounds and studies with such research compounds and €43,000 relating to in vivo studies.

13. Related-Party Transactions

(a) Compensation of the Supervisory Board

On January 1, 2014, three new members, Mr. Dinko Valerio (chairman), Mr. Henri Termeer and Mr. Antoine Papiernik, were appointed to our supervisory board, and Mr. Gerard Platenburg resigned from the supervisory board on December 1, 2013.

The remuneration of the supervisory board members in the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 is set out in the table below:

 

		Six months ended June 30, 2013				Six months ended June 30, 2014
						Short term employee benefits				Post employment benefits				Share-based payments				Total
Mr. Dinko Valerio		€	—			€	—			€	—			€	53			€	53
Mr. Henri Termeer			—				—				—				48				48
Mr. Antoine Papiernik			—				—				—				—				—
Mr. Gerard Platenburg			10				—				—				—				—
		€	10			€	—			€	—			€	101			€	101

 

F-12

---

Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2014:

 

•

Mr. Valerio. In the six months ended June 30, 2014, Mr. Valerio was granted 635 options under the Option Plan to acquire depositary receipts issued for ordinary shares at an exercise price of €113.34 per option. Under this option grant, 318 options are exercisable immediately, while the remaining 317 options vest in four annual equal tranches of 25% starting for the first time as from the first anniversary of the date of grant. Mr. Valerio exercised 318 options on June 30, 2014, for which he received 318 depositary receipts issued for ordinary shares after payment of the exercise price. These depositary receipts have been included in his total number of ordinary shares held at June 30, 2014.

 

•

Mr. Termeer. In the six months ended June 30, 2014, Mr. Termeer was granted 565 options under the Option Plan to acquire depositary receipts issued for ordinary shares at an exercise price of €113.34 per option. Under this option grant 283 options are exercisable immediately, while the remaining 282 options vest in four annual equal tranches of 25% starting for the first time as from the first anniversary of the date of grant. Mr. Termeer exercised 283 options on June 30, 2014, for which he received 283 depositary receipts issued for ordinary shares after payment of the total exercise price. These depositary receipts have been included in his total number of ordinary shares held at June 30, 2014.

 

•

Mr. Antoine Papiernik does not hold any shares or options in the Company.

(b) Compensation of key management personnel

 

		Six months ended June 30, 2013				Six months ended June 30, 2014
						Short term employee benefits				Post employment benefits				Share-based payments				Total
Management board1,2		€	98			€	881	3		€	14			€	22			€	917
Senior Management			50				231				28				68				327
		€	148			€	1,112			€	42			€	90			€	1,244

 

1	The management board includes Mr. Daniel de Boer, our chief executive officer, and Mr. René Beukema, our chief corporate development officer and general counsel.

2	Mr. René Beukema joined the Company on September 1, 2013 and was appointed to the management board on April 17, 2014. The table includes his remuneration received since January 1, 2014.

3	Short-term employee benefits in the first six months of 2014 includes a bonus for our chief executive officer, Mr. Daniel de Boer, of €500,000, as well as €165,000 of employee benefits resulting from the repayment of the loan by Mr. De Boer (see Note 12(c) below).

As of June 30, 2014:

 

•

Mr. de Boer holds 11,917 ordinary shares in the Company as well as 550 options. In the first six months of 2014, Mr. de Boer was awarded a total number of 550 options to acquire depository receipts for ordinary shares at €309.50 per option. These options vest over four years in equal annual installments.

 

•

Mr. Beukema holds 1,909 ordinary shares and 652 preferred shares in the Company as well as 1,359 options. In the first six months of 2014, Mr. Beukema was awarded 300 options to acquire depository receipts for ordinary shares at €309.50 per option. These options vest over four years in equal annual installments.

(c) Repayment of loan to Mr. Daniel de Boer

On November 15, 2013, we provided a loan in the principal amount of €400,000 at an annual interest of 4% to Appel B.V., an entity owned and controlled by Daniel de Boer, our chief executive officer, for the purpose of acquiring 3,529 ordinary shares from Stichting ProQR Therapeutics Participation at a price of €113.34 per

 

F-13

---

Table of Contents

ordinary share. On June 20, 2014, Appel B.V. repaid the loan by transferring 792 ordinary shares to Stichting ProQR Therapeutics Participation at a price of €517.30 per share. The fair value of these ordinary shares amounted to €309.50 per share. The difference between the price paid to Mr. de Boer and the fair value, totaling €165,000, has been included in employee benefits.

(d) Other related party transactions

The Company has loan agreements with the Foundation, which is a related party because Daniel de Boer, our chief executive officer and a member of the Company’s management board, is also chairman of the Foundation. These loans carry an interest of 4% per annum. On June 30, 2014 a total amount of €2,388,000 was outstanding (December 31, 2013 €11,000). As of June 30, 2014, the Company has issued 11,617 shares to the Foundation which are considered treasury shares (December 31, 2013: 10,585 shares).

The condensed financial statements do not include all disclosures for related-party transactions that are required in the annual financial statements, and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s annual financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2013.

14. Events After Balance Sheet Date

In August 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc., or CFFT, a subsidiary of the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, pursuant to which CFFT agreed to provide the Company with up to $3 million to support the clinical development of QR-010. The Cystic Fibrosis Foundation is a professional patient advocacy organization that supports select CF drug development programs by providing financial support and access to its Therapeutic Development Network, a network of CF key opinion leaders, as well as to an extensive clinical trial network infrastructure. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, the Company is obligated to make a one-time milestone payment to CFFT of up to approximately $80 million, payable in three equal annual installments following the first commercial sale of QR-010, the first of which is due within 90 days following the first commercial sale. The Company is also obligated to make a one-time milestone payment to CFFT of up to $3 million if net sales of QR-010 exceed $500 million in a calendar year. Lastly, the Company is obligated to make a payment to CFFT of up to approximately $6 million if it transfers, sells or licenses QR-010 other than for certain clinical or development purposes, or if the Company enters into a change of control transaction. Either CFFT or the Company may terminate the agreement for cause, which includes the Company’s material failure to achieve certain commercialization and development milestones. The Company’s payment obligations survive the termination of the agreement.

 

F-14

---

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Supervisory Board and Shareholders of

ProQR Therapeutics B.V.

Leiden, The Netherlands

We have audited the accompanying statements of financial position of ProQR Therapeutics B.V. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related statements of comprehensive loss, equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the period from February 21, 2012 (date of inception of the Company) through December 31, 2012 (the “Financial Statements”). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and International Standards on Auditing. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal controls over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we do not express such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the accompanying Financial Statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ending December 31, 2013 and the period from February 21, 2012 (date of inception of the Company) through December 31, 2012 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

/s/    Deloitte Accountants B.V.

Amsterdam, The Netherlands

July 10, 2014

 

F-15

---

Table of Contents

PROQR THERAPEUTICS B.V.

Statement of Financial Position

(€ in thousands)

 

		At December 31,
		2012				2013
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents		€	249			€	4,129
Other receivables			27				59
Social securities and other taxes			23				73
Total current assets			299				4,261
Property, plant and equipment			—				204
Intangible assets			39				39
Total assets			338				4,504
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Convertible loan			—				2,514
Finance lease liabilities			—				35
Trade payables			95				745
Social security and other taxes			3				29
Pension premiums			7				17
Other current liabilities			38				262
Total current liabilities			143				3,602
Finance lease liabilities			—				48
Borrowings			96				943
Total liabilities			239				4,593
Stockholders’ equity			99				(89	)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity		€	338			€	4,504

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-16

---

Table of Contents

PROQR THERAPEUTICS B.V.

Statement of Comprehensive Loss

(€ in thousands, except share data and per share data)

 

		Period From February 21, 2012 (Inception) Through December 31, 2012				Year Ended December 31, 2013
Other income		€	23			€	116
Research and development costs			(285	)			(2,569	)
General and administrative costs			(157	)			(786	)
Total operating costs			(442	)			(3,355	)
Operating result			(419	)			(3,239	)
Finance income and expense			1				(14	)
Result before corporate income taxes			(418	)			(3,253	)
Income taxes			—				—
Net loss (attributable to equity holders of the Company)			(418	)			(3,253	)
Other comprehensive income			—				—
Total comprehensive loss (attributable to equity holders of the Company)		€	(418	)		€	(3,253	)
Share information
Weighted average number of shares outstanding			24,556				54,199
Earnings per share for result attributable to the equity holders of the Company (expressed in Euro per share)
Basic and diluted loss per share		€	(17.04	)		€	(60.01	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-17

---

Table of Contents

PROQR THERAPEUTICS B.V.

Statement of Changes in Equity

(€ in thousands, except for share data)

 

		Attributable to Equity Holders of the Company
		Number of Shares				Share Capital				Share Premium Reserve				Equity Settled Employee Benefit Reserve				Accumulated Deficit				Total Equity
Balance at February 21, 2012			18,000			€	18			€	—			€	—			€	—			€	18
Net loss			—				—				—				—				(418	)			(418	)
Shares issued in the period			17,293				17				484				—				—				501
Treasury shares issued to Stichting ProQR Therapeutics Participation			(1,765	)			(2	)			—				—				—				(2	)
Balance at December 31, 2012			33,528				33				484				—				(418	)			99
Net loss			—				—				—				—				(3,253	)			(3,253	)
Recognition of share-based payments			—				—				—				41				—				41
Shares issued in the period			35,291				35				3,394				—				—				3,429
Treasury shares issued to Stichting ProQR Therapeutics Participation			(8,820	)			(9	)			(396	)			—				—				(405	)
Balance at December 31, 2013			59,999			€	59			€	3,482			€	41			€	(3,671	)		€	(89	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-18

---

Table of Contents

PROQR THERAPEUTICS B.V.

Statement of Cash Flows

(€ in thousands)

 

		Period From February 21, 2012 (Inception) Through December 31, 2012				Year Ended December 31, 2013
Cash flow from operating activities
Net loss		€	(418	)		€	(3,253	)
Adjustments for:
Depreciation			—				24
Share-based payment expenses			—				41
Interest expense/(income)			(1	)			14
Changes in other receivables			(50	)			(81	)
Changes in trade and other payables			142				910
Corporate income tax paid			—				—
Interest received			2				13
Net cash used in operating activities			(325	)			(2,332	)
Cash flow from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment			—				(137	)
Purchases of intangible assets			(39	)			—
Net cash used in investing activities			(39	)			(137	)
Cash flow from financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of shares			518				3,023
Proceeds from borrowings			95				3,326
Net cash generated by financing activities			613				6,349
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents			249				3,880
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year			—				249
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year		€	249			€	4,129

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-19

---

Table of Contents

PROQR THERAPEUTICS B.V.

Notes to the Financial Statements

1. General Information

ProQR Therapeutics B.V., or ProQR or the Company, is a development stage company that primarily focuses on the development and commercialization of novel therapeutic medicines.

The Company is a limited liability company incorporated in the Netherlands, on February 21, 2012 with its statutory seat in Leiden, the Netherlands. The address of its headquarters and registered office is Darwinweg 24, 2333 CR Leiden, the Netherlands.

Going Concern

The management board of ProQR has, upon preparing and finalizing the 2013 financial statements, assessed the Company’s ability to fund its operations for a period of at least one year after the date of signing these financial statements.

The management board of the Company is confident about the continuity of the Company based on its existing funding, taking into account the funding provided by the financing transaction described under the ‘Events after the balance sheet date’ as described in Note 21, and the projected cash flows based on the activities under execution on the basis of ProQR’s business plan, which includes, amongst other activities, the conduct of toxicology studies with QR-010 and a Phase 1b clinical study of QR-010 in patients suffering from Cystic Fibrosis.

2. Adoption of New and Revised International Financial Reporting Standards

The financial statements have been prepared on the basis of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). New Standards and Interpretations, which became effective as of January 1, 2013, did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

The Company has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet effective:

 

IFRS 9		Financial Instruments1
IFRS 14		Regulatory Deferral Accounts4
Amendments to IFRS 1		First Time Adoption3
Amendments to IFRS 2		Share-based Payment3
Amendments to IFRS 3		Business Combination3
Amendments to IFRS 8		Operating Segment3
Amendments to IFRS 10/IFRS 12/IAS 27		Investment Entities2
Amendments to IFRS 13		Fair Value Measurement3
Amendments to IAS 16		Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation3
Amendments to IAS 19		Defined Benefits Plans: Employee Contributions3
Amendments to IAS 24		Related Party Disclosure3
Amendments to IAS 32		Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities2
Amendments to IAS 36		Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets2
Amendments to IAS 38		Intangible Assets3
Amendments to IAS 39		Novation of Derivatives and Continuation of Hedge Accounting2
Amendments to IAS 40		Intangible Assets3
IFRIC 21		Levies2

 

F-20

---

Table of Contents

1	Effective date not yet determined

2	Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014, with earlier adoption allowed.

3	Effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2014, with earlier adoption allowed.

4	Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016.

The adoption of these Standards and Interpretations are not expected to have a material effect on the financial statements.

3. Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Statement of compliance

The financial statements of ProQR Therapeutics B.V., or the Company, have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the IASB.

(b) Basis of preparation

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for financial instruments and share-based payment obligations which have been based on fair value. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for assets. Furthermore, the financial statements are presented in euros and all values are rounded to the nearest euro except where otherwise indicated.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 5.

(c) Basis of consolidation

The financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and its special purpose entity called ‘Stichting ProQR Therapeutics Participation’, a Dutch foundation (the “Foundation”). The Foundation was founded with the sole purpose of holding company shares while issuing depositary receipts to employees of the Company upon exercise of equity awards. The Foundation retains the voting rights over the shares in respect of which depository shares are issued. The Foundation is controlled by the management of the Company. Control is achieved where the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. As the Foundation’s only director is Mr. de Boer, and given the fact that the voting rights held by the Foundation can be used for the benefit of enforcing the interests of the Company’s management, the Company concluded that the Foundation is controlled by the management of the Company. The Foundation applies the same accounting principles as those used by the Company.

(d) Recognition of other income

Other income includes amounts earned from third parties and are recognized when earned in accordance with the substance and under the terms of the related agreements and when it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity and the amount of the income can be measured reliably. Other income relates to a grant received from patient organization the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation for a specific research project that ran in 2012 and 2013. The grant is recognized in other income in the same period in which the related R&D costs are recognized.

(e) Government grants—WBSO

The WBSO (“afdrachtvermindering speur- en ontwikkelingswerk”) is a Dutch fiscal facility that provides subsidies to companies, knowledge centres and self-employed people who perform research and development activities (as defined in the WBSO Act). Under this Act, a contribution is paid towards the labor costs of

 

F-21

---

Table of Contents

employees directly involved in research and development. The contribution is in the form of a reduction of payroll taxes and social security contributions. Subsidies relating to labor costs are deferred and recognized in the income statement as negative labor costs over the period necessary to match them with the labor costs that they are intended to compensate.

(f) Foreign currencies

Items included in the Company’s financial statements are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment it operates in (“the functional currency”). The financial statements are presented in Euros, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the income statement.

(g) Classes of financial instruments

Financial instruments are both primary financial instruments, such as receivables and payables, and financial derivatives. For primary financial instruments, reference is made to the treatment per the corresponding balance sheet item.

Financial derivatives are valued at fair value. Upon first recognition, financial derivatives are recognized at fair value and then revalued as at balance sheet date.

(h) Pension obligations

The Company operates a defined contribution pension plan for all employees funded through payments to an insurance company. The Company has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.

(i) Share-based payments

The Company operates an equity-settled, share-based compensation plan. The costs of employee share option plans are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date.

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed, based on the Company’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest. At the end of each reporting period, the Company revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognized in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to the equity-settled employee benefits reserve.

 

(j) Taxation

Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

Current tax

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the income statement because of items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Company’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

 

F-22

---

Table of Contents

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. Since the Company does not expect to be profitable in the foreseeable future, its deferred tax assets are valued at €nil.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset realised, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Company expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

(k) Intangible assets

Licenses

Acquired patents have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of patents over their estimated useful lives (generally 10 years unless a patent expires prior to that date). Amortisation begins when an asset is available for its intended use.

Research and development

Research expenditures are recognized as expenses as incurred. Costs incurred on development projects are recognized as intangible assets of the date that it can be established that it is probable that future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the Company considering its commercial and technological feasibility, generally when filed for regulatory approval for commercial production, and when costs can be measured reliably. Given the current stage of the development of the Company’s products no development expenditures have yet been capitalized.

Registration costs for patents are part of the expenditures for the research and development project. Therefore, registration costs for patents are expensed as incurred as long as the research and development project concerned does not yet meet the criteria for capitalization.

(l) Impairment of tangible and intangible assets

At the end of each reporting period, the Company reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Company estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Where a reasonable and consistent basis of allocation can be identified, corporate assets are also allocated to individual cash-generating units, or otherwise they are allocated to the smallest group of cash-generating units for which a reasonable and consistent allocation basis can be identified.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment at least annually, and whenever there is an indication that the asset may be impaired.

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

 

F-23

---

Table of Contents

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the reversal of the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation increase.

(m) Financial assets

All financial assets are recognized and derecognized on the trade date where the purchase or sale of a financial asset is under a contract whose terms require delivery of the financial asset within the timeframe established by the market concerned, and are initially measured at fair value, plus transaction costs, except for those financial assets classified as at fair value through profit or loss, which are initially measured at fair value.

Loans and receivables

Trade receivables, loans and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as “loans and receivables”. Loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment.

An allowance for doubtful accounts is established when there is objective evidence that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter into bankruptcy or financial reorganization, and default or delinquency in payments are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. Loans and receivables are included in ‘current assets’, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the balance sheet date, which are classified as ‘non-current assets’.

For all financial assets, the fair value approximates its carrying value.

(n) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are convertible to a known amount of cash and bear an insignificant risk of change in value.

(o) Financial liabilities and equity instruments

Debt and equity instruments are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement.

Equity instruments

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Company are recognized at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

 

F-24

---

Table of Contents

Compound instruments

The component parts of compound instruments (convertible bonds) issued by the Company are classified separately as financial liabilities and equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement. At the date of issue, the fair value of the liability component is estimated using the prevailing market interest rate for a similar non-convertible instrument. This amount is recorded as a liability on an amortised cost basis using the effective interest method until extinguished upon conversion or at the instrument’s maturity date. The equity component is determined by deducting the amount of the liability component from the fair value of the compound instrument as a whole. This is recognized and included in equity, net of income tax effects, and is not subsequently remeasured.

Other financial liabilities

Other financial liabilities, including borrowings, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognized on an effective yield basis.

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the financial liability, or, where appropriate, a shorter period.

Borrowings and other financial liabilities are classified as ‘non-current liabilities,’ other than liabilities with maturities up to one year, which are classified as “current liabilities”.

The Company derecognizes financial liabilities when the liability is discharged, cancelled or expired. For all financial liabilities, the fair value approximates its carrying amount.

4. Financial Risk Management

The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall financial risk management seeks to minimize potential adverse effects resulting from unpredictability of financial markets on the Company’s financial performance.

Risk management is carried out by the finance department. The finance department identifies and evaluates financial risks and proposes mitigating actions if deemed appropriate.

(a) Market risk

Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities in foreign currencies. In the periods presented, the Company had no significant outstanding receivables, but had expenditures in various currencies, predominately (€1,258,000) in US Dollars. The Company has an exposure associated with the time delay between entering into a contract, budget or forecast and the realization thereof. The impact of fair value measurements on the financial statements is limited.

(b) Interest rate risk

The Company’s exposure to interest rate risks is limited due to the use of loans with fixed rates. The Company has two loans and a financial lease with a fixed interest, totalling €3,575,000 at December 31, 2013. Details on the interest rates and maturities of these loans are provided in Notes 11 and 12.

 

F-25

---

Table of Contents

(c) Credit risk

Credit risk represents the risk of financial loss caused by default of the counterparty. The Company has no large receivables balances with external parties. The Company’s principal financial assets are cash and cash equivalents which are placed at ABN Amro and Rabobank.

(d) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk represents the risk that an entity will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with its financial liabilities. Prudent liquidity risk management implies ensuring sufficient availability of cash resources for funding of operations and planning to raise cash as if and when needed, either through issue of shares or through credit facilities. Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Company’s liquidity reserve on the basis of expected cash flow.

The table below summarizes ProQR’s undiscounted liabilities at year-end 2013:

 

		2014				2015				2016				2017				2018 and beyond
		(€ in thousands)
Other non-current liabilities		€	—			€	—			€	—			€	314			€	629
Convertible loan			2,514				—				—				—				—
Finance lease liabilities			35				33				15				—				—
Trade payables			745				—				—				—				—
Social security and other taxes			29				—				—				—				—
Pension premiums			17				—				—				—				—
Other current liabilities			262				—				—				—				—
Total		€	3,602			€	33			€	15			€	314			€	629

5. Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments

In the application of the Company’s accounting policies, which are described in Note 3, management is required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

(a) Share-based payments

Share options granted to employees and consultants are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted. Fair value is determined through the use of an option-pricing model considering, among others, the following variables:

 

a)

The exercise price of the option;

 

b)

The expected life of the option;

 

c)

The current value of the underlying shares;

 

d)

The expected volatility of the share price;

 

e)

The dividends expected on the shares; and

 

f)

The risk-free interest rate for the life of the option.

 

F-26

---

Table of Contents

For the Company’s share option plans, management’s judgment is that the Black-Scholes valuation method is the most appropriate for determining the fair value of the Company’s share options.

Since the Company’s ordinary shares are not publicly traded, there is no published share price information. Consequently the Company needs to estimate the fair value of its shares and the expected volatility of that value. The expected volatility of all options granted is therefore based on the average historical volatility of the Company’s peers over a period that agrees with the period of maturity. All assumptions and estimates are further discussed in Note 13(d) to the financial statements. The value of the underlying shares was determined on the basis of the prior sale of company stock method. As such, the Company has benchmarked the value per share to external transactions of Company shares and external financing rounds.

The result of the share option valuations and the related compensation expense is dependent on the model and input parameters used. Even though management considers the fair values reasonable and defensible based on the methodologies applied and the information available, others might derive a different fair value for the Company’s share options.

(b) Corporate income taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses or tax credits only to the extent that the Company has sufficient taxable temporary differences or there is convincing evidence that sufficient taxable profit will be available against which the unused tax losses or unused tax credits can be utilized. Management’s judgment is that such convincing evidence is currently not sufficiently available and a deferred tax asset is therefore only recognized to the extent that the Company has sufficient taxable temporary differences.

6. Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2013
		(€ in thousands)
Cash at banks		€	249			€	4,129
		€	249			€	4,129

The cash at banks is at full disposal of the Company.

7. Other Receivables

 

		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2013
		(€ in thousands)
Prepayments		€	3			€	3
Other receivables			24				57
		€	27			€	59

All receivables are considered short-term and due within one year.

8. Social Securities and Other Taxes

 

		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2013
		(€ in thousands)
Value added tax		€	23			€	73
		€	23			€	73

 

F-27

---

Table of Contents

9. Property, Plant and Equipment (‘PP&E’)

 

		Period February 21, – December 31, 2012				Year ended December 31, 2013
		(€ in thousands)
PP&E at cost:
Leasehold improvements		€	—			€	5
Laboratory equipment			—				190
Other			—				33
PP&E at cost			—				228
Depreciation for the period:
Leasehold improvements			—				1
Laboratory equipment			—				19
Other			—				4
Accumulated depreciation			—				24
Carrying value at the end of the period			—				204
Carrying value per category at the end of the period
Leasehold improvements			—				4
Laboratory equipment			—				171
Other			—				29
Total carrying value at the end of the period			—			€	204

The depreciation charge is included in the research and development costs (€24,000) and the general and administrative costs (€nil).

10. Intangible Assets

 

		Period February 21, – December 31, 2012				Year ended December 31, 2013
		(€ in thousands)
Intangible Assets, at cost
Licenses		€	39			€	39
Intangible assets at cost			39				39
Additions, at cost Licenses			—				—
Movement for the period			—				—
Amortization for the period Licenses			—				—
Accumulated amortization			—				—
Carrying value at the end of the period		€	39			€	39

 

F-28

---

Table of Contents

In 2012, the Company acquired an exclusive license from the Massachusetts General Hospital. The initial payment in respect of the license, in the amount of €39,000, will be amortized over the commercial life of products based on the license during the patent-life.

11. Current Liabilities

 

		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2013
		(€ in thousands)
Convertible loan(a)		€	—			€	2,514
Current portion finance lease liabilities			—				35
Trade payables			95				745
Social securities and other taxes			3				29
Pension premiums			7				17
Accrued expenses and other liabilities			38				262
			143				3,602

(a) Convertible loan

 

		Period February 21 – December 31 2012				Year ended December 31, 2013
		(€ in thousands)
Balance at the beginning of the period		€	—			€	—
Initial recognition new convertible loan			—				2,500
Accrued interest			—				14
Balance at the end of the period			—				2,514

On November 15, 2013, the Company concluded a convertible loan amounting to €2,500,000 with a number of shareholders. The loan carries interest of 6% per annum and was convertible into shares in a new financing round. The participants to the convertible loan had the right to receive an agreed-upon discount on the issue price of new shares if they elected to convert their loan in any new financing round.

The majority of the Company’s current liabilities are denominated in euros.

12. Liabilities

(a) Finance lease liabilities

 

		Period February 21 – December 31 2012				Year ended December 31, 2013
		(€ in thousands)
Balance at the beginning of the period		€	—			€	—
Initial recognition new finance leases			—				91
Interest expense accrued			—				11
Payment of finance lease liabilities			—				(19	)
Balance at the end of the period			—				83
Current portion at the end of the period			—				(35	)
			—				48

 

F-29

---

Table of Contents

Certain of the Company’s property, plant and equipment items are subject to finance leases. These leases relate to laboratory equipment.

Future minimum lease payments under finance leases as at December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

		2012								2013
		Minimum payments				Present value of payments				Minimum payments				Present value of payments
		(€ in thousands)
Within one year		€	—			€	—			€	35			€	34
After one year but not more than five years			—				—				48				46
More than five years			—				—				—				—

As of December 31, 2013, the carrying value of leased assets was €83,000, all of which related to laboratory equipment. The interest used for the present value of payments is 2%.

(b) Borrowings

 

		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2013
		(€ in thousands)
Innovation credit		€	95			€	922
Accrued interest on innovation credit			1				21
			96				943

Innovation credit (“Innovatiekrediet”)

On June 1, 2012, ProQR was awarded an Innovation credit by the Dutch government, through its agency AgentschapNL of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, for the Company’s Cystic Fibrosis program. The credit was increased in the course of 2013. The credit covers 35% of the costs incurred in respect of the program up to an initial maximum of €5.0 million through November 30, 2015.

The credit is interest-bearing at a rate of 10% per annum. The credit, including accrued interest, is repayable in three instalments on January 31, 2017, January 31, 2018 and January 31, 2019, depending on the technical success of the program.

The assets which are co-financed with the granted innovation credit are subject to a right of pledge of the benefit of AgentschapNL.

13. Shareholders’ Equity

(a) Issued capital

 

		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2013
		(€ in thousands)
Share capital		€	33			€	59
Share premium			484				3,482
		€	517			€	3,541

The authorized share capital of the Company amounting to €90,000 consists of 90,000 ordinary shares with a par value of €1.00 per share. All issued shares have been fully paid in cash.

 

F-30

---

Table of Contents

(b) Treasury shares

All treasury shares presented in the statement of changes in equity relate to shares that have been issued during the period to the Foundation. As these share have legally been issued, but the Foundation is within control of the Company, these shares are presented as treasury shares.

(c) Equity settled employee benefit reserve

The costs of share options for employees, members of the supervisory board, members of the management board and consultants are recognized in the income statement, together with a corresponding increase in equity during the vesting period, taking into account (deferral of) corporate income taxes. The accumulated expense of share options recognized in the income statement is shown separately in the equity category ‘equity settled employee benefit reserve’ in the ‘statement of changes in equity’.

(d) Share options

The Company operates an equity-settled share-based compensation plan which was introduced in 2013. The supervisory board may grant options to employees, members of the supervisory board, members of the management board and consultants. The compensation expenses included in operating costs for this plan were €41,000 in 2013, of which €22,000 was recorded in general and administrative costs and €19,000 was recorded in research and development costs.

Options granted under this stock option plan are exercisable once vested. Any vesting schedule may be attached to the granted options, however the typical vesting period is four years (25% after every year). The options expire ten years after date of grant. Options granted under the stock option plan are granted at exercise prices which equal the fair value of the ordinary shares of the Company at the date of the grant.

The Company accounts for its employee stock options under the fair value method. The fair value of the options is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the following assumptions:

 

		Options granted in 2013
Risk-free interest rate			0.942	%
Expected dividend yield			0	%
Expected volatility			93.8	%
Expected life in years			5 years

The resulting weighted average grant date fair value of the options amounted to €80.78 as of December 31, 2013.

Movements in the number of options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:

 

		Number of options				Average exercise price
Balance at January 1, 2013			—			€	—
Granted			3,736				113.34
Forfeited			(10	)			113.34
Exercised			—				—
Lapsed			—				—
Balance at December 31, 2013			3,726				113.34

Please refer to Note 20 for options of key management personnel.

 

F-31

---

Table of Contents

14. Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs amounted to €2,569,000 in 2013 (2012: €285,000) and comprise allocated employee costs, the costs of materials and laboratory consumables, license- and IP-costs and allocated other costs.

15. Employee Benefits

 

		Period February 21 – December 31 2012				January 1 – December 31 2013
		(€ in thousands)
Wages and salaries		€	138			€	677
Social security costs			15				112
Pension costs—defined contribution plans			7				49
Other personnel costs			19				71
			179				909
Average number of employees for the period			3.0				13.4

Included in the wages and salaries for 2013 is a credit of €150,000 (2012: €37,000) with respect to WBSO subsidies; see Note 3(e).

16. Financial Income and Expense

 

		Period February 21 – December 31 2012				January 1 – December 31 2013
		(€ in thousands)
Interest income:
Current accounts and deposits		€	2			€	24
Interest costs:
Interest on loans			1				38
Finance (costs)/income—net			1				(14	)

17. Income Taxes

The calculation of the tax charge is as follows:

 

		January 1 – December 31, 2013
		(€ in thousands)
Income tax provision based on domestic rate (25%)			€	813
Less: Valuation allowance				(813	)
Income tax charge				—
Effective tax rate				0	%

Due to the operating losses incurred since inception the Company has no tax provisions as of the balance sheet date. Furthermore, no significant temporary differences exist between accounting and tax results.

 

F-32

---

Table of Contents

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the Company has not yet recognized any deferred tax asset related to operating losses. As per December 31, 2013, the Company has a total amount of €3.7 million tax loss carry-forwards available for offset against future taxable profits. According to current tax regulations the first amount of the tax loss carry-forwards will expire in 2021.

18. Earnings Per Share

(a) Basic and diluted earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the result attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year.

 

		Period February 21 – December 31 2012				January 1 – December 31 2013
		(€ in thousands)
Result attributable to equity holders of the Company		€	(418	)		€	(3,253	)
Weighted average number of shares			24,556				54,199
Basic (and diluted) earnings per share (€ per share)			(17.04	)			(60.01	)

(b) Diluted earnings per share

For the periods included in these financial statements, the share options are not included in the diluted earnings per share calculation as the Company was loss-making in all periods. Due to the anti-dilutive nature of the outstanding options, basic and diluted earnings per share are equal.

(c) Dividends per share

The Company did not declare dividends for any of the years presented in these financial statements.

19. Commitments and Contingencies

(a) Claims

There are no claims known to management related to the activities of the Company.

(b) Rent

Since 2012, the Company is domiciled in Leiden. It has concluded rental agreements for laboratory space and offices with MicroSafe Laboratories and Pharming Technologies B.V. The first of these agreements runs until December 31, 2014; the second automatically renews annually.

The annual obligation currently amounts to €194,000, while the 2013 rent expense amounted to €113,000 (2012:€13,000).

(c) Patent license agreement

The Company and The General Hospital Corporation (MGH) have entered into a Patent License Agreement under which the Company may have certain royalty obligations. The Company is also obligated to pay MGH up to $800,000 in milestone payments upon the achievement of certain development and regulatory milestones and, beginning after its first commercial sale of a product covered by the licensed patent rights, a $10,000 annual license fee which is creditable against royalties due to MGH in the same calendar year. In addition, the Company is obligated to pay MGH 2% of any net sales by the Company, its affiliates or sublicensees on licensed products made or sold in the United States, as well as a low double-digit percentage of any payments the Company may receive from any sublicensee anywhere in the world.

 

F-33

---

Table of Contents

(d) Research and development commitments

The Company has committed itself to a number of obligations amounting to €953,000, all of which are due in 2014.

20. Related-Party Transactions

Details of transactions between the Company and related parties are disclosed below.

(a) Compensation of the Supervisory Board

The sole member of the supervisory board during 2013, Gerard Platenburg, was appointed on August 21, 2012. His remuneration for 2013 amounted to €34,000 (2012: €8,000), of which €22,000 was attributable to advisory fees paid to Progress Therapeutics B.V., a company owned and controlled by Mr. Platenburg, and €12,000 was attributable to share-based payments to Mr. Platenburg. The remuneration comprised only short-term employee benefits as set out in the table below:

 

						2013
		Period February 21 – December 31 2012				Advisory fees				Share- based payments				Total
		(€ in thousands)
G.J. Platenburg		€	8			€	22			€	12			€	34
		€	8			€	22			€	12			€	34

As of December 31, 2013, Progress Therapeutics B.V., a company owned and controlled by Mr. Platenburg, holds 9,177 ordinary shares in the Company and Mr. Platenburg holds 1,059 options.

(b) Compensation of key management personnel

The total remuneration of the chief executive officer and senior management in 2013 amounted to €355,000 with the details set out in the table below:

 

						2013
		Period February 21 – December 31, 2012				Short term employee benefits				Post employment benefits				Share-based payments				Total
		(€ in thousands)
Mr. D.A. de Boer		€	88			€	180			€	8			€	7			€	195
Senior Management			53				134				11				15				160
		€	141			€	314			€	19			€	22			€	355

As of December 31, 2013, Daniel de Boer, founder of the Company, holds 12,709 ordinary shares in the Company. 3,529 of these shares were paid-in through a loan that Mr. de Boer received from the Company for a total value of €402,000. As part of the agreement, Mr. de Boer has a put option to return the shares to the Company under certain conditions. This put option is accounted for as a fully vested option for which share-based payment expenses are recognized.

 

F-34

---

Table of Contents

In addition, as Mr. de Boer has the right to return the shares to the Company in order to repay his loan, the full loan amount of €402,000 is netted in equity, and the related shares are treated as treasury shares.

(c) Other related party transactions

The Company has loan agreements with the Foundation which is a related party, since a member of the Company’s management board and shareholder is also chairman of the Foundation. These loans carry interest of 4% per annum. On December 31, 2013, a total amount of €7,000 (2012: €2,000) was outstanding. At December 31, 2013 the Company had issued 10,585 shares (December 31, 2012: 1,765 shares) to the Foundation, which are considered treasury shares.

21. Events after Balance Sheet Date

(a) Financing round

On April 17, 2014, the Company completed a financing round of €41,998,000, which includes conversion of the existing convertible loan, with existing and new shareholders, against issuance of 81,187 preferred shares to investors.

All of the Company’s issued preferred shares will convert into ordinary shares in the event of an initial public offering that results in gross proceeds of at least US$35 million or upon a written request of certain preferred shareholders. The conversion rate for the preferred shares is one-to-one, adjusted for any stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or other similar events.

(b) Repayment of loan to Mr. D. de Boer

On June 20, 2014, Mr. D. de Boer repaid to ProQR the loan described in Note 20 through the sale of ordinary shares to the Foundation.

22. Segment Information

The Company operates in one reportable segment, which comprises the discovery and development of innovative, RNA based therapeutics. The management board is identified as the chief operating decision maker. The management board reviews the operating results regularly to make decisions about resources and to assess overall performance.

The Company has not generated any revenues since inception.

The amounts provided to the management board with respect to total assets and liabilities are measured in a manner consistent with that of the financial statements.

 

F-35

---

Table of Contents

 

ProQR™ THERAPEUTICS Build on passion heading for success

---

Table of Contents

 

 

                 Shares

 

ORDINARY SHARES

 

 

Prospectus

 

 

Leerink Partners

Deutsche Bank Securities

JMP Securities

H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC

                , 2014

 

 

 

 

---

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of directors.

Although Dutch law does not expressly provide for the indemnification of directors, the concept of indemnification of directors of a company for liabilities arising from their actions as members of the management board and supervisory board is, in principle, accepted in the Netherlands. Our articles of association provide that we will indemnify our management board members, supervisory board members, former management board members and former supervisory board members against (i) any financial losses or damages incurred by such indemnified person and (ii) any expense reasonably paid or incurred by such indemnified person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed suit, claim, action or legal proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, in which he becomes involved, to the extent this relates to his position with the company, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. No indemnification shall be given to an indemnified person (a) if a Dutch court has established, without possibility for appeal, that the acts or omissions of such indemnified person that led to the financial losses, damages, suit, claim, action or legal proceedings result from either an improper performance of his duties as an officer of the company or an unlawful or illegal act and (b) to the extent that his financial losses, damages and expenses are covered by an insurance and the insurer has settled these financial losses, damages and expenses (or has indicated that it would do so). Our supervisory board may stipulate additional terms, conditions and restrictions in relation to such indemnification.

Reference is made to Sections 6 and 7 of the form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the registration statement, which sets forth the registrant’s and the underwriters’ respective agreement to indemnify each other and to provide contribution in circumstances where indemnification is unavailable.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Item 7. Recent sales of unregistered securities

Set forth below is information regarding option awards and unrestricted and restricted share issuances made by us since our incorporation in February 2012. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for such option awards and shares and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

Option awards

The table below summarizes all the option awards we have made since our inception pursuant to our Stock Option Plan. The grant of the option awards and the issuance of ordinary shares upon the exercise of options described in the table below were or will be made pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act, written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees and directors in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, or Rule 701. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

 

II-1

---

Table of Contents

Date Of Grant		Number Of Shares Underlying Share Options				Current Exercise Price Per Share
September 26, 2013			2,677			€	113.34
December 1, 2013			1,059			€	113.34
January 1, 2014			100			€	113.34
January 14, 2014			1,200			€	113.34
February 1, 2014			700			€	113.34
May 1, 2014			1,059			€	309.50
May 31, 2014			235			€	309.50
June 30, 2014			2,490			€	309.50

Share issuances

On April 21, 2012, we entered into a seed loan agreement with certain investors and the chairman of our supervisory board, Dinko Valerio, in the principal amount of €300,000. On August 21, 2012, we issued an aggregate of 17,293 ordinary shares pursuant to the conversion of the seed loan agreement and for additional consideration of €201,765 in cash.

On February 6, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 19,371 ordinary shares to certain investors for aggregate consideration of €1,472,601 in cash.

On May 3, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 15,920 ordinary shares to certain investors for aggregate consideration of €1,559,770 in cash.

On November 22, 2013, we issued convertible notes to certain investors in the principal amount of €2,500,000.

On April 17, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 81,187 preferred shares pursuant to the conversion of the convertible notes and for additional consideration of €39,498,410 in cash.

On June 30, 2014, we issued 601 depository receipts to two existing shareholders upon the exercise of options to purchase depository receipts for aggregate consideration of €68,117 in cash.

All of the foregoing issuances were made outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S or to U.S. persons pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

Item 8. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a) The Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 9. Undertakings

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the

 

II-2

---

Table of Contents

Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3

---

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on August 14, 2014.

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Daniel de Boer and René Beukema, and each of them, as attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to do any and all acts and all things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of ordinary shares of the registrant (the “Shares”), including, without limitation, the power and authority to sign the name of each of the undersigned in the capacities indicated below to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such Shares, to any and all amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, whether such amendments or supplements are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement, to any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with such Registration Statement or any and all amendments thereto, whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney and agent shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURES		TITLE		DATE
/s/ Daniel de Boer Daniel de Boer		Chief Executive Officer and Director, Management Board (Principal Executive Officer)		August 14, 2014
/s/ André Verwei André Verwei		Head of Finance (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)		August 14, 2014
/s/ René Beukema René Beukema		Director, Management Board		August 14, 2014
/s/ Dinko Valerio Dinko Valerio		Chairman, Supervisory Board		August 14, 2014
/s/ Antoine Benjamin Papiernik Antoine Benjamin Papiernik		Director, Supervisory Board		August 14, 2014
/s/ Henri Termeer Henri Termeer		Director, Supervisory Board		August 14, 2014

 

II-4

---

Table of Contents

PROQR THERAPEUTICS B.V. Authorized Representative in the United States
By:		/s/ Donald J. Puglisi				August 14, 2014
Name:		Donald J. Puglisi
Title:		Managing Director

 

II-5

---

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.		Description
1.1*		Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1		Articles of Association of the Registrant as in effect prior to this offering
3.2*		Amended Articles of Association of the Registrant to be effective upon the closing of this offering
4.1*		Registration Rights Agreement by and between the Registrant and the shareholders party thereto
5.1*		Form of Opinion of NautaDutilh N.V., Dutch legal counsel of the Registrant
10.1		ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan and forms of notice of grant thereunder
10.2*		ProQR Therapeutics N.V. Stock Option Plan and forms of notice of grant thereunder
10.3#*		Service Agreement dated as of                     , 2014 by and between the Registrant and Daniel Anton de Boer
10.4#*		Service Agreement dated as of                     , 2014 by and between the Registrant and René Beukema
10.5*		Call Option Agreement by and between the Registrant and Stichting Continuity ProQR Therapeutics
10.6		Sublease of Office Accommodation dated as of September 5, 2013 by and between the Registrant and Pharming Technologies B.V.
10.7		Sublease Agreement dated as of April 1, 2013 by and between the Registrant and MicroSafe Laboratories
10.8†		Exclusive Patent License Agreement dated as of May 29, 2012 by and between the Registrant and The General Hospital Corporation d/b/a Massachusetts General Hospital
10.9†		Agreement dated as of August 1, 2014 by and between the Registrant and Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc.
21.1		Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1		Consent of Deloitte Accountants B.V., Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2*		Form of Consent of NautaDutilh N.V. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1		Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

*	To be filed by amendment

†	Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

#	Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

Exhibit 3.1

THIS IS A TRANSLATION INTO ENGLISH OF THE DEED

AMENDING THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION (STATUTEN) OF A

DUTCH PRIVATE COMPANY WITH LIMITED LIABILITY (BESLOTEN

VENNOOTSCHAP MET BEPERKTE AANSPRAKELIJKHEID). IN THE

EVENT OF A CONFLICT BETWEEN THE ENGLISH AND DUTCH TEXT,

THE DUTCH TEXT SHALL PREVAIL.

DEED AMENDING ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

PROQR THERAPEUTICS B.V.

On this day, the seventeenth day of April two thousand and fourteen, appeared before me, Wijnand Hendrik Bossenbroek, civil law notary at Amsterdam:

Sietske Sophie Bos, employed at my office at 1077 XV Amsterdam, Strawinskylaan 1999, born in Gouda on the fifteenth day of September nineteen hundred and eighty-six.

The person appearing before me declared that the general meeting of ProQR Therapeutics B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid), having its corporate seat at Leiden, the Netherlands (address: 2333 CR Leiden, Darwinweg 24, trade register number: 54600790) (the “Company”), by written resolution dated the seventeenth day of April two thousand and fourteen, among other things decided to amend the Company’s articles of association in their entirety.

A copy of the aforementioned written resolution (the “Resolution”) will be attached to this Deed as an appendix.

The Company’s articles of association were lastly amended by notarial deed of amendment executed on the twenty-sixth day of April two thousand and thirteen before Wijnand Hendrik Bossenbroek, aforementioned.

In order to carry out the Resolution, the person appearing declared to hereby amend the Company’s articles of association in their entirety, as set out below:

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Article 1

 

1.1	In these articles of association the following definitions shall apply:

 

Shareholder		a holder of shares in the capital of the Company.
General Meeting		the corporate body formed by Persons with Meeting Rights, or a meeting of Persons with Meeting Rights.
Management Board		the management board of the Company.
DCC		the Dutch Civil Code (Burgerlijk Wetboek).
Change of Control		(i) the Company ceasing to be under Control by person(s) who ultimately had Control over the Company on the seventeenth day of April two thousand and fourteen and/or the Company, if it was not under Control of any person on the seventeenth day of April two thousand and fourteen, becoming under

 

1

---

		Control.
Control		(i) the ability to alone or together with one or more subsidiaries, whether or not in concert with others, exercise or cause to exercise more than one-half of the voting rights in the shareholders’ or members’ meeting of an entity or company, or (ii) the ability to appoint more than one-half of the directors or supervisory directors of an entity or company, or (iii) to exercise decisive influence with regard to the general course of affairs of an entity or company.
Subsidiary		a legal entity in whose general meeting the Company or one or more of its subsidiaries can, whether by virtue of an agreement with other persons with voting rights or otherwise and whether acting alone or together, exercise more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting rights, and any other legal entities and partnerships that are designated as such by the DCC.
Ordinary Shares		the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company.
Group Company		a legal entity or partnership with which the Company forms an economic and organisational unit.
IPO		the underwritten initial public offering of all or any portion of the shares in the capital of the Company on (a) NASDAQ (National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation), resulting in at least thirty-five million United States Dollar (USD 35,000,000) gross proceeds to the Company; or (b) another underwritten initial public offering on a regulated market or multilateral trading facility as referred to in Section 1:1 of the Financial Supervision Act or on a system comparable to a regulated market or multilateral trading facility in a State that is not a Member State of the European Union of all or a portion of the shares in the capital of the Company, or any legal successor of the Company under universal title approved by the Management Board and the Supervisory Board, resulting in at least thirty-five million United States Dollar (USD 35,000,000) gross proceeds to the Company and at a price per share not less than the subscription price paid for a Preferred Share issued in the Company’s so-called “crossover round” on the seventeenth day of April two thousand and fourteen April two thousand fourteen, as adjusted

 

2

---

		proportionately for stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations and similar events.
Liquidation Event		the occurrence of any of the following events (for the avoidance of doubt other than an IPO or a bona fide capital raising transaction approved in accordance with these articles of association):
		a.		bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company;
		b.		a transaction or series of transactions which result(s) in a Change of Control;
		c.		consolidation, merger, reverse merger or demerger of the Company or any Subsidiary in which the then current shareholders immediately after such event will not own at least a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the surviving or acquiring company in that consolidation, merger, reverse merger or demerger, as applicable; or
		d.		sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license, liquidation or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Company or any Subsidiary of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (including for the avoidance of doubt a sale or disposal of substantially all of the material intellectual property rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries).
Liquidation Payment		an amount equal to one time the original issue price of a Preferred Share (which is the price per Preferred Share at which such Preferred Share was issued, comprising of the formal nominal share capital plus share premium paid per Preferred Share), as adjusted proportionately for stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations and similar events.
Preferred Shares		the preferred shares in the capital of the Company.
Supervisory Board		the supervisory board of the Company.
STAK		Stichting ProQR Therapeutics Participation, a foundation (stichting) with trade register number 55879691.
Company		the legal entity to which these articles of association relate.

 

3

---

Person with Meeting Rights		a Shareholder, a usufructuary (vruchtgebruiker) with voting rights and/or Meeting Rights, or a pledgee with voting rights and/or Meeting Rights.
Meeting Rights		the right to attend and address a General Meeting, whether in person or represented by the holder of a written proxy.
Simple Majority		more than fifty percent (50%) of the votes cast.

 

1.2	Terms that are defined in the singular shall have the corresponding meaning in the plural.

 

1.3	References in these articles of association to shares or Shareholders without further specification shall be understood to mean the Ordinary Shares and Preferred Shares collectively or the holders thereof, respectively.

 

1.4	The term “written” or “in writing” shall also include the use of electronic means of communication.

NAME AND SEAT

Article 2

 

2.1	The name of the Company is: ProQR Therapeutics B.V.

 

2.2	It has its corporate seat at Leiden.

OBJECTS

Article 3

The objects of the Company are:

 

a.	the development and exploitation of products and technologies in the field of biotechnology;

 

b.	the research and development of (or the commission to research and develop) patents, know-how and intellectual and industrial property;

 

c.	to participate in, finance or hold any other interest in, or to conduct the management of, other legal entities, partnerships or enterprises;

 

d.	to furnish guarantees, provide security, warrant performance or in any other way assume liability, whether jointly and severally or otherwise, for or in respect of obligations of Group Companies or other parties; and

 

e.	to do anything which, in the widest sense of the words, is connected with or may be conducive to the attainment of these objects.

SHARES - CAPITAL AND CONVERSION

Article 4

 

4.1	The capital of the Company is divided in ordinary shares and preferred shares. The nominal value of each share shall be one euro (EUR 1).

 

4.2	The shares shall be registered shares and shall be numbered consecutively per class, starting from 1.

 

4.3	The Ordinary Shares and the Preferred Shares constitute different classes of shares.

 

4.4	The Company shall maintain a separate share premium reserve for each class of shares.

 

4.5	At least one share must be held by a party other than, and not on behalf of, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

4.6	Preferred Shares shall be converted into a corresponding number of Ordinary Shares upon

 

4

---

written notice by the holder of such Preferred Shares.

 

4.7	A notice of conversion as referred to in Article 4.6 shall be addressed to the Management Board. In the notice the Shareholder shall state how many Preferred Shares are to be converted and their numbering.

 

4.8	A conversion of Preferred Shares shall take effect as per the moment of receipt by the Management Board of the notice of conversion.

 

4.9	Further, all Preferred Shares shall convert automatically in a corresponding number of Ordinary Shares as per the moment of the first listing of shares pursuant to an IPO.

 

4.10	The Management Board shall register each conversion with the trade register within eight (8) days after the conversion and shall also make a notation in the Company’s register without delay.

SHARES - REGISTER

Article 5

 

5.1	The Management Board shall keep a register setting out the names and addresses of all Shareholders, usufructuaries and pledgees.

 

5.2	Shareholders and others whose particulars must be set out in the register shall provide the Management Board with the necessary particulars in a timely manner.

 

5.3	All notifications and notices convening meetings shall be sent to Persons with Meeting Rights at the addresses set out in the register.

SHARES - ISSUE AND PRE-EMPTION RIGHTS

Article 6

 

6.1	Shares may only be issued by the Company pursuant to a resolution of the Management Board. This resolution shall, without prejudice to Article 15.3, require the prior approval of the Supervisory Board and the General Meeting.

 

6.2	Article 6.1 shall apply mutatis mutandis where rights to subscribe for shares are granted, but shall not apply where shares are issued to a person exercising an existing right to subscribe for shares.

 

6.3	Pre-emption rights in relation to any particular issue and the granting of rights to subscribe for shares may be limited or excluded by the Management Board. This resolution shall, without prejudice to Article 15.3, require the prior approval of the Supervisory Board and the General Meeting.

 

6.4

A resolution of the Management Board as referred to in Article 6.3 shall apply to all Shareholders equally, unless the Management Board resolves otherwise. In case the Management Board resolves to limit or exclude pre-emption rights of some but not all Shareholders, pre-emption rights of each Shareholder that together with its affiliates holds at least seven thousand (7,000) Preferred Shares shall be respected and not be limited or excluded.

SHARES - PAYMENT

Article 7

 

7.1	The full nominal value of each share shall be paid up upon subscription for that share. It may be stipulated that all or part of the nominal value need not be paid up until after a certain period of time or until the Company has called for payment.

 

5

---

7.2	The Management Board may perform juristic acts (rechtshandelingen) in respect of non-cash contributions for shares without the prior approval of the General Meeting.

SHARES - OWN SHARES

Article 8

 

8.1

The acquisition by the Company of shares in its own capital or depositary receipts for such shares shall be decided on by the Management Board. This resolution shall, without prejudice to Article 15.3, require the prior approval of the Supervisory Board and the General Meeting. The acquisition by the Company of shares in its own capital which have not been fully paid up shall be null and void.

 

8.2

Except where it acquires such shares for no consideration, the Company may not acquire fully paid-up shares in its own capital if the shareholders’ equity less the acquisition price is less than the reserves which must be maintained by law, or if the Management Board knows or should reasonably foresee that, following the acquisition, the Company will be unable to continue paying its due and payable debts.

 

8.3	The preceding provisions of this article shall not be applicable to shares acquired by the Company by universal succession (onder algemene titel).

SHARES - TRANSFER

Article 9

 

9.1	The issue or transfer of a share or the creation of a limited right (beperkt recht) in respect of a share shall require a deed to that effect executed before a civil law notary practising in the Netherlands and to which the persons involved are parties.

 

9.2

The transfer of a share or the creation of a limited right in respect thereof in accordance with Article 9.1 shall also, by operation of law, have effect vis-à-vis the Company. Unless the Company itself is a party to the transaction, the rights attached to the relevant share may not be exercised until the Company has acknowledged the transaction or been served with the deed.

 

9.3	Article 9.2 shall apply mutatis mutandis in the event of the transfer of depositary receipts for shares.

SHARES - TRANSFERABILITY

Article 10

 

10.1	The transfer of shares shall – in all cases and without exception – require the approval of the Management Board. This resolution shall require the prior approval of the Supervisory Board.

 

10.2	The transfer must take place within three months after the approval has been granted or is deemed to have been granted.

 

10.3	The approval will be deemed to have been granted:

 

a.

if no decision has been taken within one month of a request to that effect; or

 

b.

if the decision in which the approval is denied does not contain the name(s) of one or more potential acquirers who are willing to purchase, in cash, the shares to which the request for approval related.

 

10.4	If the requesting party accepts the potential acquirer(s) referred to in Article 10.3(b), and the parties are unable, within two months after the acceptance, to agree on the price to be

 

6

---

paid for the share(s), the price shall be determined by one or more independent experts to be designated by the requesting party and potential acquirer(s) by mutual agreement.

If the parties have failed to reach agreement on the appointment of the expert(s) within one month of the end of the period referred to in the preceding sentence, any of the parties may apply to the president of the district court in whose district the Company has its corporate seat for the appointment of three independent experts.

 

10.5	Potential acquirers shall be free to withdraw at any time, provided they do so within fourteen days of being notified of the outcome of the price determination referred to in Article 10.4. If, following one or more such withdrawals, not all the shares are sold:

 

a.

because all of the potential acquirers have withdrawn; or

 

b.

in the event that some of the potential acquirers have withdrawn, because the others have not, within six weeks of the notification referred to above, declared their willingness to acquire the shares that have become available, in accordance with the allocation criteria indicated by the Management Board,

the requesting party shall be free to transfer all of the shares to which the request for approval related, provided the transfer takes place within three months after the above has been established.

 

10.6	The requesting party shall have the right to withdraw at any time, provided he does so within one month of being definitively informed of the identity of the potential acquirers to whom he can sell all the shares to which the request for approval related, and of the selling price.

 

10.7	The Company may only be a potential acquirer under the provisions of this article with the consent of the requesting party.

 

10.8	For the purposes of applying this article rights to acquire shares shall be equated with shares.

SHARES - SPECIAL OBLIGATION TO OFFER

Article 11

 

11.1

Where:

 

a.

a Shareholder dies;

 

b.

a Shareholder has been declared bankrupt and such bankruptcy has become final, or where a Shareholder has been granted a suspension of payments (surseance van betaling), or a final debt restructuring (schuldsanering) or has been placed under guardianship and a person to whom he is not permitted freely to transfer his shares has been appointed guardian, or where a Shareholder has lost the right to freely dispose of his property in any other way;

 

c.

a statutory community of property existing by virtue of marriage or registered partnership to which the shares belong is dissolved;

 

d.

shares are allocated upon the partitioning of any communal property other than as referred to above,

the Shareholder, his successors in title or legal representative or, as the case may be, the new Shareholder (the “offeror”) must notify the Management Board of this fact within thirty days.

 

7

---

11.2	Immediately upon receiving the notification referred to under Article 11.1, the Management Board shall inform the offeror that his shares shall be deemed offered. The Management Board shall subsequently notify the other Shareholders of that offer within eight days.

 

11.3	For fourteen days after the notification referred to under Article 11.2 has been sent, each of the other Shareholders shall have the right to respond to the offer by means of a notification to the Management Board setting out the number of shares for which he is applying.

 

11.4

Where the number of shares applied for by the other Shareholders exceeds the number of shares offered, the allocation of the shares offered shall, to the extent possible, be effected in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of their shares. Where the number of shares applied for by a Shareholder is less than the number to which he would be entitled according to the aforementioned proportion, the shares which become available as a result shall be allocated to the other Shareholders who have applied for shares in the aforementioned proportion. Any number or remainder of shares which is not capable of allocation in the above manner shall be allocated by the Management Board by the drawing of lots. The Management Board shall immediately notify the offeror and each applicant of the number of shares allocated to each applicant.

 

11.5

The offeror and the applicants to whom one or more shares have been allocated shall enter into negotiations regarding the price to be paid for the share(s). If such negotiations have not resulted in any agreement within two weeks of the notification referred to in the last sentence of Article 11.4, the price, which shall be equal to the value of the share(s), shall be determined by one or more independent experts to be designated by the Company.

 

11.6

The expert(s) shall report to the Management Board. The Management Board shall immediately notify the offeror and the applicants of the price determined. Each applicant shall subsequently, for a period of two weeks, have the right to declare that he is no longer an applicant or that he wishes to purchase fewer shares than he previously applied for. This declaration must be made to the Management Board. The shares which have thus become available shall, within eight days, be offered by the Management Board to the other applicants at the price determined by the expert(s) and in accordance with Articles 11.3 and 11.4.

 

11.7	Within one month after the period referred to under Article 11.6 has expired, the allocated shares must be transferred, against simultaneous payment of the purchase price.

 

11.8	As long as the offeror does not satisfy an obligation under this Article 11, the meeting and voting rights and rights to receive distributions in respect of the offered shares shall be suspended. This suspension lapses if:

 

a.

as a result of the suspension no Shareholder can exercise its voting rights; or

 

b.

there are no applicants to whom the offeror can transfer the offered shares.

 

11.9

Where the offeror, despite the Management Board’s demand to do so, fails to satisfy his obligation to offer and transfer the relevant shares within two weeks after such demand, the Company shall be irrevocably authorised to offer and transfer the shares in accordance with this Article 11. If there are no applicants to whom the offeror can transfer the

 

8

---

relevant shares, such authorisation will be absent and the offeror will be irrevocably relieved from the offer and transfer obligation.

 

11.10

The preceding paragraphs of this Article 11 shall not apply:

 

a.

where a Shareholder is under a statutory obligation to transfer his share(s) to a previous holder thereof;

 

b.

where one or more shares are transferred in any way to the Company;

 

c.

where the shares have become part of a statutory community of property existing by virtue of marriage or registered partnership which has been dissolved, to the extent that the shares have been allocated to the original Shareholder within twelve months of the dissolution.

 

11.11

For the purpose of this Article 11, rights to acquire shares shall be deemed equivalent to shares.

 

11.12

All notifications under this Article 11 must be made in writing.

SHARES - USUFRUCT, PLEDGE AND DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS

Article 12

 

12.1	The voting rights attached to shares which are subject to a usufruct or pledge shall be vested in the relevant Shareholder.

 

12.2

In deviation of Article 12.1 and subject to what is provided in, respectively, Section 2:197 DCC and Section 2:198 DCC, a usufructuary or pledgee shall have voting rights if this has been stipulated when the relevant limited right was created or if this has been agreed at a subsequent time, provided that this provision and the transmission (overgang) of the voting rights has been approved by the Management Board.

 

12.3	Usufructuaries and pledgees without voting rights shall not have Meeting Rights, unless the contrary is stipulated upon the creation or transfer of the relevant usufruct or, respectively, the creation or transmission (overgang) of the relevant pledge.

 

12.4	No Meeting Rights shall be attached to depositary receipts for shares.

MANAGEMENT BOARD - APPOINTMENT, SUSPENSION AND REMOVAL

Article 13

 

13.1	The Company shall have a Management Board consisting of one or more managing directors, among whom one managing director with the title Chief Executive Officer.

 

13.2	Both natural persons and legal entities may be managing directors.

 

13.3	The General Meeting shall determine the number of managing directors. The Management Board shall appoint a Chief Executive Officer from its midst.

 

13.4	The General Meeting shall appoint the managing directors and may at any time suspend or remove any managing director. The power to suspend managing directors shall also be vested in the Supervisory Board.

 

13.5

A managing director shall be appointed upon a nomination made by the Management Board. The General Meeting can at all times remove the binding nature of the nomination by a resolution passed with a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast, which two-thirds represent more than half of the issued share capital.

In the event the nomination consists of one candidate for a vacancy to be filled, a resolution concerning the nomination will result in the appointment of the candidate, unless the

 

9

---

binding nature of the nomination is removed.

 

13.6

Where one or more managing directors are no longer in office or are unable to act, the remaining managing director(s) shall be provisionally charged with the entire management of the Company. Where all managing directors or the only managing director are/is no longer in office or are/is unable to act, the management shall be provisionally conducted by the person designated for that purpose by the Supervisory Board.

 

13.7	The remuneration of managing directors shall be determined by the Supervisory Board pursuant to a proposal to this effect by the remuneration committee of the Company (in the event such committee has been established).

MANAGEMENT BOARD - DUTIES, ORGANISATION AND DECISION MAKING

Article 14

 

14.1	The Management Board is charged with the management of the Company, subject to the restrictions contained in these articles of association. In performing their duties, managing directors shall be guided by the interests of the Company and of the enterprise connected with it.

 

14.2	Where the Management Board consists of more than one managing director, resolutions shall be passed – irrespective of whether this occurs at a meeting or otherwise – by a Simple Majority. Invalid votes and blank votes shall not be counted as votes cast.

 

14.3	In the event of a tied vote, the Chief Executive Officer shall decide.

 

14.4

A managing director may not participate in the deliberations and decision making of the Management Board on a matter in relation to which he has a direct or indirect personal interest which conflicts with the interests of the Company and of the enterprise connected with it. Where all managing directors or the only managing director have/has such a conflict of interest, the relevant decision shall be taken by the Supervisory Board.

 

14.5	The contemporaneous linking together by audio communication facilities of managing directors, wherever in the world they are, shall constitute a meeting of the Management Board for the duration of the connection, unless a managing director objects thereto.

 

14.6	Resolutions of the Management Board may, instead of at a meeting, be passed in writing, provided that all managing directors are familiar with the resolution to be passed and none of them objects to this decision-making process.

 

14.7	Resolutions in relation to the following matters may only be passed by the Management Board by Simple Majority, including the affirmative vote of the Chief Executive Officer:

 

a.

issue of shares or the granting of rights to subscribe for shares;

 

b.

the limitation or exclusion of pre-emption rights in respect of an issue of shares or a granting of rights to subscribe for shares;

 

c.

the acquisition by the Company of shares or depositary receipts for shares in its capital;

 

d.

the approval of a transfer of shares as referred to in Article 10.1.;

 

e.

the approval of the stipulation that a usufructuary or a pledgee shall have voting rights and/or the transfer (overgang) of the voting rights as referred to in Article 12.2;

 

f.

to approve, adopt or amend any business plan, strategic plan, financial plan or

 

10

---

budget with respect to the Company or its enterprise;

 

g.

the performance of (juristic) acts by the Company with a value of more than five hundred thousand euro (EUR 500,000) for which purpose related (juristic) acts shall be regarded as a single (juristic) act;

 

h.

the application for the admission to trading of shares in the capital of the Company or other securities on a market in financial instruments as referred to in Section 1:1 of the Financial Supervision Act or on a system comparable to a regulated market or multilateral trading facility in a State that is not a Member State of the European Union, or an application for the withdrawal of such admission, as well as the appointment of an international investment bank to advise the Company in this regard;

 

i.

the entering into any transaction involving fifty percent (50%) or more of the shares in the capital of the Company (or depositary receipts thereof) and/or all or a substantial part of the assets of the Company or a Subsidiary, for which purpose related transactions shall be regarded as a single transaction, as well as the appointment of an international investment bank to advise the Company in this regard;

 

j.

the commencement or termination of employment, management or consulting agreements with a value of more than one hundred thousand euro (EUR 100,000), the entering into or termination of a significant number of employment, management or consulting agreements within a period of one year or the implementation of a far-reaching change in the working conditions of a considerable number of employees;

 

k.

the granting of loans, suretyships, guarantees, securities and similar instruments for the benefit of Group Companies or third parties, not being its Subsidiaries, with a value of more than fifty thousand euro (EUR 50,000);

 

l.

the performance of (juristic) acts by the Company which can be of far-reaching significance for the Company or a Group Company;

 

m.

the making of a proposal to:

 

(i)

amend the articles of association of the Company;

 

(ii)

merge or demerge the Company; or

 

(ii)

dissolve the Company;

 

n.

the application for bankruptcy or for a suspension of payments by the Company;

 

o.

the instigation of legal proceedings which are essential to the Company or the enterprise conducted by it;

 

p.

the approval of a resolution to make a distribution as mentioned in Article 25.2; and

 

q.

the exercising of voting rights in respect of Subsidiaries in the event it concerns the adoption of a resolution to enter into or approve a (juristic) act as described above.

MANAGEMENT BOARD - RESTRICTIONS

Article 15

 

11

---

15.1	Subject to the provisions in these articles of association, the Management Board shall require the approval of the Supervisory Board for resolutions relating to:

 

a.

a transfer of shares, as well as the limitation or exclusion of pre-emption rights in respect of an issue of shares or a granting of rights to subscribe for shares;

 

b.

the acquisition by the Company of shares or depositary receipts for shares in its capital;

 

c.

to approve, adopt or amend any business plan, strategic plan, financial plan or budget with respect to the Company or its enterprise;

 

d.

the issue or acquisition of debt instruments chargeable to the Company or a limited partnership (commanditaire vennootschap) or a general partnership (vennootschap onder firma) of which the Company is a general partner with full liability;

 

e.

co-operation in the issue of registered depositary receipts for shares;

 

f.

the application for the admission to trading of shares in the capital of the Company or other securities on a market in financial instruments as referred to in Section 1:1 of the Financial Supervision Act or on a system comparable to a regulated market or multilateral trading facility in a State that is not a Member State of the European Union, or an application for the withdrawal of such admission, as well as the appointment of an international investment bank to advise the Company in this regard;

 

g.

the entering into any transaction involving fifty percent (50%) or more of the shares in the capital of the Company (or depositary receipts thereof) and/or all or a substantial part of the assets of the Company or a Subsidiary, for which purpose related transactions shall be regarded as a single transaction, as well as the appointment of an international investment bank to advise the Company in this regard;

 

h.

the entering into of banking facilities with reputable licensed financial institutions supervised by the relevant authorities, if and to the extent those facilities exceed an amount of five hundred thousand euro (EUR 500,000), for which purpose related transactions shall be regarded as a single transaction;

 

i.

the performance of (juristic) acts by the Company with a value of more than five hundred thousand euro (EUR 500,000) for which purpose related (juristic) acts shall be regarded as a single (juristic) act;

 

j.

the granting of loans, suretyships, guarantees, securities and similar instruments for the benefit of Group Companies or third parties, not being its Subsidiaries, with a value of more than fifty thousand euro (EUR 50,000);

 

k.

the instigation of legal proceedings which are essential to the Company or the enterprise conducted by it;

 

l.

to conclude a settlement to the extent that it exceeds an amount of ten thousand euro (EUR 10,000), for which purpose related settlements shall be regarded as a single settlement;

 

m.

the entry into or termination of any co-operation of the Company or a Subsidiary

 

12

---

with another entity or person;

 

n.

the acquisition by the Company or by a dependent company of a participating interest in the capital of another company or partnership where the value of that interest is equal to at least one-quarter of the Company’s issued capital and reserves as shown in its balance sheet and explanatory notes, and any major increase or reduction of such a participating interest;

 

o.

investments requiring an amount equal to at least one-quarter of the Company’s issued capital and reserves as shown in its balance sheet and explanatory notes;

 

p.

a proposal to amend the Company’s articles of association;

 

q.

a proposal to dissolve the Company;

 

r.

an application for the bankruptcy of the Company, the making of any arrangement with creditors or an application for a suspension of payments of the Company;

 

s.

the termination of the employment contracts of a considerable number of employees of the Company or of a dependent company at the same time or within a short time-span;

 

t.

a significant change in the working conditions of a considerable number of employees of the Company or of a dependent company; and

 

u.

a proposal to reduce the Company’s issued capital.

 

15.2	The Management Board shall require the approval of the General Meeting for resolutions relating to:

 

a.

the making of any arrangement with creditors or an application for a suspension of payments of the Company;

 

b.

an amendment to the basis of accounting or accounting principles or policies employed by the Company other than as required by law or accounting policies generally accepted from time to time.

 

15.3	The Management Board shall require the approval of the meeting of holders of Preferred Shares for resolutions relating to:

 

a.

the amendment of the articles of association of the Company in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Preferred Shares;

 

b.

the repurchase of shares, other than from the STAK;

 

c.

the issue of shares, unless (i) such newly issued shares rank junior to the Preferred Shares with respect to the Liquidation Payment or (ii) if this concerns an issue of shares to the STAK up to a number of additional shares such that the STAK has no more than a maximum of seven and a half percent (7.5%) of the issued share capital of the Company in connection with an employee-participation plan with respect to the Company;

 

d.

the limitation or exclusion of pre-emption rights at any issue of shares;

 

e.

the granting of rights to subscribe for shares, unless (i) such rights relate to newly issued shares that rank junior to the Preferred Shares with respect to the Liquidation Payment or (ii) if this concerns the granting of rights to subscribe for shares to the STAK up to a number of additional shares such that the STAK has no more than a maximum of seven and a half percent (7.5%) of the issued share capital of

 

13

---

the Company in connection with an employee-participation plan with respect to the Company;

 

f.

the dissolution, merger or demerger of the Company.

A resolution of the meeting of holders of Preferred Shares to approve a Management Board resolution as referred to in this Article 15.3 may only be passed with a majority of votes representing at least two-thirds of the issued share capital formed by Preferred Shares.

 

15.4	Failure to obtain the approval required under Articles 15.1, 15.2 and 15.3 shall not affect the powers of representation of the Management Board or managing directors.

 

15.5	The Management Board must follow the instructions of the General Meeting, unless these instructions are contrary to the interests of the Company and the enterprise connected with it.

MANAGEMENT BOARD - REPRESENTATION

Article 16

The Management Board is entitled to represent the Company. The Company can also be represented by:

 

a.	the Chief Executive Officer acting solely; or

 

b.	two managing directors acting jointly.

SUPERVISORY BOARD - APPOINTMENT, SUSPENSION AND REMOVAL

Article 17

 

17.1	The Company shall have a Supervisory Board consisting of one or more supervisory directors. Supervisory directors must be natural persons.

 

17.2	The General Meeting shall determine the number of supervisory directors.

 

17.3	The General Meeting shall appoint the supervisory directors and may at any time suspend or remove any supervisory director.

 

17.4

A supervisory director shall be appointed upon a nomination made by the Supervisory Board. The General Meeting can at all times remove the binding nature of the nomination by a resolution passed with a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast, which two-thirds represent more than half of the issued share capital.

 

17.5	In the event the nomination consists of one candidate for a vacancy to be filled, a resolution concerning the nomination will result in the appointment of the candidate, unless the binding nature of the nomination is removed.

 

17.6	The Supervisory Board shall appoint a chairman of the Supervisory Board from amongst its mid.

 

17.7

Where one or more supervisory directors are no longer in office or are unable to act, the remaining supervisory director(s) shall be provisionally charged with the duties of the Supervisory Board. Where all supervisory directors or the only supervisory director are/is no longer in office or are/is unable to act, the duties of the Supervisory Board shall be provisionally conducted by the person designated for that purpose by the General Meeting.

SUPERVISORY BOARD - DUTIES, ORGANISATION AND DECISION MAKING

Article 18

 

14

---

18.1

The Supervisory Board shall be charged with the supervision of the policies pursued by the Management Board and the general course of affairs in the Company and the business enterprise connected with it. The Supervisory Board shall assist the Management Board by providing advice. In carrying out their duties, the supervisory directors shall be guided by the interests of the Company and the business enterprise connected with it.

 

18.2	Where the Supervisory Board consists of more than one supervisory director, resolutions shall be passed – irrespective of whether this occurs at a meeting or otherwise – by a Simple Majority, with the understanding however that:

 

a.

the resolutions of the Supervisory Board to grant approval for the resolutions as referred to in Article 15.1 f. and g. may only be adopted by a unanimous vote of all supervisory directors entitled to participate in the decision making;

 

b.

the resolutions of the Supervisory Board to grant approval:

 

(i)

as referred to in Article 6.1 (including Article 6.2) and Article 6.3, unless this concerns an issue of shares or the granting of rights to subscribe for shares to the STAK up to a maximum of seven and a half percent (7.5%) of the issued share capital of the Company in connection with an employee-participation plan with respect to the Company;

 

(ii)

as referred to in Article 8.1; and

 

(iii)

as referred to in Article 22.2,

may only be adopted by the affirmative vote of eighty percent (80%) of all supervisory directors entitled to participate in the decision making.

Invalid votes and blank votes shall not be counted as votes cast.

 

18.3	In the event of a tied vote, the chairman of the Supervisory Board shall have a casting vote.

 

18.4

A supervisory director may not participate in the deliberations and decision making of the Supervisory Board on a matter in relation to which he has a direct or indirect personal interest which conflicts with the interests of the Company and of the enterprise connected with it. Where all supervisory directors or the only supervisory director have/has such a conflict of interest, the relevant decision shall be taken by the General Meeting.

 

18.5	The contemporaneous linking together by audio communication facilities of supervisory directors, wherever in the world they are, shall constitute a meeting of the Supervisory Board for the duration of the connection, unless a supervisory director objects thereto.

 

18.6	Resolutions of the Supervisory Board may, instead of at a meeting, be passed in writing, provided that all supervisory directors are familiar with the resolution to be passed and none of them objects to this decision-making process.

GENERAL MEETINGS – CONVOCATION AND AGENDA

Article 19

 

19.1	During each financial year at least one General Meeting must be held or at least one resolution passed in accordance with Article 23.1 or Article 24.4.

 

19.2	General Meetings shall also be held whenever such a meeting is convened by the Management Board, the Supervisory Board or one or more managing directors or supervisory directors.

 

15

---

19.3	General Meetings must be held in the place where the Company has its corporate seat. General Meetings can also be held at Amsterdam, Arnhem, The Hague, Groningen, Haarlem, ‘s-Hertogenbosch, Leeuwarden, Rotterdam, Utrecht, Zwolle and Boston (United States of America).

 

19.4

A General Meeting must be convened by letters sent to Persons with Meeting Rights no later than on the eighth day prior to the day of the meeting. A convening notice may, if the Person with Meeting Rights consents thereto, take the form of a legible and reproducible communication sent by electronic means to the address notified by him to the Company for this purpose.

 

19.5

Where the rules laid down by law or by these articles of association in relation to the place where General Meetings should be held, the convening of meetings or the drawing up of agendas have not been complied with, legally valid resolutions may still be passed provided that all Persons with Meeting Rights have consented to the place of the meeting or to a decision being made on the relevant matters, respectively, and provided that the managing directors and supervisory directors have been afforded the opportunity to give their advice prior to the decision-making.

GENERAL MEETING - PROCEDURAL RULES

Article 20

 

20.1	The General Meeting shall appoint its own chairman.

 

20.2	Managing directors and supervisory directors shall, in that capacity, have an advisory vote at General Meetings.

 

20.3	The Management Board may decide that each Person with Meeting Rights is entitled, whether in person or represented by a person holding a written proxy, to participate in, address and (where applicable) exercise his voting rights at the General Meeting by electronic means of communication.

 

20.4	The Management Board may impose conditions on the use of electronic means of communication.

GENERAL MEETING - DECISION-MAKING

Article 21

 

21.1	Each share shall give the right to cast one vote at General Meetings.

 

21.2	The Management Board may decide that votes cast before the General Meeting, but not earlier than on the thirtieth day before that of the meeting, by electronic means of communication shall be equated with those cast at the time of the meeting.

 

21.3	Unless a greater majority is required by law, all resolutions shall be passed by a Simple Majority. Invalid and blank votes shall not be counted as votes cast.

GENERAL MEETING - SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS

Article 22

 

22.1	Resolutions of the General Meeting to:

 

a.

amend the articles of association;

 

b.

grant the approval as referred to in the Article 6.1 (including Article 6.2) and Article 6.3, unless this concerns an issue of shares or the granting of rights to subscribe for shares to the STAK up to a maximum of seven and a half percent

 

16

---

(7.5%) of the issued share capital of the Company in connection with an employee-participation plan with respect to the Company;

 

c.

grant the approval as referred to in Article 8.1;

 

d.

grant the approval as referred to in Article 15.2;

 

e.

dissolve, merge or demerge the Company;

 

f.

instruct the Management Board to apply for the Company’s bankruptcy;

 

g.

make distributions of profits or distributions out of a reserve and to appropriate profits;

 

h.

grant or withdraw the instructions to an expert as referred to in Section 2:393 DCC to examine the annual accounts of the Company;

 

i.

appoint, suspend or remove a managing director or supervisory director,

may only be passed with a majority of votes representing at least two-thirds of the issued share capital.

 

22.2	The resolutions of the General Meeting referred to above in Article 22.1 a. and e. through g. and Article 15.2 a. shall furthermore require the approval of the Supervisory Board.

GENERAL MEETING - RESOLUTIONS WITHOUT HOLDING A MEETING

Article 23

 

23.1	Shareholders may pass resolutions without holding a meeting provided that all Persons with Meeting Rights have consented to this manner of decision-making, which consent may be given electronically. The votes on such a resolution must be cast in writing.

 

23.2	The managing directors and supervisory directors must have been afforded the opportunity to give their advice prior to the decision-making referred to in Article 23.1.

CLASS MEETINGS

Article 24

 

24.1	Meetings of holders of shares of a specific class shall be held whenever the Management Board so requires or if one or more Persons with Meeting Rights in respect of the shares of that class makes a request to the Management Board in writing, setting out in detail the matters to be discussed.

 

24.2

In the event that the Management Board fails to convene a meeting of holders of shares of a specific class in such a manner that it is held within four (4) weeks of receipt of the request, the person(s) who made the request shall have the right to convene the meeting themselves in accordance with the relevant provisions of these articles of association.

 

24.3	Article 19.3 through 19.5, Article 20, Article 21 and Article 23 shall apply mutatis mutandis to meetings of holders of shares of a specific class.

FINANCIAL YEAR, ANNUAL ACCOUNTS

Article 25

 

25.1	The financial year of the Company shall coincide with the calendar year.

 

25.2

Each year, within five months after the end of the Company’s financial year, unless this period is extended by a maximum of six months by the General Meeting on account of special circumstances, the Management Board shall prepare annual accounts and deposit them at the Company’s office for inspection by the Shareholders. If the Company is required by law to prepare an annual report, the Management Board shall, within the same

 

17

---

period, also deposit the annual report for inspection by the Shareholders. The annual accounts shall be signed by all managing directors and all supervisory directors. If one or more of their signatures is missing, this fact and the reason therefor shall be stated.

 

25.3	The annual accounts shall be adopted by the General Meeting unless they are adopted in accordance with Article 24.4.

 

25.4

If all Shareholders are also managing directors, the signing of the annual accounts by all managing directors and all supervisory directors shall also constitute the adoption of the annual accounts, provided that all other Persons with Meeting Rights have been given the opportunity to examine the annual accounts and have consented to this method of adoption. Such adoption shall constitute a discharge from liability for managing directors and supervisory directors.

 

25.5	The Company shall publish the annual accounts, together with all other relevant documents and information, if and to the extent and in the manner required by law.

DISTRIBUTIONS ON SHARES

Article 26

 

26.1

The profits as determined through the adoption of the annual accounts shall be at the disposal of the General Meeting. If and when the General Meeting resolves to make a distribution from the profits, such distributions shall be made in respect of both classes of shares, with due observance of Article 26.6. Distributions may only be made to the extent that the shareholders’ equity exceeds the reserves that must be maintained by law.

 

26.2

Upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, the holders of Preferred Shares shall receive in relation to each of their Preferred Shares a special distribution in the amount of the Liquidation Payment. The Liquidation Payment shall be made from the share premium reserve attached to the Preferred Shares, and to the extent such share premium reserve is insufficient to make the full Liquidation Payment, the shortfall shall be paid from the other reserves of the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the share premium reserve attached to the Ordinary Shares). The distribution of the Liquidation Payment shall be subject only to approval of the Management Board as referred to in Article 26.4 and the provisions of Article 26.3. The payment of the Liquidation Payment in case of dissolution of the Company shall furthermore be subject to Article 27.2.

 

26.3

Should the total Liquidation Payment in respect of all Preferred Shares be in excess of the amount available for distribution as per the final sentence of Article 26.1, the amount of the Liquidation Payment in respect of each Preferred Share shall be permanently reduced proportionally to such extent that the amount of equity available for distribution is not exceeded.

 

26.4

A resolution to make a distribution shall not take effect as long as the Management Board has not given its approval. The Management Board may only withhold such approval if it knows or should reasonably foresee that, following the distribution, the Company will be unable to continue paying its due and payable debts.

 

26.5	For the purposes of calculating any distribution, shares held by the Company in its own capital shall not be included.

 

26.6	For the purposes of calculating the amount to be distributed on each share, only the

 

18

---

amount of the mandatory payments towards the nominal value of the shares shall be taken into account. The preceding sentence may be derogated from with the consent of all Shareholders.

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Article 27

 

27.1	In the event of the Company being dissolved, the liquidation shall be effected by the Management Board, under the supervision of the Supervisory Board, unless the General Meeting decides otherwise.

 

27.2

Any assets remaining after payment of all of the Company’s debts shall first be applied to pay the Liquidation Payment to each holder of a Preferred Share. The second sentence of Article 26.2 shall apply mutatis mutandis. Any assets remaining thereafter shall be applied to pay back the part of the nominal value that has been paid up on the shares and the share premium attaching to such shares after application of the first and second sentence of this paragraph. Any remaining assets shall then be distributed among the Shareholders in proportion to the aggregate mandatory payments towards the nominal value of their shares. No distribution may be made to the Company in respect of shares held by it.

 

27.3

After the liquidation has been completed, the books and records of the Company shall be kept for the period prescribed by law by the person designated for that purpose in the resolution of the General Meeting to dissolve the Company. Where the General Meeting has not designated such a person, the liquidators shall do so.

FINAL STATEMENTS

Finally, the person appearing declared as follows:

 

A.

the issued share capital of the Company amounts to seventy thousand five hundred eighty-four euro (EUR 70,584), divided into seventy thousand five hundred eighty-four (70,584) shares, each having a nominal value of one euro (EUR 1), which shares shall as per the moment of execution of this Deed be converted to ordinary shares in the capital of the Company and any share premium attaching to such shares shall be allocated to the share premium reserve attaching to the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company; and

 

B.	as is evidenced by the Resolution, the person appearing is authorised to execute this Deed.

The person appearing is known to me, civil law notary.

This Deed was executed in Amsterdam on the date mentioned in its heading.

After I, civil law notary, had conveyed and explained the contents of the Deed in substance to the person appearing, the person appearing declared to have taken note of the contents of the Deed, to be in agreement with these contents and not wish them to be read out in full. Following a partial reading, the Deed was signed by the person appearing and by me, civil law notary.

(Signed): S.S. Bos, W.H. Bossenbroek.

ISSUED FOR TRUE COPY

(Signed): /s/ W.H. Bossenbroek

W.H. Bossenbroek

 

19

Exhibit 10.1

 

The Terms and Conditions of

the ProQR Therapeutics B.V.

Stock Option Plan

Effective Date 1 October 2013

---

Contents

 

RULE 1		DEFINITIONS			3
RULE 2		INTERPRETATION			7
RULE 3		POWERS OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD AND MANAGEMENT BOARD			8
RULE 4		GRANT AND VESTING OF OPTIONS			8
RULE 5		RIGHTS OF EXERCISE AND LAPSE OF OPTIONS			10
RULE 6		MANNER OF EXERCISE			11
RULE 7		FAIR MARKET VALUE			12
RULE 8		NON-TRANSFERABILITY AND NATURE OF THE OPTIONS			12
RULE 9		RELEASE OF DEPOSITORY RECEIPTS			12
RULE 10		LOSS OF OFFICE OR EMPLOYMENT			13
RULE 11		TAX AND SOCIAL SECURITY			13
RULE 12		VARIATION OF CAPITAL			14
RULE 13		CHANGE OF CONTROL OF THE COMPANY			14
RULE 14		PLAN AMENDMENTS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS			15
RULE 15		NOTIFICATION			16
RULE 16		INSIDER TRADING RULES			16
RULE 17		DISPUTES			17
RULE 18		COSTS OF THE PLAN			17
RULE 19		GOVERNING LAW			17

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan		(2)

---

Rule 1 Definitions

In the Rules of this Plan, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings as set out below:

 

Articles of Association		the articles of association of the Company as amended from time to time;
Business Day		a day which is not a Saturday or a Sunday and which is not a public holiday or a bank holiday in the Netherlands;
Cause		in the context of termination of a Participant’s status as an employee of the Group or as a service provider to the Group, a reason which constitutes a serious cause on the side of the Company within the meaning of Article 7:679 of the Dutch Civil Code, or other serious cause representing a material breach under the employment, service or other relevant agreement;
Cause by the Individual		in the context of termination of a Participant’s status as an employee of the Group or as a service provider to the Group, a reason which constitutes a urgent cause on the side of that Participant within the meaning of Article 7:678 or serious cause on the side of that Participant within the meaning of Article 7:685 of the Dutch Civil Code, or other serious cause on the side of that Participant representing a material breach under the employment, service or other relevant agreement;
Committee		such person or committee of persons and successor person or successor committee of persons appointed by the Supervisory Board to whom the Supervisory Board has delegated any of its powers under this Plan;
Company		the private company with limited liability ProQR Therapeutics B.V., having its office address at Darwinweg 24, 2333 CR Leiden, the Netherlands, registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under registration number 54600790;
Control		as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement, being on the Effective Date (a) in case of an entity or company other than a foundation whose purpose is to hold and acquire shares for administrative purposes and to issue depositary receipts for such shares, the ability to (i) alone or together with one or more subsidiaries, whether or not in concert with others, exercise or cause to exercise more than one-half of the voting rights in the shareholders’ or members’ meeting of such entity or company, or (ii) the ability to appoint more than one-half of the directors or supervisory directors of such entity or company, or (iii) to exercise decisive influence with regard to the general course of affairs of such entity or company and (b) in case of a foundation whose purpose is to hold and acquire shares for administrative purposes and to issue

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan		(3)

---

		depository receipts for such shares, (i) the ability to appoint (or cause the appointment of) the director(s) of such foundation or (ii) the owning or holding of (legal or beneficial) ownership of the majority of the depositary receipts issued by such foundation or (iii) issuance of depositary receipts constituting the majority of depositary receipts issued by the foundation or (iv) cancellation (royeren) of depositary receipts resulting in a change of ownership of the majority of the depositary receipts held by the depositary receipt holders immediately prior to such cancellation;
Date of Grant		the date on which one or more Options is/are offered to an Eligible Individual by the Company, which shall be the date specified in the Notice of Grant;
Depository Receipt		a depository receipt issued by STAK for a Share that entitles the holder to the full beneficial interest in the underlying Share (i.e. all profit distributions including dividends and capital gains realized upon the sale and transfer of the underlying Share upon the occurrence of an Exit), but do not entitle the holder to the voting rights attached to the Share;
Effective Date		the date from which this Plan is effective, being 1 October 2013;
Eligible Individual		an Individual, not being a member of the Management Board, who has been selected by the Management Board to receive a Grant under the Plan; or an Individual being a member of the Management Board who has been selected by the Supervisory Board to receive a Grant under the Plan;
Exercise Period		the period during which a Vested Option can be exercised, as specified in the Notice of Grant;
Exit		as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement, being on the Effective Date a Sale, Liquidation or IPO or any combination thereof;
Fair Market Value		the market value of one Depository Receipt or one Share as appropriate, as specified in Rule 7 of this Plan;
General Meeting		the Company’s general meeting of shareholders as mentioned in the Articles of Association;
Grant		one or more Options granted to Participants in accordance with or as a result of an Eligible Individual’s participation in the Plan;
Group		the Company and its Group Companies;
Group Company		any subsidiary or group company of the Company as defined in Articles 2:24a and 2:24b of the Dutch Civil Code, as may change from time to time;
Individual		any individual who has entered into employment with the Company or any Group Company; or an individual (whether or not through the use of a company of which that individual is the sole

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan		(4)

---

		shareholder) that provides management and/or consulting services for the Company or a Group Company; or an individual who is appointed as a director of the Company or of any Group Company or any other person as determined by the Supervisory Board;
Insider Trading Rules		the internal code of conduct to be adopted by the Company or a Group Company on insider trading, if any, as may be amended from time to time and/or the securities laws and regulations (including applicable stock exchange or listing rules) in the jurisdiction(s) where Shares or other securities issued by the Company or shares or other securities issued by a Group Company (or rights derived thereof) are and/or may be listed to the extent these relate to insider trading;
IPO		as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement, being on the Effective Date the underwritten initial public offering of all or any portion of the Shares of any kind, any legal successor of the Company under universal title, on a stock exchange, regulated market, or multilateral trading facility;
Liquidation		as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement, being on the Effective Date the liquidation, dissolution or other reorganization of the Company resulting in the Company’s shareholders receiving cash or liquid securities as consideration or proceeds in excess of the aggregate subscription price and dividends payable in respect of the Shares (or the underlying Shares) held by them;
Management Board		the Company’s management board as mentioned in the Articles of Association;
Notice of Exercise		a notice to the Company in a form to be determined by the Supervisory Board whereby a Participant exercises an Option granted to him under the Rules of this Plan;
Notice of Grant		a notice to an Eligible Individual in a form to be determined by the Supervisory Board whereby one or more Options under this Plan are granted;
Option		the right to acquire one (1) Depository Receipt against payment of the Option Price during the Exercise Period, which right is granted to a Participant under the Rules of this Plan;
Option Price		the price per Depository Receipt, as determined by the Supervisory Board at the Date of Grant, in respect of which an Option may be exercised, which shall be the Fair Market Value at the Date of Grant, or such other price per Depository Receipt as specified in the relevant Notice of Grant;
Participant		an Eligible Individual who has been offered and has accepted a Grant under the Rules of this Plan;

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan		(5)

---

Participation Agreement		the agreement between the Company, the STAK and each Participant relating to the terms and conditions of the Depository Receipts Released following the exercise of the Options and the legal relationship between the Participants and the STAK, in a form as attached to the Notice of Exercise;
Performance Condition		one or more performance targets (if any) as set at the Date of Grant specified in the relevant Notice of Grant that should be attained during the relevant Performance Period in order to determine the level of Vesting of a Grant on the Vesting Date;
Performance Period		the period, as determined in the relevant Notice of Grant, over which the attainment of Performance Conditions is measured;
Plan		the ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan in its present form or as from time to time amended, in accordance with the provisions hereof;
Release		the issuance (‘uitgifte’) or transfer (‘levering’) of Depository Receipts issued by STAK to a Participant, and “Release”, “Released” and “Release Date” shall be construed and interpreted accordingly;
Retirement		the normal statutory retirement age in a given country at which an Individual becomes entitled to a state old age pension. This statutory retirement age can only be lowered if and to the extent that the Individual is entitled to a form of early retirement on the basis of an individual agreement or collective agreement on Company or Group Company level or in case the Supervisory Board grants an individual exemption and approves such early retirement;
Rules		the rules governing the operation of the Plan as may be amended from time to time;
Sale		as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement, being on the Effective Date the sale of more than 50% of the Shares or the sale, lease or licensing out of all or a substantial part of the Company’s assets resulting in the Company no longer exclusively controlling such assets or any other event resulting in a change of Control over the Company;
Share		an ordinary share in the capital of the Company, having a nominal value of EUR 1 (one euro) or any other nominal value such Share may have in the future;
Shareholders’ Agreement		the agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of the participation of shareholders in the Company, entered into as from 21 Augustus 2012 and as amended from time to time;
STAK		Stichting ProQR Therapeutics Participation, having its office address at Darwinweg 24, 2333 CR Leiden, The Netherlands, registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under registration number 55879691;

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan		(6)

---

Supervisory Board		the Company’s supervisory board as mentioned in the Articles of Association;
Total and Permanent Disability		the mental or physical disability, whether occupational or non-occupational in cause, which satisfies such definition in any insurance policy or plan provided to a Participant by the Company or a Group Company, or, alternatively, the relevant Participant’s applicable national legislation pertaining to persons with disability;
Vesting		the satisfaction of the requirements of Rule 4 of this Plan, and ‘Vested’ and ‘Vest’ shall be construed accordingly; and
Vesting Date		the date on which Options shall Vest, in whole or in part, as determined by the Supervisory Board and as specified in the Notice of Grant and pursuant to Rule 4 of this Plan.

Rule 2 Interpretation

Words or expressions used in the Plan shall where appropriate:

 

(i)	when denoting the masculine gender include the feminine and vice versa;

 

(ii)	when denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

(iii)

when referring to any enactment be construed as a reference to that enactment as for the time being consolidated, amended, re-enacted or replaced and shall include any regulations made there under;

 

(iv)	when a period of time is specified and starts from a given day or the day of an act or event, be calculated inclusive of that day;

 

(v)	be construed such that the headings and sub-headings are for ease of reference only, and do not affect the interpretation of any Rule;

 

(vi)	when referring to any enactment or regulations under Dutch law be construed at the discretion of the Supervisory Board as a reference to other (analogous) applicable laws or regulations of any other country (or region of a country);

 

(vii)

references to tax and/or social security contributions and/or withholding taxes shall for the avoidance of doubt include the Netherlands and any other jurisdiction to which a Participant may be subject; and

 

(viii)

when a period of time is specified and ends on a day which is not a Business Day, the end day of such period will be extended to the next Business Day.

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan		(7)

---

Rule 3 Powers of the Supervisory Board and Management Board

 

3.1

The Plan shall be administered by the Interim Remuneration Committee (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement) (and, except for this Rule 3.1, references in this Plan to the Supervisory Board shall be interpreted as being a reference to such Interim Remuneration Committee) until such time as the Company shall have a Supervisory Board that consists of at least three (3) members. As soon as the Supervisory Board consists of at least three (3) members, the Plan shall be administered by the Supervisory Board.

 

3.2

The Supervisory Board shall have such powers and authority delegated to it as set out in the Plan. The Supervisory Board may determine as soon as practicable after the Effective Date if, how and to what extent any of their powers shall be delegated to (or revoked from) any Committee. After such delegation, the Committee shall have such powers and authority delegated to the Supervisory Board as set out in the Plan in order to administer the Plan, until such time as the Supervisory Board has revoked such powers and authority.

 

3.3	The Company shall have the authority and complete discretion to decide whether or not to make Grants under the Plan to Individuals, subject to Rule 3.4, and decide what percentage of the outstanding Shares will be used to give effect to such Grants.

 

3.4

The Management Board may select Individuals, not being members of the Management Board and effect such Grants, as Eligible Individuals and the Supervisory Board may select Individuals being members of the Management Board, as Eligible Individuals and effect such Grants to members of the Management Board.

 

3.5	Notwithstanding Rules 3.1, 3.2 and to 3.3, the Supervisory Board shall have the authority and complete discretion to construe and interpret the provisions of the Plan, any Notice of Grant or any Notice of Exercise and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to the Plan.

Rule 4 Grant and Vesting of Options

 

4.1	Subject to Rules 3.3 and 3.4, the Management Board or Supervisory Board, as the case may be, can offer Options to Eligible Individuals at any time on or after the Effective Date.

 

4.2	Notwithstanding Rule 4.1, Notices of Grants are concluded on a discretionary basis. A Grant shall therefore not be construed to give any Participant the right to receive future Grants.

 

4.3

Each Grant shall be evidenced by a signed Notice of Grant concluded between the Participant and the Company, setting forth the terms and conditions pertaining to such Grant. The Notice of Grant shall be available in each of the countries in which the Plan is operational and shall, together and concurrently with the Rules, govern the Grant in accordance with local legal and regulatory requirements and the stock exchange or listing rules to the extent applicable.

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan		(8)

---

4.4	Each Notice of Grant shall include a schedule describing the date(s), event(s) or act(s) upon which an Option shall Vest in whole or part or become exercisable and shall further specify:

 

(a)

the Option Price;

 

(b)

the number of Shares subject to the Grant;

 

(c)

any Performance Conditions and Performance Period that may be imposed and attached to the Vesting of the Options;

 

(d)

the Exercise Period;

 

(e)

the Date of Grant;

 

(f)

the Vesting Period; and

 

(g)

the date on which the Option(s) to which the Grant pertains will lapse.

 

4.5

If an Eligible Individual wishes to participate in the Plan, he is required to return a signed copy of the Notice of Grant to the Company or a party designated by the Company within fourteen (14) days following the date on which the offer is made. Options that are not accepted in full and in accordance with this Rule 4.5, will lapse automatically with immediate effect and without any consideration becoming due. By accepting a Grant the Participant accepts the Rules, the terms and conditions of the Participation Agreement and all other regulations and documents relating to the Grant.

 

4.6

Vesting of the Options is subject to the attainment of any Performance Conditions imposed and to the Participant remaining an Eligible Individual continued employment with or providing services to the Company or any Group Company until the end of each of the respective Vesting Dates. Such Vesting conditions are specified in the relevant Notice of Grant. Once all Vesting conditions have been satisfied, the Options Vest. The relevant Notice of Grant specifies on which date the fulfilment of the relevant conditions of Grants will be measured and/or determined. The attainment of the Performance Conditions and the satisfaction of the other Vesting conditions shall be determined by the corporate body which granted the Options at its discretion.

 

4.7	If a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Individual:

 

(i)

due to his death;

 

(ii)

as a consequence of his Total and Permanent Disability or Retirement;

 

(iii)

Cause; or

 

(iv)

any other individual situation determined by the Supervisory Board at its discretion,

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan		(9)

---

the Supervisory Board may, in its sole discretion and acting reasonably, determine that a portion of the outstanding Options that are not Vested held by that Participant will Vest at the date such Participant ceases to be an Eligible Individual and to determine during what period that Participant’s Vested Options will remain outstanding (if relevant, for the benefit of the Participant’s legal successor(s) in case of death in accordance with Rule 8 of this Plan) whereby this period will not exceed the remaining Exercise Period as specified in the relevant Notice of Grant. In determining such portion the Supervisory Board may take into consideration the period to the date of the Participant ceasing to be an Eligible Individual. After the expiry of the period during which the Vested Options can be exercised as determined in accordance with this Rule 4.7, the Options will lapse automatically without any consideration becoming payable. In case of death of the Participant, the Supervisory Board may at its sole discretion also determine to cancel all outstanding Options (whether Vested or not) and pay (for the benefit of that Participant’s legal successor(s)) with respect to each of these Vested Options the (positive) difference between the Fair Market Value of a Depository Receipt at the date of cancellation and the Option Price.

Rule 5 Rights of Exercise and Lapse of Options

 

5.1

Subject to Rules 4.5 to 4.7, Vested Options will become exercisable during the Exercise Period as specified in the Notice of Grant, except in case of an Exit in which case all Options (whether Vested or not) will become exercisable immediately following the occurrence of such Exit, unless otherwise provided for by Rule 13, or will Vest accelerated in accordance with Rule 4.7.

 

5.2

If a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Individual for any reason other than those set out in Rules 4.7 and 5.3, all the outstanding Options held by that Participant that are not Vested at the date such Participant ceases to be an Eligible Individual shall lapse immediately at that time without any consideration becoming due. Notwithstanding Rule 5.1, the Participant’s Vested Options are exercisable thirty (30) days or, in case of the death of that Participant, ninety (90) days following the date such Participant ceases to be an Eligible Individual within the Exercise Period. After this thirty day or ninety day period (or, if earlier, upon the expiry of the Exercise Period), these Vested Options will lapse automatically without any consideration becoming due.

 

5.3	In case of termination of employment for Cause by the Individual, all the Options granted, irrespective of whether or not these Options have Vested, shall immediately lapse at the date of such termination of employment, without any consideration becoming due.

 

5.4

Subject to Rules 4.7, 5.2 and 5.5 of this Plan, the Supervisory Board may extend the periods during which Options held by an Participant are exercisable following the date such Participant ceases to be an Eligible Individual as described in Rules 4.7 and 5.2, if such an exercise would temporarily be prohibited by law, securities regulations, stock exchange or listing rules, or any applicable Insider Trading Rules. Such period during which the relevant Options can be exercised shall be extended by the length of such period of prohibition. This may apply differently if the Supervisory Board, acting

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan		(10)

---

reasonably and given the specific circumstances of the Participant, determines otherwise, in which event the Supervisory Board in its sole discretion and acting reasonably, shall determine the extent, and the terms, of the Participant’s continued participation in the Plan, including, without limitation, the number of Shares to which his Options pertain and the remaining period during which those Options are exercisable).

 

5.5	All outstanding Options of a Participant, whether Vested or not, shall lapse immediately and automatically, without any consideration becoming due, upon the occurrence of the earliest of the following events with respect to those Options or that Participant:

 

(i)

the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant;

 

(ii)

the expiry of any of the periods specified in Rules 4.7, 5.2, 5.4 and 6.4;

 

(iii)

the date of termination of employment in case of termination of employment for Cause by the Individual pursuant to Rule 5.3;

 

(iv)

the expiry of any of the periods which are determined on basis of any adjustments made in respect of the events as specified in Rules 13 and 14;

 

(v)

the Participant’s attempted assignment, transfer or encumbrance of any of his Options other than as permitted under Rules 8 and 13 or in case of another material breach by the Participant of the Rules or the terms of the Participation Agreement, unless otherwise determined at the discretion of the Supervisory Board.

Rule 6 Manner of Exercise

 

6.1	Subject to Rules 4.7, 5.2, 5.4 and 6.4 of this Plan, a Grant may be exercised during the Exercise Period after the Options have Vested in accordance with Rule 4.6 and before the Option(s) to which the Grant pertains lapse(s) in accordance with Rules 4.7 and 5. A Grant can only be exercised in full.

 

6.2	Subject to the Rules, an Option may be exercised by the signing of a Notice of Exercise by the Participant which will be effective upon receipt of the signed Notice of Exercise by the Company or a party designated by the Company.

 

6.3

Subject to the Rules of this Plan, including but not limited to Rule 13 of this Plan, the Company shall as soon as practicable following the receipt of the Notice of Exercise and a deed of adherence the Participation Agreement (both signed by the Participant) and the payment of the Option Price for the relevant Option(s) instruct the STAK to Release the Depository Receipts covered by the Option(s) specified in the Notice of Exercise in accordance with Rule 9.

 

6.4	Each exercise of an Option is subject to any applicable Insider Trading Rules. Subject to Rule 5.4, where the exercise of any Option would temporarily be prohibited by law, securities regulations, stock exchange or listing rules, or any applicable Insider Trading

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan		(11)

---

Rules, the Exercise Period shall be extended with the length of such period of prohibition provided that such Option may not be exercised after the expiry of that Option in accordance with any other Rule of this Plan.

Rule 7 Fair Market Value

 

7.1

Before an IPO, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Supervisory Board based on the value of one (1) Share as derived from: (i) the equity value of the Company in the most recent financing or investment round; (ii) a valuation methodology determining the equity value of the Company; or (iii) any other appropriate valuation method as determined at the discretion of the Supervisory Board. The Fair Market Value of the underlying Share will be determined based on a valuation undertaken and/or verified by an independent valuation expert acting independently.

 

7.2

On the date of an IPO, the Fair Market Value shall be the introduction price of one (1) Share (or similar security) at such date; or, after an IPO, the closing price of one (1) Share (or similar security) as quoted on the stock exchange on which such IPO has taken place on the last preceding Business Day on which trade in the Shares on such stock exchange took place.

Rule 8 Non-transferability and nature of the Options

A Grant made to a Participant is strictly personal and shall, if the Option(s) to which such Grant pertains are Vested and during the lifetime of the Participant, be exercisable by the Participant alone and shall not be assignable or transferable and cannot be charged, pledged, encumbered or otherwise used for the purpose of creating security title or interest of whatever nature. The Company is under no obligation required to repurchase any Options and/or any Depository Receipts. In the event of the Participant’s death, such Participant’s Options are transferable to the Participant’s beneficiaries only by last will and testament or by the applicable hereditary laws. In all other events any attempted assignment, transfer or encumbrance by a Participant shall be null and void shall cause such Participant’s Option(s) to lapse with immediate effect.

Rule 9 Release of Depository Receipts

 

9.1

Subject to Rule 6.3 of this Plan, the Company shall instruct the STAK to Release the Depository Receipts to the Participant pursuant to the exercise of an Option as soon as practicable following (i) the date the Participant has returned the Notice of Exercise and a deed of adherence to the Participation Agreement, both signed by the Participant, and (ii) the payment of the relevant Option Price. The Release is subject to (i) receipt of all required statutory approvals under the relevant laws and regulations and any listing rules of the stock exchanges where Shares (or rights derived therefrom) are traded and (ii) any applicable Insider Trading Rules.

 

9.2	A Participant shall not be entitled to any compensation of damage or losses insofar as such damage or losses arise(s) or may arise from a delayed Release under this Rule 9, unless it has been delayed unreasonably by the Company.

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan		(12)

---

9.3	Participants are only permitted to sell, transfer or encumber the Depository Receipts acquired by them in accordance with the provisions of the Participation Agreement and any applicable Insider Trading Rules.

Rule 10 Loss of office or employment

 

10.1

The Plan does not form part of the Participant’s employment agreement or service agreement with the Company or with any Group Company, and shall not be construed to give any Participant the right to remain in the employ of or continue to provide services to or continue to be a director of the Company or any Group Company.

 

10.2	A Grant made to a Participant cannot be considered to be a guarantee to that Participant that the employment of that Participant with, or directorship of, the Company or any other Group Company, or the providing of services by the Participant to the Company or to any Group Company will continue.

 

10.3

Any benefits derived by a Participant under this Plan shall not be taken into account for the purposes of determining that Participant’s contribution or entitlement to benefits under any retirement arrangement or for the purposes of determining any other claim for compensation that Participant may have against the Company or against any Group Company.

 

10.4

Where the employment, directorship or service agreement with the Company or a Group Company of a Participant terminates for whatever reason, that Participant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages (including damages following unfair dismissal), any other form of breach of contract or any claim for compensation for the loss of employment, office or services insofar as such compensation or damages arise or may arise from the Participant ceasing to have rights under this Plan as a result of such termination. The Plan shall not at any time affect the rights of the Company or a Group Company (or their relevant corporate bodies) to terminate such Participant’s status as a director, an employee or a service provider, whether with or without Cause.

 

10.5	A Grant shall not entitle nor preclude the Participant to whom that Grant was awarded from participating in another Grant under the Plan or participation in any other plan operated by the Company or any Group Company.

Rule 11 Tax and social security

 

11.1

All applicable personal tax (e.g. any wage tax or income taxes) and employee social security levies as a consequence of or resulting from the Grant of one or more Options, including, for the avoidance of doubt, as a consequence of or resulting from the exercise or Vesting of any Option, or in respect of the implementation of the Plan shall be borne by the relevant Participant.

 

11.2

Each Participant shall permit the Company or any Group Company to withhold and account for an amount equal to any wage tax or income tax, employee’s social security contributions liability and any other liabilities for which the Company or a Group Company as the case may be, has an obligation to withhold and account. In case an

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan		(13)

---

Option is cancelled for whatever reason, the relevant Participant will not be compensated for any taxes or employee social security levies (to be) paid in connection with that Option or the cancellation thereof.

 

11.3

The Plan is governed by the tax and social security legislation and regulations prevailing as at the date a certain taxable event occurs. If any tax and/or employee social security legislation or regulations are amended and any tax or employee social security levies become payable as a result of such legislative amendment, the costs and the risks related thereto shall be borne solely by the relevant Participant.

 

11.4

Where, in relation to an Option granted under this Plan, the Company or any Group Company (as the case may be) is liable, or is in accordance with current practice believed by the Supervisory Board to be liable, to account for any tax or social security authority for any sum in respect of any tax or social security liability of the Participant, the Option may not be exercised unless the relevant Participant has paid to the Company or the Group Company (as the case may be) an amount sufficient to discharge the liability.

 

11.5	For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Rules 11.1 to 11.4 shall apply to a Participant’s liabilities that may arise on a taxable event in any jurisdiction.

Rule 12 Variation of Capital

 

12.1

Subject to the Articles of Association, in the event of a share split, reverse share split, any capitalisation issue, distribution of, extraordinary dividend, rights issue, issue of benefit, or bonus Shares, or rights offer or any reduction, sub-division, consolidation or other variation of the capital of the Company (including any change in the currency in which the nominal value of the Shares is denominated) the number of Options subject to any Grant and/or the Option Price, as the case may be, may be adjusted by the Company without prejudice (including retrospective adjustments where appropriate) in such manner as the Company considers to be in its opinion fair and reasonable, or take whatever other reasonable actions the Supervisory Board considers appropriate, it being understood that such actions may include an additional grant of the rights and/or securities to the relevant Participants, under the same conditions as apply to the variation of capital concerned.

 

12.2	Notice of any adjustment referred to in Rule 12.1 shall be given by the Company to those Participants affected by such adjustment. The Participant shall receive such a notice within one month following the date the adjustment has been made.

Rule 13 Change of Control of the Company

 

13.1

Subject to the Articles of Association, the Participation Agreement, required approval of the relevant corporate body or bodies of the Company and any applicable laws or regulations, in the event of an Exit, a merger, split, or consolidation or similar transaction in relation to the Company, a change in Control of the Company or a share-for-share exchange involving the Company, the Supervisory Board shall have the power to decide to:

 

(i)

provide for the exchange of each Option outstanding immediately prior to such event for options with respect to some or all of the property for which securities are exchanged in such transaction and, as a result, make any necessary equitable adjustment in the Option Price of the new options, or the number of securities or amount of property subject to the Options or, as appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the Participants to whom such Options were granted in partial consideration for the exchange of the Options; and/or

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan		(14)

---

(ii)

accelerate Vesting of all the outstanding Options effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event; and/or

 

(iii)

effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, cancel each outstanding Option and pay the Participants, for each of their respective Options thus cancelled, the (positive) difference between the underlying Fair Market Value of a Depository Receipt at the date of cancellation and the Option Price; and/or

 

(iv)

take whatever other reasonable steps the Supervisory Board considers appropriate.

 

13.2	Subject to Rule 13.1 all adjustments and/or payments described in Rule 13.1 shall be made by the Supervisory Board and shall be reviewed and approved by an independent advisor appointed by the Supervisory Board. Such approval shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

13.3	Except as expressly provided in Rules 12 and 13, no Participant shall be afforded any rights by reason of any capital or corporate reorganisation of the Company or any other transaction as set out in Rule 13.1.

 

13.4	Except as expressly provided in Rules 12 and 13, a Grant effected pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or any Group Company to effect any capital or corporate reorganisation.

 

13.5

If an event occurs constituting a change of Control of a Group Company due to which the Participant is no longer employed with or a director of or no longer provide(s) service to the Group, the Supervisory Board can at its absolute discretion provide for any adjustments or payments as deemed appropriate such as, inter alia, continuation of the Plan or settlement of the outstanding Options of the Participant immediately prior to such event.

Rule 14 Plan amendments and special provisions

 

14.1

Subject to the Articles of Association and the Shareholders’ Agreement, the Supervisory Board acting reasonably may from time to time at its discretion amend any of the Rules, the Notice of Grant and/or the Notice of Exercise to, inter alia, take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain a favourable tax, exchange control, legal, accounting or regulatory treatment for Participants and/or the Group or corporate restructurings benefitting the Group.

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan		(15)

---

14.2

No amendment, waiver or replacement to or of this Plan, or any rules or regulations for the administration of this Plan shall be made to the extent to which it would have a material adverse effect, as determined by the Supervisory Board acting reasonably and at its sole discretion, on any of the subsisting rights of Participants except with such consent on their part.

Rule 15 Notification

 

15.1	The administration of the Plan will be executed by the Company or a third party administrator as appointed by the Company in future.

 

15.2

Any notice or other document required to be given to any Participant with respect to the operation of this Plan shall be delivered to him at his home address or such other address as may appear to the Company to be appropriate, or by e-mail message or in any other format agreed in advance between the Participant and the person giving the notice on behalf of the Supervisory Board. Any notice or other document required to be given to the Company or the Supervisory Board shall be delivered in a format agreed in advance between the Participant and the person receiving the notice.

 

15.3

In the execution of the Plan, the Company will respect and comply with applicable data protection laws. Each Participant consents by the acceptance of the Grant to the processing, collection, recording, organising, storing and adapting of personal data by the Company, the STAK or third party administrators involved in the operation and administration of the Plan and for that purpose only. This may also include transferring such information to countries or territories that fall outside of the European Economic Area and which may not provide the same level of data protection as the European Economic Area or the Participant’s home country. Each Participant acknowledges that this may restrict the Participant’s rights. Each Participant has the right to access and/or correct personal data, if and when necessary, by contacting the Company

 

15.4	The Supervisory Board may, at its absolute discretion, issue written guidance setting out the procedures whereby the Plan shall be operated.

Rule 16 Insider Trading Rules

 

16.1	Participants shall be subject to and bound by the terms and conditions of any Insider Trading Rules. Such Insider Trading Rules may restrict the rights of the Participants under this Plan.

 

16.2

Participants are deemed to be familiar and are responsible for complying with any applicable Insider Trading Rules and any other information, guidance and/or regulations issued by the Company or relevant government or regulatory bodies. The Company shall incur no liability should a Participant act in breach of any Insider Trading Rules or any other information, guidance and/or regulations issued by the Company or relevant government or regulatory bodies.

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan		(16)

---

Rule 17 Disputes

The decision of the Supervisory Board, in any dispute or question relating to any Grant shall be final and conclusive subject to the terms of this Plan. The provisions of a Notice of Grant shall govern and prevail in the event of any conflict with the Rules.

Rule 18 Costs of the Plan

Without prejudice to Rule 11, the costs of introducing, operating and administering this Plan shall be borne by the Company.

Rule 19 Governing law

This Plan shall be governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the law of The Netherlands. The Company and each Participant hereby irrevocably submit, in respect of any suit, action or proceeding related to the implementation or enforcement of this Plan, shall be settled by the Court of Amsterdam the Netherlands.

* * *

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan		(17)

---

 

Notice of Grant

Mr. / Mrs. [name]

[address]

[postal code] [place][country]

[Insert date]

 

Subject:		the Grant of Options pursuant to the ProQR Stock Option Plan

Dear [name of Participant],

I am pleased to let you know that you are hereby made an offer to be granted Options to acquire Depository Receipts as further specified below under the terms and conditions applicable to the ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan (the ‘Plan’).

The definitions used in this Notice of Grant have the same meaning as the definitions used in the Plan, as attached hereto. Subject to the Rules of the Plan, you are granted Options on the following conditions:

 

Date of Grant:		[date]
Options granted:		[number]
Number of underlying Shares:		[same number]
Option Price:		[EUR price]
Vesting Dates		Vesting of the Options is subject to continued employment as stated in the Rules of the Plan, and in particular Rules 4 and 5. If you remain employed, the Options will Vest in four equal annual tranches as follows:   •     25% on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant;   •     25% on the second anniversary of the Date of Grant;   •     25% on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant;   •     25% on the fourth anniversary of the Date of Grant.
Exercise Period:		Subject to what has been stated for specific circumstances in the Rules, Vested Options may be exercised during the period starting on the Vesting Date and ending on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant or such earlier or later date in accordance with the Rules of the Plan, and in particular Rules 4.7, 5.2, 5.4 and 6.4.
Date on which Options will in any event lapse:		The Options will lapse on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant (insert date) or in specific circumstances as stated in the Rules of the Plan, and in particular Rules 4, 5 and 8 of the Plan.

 

Page 1 of 3

---

If you wish to accept this Grant you can do so by returning a signed copy of this Notice of Grant to ProQR Therapeutics B.V. (the “Company”) within 14 days from the date of this Notice of Grant. If the Company will not have received a duly signed letter on that date, the Grant will be null and void such that the offer will lapse automatically with immediate effect and without any consideration becoming due.

 

Yours sincerely,
ProQR Therapeutics B.V.
By
Name:		Daniel de Boer
Title:		Chief Executive Officer

 

Page 2 of 3

---

Statement Participant

By placing my signature below, I hereby confirm that I accept the offer of a Grant of Options on the date shown above, subject to the terms and conditions in accordance with the agreements made by the shareholders on 21 August 2012 and as formally described in the Rules of the Plan and all other statutory regulations that are or become applicable with regard to the granted Options.

I further acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Rules of the Plan and I will act in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of the Options, the Rules of the Plan and, when applicable, the Insider Trading Rules of the Company.

I consent to and authorise the collection, processing, transfer and disclosure of information related to the Grant and exercise of the Options (including information regarding my date of birth, commencement date of employment and details regarding the Options and any similar rights previously granted to me by the Company.) to the Company, the STAK or to any third party retained by the Company or STAK to administer the exercise of the Options and to any governmental or regulatory authorities in The Netherlands or elsewhere.

I have been informed that the purpose of the transfer of this information is to allow me to exercise the Options in accordance with (i) the terms under which the Options were granted and (ii) applicable laws and stock exchanges and/or listing rules. I have been informed that such information will be kept confidential and will be retained for the period of time necessary to achieve this purpose, as far as possible under the applicable laws and regulations. I have also been informed that other jurisdictions may have a different level of data privacy protection from that which may be applicable in the Netherlands.

I confirm that I accept that the grant and exercise of the Options may be subject to securities and insider trading laws and rules and stock exchange regulations and I confirm that I will act in accordance with these laws, rules and regulations.

Immediately prior to any IPO, the Company will introduce Insider Trading Rules as stated in the Rules, especially Rule 16 of the Plan. The Insider Trading Rules of the Company are subject to change that can be effected by the Company from time to time. I am aware of the fact that these rules may contain restrictions with regard to the Grant and exercise of the Options in the future.

I confirm that I am aware that the Plan, the Articles of Association, Deed of Incorporation and the Shareholders’ Agreement are subject to change that can be effected by the Company from time to time.

 

Name:

Date:

Place:

 

Page 3 of 3

---

 

Notice of Grant

Mr. / Mrs. [name]

[address]

[postal code] [place][country]

[Insert date]

 

Subject:		the Grant of Options pursuant to the ProQR Stock Option Plan

Dear [name of Participant],

I am pleased to let you know that you are hereby made an offer to be granted Options to acquire Depository Receipts as further specified below under the terms and conditions applicable to the ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan (the ‘Plan’).

The definitions used in this Notice of Grant have the same meaning as the definitions used in the Plan, as attached hereto. Subject to the Rules of the Plan, you are granted Options on the following conditions:

 

Date of Grant:		[date]
Options granted:		[number]
Number of underlying Shares:		[same number]
Option Price:		[EUR price]
Vesting Dates		Vesting of the Options is subject to continuation of services as stated in the Rules of the Plan, and in particular Rules 4 and 5. If your services are continued, the Options will Vest in four equal annual tranches as follows:   •     25% on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant;   •     25% on the second anniversary of the Date of Grant;   •     25% on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant;   •     25% on the fourth anniversary of the Date of Grant.
Exercise Period:		Subject to what has been stated for specific circumstances in the Rules, Vested Options may be exercised during the period starting on the Vesting Date and ending on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant or such earlier or later date in accordance with the Rules of the Plan, and in particular Rules 4.7, 5.2, 5.4 and 6.4.
Date on which Options will in any event lapse:		The Options will lapse on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant (insert date) or in specific circumstances as stated in the Rules of the Plan, and in particular Rules 4, 5 and 8 of the Plan.

 

Page 1 of 3

---

If you wish to accept this Grant you can do so by returning a signed copy of this Notice of Grant to ProQR Therapeutics B.V. (the “Company”) within 14 days from the date of this Notice of Grant. If the Company will not have received a duly signed letter on that date, the Grant will be null and void such that the offer will lapse automatically with immediate effect and without any consideration becoming due.

Yours sincerely,

ProQR Therapeutics B.V.

 

By
Name:		Daniel de Boer
Title:		Chief Executive Officer

 

Page 2 of 3

---

Statement Participant

By placing my signature below, I hereby confirm that I accept the offer of a Grant of Options on the date shown above, subject to the terms and conditions in accordance with the agreements made by the shareholders on 21 August 2012 and as formally described in the Rules of the Plan and all other statutory regulations that are or become applicable with regard to the granted Options.

I further acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Rules of the Plan and I will act in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of the Options, the Rules of the Plan and, when applicable, the Insider Trading Rules of the Company.

I consent to and authorise the collection, processing, transfer and disclosure of information related to the Grant and exercise of the Options (including information regarding my date of birth, commencement date of employment and details regarding the Options and any similar rights previously granted to me by the Company.) to the Company, the STAK or to any third party retained by the Company or STAK to administer the exercise of the Options and to any governmental or regulatory authorities in The Netherlands or elsewhere.

I have been informed that the purpose of the transfer of this information is to allow me to exercise the Options in accordance with (i) the terms under which the Options were granted and (ii) applicable laws and stock exchanges and/or listing rules. I have been informed that such information will be kept confidential and will be retained for the period of time necessary to achieve this purpose, as far as possible under the applicable laws and regulations. I have also been informed that other jurisdictions may have a different level of data privacy protection from that which may be applicable in the Netherlands.

I confirm that I accept that the grant and exercise of the Options may be subject to securities and insider trading laws and rules and stock exchange regulations and I confirm that I will act in accordance with these laws, rules and regulations.

Immediately prior to any IPO, the Company will introduce Insider Trading Rules as stated in the Rules, especially Rule 16 of the Plan. The Insider Trading Rules of the Company are subject to change that can be effected by the Company from time to time. I am aware of the fact that these rules may contain restrictions with regard to the Grant and exercise of the Options in the future.

I confirm that I am aware that the Plan, the Articles of Association, Deed of Incorporation and the Shareholders’ Agreement are subject to change that can be effected by the Company from time to time.

 

Name:
Date:
Place:

 

Page 3 of 3

---

 

Notice of Exercise

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Stock Option Plan

 

To:		ProQR Therapeutics B.V. Darwinweg 23 2333 Leiden, The Netherlands
From:		Mr. / Mrs.
Address:
Postal code/place:
Country:

I hereby give notice to ProQR Therapeutics BV (the “Company”) that I wish to exercise my Options as granted to me in the Notice of Grant, a signed and dated copy of which I attach. It regards                     ¹ Options covering the same number of depository receipts to be issued by Stichting ProQR Therapeutics Participation (“STAK”). Capitalised terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in the Rules of the Company’s Stock Option Plan unless expressly stated otherwise.

I am aware and I acknowledge that, subject to the Rules of the Plan and any Insider Trading Rules and all other regulations and documents relating to my Options:

 

(a)

on exercise of my Options an obligation to pay wage withholding tax and employee social security premiums or equivalent liabilities (“Tax Liability”) may arise. Further, I am aware that the grant of my Options was made conditionally on my undertaking to pay this Tax Liability. I agree and acknowledge that I shall be responsible for and shall indemnify the Company or the relevant Group Company against any Tax Liability. Such Company or Group Company may withhold any amounts from my net pay for the relevant pay period or allow me to make such arrangements as are necessary to satisfy any Tax Liability.

 

(b)

the date of exercise shall be the later of the receipt by the Company of the Notice of Exercise and a deed of adherence to the Participation Agreement signed by me, the payment of the Option Price and the date that the Supervisory Board states that the conditions imposed on me have for the exercise of my Options been fulfilled, if applicable.

 

1	Insert number of Options you wish to exercise

 

Page 1 / 2

---

(c)

the exercise of the Options may be subject to securities and insider trading laws and rules and stock exchange regulations and any Insider Trading Rules and I confirm that I will act in accordance with these laws, rules and regulations and any such Insider Trading Rules. I am aware of the fact that these rules may contain restrictions with regard to the Grant and exercise of the Options. Where any exercise would temporarily be prohibited by law, securities regulations, or any Insider Trading Rules, the Exercise Period shall be extended with the length of such period of prohibition provided that an Option may not be exercised after the expiry of the Option in accordance with the Rules of the Plan, but in particular Rule 6.4 of the Plan.

In addition, I am aware and I acknowledge that, by signing this Notice of Exercise and a deed of adherence to the Participation Agreement, I will also accept that I will be subject to and bound by the terms and conditions of the Participation Agreement in the form as attached to this Notice of Exercise. In addition, I shall accept the Depository Receipts to be issued to me by the STAK pursuant to the exercise of my Options.

I hereby grant an irrevocable power of attorney to the STAK, with full right of sub-delegation, to perform all acts, including acts of disposition (beschikkingshandelingen), on my behalf in connection with any right, obligation or undertaking under or in connection with the Participation Agreement with respect to the Depository Receipts to be issued to me pursuant to the exercise of my Options. The STAK and any of its sub-delegates are authorised to act also as my counterparties and/or as an attorney-in-fact of any such counterparties. The relationship between myself, the STAK and any of its sub-delegates under this power of attorney is governed exclusively by the laws of the Netherlands.

 

Name:

Date:

Place:

Enclosure - Participation Agreement

 

Page 2 / 2

---

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

between

The Participants

PROQR THERAPEUTICS B.V.

as the Company

and

STICHTING PROQR THERAPEUTICS PARTICIPATION

as the Foundation

 

 

for the terms and conditions of the participation of

the Participants in the Foundation

 

 

NautaDutilh N.V.

Amsterdam

---

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.		INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS			1
2.		DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS AND DR HOLDERS			5
3.		DR REGISTER			6
4.		GOVERNANCE OF THE FOUNDATION			6
5.		EXERCISE OF RIGHTS IN RESPECT OF SHARES			7
6.		CANCELLATION OF DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS			8
7.		LIMITED RIGHTS			8
8.		LOCK-UP			8
9.		TRANSFER OF DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS			9
10.		PERMITTED TRANSFERS			9
11.		COMPULSORY SHARE TRANSFERS			10
12.		EXIT AND CHANGE OF CONTROL			11
13.		VARIATION OF CAPITAL			13
14.		RELATIONSHIP SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT			13
15.		NEW PARTICIPANTS			14
16.		RELATIONSHIP DR HOLDERS AND CONSULTATION			14
17.		CONFIDENTIALITY			15
18.		INSIDER TRADING RULES			15
19.		DURATION			15
20.		TAX			15
21.		INVALIDITY			15
22.		AMENDMENT			16
23.		COSTS			16
24.		NO IMPLIED WAIVER, NO “ RECHTSVERWERKING”			16
25.		NO RESCISSION			16
26.		NOTICE			16
27.		ASSIGNMENT OR ENCUMBRANCE			17
28.		CIVIL LAW NOTARY			17
29.		GOVERNING LAW			17
30.		DISPUTES			18

 

Schedule A		Deed of Adherence

 

i

---

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

THE UNDERSIGNED

 

1.	The Participants from time to time Party to this Agreement (the “Participants” and each individually a “Participant”);

 

2.	ProQR Therapeutics B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid), having its corporate seat in Utrecht (address: Darwinweg 24, 2333 CR, Leiden, the Netherlands, trade register number: 54600790) (the “Company”); and

 

3.	Stichting ProQR Therapeutics Participation, a foundation (stichting), having its corporate seat in Utrecht (address: Darwinweg 24, 2333 CR, Leiden, the Netherlands, trade register number: 55879691) (the “Foundation”),

The parties under 1, 2 and 3 will be collectively referred to as the “Parties” and each individually as a “Party”.

WHEREAS

 

A.	The Company is engaged in the development and subsequent commercialization of a treatment for Cystic Fibrosis.

 

B.	The Foundation has been incorporated on 20 August 2012.

 

C.

The management board of the Company has invited the Participants to participate in the Company through the Foundation pursuant to this Agreement and the Company’s option plan, and the Participants wish to participate and acquire Depositary Receipts following the exercise of options pursuant to the Company’s option plan on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

 

D.	The Parties wish to lay down in this Agreement (i) the terms and conditions of the Depositary Receipts and (ii) the legal relationship between the Participants and the Foundation.

NOW HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS

 

1.	INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

 

1.1	In this Agreement the following terms and expressions shall have the following meaning:

 

Agreement		this participation agreement
Articles of Association		the articles of association (statuten) of the Company, as they may read from time to time
Bad Leaver		any Leaver who is not a Good Leaver
Business		the business carried on by the Company from time to time as described in recital A

 

1

---

Business Day		a day which is not a Saturday or a Sunday and which is not a public holiday or a bank holiday in the Netherlands
Cause by the Company		in the context of termination of a Participant’s status as an employee or as a service provider, for a reason which constitutes a serious cause on the side of the Company within the meaning of Article 7:679 DCC or other serious cause representing a material breach under the Employment Agreement
Cause by the Participant		in the context of termination of a Participant’s status as an employee or as a service provider, for a reason which constitutes an urgent cause on the side of that Participant within the meaning of Article 7:678 DCC or serious cause on the side of that Participant within the meaning of Article 7:685 DCC or other serious cause representing a material breach under the Employment Agreement
Company		shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Preamble
Compulsory Transfer		shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 11.1
Confidential Information		information in any form, whether or not in writing, relating to the Company’s option plan, this Agreement, the Business, products, affairs and finances and employment matters of the Group, for the time being confidential to it, or treated by it as such and trade secrets (including, without limitation technical data and know-how) relating to the business of the Group or any of its suppliers, clients or customers
Control		shall have the meaning as ascribed thereto in the Shareholders’ Agreement, being on the Effective Date (a) in case of an entity or company other than a foundation whose purpose is to hold and acquire shares for administrative purposes and to issue depositary receipts for such shares, the ability to (i) alone or together with one or more subsidiaries, whether or not in concert with others, exercise or cause to exercise more than one-half of the voting rights in the shareholders’ or members’ meeting of such entity or company, or (ii) the ability to appoint more than one-half of the directors or supervisory directors of such entity or company, or (iii) to exercise decisive influence with regard to the general course of affairs of such entity or company and (b) in case of a foundation whose purpose is to hold and acquire shares for administrative purposes and to issue depository receipts for such shares, (i) the ability to

 

2

---

		appoint (or cause the appointment of) the director(s) of such foundation or (ii) the owning or holding of (legal or beneficial) ownership of the majority of the depositary receipts issued by such foundation or (iii) issuance of depositary receipts constituting the majority of depositary receipts issued by the foundation or (iv) cancellation (royeren) of depositary receipts resulting in a change of ownership of the majority of the depositary receipts held by the depositary receipt holders immediately prior to such cancellation
DCC		Dutch Civil Code (Burgerlijk Wetboek)
Deed of Adherence		shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 15.2
Depositary Receipts		the depositary receipts issued for the Shares by the Foundation
Disposal		in relation to any Depositary Receipt (i) the sale or transfer, (ii) creating or permitting to subsist any pledge (pandrecht), attachment (beslag), charge, lien or other security interest or other form of encumbrance, (iii) any agreement to do any of the foregoing, except (a) to the extent conditional on compliance with the terms of this Agreement, or (b) the transfer of a Depositary Receipt by operation of law
DR Holder		the holder of one or more Depositary Receipts
DR Holder Lock-up		shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Period Clause 8.1
DR register		the register of DR Holders kept by the Management Board
Effective Date		1 October 2013
Employee		an employee, consultant, secondee or director of the Company
Employment Agreement		means in relation to any Participant the employment, services, management, consultancy or other relevant agreement or relationship with the Company or the relevant Group Company, including pursuant to secondment or directorship
Exit		shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Shareholders Agreement, being on the Effective Date a Sale, Liquidation or IPO or any combination thereof
Fair Market Value		the market value of one Depository Receipt, as specified in Clause 11.6

 

3

---

Foundation		shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Preamble
Good Leaver		a Leaver as described in Clause 11.4
Group		in relation to this Agreement, the Company and its group companies (groepsmaatschappijen) as defined in Article 2:24b DCC
Group Company		any subsidiary or group company of the Company as defined in Articles 2:24a and 2:24b DCC, as may change from time to time
Interested DR Holder		shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 5.6
Insider Trading Rules		the internal code of conduct to be adopted by the Company or a Group Company on insider trading, if any, as may be amended from time to time and/or the securities laws and regulations (including applicable stock exchange or listing rules) in the jurisdiction(s) where Shares or other securities issued by the Company or shares or other securities issued by a Group Company (or rights derived thereof) are and/or may be listed to the extent these relate to insider trading
IPO		shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Shareholders Agreement, being on the Effective Date the underwritten initial public offering of all or any portion of the Shares of any kind, any legal successor of the Company under universal title, on a stock exchange, regulated market, or multilateral trading facility
Leaver		a Participant who is no longer an individual who has entered into employment with the Company or any Group Company or an individual (whether or not through the use of a company of which it that individual is the sole shareholder) that provides management and/or consulting services for the Company or a Group Company, or an individual who is appointed as a director of the Company or Group of any Group Company or a Participant whose Employment Agreement has otherwise ended
Liquidation		shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Shareholders Agreement, being on the Effective Date the liquidation, dissolution or other reorganization of the Company resulting in the Company’s shareholders receiving cash or liquid securities as consideration or proceeds in excess of the aggregate subscription price and dividends payable in respect of the Shares (or the underlying Shares) held by them

 

4

---

Management Board		the management board of the Foundation
New Depositary		shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Receipts Clause 5.6
New Shares		shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 5.5
Notary		any civil law notary working at NautaDutilh N.V. Amsterdam
Participant		shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Preamble and includes each new Participant in accordance with Clause 15.1
Permitted Transfer		a transfer of Depositary Receipts subject to the terms and conditions set out in Clause 10
Relevant DR Holder		shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 5.5
Remuneration Committee		the remuneration committee of the Company
Response Period		shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 5.5
Shares		the shares in the capital of the Company held by the Foundation for administrative purposes (ten titel van beheer), each share having a nominal value of one euro (EUR 1)
Shareholders Agreement		the agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of the participation of shareholders relating to shareholdings in the Company or its legal successors, originally entered into on 21 Augustus 2012, as amended from time to time
Transaction		the transactions contemplated Agreement by this

 

1.2	In construing this Agreement, unless otherwise specified:

 

a.

No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted adversely against a Party solely because that Party was responsible for drafting that particular provision;

 

b.

References to “Clause” and “paragraph” are to Clauses and paragraphs of this Agreement;

 

c.

Words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. Words denoting one gender shall include another gender;

 

d.

References to any Dutch legal concept shall, in respect of any jurisdiction other than the Netherlands, be deemed to include the concept which in that jurisdiction most closely approximates the Dutch legal concept;

 

e.

The words “include”, “included” or “including” are used to indicate that the matters listed are not a complete enumeration of all matters covered;

 

5

---

f.

References to a “person” shall be construed so as to include any individual, firm, company, entity, institution, government, state or agency of a state or subdivision of a state or any association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) of two or more of the foregoing.

 

2.	DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS AND DR HOLDERS

 

2.1

The Foundation, taking into account the approval rights which may exist under the Shareholders Agreement in respect of issuance of Depositary Receipts, shall issue one Depositary Receipt for each Share, such Depositary Receipt being of the same class, having the same nominal value and bearing the same number as the Share for which it is issued.

 

2.2	The holders of Depository Receipts will not have meeting rights (vergaderrecht) in relation to the Company.

 

2.3	Depositary Receipts can only be held by the following DR Holders:

 

a.

a Participant;

 

b.

the Foundation;

 

c.

the Company; and

 

d.

any other person, provided that the Management Board or the supervisory board of the Company has determined that such person may hold Depositary Receipts.

 

3.	DR REGISTER

 

3.1	Each Depositary Receipt shall be registered in the name of the relevant DR Holder. No certificates (toonderbewijzen) shall be issued in respect of the Depositary Receipts.

 

3.2

The Management Board shall keep the DR Register at the offices of the Foundation, setting out the names and addresses of all DR Holders, the dates on which the Depositary Receipts were acquired and the number of Depositary Receipts. The DR Register shall also set out the names and addresses of those persons who have a right of usufruct or pledge in respect of Depositary Receipts and the date on which they acquired such right.

 

3.3	Every DR Holder, holder of a right of usufruct and pledgee must inform the Management Board in writing of his address and any change thereto; this address shall apply vis-à-vis the Foundation until the person involved has notified the Management Board in writing of a replacement address.

 

3.4	Any consequences of a failure to notify his address or any changes thereto shall be borne by the person involved.

 

3.5	All notifications, writs and notices may be validly sent to or served upon DR Holders, holders of a right of usufruct and pledgees at the addresses set out in the DR Register.

 

6

---

3.6	Every registration and entry in the DR Register shall be signed by or on behalf of a member of the Management Board.

 

3.7	Where a Depositary Receipt is part of a community of property governed by Part 7 of Book 3 DCC, the jointly entitled persons, who must also be recorded in the DR Register, may only be represented vis-à-vis the Foundation by one person appointed for that purpose by them in writing.

 

3.8	The personal details of the person appointed under Clause 3.7 shall be entered in the DR Register and all notifications and notices may be sent to the jointly entitled persons at the address of the person appointed as stated in the DR Register.

 

4.	GOVERNANCE OF THE FOUNDATION

 

4.1	The management of the Foundation shall be carried out by the Management Board, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Articles of Association and applicable Dutch law.

 

4.2	At the date of this Agreement, the Management Board consists of Mr Daniel de Boer.

 

4.3	The Management Board shall consult the DR Holders on any decisions on the matters as described in Clause 16 (Relationship DR Holders and consultation).

 

5.	EXERCISE OF RIGHTS IN RESPECT OF SHARES

 

5.1

All rights attached to the Shares and shares in the Company’s capital held by the Foundation for which no Depositary Receipts have been issued shall vest in the Foundation, including the voting rights, the right to receive distributions and pre-emption rights to subscribe for newly issued shares in the capital of the Company or rights to subscribe for such shares.

 

5.2	The Foundation waives in advance its right to receive distributions on the shares in the Company’s capital held by it for which no Depositary Receipts have been issued, which waiver is accepted by the Company.

 

5.3

The Foundation shall receive all dividends and other distributions and payments on the Shares. Within two (2) weeks after having received such a distribution or payment on the Shares, the Foundation shall distribute a corresponding amount to the DR Holders in proportion to the aggregate nominal amount of their Depositary Receipts.

 

5.4

Within two (2) weeks after having received shares in the capital of the Company issued as bonus shares or stock dividend, the Foundation shall issue Depositary Receipts corresponding with such shares to the DR Holders in proportion to the aggregate nominal amount of their Depositary Receipts. In the event that two or more DR Holders are equally entitled to receive one or more Depositary Receipts pursuant to the previous sentence, such Depositary Receipts shall be allocated to such DR Holders by a drawing of lots in the presence of a civil law notary, to be designated by the Management Board. A DR Holder to whom one or more Depositary Receipts have been allocated by the drawing of lots shall take no further part in the drawing until an allocation of at least one Depositary Receipt to all other entitled DR Holders has been achieved.

 

7

---

5.5

Within one (1) week after the Foundation has been informed of an issue of shares in the capital of the Company in respect of which it has preemption rights (“New Shares”), the Management Board shall notify the holders of Depositary Receipts which correspond with the shares to which the pre-emption rights of the Foundation relate (the “Relevant DR Holders”) of the proposed issue of the New Shares. This notification shall include the number of New Shares, the issue price for the New Shares and the period within which the Relevant DR Holders have the opportunity to instruct the Foundation whether the pre-emption rights attached to the Shares for which they hold Depositary Receipts should be exercised (the “Response Period”).

 

5.6

Within one (1) week after the Response Period has elapsed, the Management Board shall inform the Relevant DR Holders who have instructed the Foundation to exercise its pre-emption rights (the “Interested DR Holders”) of the number of Depositary Receipts corresponding with the relevant number of New Shares to be allocated to each of the Interested DR Holders (the “New Depositary Receipts”).

 

5.7

Within one (1) week after the Management Board has informed the Interested DR Holders of the number of New Depositary Receipts to be allocated to them, the Interested DR Holders to whom New Depositary Receipts have been allocated shall transfer sufficient funds to the Foundation in order to enable it to pay up the New Shares which correspond with the New Depositary Receipts allocated to them.

 

5.8

If a DR Holder does not instruct the Foundation within the Response Period or if an Interested DR Holder fails to comply with his requirement under the previous paragraph, the Foundation shall waive its pre-emption rights attached to the Shares corresponding with the Depositary Receipts held by such DR Holder or Interested DR Holder, as the case may be.

 

5.9	Within two (2) weeks after New Shares have been issued to the Foundation, the Foundation shall issue the New Depositary Receipts to the Interested DR Holders to whom such New Depositary Receipts have been allocated.

 

5.10	The rights and obligations of the DR Holders pursuant to Clause 5.5 up to and including 5.9 shall not apply in the event of an admission of a new DR Holder.

 

5.11	A claim for payment of a dividend or other distribution or payment in respect of Depositary Receipts shall lapse five years after such dividend or other distribution or payment has become payable.

 

5.12	The Foundation may deposit the dividends and other distributions or payments in respect of Depositary Receipts for safekeeping with one or more banking institutions of good repute for the account and at the risk of the DR Holder concerned.

 

8

---

6.	CANCELLATION OF DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS

 

6.1	The Management Board may resolve to cancel (royeren) all or part of the Depositary Receipts which are being held by the Foundation in accordance with the provisions of the Shareholders Agreement and this Agreement.

 

6.2

In the event of a cancellation of Depositary Receipts, the Shares to which such Depositary Receipts correspond shall be transferred to the relevant DR Holder(s) and any dividend(s), other distributions or payments that have been received by the Foundation in respect of such Depositary Receipts but have not yet been distributed by the Foundation shall be distributed to the relevant DR Holder(s).

 

6.3	DR Holders cannot demand the cancellation of their Depositary Receipts.

 

7.	LIMITED RIGHTS

 

7.1	Depositary Receipts can only be encumbered with a right of usufruct or a right of pledge with the prior written approval of the Management Board. The previous sentence shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the transfer of such rights.

 

8.

LOCK-UP

 

8.1

Except as expressly permitted or required under this Agreement, except to the extent that the Management Board has resolved that earlier transfers are permitted, no Disposal of any Depositary Receipts by any DR Holder (excluding the Foundation and/or the Company as the case may be) shall be permitted prior to an Exit (the “DR Holder Lock-up Period”).

 

9.	TRANSFER OF DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS

 

9.1	No Disposal of any Depositary Receipt shall be permitted, except in accordance with Clause 8 (Lock-up), this Clause 9, Clause 10 (Permitted Transfers), Clause 11 (Compulsory Transfer) and Clause 12 (Exit).

 

9.2

Each DR Holder agrees to the transfer of the relevant Depositary Receipts in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, shall co-operate with the exchange of such Depositary Receipts in underlying Shares and subsequent transfer of Shares and agrees to take such actions as may be reasonably be requested to carry out the intentions of this Agreement. If the relevant DR Holder does not comply with his obligations under and resulting from this Clause 9, the Management Board may authorise a person to execute and deliver the necessary transfer on behalf of such DR Holder. Each DR Holder hereby irrevocably authorizes and gives, and to the extent necessary shall give in the future, an irrevocable power of attorney to the Foundation (with the right of substitution) to perform the actions and give effect to the DR Holder’s undertakings and obligations referred to and resulting from this Clause 9 (including the right to perform acts of disposition (beschikkingshandelingen)). The Foundation and any of its subdelegates are authorised to act also as a counterparty of the DR Holder and/or as an attorney-in-fact of any such counterparties.

 

9

---

9.3

A transfer of Depositary Receipts shall be effected by means of a private deed of transfer to which the transferor and the transferee are parties. If the Foundation is not a party to the deed of transfer, the transfer shall have no effect towards the Foundation until it has acknowledged the transfer in writing or until it has been served with the deed of transfer.

 

10.	PERMITTED TRANSFERS

Each of the DR Holders shall at all times be entitled to transfer any Depositary Receipts held by him to:

 

a.

any spouse or child of such DR Holder in connection with reasonable estate planning by such DR Holder; or

 

b.

a personal holding company under Control of such DR Holder; or

 

c.

the Foundation in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; or

 

d.

any other person or entity as decided upon by the Management Board or the supervisory board of the Company (each of the transfers under a, b, c and d being a “Permitted Transfer”),

provided that (i) the DR Holder that transfers his Depositary Receipts shall notify the other DR Holders and the Management Board in writing of such Permitted Transfer and (ii) the transferees described under a, b and d shall accede to this Agreement by means of a Deed of Adherence and shall be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

 

11.	COMPULSORY SHARE TRANSFERS

 

11.1

Subject to Clause 11.2, any DR Holder who becomes or will become a Leaver shall forthwith offer and, if such offer is accepted by the Foundation, transfer all Depositary Receipts held by him to the Foundation (a “Compulsory Transfer”). The Foundation has no obligation to acquire the Depositary Receipts.

 

11.2

In the event that a Participant becomes a Good Leaver, he may retain all his Depositary Receipts or offer and, if such offer is accepted by the Foundation, transfer all or part of his Depositary Receipts to the Foundation. If the Foundation wishes to acquire any such Depositary Receipts the purchase price to be paid for those Depositary Receipts shall be the higher of (i) the original price paid for such Depositary Receipts at the time of acquisition by the relevant DR Holder and (ii) the Fair Market Value of such Depositary Receipts.

 

11.3

In the event that a Participant becomes a Bad Leaver, such Bad Leaver will have to transfer all of his Depositary Receipts to the Foundation. The price to be paid for the Depositary Receipts shall be the lesser of (i) the original price paid for such Depositary Receipts at the time of acquisition by the relevant DR Holder and (ii) the Fair Market Value of such Depositary Receipts.

 

11.4	A Good Leaver shall be a leaver who:

 

a.

becomes a Leaver by reason of his death, disability or incapacity (including mental incapacity) (arbeidsongeschiktheid) or retirement at the age as approved by the supervisory board of the Company (or the Remuneration Committee) or as provided for in his Employment Agreement;

 

10

---

b.

Cause by the Company; or

 

c.

any other individual situation determined by the supervisory board of the Company (or the Remuneration Committee) at its discretion on a case by case basis.

 

11.5	The Parties agree that a Bad Leaver shall be a Leaver who is not a Good Leaver, which shall include (but is not limited to) any Leaver who, at any moment prior to, at the same time or subsequent to becoming a Leaver:

 

a.

whose employment is terminated due to Cause of the Participant;

 

b.

whose Employment Agreement is terminated due to circumstances which are attributed to (te wijten aan) him or fall within his control or responsibility; or

 

c.

who is in material breach of the provisions of his Employment Agreement or this Agreement, which breach shall be deemed to constitute Cause of the Participant (urgent cause (dringende reden) as referred to in Article 7:678 DCC); or

 

d.

who applies for an order or an order is made declaring the Leaver bankrupt or granted a suspension of payments, or a Leaver who applies for a statutory debt adjustment (schuldsanering natuurlijke personen) or a liquidator is appointed for the Leaver or any similar event occurs with respect to the Leaver or any substantial part of his assets in any jurisdiction.

 

11.6

Before an IPO, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the supervisory board of the Company based on the value of one (1) Share as derived from: (i) the equity value of the Company in the most recent financing or investment round; (ii) a valuation methodology determining the equity value of the Company; or (iii) any other appropriate valuation method as determined at the discretion of the supervisory board of the Company. On the date of an IPO, the Fair Market Value shall be the introduction price of one (1) Share (or similar security) at such date; or, after an IPO, the closing price of one (1) Share (or similar security) as quoted on the stock exchange on which such IPO has taken place on the last preceding Business Day on which trade in the Shares on such stock exchange took place.

 

11.7	A Leaver, who was originally considered a Good Leaver and who has accordingly received the purchase price set out in Clause 11.2, as the case may be, at any time thereafter becomes or turns out to have been a Bad Leaver, shall repay to the Foundation the difference between:

 

a.

the purchase price so received; and

 

b.

the purchase price to which such Leaver would have actually been entitled to in accordance with Clause 11.3.

 

11

---

12.	EXIT AND CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

12.1	The following shall apply in the event of any Exit.

 

12.2

In the event of an Exit, each of the DR Holders (except for a Bad Leaver) acting as a group through the Foundation shall, in accordance with the provisions of the Shareholders Agreement, have the right to participate in the Exit through the Foundation in accordance with Clause 14 and pursuant to the sale of his Depositary Receipts on a pro rata basis relating to the total Shares (and Depositary Receipts) participating in such Exit.

 

12.3

If and to the extent applicable in order to participate in the Exit, the DR Holder (except for a Bad Leaver) shall be fully entitled to - through the Foundation - participate on a pro rata basis with the Depository Receipts which have not been repurchased by the Foundation prior to such Exit and as such shall be included in the transaction.

 

12.4	The DR Holders shall use their best efforts and actively cooperate in view of successfully achieving the Exit, including by becoming subject to certain lock-up periods or other restrictions.

 

12.5

In case of an Exit, the Parties shall cooperate to carry out any amendments to the articles of association of the Foundation or this Agreement and if applicable the Articles of Association or execute any documents or take any other actions (including cancellation of the Depositary Receipts) which may be necessary or reasonably desirable for the purpose of such Exit.

 

12.6

Subject to the Articles of Association, the Shareholders Agreement and this Agreement, required approval of the relevant corporate body or bodies of the Company and any applicable laws or regulations, in the event of an Exit, a merger, split, or consolidation or similar transaction in relation to the Company, a change in Control of the Company or a share-for-share exchange involving the Company, the Management Board and the supervisory board of the Company (ot Remuneration Committee) shall have the power to decide to:

 

a.

provide for the exchange of each Depositary Receipt outstanding immediately prior to such event for shares, depositary receipts or other securities with respect to some or all of the property for which securities are exchanged in such transaction and, as a result or, as appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the Participants in full or partial consideration for the exchange of the Depositary Receipts; and/or

 

b.

effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, cancel each outstanding Depositary Receipt and pay the Participants, for each of their respective Depositary Receipt thus cancelled, the Fair Market Value thereof at the date of cancellation; and/or

 

c.

take whatever other reasonable steps the Management Board or supervisory board of the Company considers appropriate.

 

12

---

12.7

All adjustments and/or payments described in this Clause shall be made by the Management Board and supervisory board of the Company (or Remuneration Committee) and shall be reviewed and approved by an independent advisor appointed by Management Board and supervisory board of the Company (or Remuneration Committee). Such approval shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

12.8	Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no Participant shall be afforded any rights by reason of any capital or corporate reorganisation of the Company or any other transaction as set out in this Clause.

 

12.9	Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the issue, purchase or cancellation of a Depositary Receipt pursuant to this Agreement shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or any Group Company to effect any capital or corporate reorganisation.

 

12.10

If an event occurs constituting a change of Control of a Group Company due to which the Participant is no longer employed with or a director of or no longer provide(s) service to the Group or which otherwise results in the termination of the Employment Agreement, the Management Board and supervisory board of the Company (or Remuneration Committee) can at its absolute discretion provide for any adjustments or payments as deemed appropriate such as, inter alia, continuation of this Agreement or cancellation of the Depositary Receipts.

 

13.	VARIATION OF CAPITAL

 

13.1

Subject to the Articles of Association, in the event of a share split, reverse share split, any capitalisation issue, distribution of, regular or extraordinary dividend, rights issue, issue of benefit, stock or bonus Shares, or rights offer or any reduction, sub-division, consolidation or other variation of the capital of the Company (including any change in the currency in which the nominal value of the Shares are is denominated) the number of Depositary Receipts may be adjusted by the Foundation without prejudice (including retrospective adjustments where appropriate) in such manner as the Foundation considers to be in its opinion fair and reasonable, or take what ever other reasonable actions the Management Board or supervisory board of the Company (or Remuneration Committee) considers appropriate, it being understood that such actions may include an additional issue of Depositary Receipts to the relevant Participants, under the same conditions as apply to the variation of capital concerned.

 

13.2	Notice of any adjustment referred to in Clause 13.1 shall be given by the Foundation to those Participants affected by such adjustment. The Participant shall receive such a notice within one month following the date the amendment adjustment has been made.

 

13

---

14.	RELATIONSHIP SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

14.1	The Foundation shall on behalf of the DR Holders exercise and/or comply with (as the case may be) with all rights and obligations pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement.

 

14.2	If any drag-along right, a tag-along right or other right or obligation to transfer Shares that has been or is to be exercised pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, pursuant to which the Foundation will sell and transfer the Shares held by the Foundation, then the following shall apply:

 

a.

the Management Board shall consult the relevant DR Holders in connection thereto in accordance with Clause 16.3;

 

b.

the Management Board shall cancel the relevant Depositary Receipts in accordance with Clause 6;

 

c.

in accordance with the provisions of the Shareholders Agreement, the Foundation will collect the cash proceeds resulting from the sale and transfer of such Shares for the benefit of all DR Holders (except for a Bad Leaver who will only be entitled to the purchase price determined in accordance with Clause 11.3) whose Depositary Receipts were cancelled as described above and the Foundation shall distribute a corresponding amount to those DR Holders in proportion to the aggregate nominal amount of their Depositary Receipts; and

 

d.

the Management Board and the DR Holders shall take all other actions required in order to comply with the sale and transfer of such Shares.

 

15.	NEW PARTICIPANTS

 

15.1	Any new Participant may only participate in the Company through the Foundation pursuant exercise of options in accordance with the Company’s option plan. The supervisory board of the Company (or the Remuneration Committee) shall determine the terms and conditions of such participation.

 

15.2	Any new Participant acquiring Depositary Receipts shall enter into a deed of adherence in the form attached hereto as Schedule A (the “Deed of Adherence”) pursuant to which he shall be bound hereunder as a Participant and a DR Holder.

 

16.	RELATIONSHIP DR HOLDERS AND CONSULTATION

 

16.1	Each of the DR Holders acknowledges and agrees:

 

a.

that all his rights and obligations in case he is a Leaver shall be exercised and/or complied with (as the case may be) on his behalf by the Foundation exclusively; and

 

b.

that in respect of this Agreement he shall be represented vis-à-vis the other parties to this Agreement and third parties by the Foundation exclusively,

 

14

---

unless explicitly specified otherwise in this Agreement and subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

16.2

Each of the DR Holders hereby irrevocably authorizes and gives, and to the extent necessary shall give in the future, an irrevocable power of attorney to the Foundation (with the right of substitution) to exclusively exercise on his behalf his rights under this Agreement including acts of disposition (beschikkingshandelingen) and to perform all other acts that the Foundation considers necessary, useful or advisable in that respect and to represent him vis-à-vis the other Parties to this Agreement and third parties. The Foundation and any of its subdelegates are authorised to act also as a counterparty of the DR Holder and/or as an attorney-in-fact of any such counterparties.

 

16.3	Notwithstanding Clause 16.1 the Management Board shall consult the DR Holders in case it has to take a decision in relation to:

 

a.

any right of the DR Holders to participate in an Exit;

 

b.

any exercise of rights or obligation under the Shareholders Agreement in accordance with Clause 14.

 

16.4

The Management Board shall furthermore consult the DR Holders about key matters concerning the Company and/or the Foundation affecting the position of the DR Holders, and in other circumstances when the Management Board considers this to be necessary or desirable. The management board of the Company shall inform the Management Board of any such key matters.

 

17.	CONFIDENTIALITY

Each Participant undertakes and covenants that he shall not disclose any Confidential Information to any person except with the prior written consent or approval of the Management Board unless such disclosure is required by applicable law or stock exchange rules or by any competent authority.

 

18.	INSIDER TRADING RULES

Participants shall be subject to and bound by the terms and conditions of any Insider Trading Rules. Such Insider Trading Rules may restrict the rights of the Participants under this Agreement. Participants are deemed to be familiar and are responsible for complying with any applicable Insider Trading Rules and any other information, guidance and/or regulations issued by the Company or relevant government or regulatory bodies. The Company shall incur no liability should a Participant act in breach of any Insider Trading Rules or any other information, guidance and/or regulations issued by the Company or relevant government or regulatory bodies.

 

19.

DURATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for an indefinite period of time until the Shareholders Agreement has

 

15

---

terminated or, if earlier, when the DR Holders, the Company and the Foundation agree in writing to terminate this Agreement, provided that this Agreement shall cease to have effect as regards a DR Holder who ceases to hold any Depositary Receipts save for any of the provisions of this Agreement which are expressed to continue in force after termination or ceasing to be a DR Holder.

 

20.

TAX

All taxes, duties, levies, charges and social security premiums payable (ultimately) by a Participant in connection with this Agreement, including the grant, ownership, acquisition or vesting of Depositary Receipts, are for the sole risk and account of the relevant Participant. The Company and/or the Foundation shall be entitled to withhold and the Participant shall be obliged to pay to the Company and/or the Foundation the amount of any taxes, duties, levies, charges and/or social security premiums attributable to or payable in connection with the Depositary Receipts.

 

21.	INVALIDITY

In the event that a provision of this Agreement is null and void or unenforceable (either in whole or in part), the remainder of this Agreement shall continue to be effective to the extent that, given this Agreement’s substance and purpose, such remainder is not inextricably related to the null and void or unenforceable provision. The Parties shall make every effort to reach agreement on a new Clause which differs as little as possible from the null and void or unenforceable provision, taking into account the substance and purpose of this Agreement.

 

22.

AMENDMENT

Subject to the Articles of Association and the Shareholders Agreement, the supervisory board of the Company acting reasonably may from time to time at its discretion amend any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement to, inter alia, take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain a favourable tax, exchange control, legal, accounting or regulatory treatment for Participants and/or the Company or corporate restructurings benefitting the Company and its Group.

No amendment, waiver or replacement to or of this Agreement, or any rules or regulations for the administration of this Agreement shall be made to the extent to which it would have a material adverse effect, as determined by the supervisory board of the Company acting reasonably and at its sole discretion, on any of the subsisting rights of Participants except with such consent on their part.

 

23.

COSTS

 

23.1	Except as provided otherwise in this Agreement, each Party shall bear its own costs in connection with the preparation, negotiation and signing of this Agreement.

 

16

---

24.	NO IMPLIED WAIVER, NO “ RECHTSVERWERKING”

 

24.1	Any waiver under this Agreement must be given by notice to that effect.

 

24.2	Where a Party does not exercise any right under this Agreement (which shall include the granting by a Party to any other Party of an extension of time in which to perform its obligations under any provision hereof), this shall not be deemed to constitute “rechtsverwerking”.

 

25.	NO RESCISSION

To the extent permitted by law, each of the Parties hereby waives its rights under articles 6:265 to 6:272 inclusive DCC to rescind (ontbinden), or demand in legal proceedings the rescission (ontbinding) of this Agreement.

 

26.

NOTICE

 

26.1	Any notice or other communication under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered by hand or sent by by courier, or by registered mail and shall be effective when received, and in any event no later than:

 

a.

when sent by courier service three days after dispatch;

 

b.

when sent by registered mail three days after dispatch.

 

c.

For the purposes hereof, the addresses of the Parties shall be as specified below:

 

If to the Participants:		in accordance with Clause 3.5
If to the Company:
Name		ProQR Therapeutics B.V.
Address		Darwinweg 24, 2333 CR, Leiden,
		the Netherlands
Attn.		Management board
If to the Foundation:
Name		Stichting ProQR Therapeutics
		Participation
Address		Darwinweg 24, 2333 CR, Leiden,
		the Netherlands
Attn.		Management board

or such other address as the Party to be given notice may have notified to the other Parties from time to time in accordance with this Clause for that purpose.

 

26.2	The provisions of this Clause shall not apply in relation to the service of documents for the purpose of litigation.

 

17

---

27.	ASSIGNMENT OR ENCUMBRANCE

 

27.1	No Party may assign this Agreement (contractsoverneming) or assign or encumber any of its rights thereunder without the prior written consent of the other Parties.

 

28.	CIVIL LAW NOTARY

The Parties are aware of the fact that the Notary works with NautaDutilh, the firm that is advising the Company and the Foundation in this Agreement and the Transaction. With reference to Article 10 of the Guidelines regarding Cooperation among Civil Law Notaries and among Civil Law Notaries and Advocates (Richtlijnen met betrekking tot de samenwerking van notarissen onderling en met advocaten) determined by the board of the Royal Dutch Notaries’ Society, the Parties herewith explicitly agree that the Company and the Foundation are assisted by NautaDutilh in relation to this Agreement, the Transaction and any agreements that may be concluded, or disputes that may arise, in connection therewith.

 

29.	GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands.

 

30.

DISPUTES

The Parties agree that any dispute in connection with this Agreement or any Agreement resulting therefrom shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the competent court in Amsterdam.

 

18

---

***SIGNATURE PAGE***

This term sheet has been signed by the Parties on [—]

 

For and on behalf of				For and on behalf of
ProQR Therapeutics B.V.				Stichting ProQR Therapeutics
				Participation
Name:				Name:
Title:				Title:

 

19

---

SCHEDULE A

Form of Deed of Adherence

THIS DEED OF ADHERENCE is made on [—] by [—] (the “New Party”);

WHEREAS

 

A.	On [—] 2013 inter alia […], the Company and the Foundation (as defined therein) entered into a participation agreement (the “Agreement”).

 

B.	Capitalised terms used herein shall have the meanings given such terms in the Agreement.

 

C.	The New Party has purchased or proposes to purchase from [insert Party name][^] Depository Receipts.

 

D.	This Deed is made by the New Party in compliance with Clause [15.1] of the Agreement.

THIS DEED WITNESSES AS FOLLOWS

 

1.	The New Party confirms that it has been provided with a copy of the Agreement.

 

2.

The New Party undertakes to be bound by the Agreement in all respects as if the New Party was a “Party” to the Agreement and named in it as a “Participant” and to observe and perform all the provisions and obligations of the Agreement applicable to or binding on a Participant and/or a DR Holder under the Agreement insofar as they fall to be observed or performed on or after the date of this Deed.

 

3.	This Deed is made for the benefit of

 

a.

the “Parties” to the Agreement; and

 

b.

every other person who after the date of the Agreement (and whether before or after the execution of this deed) assumes any rights or obligations under the Agreement or who adheres to it.

 

4.	The address and facsimile number of the New Party for the purposes of Clause [26] of the Agreement is as follows:

 

Name New Party		[…]
Address		[…]
Fax number		[…]
Attn.		[…]
With copy to		[…]
Address		[…]
Fax number		[…]
Attn.		[…]

 

5.	This Deed is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of The Netherlands.

 

20

---

IN WITNESS of which this Deed has been executed on [date].

For and on behalf of

[New Party]

 

By		[…]
Title		[…]
Date		[…]

 

21

Exhibit 10.6

SUBLEASE OF OFFICE ACCOMMODATION

(the “Agreement”)

and other commercial accommodation within the meaning of Article 7:230a of the Dutch Civil Code

 

The SIGNATORIES:

 

I.

PHARMING TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a limited liability company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, having its registered office at Darwinweg 24, 2333 CR Leiden, the Netherlands (hereinafter referred to as: the “Landlord”), lawfully represented by Dr. S. de Vries and Dr. B. Giannetti;

and

 

II.	PROQR THERAPEUTICS B.V., a limited liability company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, having its registered office at Darwinweg 24, 2333 CR Leiden, the Netherlands (hereinafter referred to as: the “Tenant”), lawfully represented by Dr. D. de Boer.

The Landlord and the Tenant are hereafter also referred to as Parties or individually as Party.

WHEREAS Landlord rents the Subject, as defined hereafter, from M. Caransa B.V. (“Caransa”).

WHEREAS Caransa has given prior written permission to Landlord to sublease the Subject to Tenant and for Tenant to alter the Subject, which permission is annexed as Appendix II to, and forming part of, this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Parties agree as follows:

The Subjects, Intended use

 

1.1

The Landlord hereby lets the Tenant, and the Tenant hereby rents from the Landlord, the office accommodation which is measured at 190 m2 (hereinafter referred to as the “Subject”) and 4 parking lots (the “Parking Lots”). The Subject shall encompass building security, cleaning services, gas, electricity and water.

 

1.2	Each year the Landlord shall recharge service costs to the Tenant. Landlord shall recharge the service costs to the Tenant on a pro rata basis.

 

1.3	The building is located at the Darwinweg 24 in Leiden, which building in its turn is being rented by the Landlord.

 

1.4

The office accommodation is more particularly indicated on the sketch thereof annexed to Appendix I to, and forming part of, this Agreement and initialed by the Parties and shall also contain a description of the condition in which the Subject is handed over, supplemented by any photographs initialed by the Parties which shall also be annexed to Appendix I.

---

1.5	The Subject is intended exclusively for use by or on behalf of the Tenant as office accommodation.

 

1.6	The Tenant shall not be permitted to allocate a different use to the Subject than as described in Article 1.5, unless the Landlord has given prior written permission to do so.

 

1.7	The maximum permitted floor loading in the Subject is 400 kg/m2.

 

1.8	The Tenant shall not be allowed to alter or rebuild the Subject without written permission from the Landlord and Caransa, except where explicitly provided in this Agreement.

 

1.9	Landlord and Caransa have given their prior written permission, which is annexed to Appendix II (“Statement”), to Tenant to alter the Subject according to the sketch which is annexed to Appendix II (the “Rebuilding Plan”). Tenant shall solely bear the full costs associated with the Rebuilding Plan.

 

1.10	Upon expiry of this Agreement the Tenant shall not be obliged to return the Subject to the state as evidenced by Appendix I of this Agreement, however upon expiry of this Agreement Tenant shall be obliged to have the state of the Subject correspond with the Rebuilding Plan.

 

1.11	Tenant acknowledges that the general area of the Subject is partly utilized by Quality RA and Galapagos B.V., and/or their respective successors (“3rd Party Tenants”). Tenant agrees to grant right-of-way to the 3rd Party Tenants, to the extent deemed reasonable.

Conditions

 

2.1

The “General Terms and Conditions for Lease of Office Accommodation”, d.d. July 11, 2003 and other commercial accommodation within the meaning of Article 7:230a of the Dutch Civil Code, lodged with the Clerk of the Court in The Hague on 11 July 2003 and registered there under number 72/2003, (hereinafter referred to as the “General Conditions”), shall form part of this Agreement and shall be annexed to Appendix III. The Parties are familiar with contents of these General Conditions. The Landlord and the Tenant have each received a copy of them.

 

2.2	The General Conditions referred to in Clause 2.1 shall apply except insofar as expressly amended in this Agreement or insofar as their application is not possible in relation to the Subject.

 

2

---

Duration, extension and termination

 

3.1	This Agreement is entered into for a period of one (1) year, commencing on the 22nd day of July 2013 (“Effective Date”) and continuing up to and including the 22nd day of July 2014 (“Initial Period”).

 

3.2	This Agreement shall continue after the expiry of the Initial Period for one consecutive option period of one year (“Option Period”). This Agreement shall subsequently be continued for consecutive periods of one (1) year, unless terminated earlier in accordance with article 3.3.

 

3.3

Tenant is entitled to terminate this Agreement upon expiry of the Initial Period and shall respect a termination period of three (3) months prior to the expiry of the Initial Period. Upon expiry of the Option Period, both Parties are entitled to terminate this Agreement and shall respect a termination period of three (3) months prior to the expiry of the periods mentioned in 3.2.

 

3.4

This Agreement shall in any event terminate, and the Tenant shall vacate the premise, if and when the rental-agreement between Landlord and Caransa is terminated in accordance with the rental agreement between Landlord and Caransa, with effective date July 1, 2006. Landlord shall inform Tenant hereof in a timely manner.

 

3.5	Notice of termination must be given by registered letter.

Rental, Turnover Tax, Rent Review, Obligation for payment, Payment periods

 

4.1	The commencing rental for the Subject amounts to € 234 per m2, per annum (in words: two hundred and thirty four euro), excluding VAT.

 

4.2	The Tenant’s financial year runs from January the 1st to December the 31st.

 

4.3	The rental shall be reviewed annually as at January the 1st, for the first time with effect from 2014, in accordance with Clause 9.1 to 9.4 inclusive of the General Conditions.

 

4.4	The Tenant’s payment obligations shall comprise:

 

•

the rental of the Subject;

 

•

the rental of the Parking Lots

 

•

the VAT if the Parties have agreed on a rental subject to VAT.

 

3

---

4.5	For every payment period of three (3) months, the payments, as of the Effective Date, shall be:

 

The rental of the Subject		€	11,115
The rental of the Parking Lots		€	740.—
VAT (21%)		€	2,489.55
TOTAL including VAT		€	14,344.55

 

4.6	The periodical payments due by the Tenant to the Landlord under this Agreement, as detailed in Clause 4.5, shall be paid in one sum, in advance, in euro’s and must be paid in full on or before the first day of the payment period to which they relate.

 

4.7	Unless otherwise stated, all amounts stated in this Agreement, and the General Conditions which form part of it are exclusive of VAT.

Law and Forum

 

5	This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands. Any dispute concerning this Agreement shall be exclusively judged by the competent court of the city of The Hague, the Netherlands.

 

PHARMNG TECHNOLOGIES B.V.				PROQR THERAPEUTTICS B.V.
/s/ Dr. S. de Vries				/s/ D. de Boer
Dr. S. de Vries				Dr. D. de Boer
CEO				CEO
02 August 2013				05 September 2013
/s/ Dr. B. Giannetti
Dr. B. Giannetti
COO
19 August 2013

 

4

---

APPENDICES

 

Appendix I:		A sketch of the leased commercial accommodation initialed by the Parties containing a description of the condition in which the Subject is handed over, supplemented by any photographs initialed by the Tenant and the Landlord;
Appendix II:		Statement by Caransa and Landlord, d.d. July 15, 2013 & Rebuilding Plan;
Appendix III:		The General Terms and Conditions for Lease of Office Accommodation, d.d. July 11, 2003.

 

5

---

APPENDIX I

 

6

---

 

7

---

 

8

---

 

9

---

 

10

---

APPENDIX II

 

11

---

 

12

---

 

13

---

 

14

---

 

15

---

 

16

---

APPENDIX III

[Translation from Dutch]

 

This translation can only be used in combination with and as explanation to the Dutch text. In the event of a disagreement or dispute relating to the interpretation of the English text the Dutch text will be binding. These general conditions are subject to Dutch law.

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR LEASE OF OFFICE ACCOMMODATION

and other commercial accommodation within the meaning of Article 7:230A of the Civil Code

Model established by the Real Estate Council (ROZ) in July 2003, lodged with the Clerk of the Court in The Hague on 11 July 2003 and registered there under number 72/2003. All liability for detrimental consequences of the use of the text of this model is hereby excluded by the ROZ.

 

Extent of the Subjects

 

1.	The expression “the Subjects” shall also be taken to include the systems and provisions within the Subjects, insofar as they are not excluded in the report on transfer annexed to and initialed by the parties as relative to this Lease.

Condition

 

2.

At the start of the Lease the Subjects are or shall be delivered to and accepted by the Tenant in their then existing condition. That condition shall be established in a dated report on transfer annexed as an appendix to and initialed by the parties as relative to the Lease and forming part of the Lease. If no report on transfer is prepared at the start of the Lease, then the Subjects will be considered to have been transferred to and accepted by the Tenant in the condition which the Tenant might expect from a well-maintained property of the type to which the Lease relates.

Defects

 

3.	It shall be considered that there is a defect in the Subjects if, taking account of their condition or any characteristic or other circumstance not attributable to the Tenant, the Tenant cannot enjoy the use of the Subjects at the commencement of the Lease which it might expect to enjoy.

Inspection in connection with suitability

 

4.

The Tenant shall be obliged to carry out a thorough inspection of the Subjects before the commencement of the Lease in order to confirm that the Subjects are suitable or can be rendered suitable by the Tenant for the purposes intended. The Landlord has not investigated the suitability of the Subjects and shall only be bound to draw the Tenant’s attention to defects known to the Landlord and which the Landlord knows would negatively affect their suitability. The Landlord shall not be liable for the consequences of defects of which it was not and ought not to have been aware.

 

17

---

Expertise

 

5.	If the Tenant or the Landlord is not sufficiently expert, then it/they shall be obliged to have an expert present or be represented by an expert when the report on transfer is made up and at the inspection referred to in Clause 4.

Use

 

6.1

The Tenant shall use the Subjects during the whole term of the Lease actively, properly and personally exclusively for the purpose indicated in the Lease and paying due attention to existing restricted rights and any requirements imposed or to be imposed (including requirements relating to the Tenant’s business, the use of the Subjects and everything present within the Subjects) by the government or utility companies. The Tenant shall furnish and stock the Subjects adequately at the start of the Lease. The Tenant shall keep the Subjects fully furnished and stocked. The term “utility companies”, when used in this Lease, shall also include similar organizations whose business it is to supply, deliver and meter the use of energy, water, etcetera.

 

6.2

The Tenant shall comply with statutory provisions and local ordinances as well as normal commercial practice in relation to leases, government, utility company and insurance company provisions. The Tenant may only employ businesses in connection with carrying out work relating to security, fire-prevention and lift engineering if the Landlord has issued its approval of those businesses in advance and if the businesses are recognized by the National Prevention Centre (NCP) or the Netherlands Institute of Lift Engineers. The Tenant may not have the aforementioned type of work carried out itself, if that type of work is included in the context of supplies and services to be arranged and commissioned by the Landlord. The Tenant shall at all times observe the conditions of use issued by these businesses. Likewise, the Tenant shall take account of all verbal or written instructions issued by or on behalf of the Landlord in the interests of proper use of the Subjects and of internal and external accommodation, systems and services pertaining to the building or complex containing the Subjects. This also covers instructions relating to maintenance, inspection, noise levels, tidiness, fire prevention, parking regime and the proper functioning of the systems and the building or complex containing the Subjects.

 

6.3	The Tenant shall not cause any hindrance or inconvenience by its use of the building or complex containing the Subjects. The Tenant shall also ensure that any third parties present with its permission will not cause any nuisance.

 

6.4	The Tenant is entitled and obliged to use the communal provisions and services made or to be made available in the interests of the proper operation of the building or complex containing the Subjects.

 

6.5	The Landlord shall be entitled to have access to the roofs, external walls, spaces not accessible by the public or by the Tenant, the immoveable appurtenances within and outside the building or complex and also the gardens and ground pertaining to the

 

18

---

building or complex, for itself, tenants and third parties, for the purpose of installing or erecting (illuminated) advertising, sign-work, antenna systems and for other purposes. If the landlord wishes to exercise this right, the Landlord shall notify the Tenant accordingly in advance and shall take the Tenant’s interests into consideration when exercising this right.

 

6.6	The Landlord may refuse the Tenant access to the Subjects if the Tenant has not (yet) complied with its obligations under the Lease when it wishes to start using the Subjects. This shall not affect the date of entry under the Lease, nor the Tenant’s obligations under the Lease.

(Government) conditions and permissions

 

6.7.1

The Tenant shall itself be liable for obtaining any necessary dispensations and/or permissions, including permission for use in relation to the conduct of its business for which the Subjects are or shall be used. The costs arising from this shall be met by the Tenant. The refusal or revocation of such consents shall not afford any opportunity for terminating the Lease nor for any other action against the Landlord.

 

6.7.2

The Tenant shall carry out its own investigations at the start of the Lease as to whether the Subjects are suitable for the Tenant’s intended use thereof. If any alterations or other provisions have to be carried out in, on or to the Subjects either at the start of the Lease or later as a result of government conditions or conditions imposed by other competent authorities in order to allow the Subjects to be used for the Tenant’s intended purposes, then such alterations or provisions shall be carried out by the Tenant at its own expense, once prior approval has been given by the Landlord.

 

6.7.3

If any alterations or other provisions are required in, on or to the Subjects in connection with the business operations being carried out there or in order to allow the Subjects to be used for the Tenant’s intended purposes, the Tenant shall be responsible, without prejudice to the terms of Clauses 6.8.1 to 6.8.3 inclusive and 6.11.1 to 6.11.7 inclusive, for ensuring that such work will be carried out in accordance with the requirements imposed or to be imposed by the government or other competent authorities. The Tenant is responsible for continual compliance with the requirements of any consent obtained or to be obtained. The Landlord therefore does not grant any indemnity to the Tenant in respect of (government) orders, further investigation or the taking of further steps.

Environment

 

6.8.1

If an environmental investigation is undertaken at the start of the Lease in relation to the Subjects, and a subsequent similar investigation either during or after the end of the Lease discloses higher concentrations of one or more substances in, on or about the Subjects than those present at the time of the earlier inspection, then the Tenant shall be liable to pay any damages arising from the pollution and shall be liable to the Landlord for costs incurred in removing the pollution or the taking of other steps. The Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord against claims in this context by third parties, including government institutions.

 

19

---

6.8.2

The provisions in Clause 6.8.1 shall not apply if the Tenant proves that the pollution has not occurred because of actions or omissions on its own part or by its staff or other individuals or articles under its supervision and are not related to circumstances for which the Tenant can be blamed.

 

6.8.3

The Landlord does not grant any indemnity to the Tenant in respect of (government) orders, further investigation or the taking of further steps.

Waste material/chemical waste

 

6.9

The Tenant shall comply fully with any guidelines, conditions or instructions issued by government or other competent authorities in relation to the (separate) collection of waste materials. In the event of failure to comply (fully) with this obligation, the Tenant shall be liable for any resulting financial, criminal and other consequences.

Apartment rights

 

6.10.1

If the building or complex containing the Subjects is or comes to be divided into apartment rights, the Tenant shall observe the conditions relating to usage imposed by the deed of division and regulations. The same shall apply if the building or complex is or becomes part of a co-operative.

 

6.10.2

The Landlord shall not, so far as possible, lend its co-operation to the imposition of any conditions which would be in conflict with the Lease.

 

6.10.3

The Landlord shall ensure that the Tenant receives a copy of the conditions relating to usage, as specified in Clause 6.10.1.

Prohibitions and procedural conditions

 

6.11.1

The Tenant is not permitted to:

 

a.

have any environmentally hazardous materials in, on or in the immediate vicinity of the Subjects, including noxious, flammable or explosive materials, unless these are held in the normal course of business;

 

b.

load the floors of the Subjects or the building or complex containing the Subjects in excess of the technically permitted limit or the limit prescribed in the Lease;

 

c.

use the Subjects in such a way as results in the occurrence of soil or other pollution, damage to the Subjects or spoiling of the appearance of the Subjects, including the use of transportation equipment which might damage walls or floors;

 

20

---

d.

introduce alterations or facilities in, on or about the Subjects in contravention of government or authority conditions or the conditions under which the owner of the Subjects acquired that ownership or other restricted rights, or such as might be a nuisance to other tenants or neighbors or hinder their usage rights.

 

6.11.2.1

The Tenant shall at all times keep the Landlord informed in writing about any alterations or additions which the Tenant wishes to carry out or obtain in, on or about the Subjects, such as nameplates, advertisements, boards, recommendations, publications, structures, joinery-work, packaging, goods, vending machines, lighting. sun awnings, roller shutters, aerials and associated equipment, flagpoles, blanking out of windows etcetera.

 

6.11.2.2

Alterations and additions shall be deemed to include the making of holes in the facades, floors and walls.

 

6.11.2.3

The Tenant shall require the Landlord’s prior written consent for the complete or partial alteration of the furnishings or fittings within the Subjects, unless the alterations or additions are of a sort that can be dismantled and removed at nominal cost at the end of the Lease.

 

6.11.2.4

Unless the parties agree otherwise in writing, the Landlord does not grant any consent for alterations and additions which the Tenant wishes to introduce if they cannot be removed at the end of the Lease without damaging the Subjects and at nominal cost, or if these alterations and additions are not necessary for the proposed use of the Subjects, or if the enjoyment of the tenancy would not be improved, or if the Landlord has any strong objections to the proposals.

 

6.11.2.5

The Landlord shall be entitled to impose conditions in relation to any alterations or additions desired by the Tenant, such as in relation to the carrying out and positioning of the work, the proportions and the materials to be used. The Tenant shall be obliged to comply with any conditions imposed by the relevant competent authorities in relation to its alterations or additions.

 

6.11.2.6

Alterations and additions introduced by the Tenant shall not form part of the Subjects, whether or not the work is done with the Landlord’s approval.

 

6.11.2.7

Except insofar as otherwise agreed in writing between the parties, alterations and additions introduced by or on behalf of the Tenant must be dismantled and removed before the end of the Lease.

 

6.11.2.8

The Tenant waives its rights and claims for unjustified enrichment in connection with alterations and additions introduced by or on behalf of the Tenant and which are not dismantled at the end of the Lease, unless the parties agree otherwise in writing.

 

6.11.2.9

Without the Landlord’s prior written consent, the Tenant is forbidden from entering or allowing entry to the service and system rooms, the flat roof sections, roofs, drains, and those parts of the Subjects or the building or complex containing the Subjects which are not intended for general use, and from parking commercial vehicles otherwise than in designated parking places.

 

21

---

6.11.3

The Tenant shall behave in accordance with the conditions imposed by government and other authorized bodies, and also verbal and written instructions from the Landlord, in relation to the times for loading and unloading and the manner in which this should be done.

 

6.11.4

The Landlord shall have no liability whatever for the alterations or additions, etcetera, specified in Clauses 6.11.2.1 and 6.11.2.2.

 

6.11.5

The Tenant shall keep all fire-fighting equipment, fire escapes and emergency doorways clear at all times.

 

6.11.6

If the Subjects are equipped with a lift, travelator, escalator or automatic door system or if the Subjects can be accessed by means of one or more of these facilities, or similar ones, then use of these facilities shall be entirely at the user’s own risk. All conditions issued or to be issued by the Landlord, the relevant installers or the government must be strictly adhered to. The Landlord shall be entitled to switch such facilities off - for as long as necessary - without the Tenant having any rights to compensation or reduction of rental.

 

6.11.7

If articles introduced by the Tenant (including advertising or other sign-work) have to be removed temporarily in connection with maintenance or repair work to the Subjects or the building or complex containing the Subjects, the costs of such removal, any storage costs and the reinstatement costs shall all be the Tenant’s financial and risk responsibility, whether or not the Landlord gave permission for the said articles to be introduced in the first place.

Requests/permissions

 

6.12.1

If, after this Lease is signed, the Landlord or the Tenant requests a deviation from and/or supplement to any provision of this Lease, then the Landlord or the Tenant shall apply for such deviation and/or supplement in writing.

 

6.12.2

If and to the extent that any provision of this Lease requires the permission of the Landlord or the Tenant, such permission will only be deemed to have been granted if it is granted in writing.

 

6.12.3

Any permission given by the Landlord or the Tenant shall operate on a one-time-only basis and shall not apply to other or later instances. The Landlord and the Tenant shall be entitled to make their respective permissions subject to conditions.

Penalty provisions

 

7.	If, having duly received a notice of default from the Landlord, the Tenant continues to breach the conditions in the Lease and in these General Conditions, then the Tenant shall, if no other penalty is specified, be liable to pay to the Landlord an immediately

 

22

---

recoverable fine of € 250.-per day for every day during which the Tenant continues in default. The foregoing is without prejudice to the Landlord’s right to full compensation insofar as the losses suffered exceed the penalty imposed.

Sub-let

 

8.1

The Tenant shall not be permitted, without the Landlord’s prior written consent, to let, sub-let or grant usage rights over the Subjects in whole or in part to third parties, nor to assign the tenancy rights in whole or in part to third parties nor to incorporate them into any partnership of individuals or other legal entity.

 

8.2

If the Tenant contravenes the foregoing provisions, it will be liable to the Landlord for a directly enforceable penalty for each day that the contravention continues, equivalent to two times the daily rental payable by the Tenant at the time, without prejudice to the Landlord’s right to have the Lease complied with or to dissolve the Lease on the grounds of breach of contract, and to claim damages.

Review of rental

 

9.1

The rental review agreed in Clause 4.5 of the Lease shall take place on the basis of the alteration of the monthly price index of the Consumer Price Index (CPI), all households series (2000 = 100), published by the Central Bureau of Statistics (CBS). The amended rental shall be calculated according to the following formula: the amended rental shall be equivalent to the existing rental of the date of amendment, multiplied by the index point in the fourth calendar month before the calendar month in which the rental is reviewed, divided by the index point of the sixteenth calendar month before the calendar month in which the rental is reviewed.

 

9.2

The rental shall not be adjusted if the adjustment would lead to a lower rental than the most recently valid figure. In such a case the most recently valid rental figure will continue to apply until a subsequent indexation of the index point in the calendar month four months prior to the adjustment is higher than the index point of the calendar month four months prior to the calendar month in which the most recent adjustment took place. In such a case the rental adjustment will use the index points of the calendar months indicated in the foregoing sub-paragraph (9.1).

 

9.3	It is necessary for the validity of a newly indexed rental that the Tenant is advised separately in advance of the indexation proposed or just carried out.

 

9.4

An indexation method as closely comparable as possible shall be used if the CBS ceases publication of its index points or alters their basis of calculation, and in case of a difference of opinion on this matter, the party taking the initiative may ask the Director of the CBS to pronounce a decision to be binding on the parties. Half of any costs associated with this will be borne by each of the parties.

 

23

---

End of the Lease or of Use

 

10.1.1

Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Tenant shall surrender the Subjects to the Landlord at the end of the Lease or at the end of use thereof in the condition as described in the report on transfer at the start of the Lease, account being taken of any normal wear and tear and ageing.

 

10.1.2

If no report on transfer has been prepared in relation to the Subjects at the start of the Lease, then the Subjects shall be handed back by the Tenant to the Landlord at the end of the Lease or the end of the Tenant’s use in the condition which might reasonably be expected from a well-maintained property of the type to which the Lease relates, without defects, unless otherwise agreed in writing, and subject to normal wear and tear and ageing.

 

10.1.3

In any debate over the condition of the Subjects at the start of the Lease, the Tenant will be assumed to have received the Subjects in good condition and without defects.

 

10.1.4

Furthermore, the Subjects will be handed back to the Landlord completely vacated, free of use and rights of use, properly cleaned and with all keys, key cards and suchlike pertaining thereto. The Tenant shall be obliged to remove all items it has introduced in, on or about the Subjects or which were taken over by it from the foregoing tenant or occupier, all at the Tenant’s expense. The Landlord shall not be liable to make any payment for items not removed. Items not already removed may be removed at the Tenant’s expense. The provisions of Clauses 6.11.2.6 and 6.11.2.7 shall apply.

 

10.2	If the Tenant ends its use of the Subjects prematurely, the Landlord shall be entitled to obtain access to and take over possession of the Subjects at the Tenant’s expense, with no rights to compensation accruing to the Tenant.

 

10.3

All items deemed to have been abandoned by the Tenant through leaving them in the Subjects when it actually leaves the Subjects may, in the Landlord’s option, be removed by the Landlord, at the Tenant’s expense, without any liability on the Landlord’s part. The Landlord shall be entitled - unless the Landlord is aware that the ensuing tenant has taken the items over - to take these items away for immediate destruction at the Tenant’s expense or to appropriate them to its own possession and thereafter, if so desired, to sell them and retain the proceeds of sale, all in the Landlord’s own discretion. If the ensuing tenant has taken over the items, the Tenant shall be obliged to prepare a description, along with the ensuing tenant, of all items being taken over by the ensuing tenant. This description, initialed by the Tenant and the ensuing tenant, should be sent to the Landlord immediately after it is prepared.

 

10.4

Unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Landlord and the Tenant, the Tenant shall in no circumstances be entitled to leave behind any items in the Subjects after the end of the Lease while awaiting a response to the question as to whether an ensuing tenant is likely to want to take over these items. If the Tenant fails to comply with this provision, the Landlord shall be entitled, at its own discretion, to have the

 

24

---

items in question destroyed immediately, at the Tenant’s expense, or else to appropriate these items to its own use and, if so desired, to sell them and retain the proceeds of sale.

 

10.5

The Subjects must be inspected by the parties jointly, in good time before the end of the Lease or the end of use. A report of this inspection shall be prepared by the parties and shall record the findings in relation to the condition of the Subjects. This report shall also record which work still has to be done at the Tenant’s expense in relation to repairs apparently required in terms of the report and any maintenance required in hindsight, as well as the manner in which that work will have to be accomplished. The inspection and the preparation and signing of the inspection report shall be effected either by the parties or by their appointed representatives. The parties will not be able to challenge the authority of such representatives after the event.

 

10.6

If, after having had a clear opportunity to do so, the Tenant does not co-operate in the inspection and/or the recording of the findings and arrangements in the inspection report, the Landlord shall be entitled to carry out the inspection without the Tenant’s attendance and to fix the terms of the report as binding on the parties. The Landlord shall give a copy of such a report to the Tenant straight away.

 

10.7

The Tenant shall be obliged to carry out or arrange to have carried out the work which it must do or have done in terms of the inspection report within the time limit set in the report or such time limit as is agreed between the parties, all to the Landlord’s satisfaction. If the Tenant fails to comply with its obligations under the inspection report, in whole or in part, even after having received a notice of default, the Landlord shall be entitled to have the work carried out and to recover the associated costs from the Tenant.

 

10.8

The Tenant shall be liable to pay a sum to the Landlord for the time taken up in repairing the Subjects, counting from the day after the date on which the Lease ends, calculated with reference to the most recently applicable rental and payment for ancillary supplies and services, all without prejudice to the Landlord’s claim for payment of further damages and costs.

Damage and Liability

 

11.1

The Tenant shall take appropriate and timely steps to prevent and confine any damage to the Subjects such as damage from electrical short circuit, fire, leakage, storm, frost or any other weather conditions, influx and escape of gases and liquids. The Tenant must inform the Landlord immediately if such damage, or an event such as specified in Clause 11.6, occurs or threatens to occur.

 

11.2	If the Tenant has relevant access thereto, the provisions of the foregoing subparagraph shall also apply to the building or complex containing the Subjects.

 

11.3	The Tenant shall be liable to the Landlord for all damages and losses to the Subjects unless the Tenant proves that no blame should be attached to it, to individuals it

 

25

---

allows into the Subjects, its staff and those individuals for whom the Tenant is liable, or that no negligence can be attributed to any of them, all without prejudice to the terms of Clauses 13.1, 13.4, and 13.5 in relation to the Tenant’s maintenance, repair and renewal obligations.

 

11.4	The Tenant indemnifies the Landlord against all fines imposed on the Landlord because of the Tenant’s actions or negligence.

 

11.5	The Landlord shall not be responsible for the consequences of defects of which it was unaware and ought not to have been aware at the commencement of the Lease.

 

11.6

The Landlord shall not be liable for any damage occasioned to the Tenant’s person or goods and the Tenant shall have no right to have the rental reduced, to set-off or suspend any payment obligations, or to dissolve the Lease in the event of a reduction in the enjoyment of the tenancy because of defects, including such reduction as a result of patent or latent defects in the Subjects or the building or complex containing the Subjects, weather conditions, discontinuation of access to the Subjects, vacant property in the vicinity, discontinuation of gas, water, electricity, heating, ventilation or air-conditioning supplies, failure of systems and equipment, influx and escape of gases or liquids, fire, explosion, or shortfall in the provision of services. Likewise the Landlord shall not be responsible for damage to the persons or goods of third parties present in the Subjects and the Tenant indemnifies the Landlord against all third party claims.

 

11.7	The Tenant shall be liable for damages resulting from alterations and additions introduced into the Subjects by it or on its behalf. The Tenant indemnifies the Landlord against claims by third parties for damages sustained because of alterations and improvements made by the Tenant.

 

11.8	The Landlord shall not be liable for the Tenant’s commercial losses or for losses resulting from activities of other tenants, or from restriction on the use of the Subjects caused by third parties, or for defects arising because the Tenant has not met its maintenance obligations.

 

11.9

The provisions of Clauses 11.6 and 11.8 in relation to commercial losses will not apply in cases resulting from serious fault or gross negligence on the Landlord’s part in relation to the condition of the Subjects or the building or complex containing the Subjects. Likewise the provisions of Clauses 11.6 and 11.8 in relation to commercial losses will not apply if the damage is caused by a defect in the Subjects of which the Landlord was or ought to have been aware at the start of the Lease, unless it relates to defects which the Tenant was aware of or could have been aware of by virtue of its inspection described in Clause 4, with such a defect then not being able to be regarded as a defect as between the parties.

Bank guarantee

 

12.1	As a guarantee for the proper compliance with its obligations under the Lease, the Tenant shall provide to the Landlord, when the Lease is signed, a bank guarantee in a

 

26

---

form of words specified by the Landlord, for the amount stated in the Lease, related to the Tenant’s payment obligations to the Landlord. This bank guarantee shall also apply to any extension of the Lease including any amendments thereto and shall continue for at least six months after the date on which the Subjects are actually vacated by the Tenant and the Lease is ended. Moreover this bank guarantee shall be valid in relation to the Tenant’s legal successor(s).

 

12.2	The Tenant shall not be entitled to set-off any payments against the bank guarantee.

 

12.3	In the event that the bank guarantee is called in, the Tenant shall immediately arrange, on the Landlord’s first request, to have a new bank guarantee issued for an amount adjusted to the new payment obligations.

 

12.4	After any upward review of the rental or the (advance) payment for supplies and services and the current Turnover Tax, the Tenant shall be obliged to have a new bank guarantee issued immediately for an amount adjusted to the new payment obligations.

 

12.5	Prior to the start of each new rental period under an extension of the Lease, the Tenant shall immediately arrange to have a new bank guarantee issued for an amount adjusted to the new payment obligations.

 

12.6	If the Tenant fails to comply with the obligations described in this Clause, it shall forfeit an immediately payable fine of € 250.- to the Landlord for every calendar day that the Tenant remains in breach, after the Tenant’s attention has been drawn to the breach by means of registered letter.

Maintenance, repair and renewal, inspections and tests

 

13.1

The Landlord shall be responsible for the costs of maintenance, repair and renewal work to the Subjects, as specified at Clause 13.3 below. The Tenant shall be responsible for all other maintenance, repair and renewal works, including the costs of inspections and tests at the Subjects. If the Subjects form part of a building or complex, the above-mentioned provisions shall apply also to the specified costs in relation to the building or complex containing the Subjects, such as work on communal systems, spaces and other communal facilities.

 

13.2	Unless otherwise agreed between the parties, the work specified in Clauses 13.3 and 13.4 shall be carried out by or on the instructions of the party who is liable to pay for it. The parties shall proceed to have such works carried out in good time.

 

13.3	The Landlord shall be responsible for the costs of:

 

a.

maintaining, repairing and renewing the structural parts of the Subjects, such as foundations, columns, balconies, structural floors, roofs, flat roof sections, outer walls and structural facades;

 

27

---

b.

maintaining, repairing and renewing the stairs, stair treads, sewage pipes, drains, and external window frames. The provisions in Clause 13.4, sub k, shall still apply to sewage pipes;

 

c.

replacement of components and renewal of systems pertaining to the Subjects;

 

d.

external paintwork.

The work specified at a. to d. inclusive shall be the Landlord’s financial responsibility, unless the work can be regarded as minor repairs, including small-scale and daily maintenance in the legal sense or else work to items not introduced in on or about the Subjects by or on behalf of the Landlord.

 

13.4	The Tenant shall be responsible for the following, in clarification or, as the case may be, in derogation from or supplementation to Clause 13.1:

 

a.

external maintenance insofar as it can be shown to relate to routine repairs including minor and daily maintenance in the legal sense, and internal maintenance other than maintenance as specified in Clause 13.3, all without prejudice to the following provisions;

 

b.

maintenance, repair and renewal of door and window furniture, glazing and glass doors, mirror, window and other frames;

 

c.

maintenance and repair of roller shutters, Venetian blinds, canopies and other awnings;

 

d.

maintenance, repair and renewal of switches, power sockets, bell systems, light-bulbs, lighting (including fittings), batteries, floor-coverings, soft furnishings, internal paintwork, sinks, kitchen equipment and sanitary ware;

 

e.

maintenance, repair and renewal of pipe-work and valves for gas, water and electricity, fire-, burglary- and theft-prevention measures and everything pertaining thereto;

 

f.

maintenance, repair and renewal of boundary partitions, garden and ground, including pavements;

 

g.

regular and proper maintenance, together with regular testing and certification of all technical systems pertaining to the Subjects, including the replacement of any small components. This work may only be carried out by contractors approved by the Landlord;

 

h.

all testing and inspection, whether prescribed by government or not and both regular and casual, as may reasonably be deemed necessary, in the areas of reliability and safety, and for checking good working order, of the systems (technical or otherwise) pertaining to the Subjects or the Subjects’ immoveable appurtenances; the said testing and inspections shall be carried

 

28

---

out on the Tenant’s instructions; so far as the costs arising from this are concerned, these shall be governed, as far as possible, by the following provisions in Clauses 16.3 to 16.8 inclusive;

 

i.

maintenance, repair and renewal of items introduced by or on behalf of the Tenant, whether or not this is done under a provisional estimate provided by the Landlord to the Tenant;

 

j.

attention to cleaning the Subjects and keeping them clean, both internally and externally, including keeping the windows, roller shutters, Venetian blinds, canopies and other awnings, the outside window frames and facades of the Subjects clean, and the removal of any graffiti left on the Subjects;

 

k.

attention to installation of grease-traps, cleaning and unblocking traps, drains and all waste and sewage pipes as far as the municipal sewer for the Subjects, scrubbing of sinks and cleaning out ventilation ducts.

 

13.5	The Tenant shall be liable for maintaining, repairing and renewing any alterations and additions introduced to the Subjects by or on behalf of the Tenant.

 

13.6

If, having been given due notice, the Tenant neglects maintenance, repair or renewal work for which it is liable - or if, in the Landlord’s opinion this work has been carried out improperly or poorly - the Landlord shall be entitled to have the works of maintenance, repair or renewal deemed to be necessary carried out at the Tenant’s cost and risk.

If the work which should have been done at the Tenant’s expense cannot be postponed, the Landlord shall be entitled to carry out that work or have it carried out immediately, at the Tenant’s expense.

 

13.7

The Landlord shall consult with the Tenant, in advance, in relation to works of maintenance, repair and renewal which are the Landlord’s liability, as regards the manner in which they should be carried out, so far as possible with the Tenant’s interests in mind. If the Tenant asks for these works to be carried out outside normal working hours, the Tenant shall be liable for any extra costs involved.

 

13.8

The Tenant shall be responsible for the proper and skilful use of the technical systems in the Subjects. The Tenant shall likewise be responsible for any maintenance of those systems carried out by it or on its instructions. The fact that the maintenance is carried out by a business approved by the Landlord shall not absolve the Tenant from this responsibility.

 

13.9

The Tenant shall notify the Landlord straight away, in writing, of any faults in the Subjects. In that notification, the Tenant shall give the Landlord a reasonable time -not less than six weeks, except in the case of a calamity - to make a start on rectifying any fault which is the Landlord’s financial responsibility.

 

29

---

13.10

If the Landlord and the Tenant agree that the maintenance, repair and renewal work in, on or about the Subjects or the building or the complex containing the Subjects, as specified in Clauses 13.1, 13.4 and 13.5, which is the Tenant’s responsibility, shall be carried out on the Landlord’s instructions rather than the Tenant’s, then the associated costs shall be passed on by the Landlord to the Tenant. In some cases the Landlord will conclude maintenance contracts for this work.

Adjustments by or on behalf of the Landlord

 

14.1

The Landlord shall be permitted to carry out, or have carried out, work or inspections in, on or about the Subjects or the building or complex containing them or the adjacent premises in the context of maintenance, repair and renewal. This shall include the introduction of extra facilities and alterations or work required in connection with (environmental) requirements or measures imposed by the government or other competent authorities.

 

14.2

If the Landlord wishes to proceed with renovation of the Subjects, it shall put a proposal for such renovations to the Tenant. A proposal for renovations will be considered reasonable if it is approved by at least 51% of the tenants whose subjects are affected by the renovations and if such tenants rent at least 70% of the rentable floor area in m2, including vacant property, of the building or complex containing the Subjects affected by the proposed renovations. For the calculation of the percentage, the Landlord shall be regarded as tenant of any un-let but rentable floor area in m2.

 

14.3	Renovation shall be deemed to include (partial) demolition, replacement new build, additions and alterations to the Subjects or the building or complex containing them.

 

14.4

The provisions in Article 7:220, paragraph 1, 2 & 3 of the Civil Code shall not be applicable. Renovation and maintenance work to the Subjects or the building or complex containing them shall not constitute a defect as far as the Tenant is concerned. The Tenant shall permit maintenance and renovations works to the Subjects or the building or complex containing them and provide the Landlord with the opportunity to carry out such works, without any right to reduction of the rental or any other payment obligation, partial or complete dissolution of the Lease and/or compensation.

 

14.5

In relation to those parts of the Subjects of which the Tenant does not enjoy exclusive rights of use, such as communal spaces, lifts, escalators, stairs, stairwells, passages, access points, and/or other immoveable appurtenances, the Landlord shall be entitled to alter the fittings and finishings thereof and to move, replace or eliminate these parts of the Subjects.

Landlord’s access rights

 

15.1

If the Landlord wishes to have a valuation of the Subjects carried out or wishes to proceed with having work carried out in, on or to the Subjects, the Tenant shall be obliged to provide access to the Landlord or those applying to the Tenant on the Landlord’s behalf, and to make facilities available for the work to be carried out.

 

30

---

15.2

In order to carry out the tasks described in Clause 15.1, the Landlord and all individuals appointed by it shall be entitled to enter the Subjects, after consultation with the Tenant, between 07.00 hours and 17.30 hours on working days. In cases of emergency, the Landlord shall be entitled to enter the Subjects even without consultation and/or outside the foresaid times.

 

15.3

In the event of any proposed lease, sale or auction of the Subjects, and during the final year before the end of the Lease, the Tenant shall be obliged, on having received prior notification by or on behalf of the Landlord, to provide the opportunity, without any payment, for viewings of the Subjects during at least two working days per week. The Tenant shall allow the usual “To Let” or “For Sale” signs or posters to be erected on or about the Subjects

Costs of supplies and services

 

16.1

In addition to the rental, the Tenant shall be liable for the costs of supply, transportation, metering and usage of water and energy for the Subjects, including the costs of entering into the relevant contracts and meter rental, and any penalties or fines imposed by the utility companies. The Tenant shall conclude the contracts for supply with the relevant organizations, unless the Subjects have no separate connection and/or the Landlord arranges this as part of the supplies and services provided under the Lease.

 

16.2

If the parties have not contracted for any ancillary supplies and services, the Tenant shall arrange for these at its own cost and risk, to the Landlord’s satisfaction. In such cases the Tenant shall conclude service contracts, as approved by the Landlord, in relation to the systems within the Subjects.

 

16.3

If the parties have agreed that ancillary supplies and services will be provided by or on behalf of the Landlord, the Landlord shall establish the payment for these due by the Tenant on the basis of the costs incurred in providing these supplies and services together with the relevant administrative cost element. Insofar as the Subjects form part of a building or complex and the supplies and services also relate to other parts thereof, the Landlord shall fix the proportion of the costs reasonably due by the Tenant for those supplies and services. The Landlord shall not be required to take account of the fact that the Tenant may not use one or more of those supplies and services. If one or more parts of the building or complex are not in use, the Landlord shall ensure, when fixing the Tenant’s share, that it is not higher than it would have been if the whole of the building or complex had then been in use.

 

16.4	The Landlord shall send out to the Tenant a detailed statement for each year in relation to the costs of the supplies and services, with information on how these were calculated and, so far as applicable, the Tenant’s share of those costs.

 

16.5	A statement shall be sent out after the end of the Lease for the period not yet accounted for. This final statement shall be sent out not later than 14 months after the previous statement was sent out. Neither the Landlord nor the Tenant shall be allowed to make any premature claims for set-off.

 

31

---

16.6

If it is apparent from the statement for a period in question, and taking account of advance payments, that the Tenant has paid too little or that the Landlord has received too much, there shall be an additional payment or a repayment within one month after the statement is sent out. A challenge to the accuracy of the statement shall not result in any suspension of this payment obligation.

 

16.7	The Landlord shall be entitled, after due consultation with the Tenant, to alter the nature and scope of the supplies and services or to let them lapse.

 

16.8	The Landlord shall be entitled to adjust the advance payment due by the Tenant for supplies and services on an interim basis in relation to the anticipated costs, including in the circumstances mentioned in Clause 16.7.

 

16.9	If the supply of gas, electricity, heat and/or (hot) water is included in the supplies and services, the Landlord shall be entitled, after due consultation with the Tenant, to adjust the method of ascertaining the usage and the Tenant’s share, connected therewith, of the costs of usage.

 

16.10

If the usage of gas, electricity, heat and/or (hot} water is ascertained by reference to metering equipment and if any dispute arises over the Tenant’s share of the usage costs because of non-functioning or incorrect functioning of those meters, then that share shall be established by a company, to be called in by the Landlord, specializing in the measuring and establishment of gas, electricity, heat and/or (hot) water consumption. This shall also apply in the case of damage, destruction or fraud in relation to the meters, without prejudice to the Landlord’s other rights in such cases against the Tenant, such as the right to repair or renewal of those meters and payment of any losses sustained.

 

16.11

Except in the case of gross negligence or serious fault, the Landlord shall not be liable for any losses resulting from the non-functioning or the improper supply of the aforementioned provisions and services. Likewise the Tenant shall not, in such cases, have any claim for reduction in rental and/or set-off against any payment obligation.

Costs, default

 

17.1

In all cases where the Landlord issues a summons, notice of default or bailiff’s notification to the Tenant, or where proceedings are taken against the Tenant for compliance with its Lease obligations or vacation of the premises, the Tenant shall be obliged to pay to the Landlord all costs incurred, both judicial and extra-judicial -except when there is a final court order against the Landlord for payment of procedural costs.

The costs incurred will be established in advance between the parties at a level no lower than the normal tariff charged by bailiffs.

 

17.2	The Tenant shall be in default on the mere expiry of one payment period.

 

32

---

Payments

 

18.1

Payment of the rental and all further charges arising in terms of this Lease shall be made in Dutch legal tender not later than on the due date - without deduction, discount, retention or set-off against any claim the Tenant has or believes it has against the Landlord - by payment or transfer to a bank account indicated by the Landlord. This is without prejudice to the Tenant’s right to remedy any defects itself and to deduct the reasonable costs thereof from the rental if the Landlord is in default in remedying those defects. The Landlord shall be free, by means of written intimation to the Tenant, to amend the place or method of payment. The Landlord shall be entitled to decide which of any outstanding claims under the Lease shall be reduced by any payment received from the Tenant, unless the Tenant specifically indicates otherwise when it makes the payment. In this last case, the provisions in article 6:50 of the Civil Code shall not be applicable.

 

18.2

On every occasion when an amount due by the Tenant under this Lease is not paid promptly to the Landlord, there shall, by operation of law, be an immediately payable penalty due by the Tenant to the Landlord, of 2% of the amount due per calendar month (with each part of a month counting as a full month) subject to a minimum of € 300.- per month, from the date when the amount became due.

Taxes, burdens, duties, premiums

Turnover Tax

 

19.1

If it has been agreed that Turnover Tax will be charged on the rental, the Tenant and the Landlord hereby explicitly declare that an assumption was made when setting the rental that the Tenant would use or cause the use of the Subjects continuously for at least the minimum percentage of time set or to be set in order to qualify for entitlement to deduction of Turnover Tax, insofar as that can be elected for a lease subject to Turnover Tax.

 

19.2

The Landlord and the Tenant shall avail themselves of the opportunity to waive the service of a joint option request, under Information Note 45, Order of 24 March 1999, no. VB 99/571, for a rental chargeable to Turnover Tax and shall suffice instead with a declaration completed and signed by the Tenant, which declaration shall form an integral part of the present Lease.

 

19.3a

If the Tenant is not (or no longer) using the Subjects or causing them to be used for considerations entitling deduction of Turnover Tax and the exception from the exemption to deduct Turnover Tax from the rental thereby comes to an end, then the Tenant shall no longer be due to pay Turnover Tax on the rental to the Landlord or its legal successor(s) but shall be liable, from the date such termination becomes effective, to make a separate payment to the Landlord or its legal successor(s) in addition to the rental, in lieu of Turnover Tax, which shall compensate the Landlord in full for:

 

I.

the Turnover Tax on running costs of and investment in the Subjects which is not, or no longer, deductible by the Landlord or its legal successor(s) as a result of the termination of the option;

 

33

---

II.

the Turnover Tax which the Landlord or its legal successor(s) will have to pay to the tax authorities by way of re-calculation as specified in Section 15, para 4 of the Turnover Tax Act 1968 or review as specified in Sections 11 to 13, inclusive, of the Turnover Tax Implementation Order 1968, all as a result of the termination of the option;

 

III.

all other losses suffered by the Landlord or its legal successor(s) as a result of termination of the option.

 

19.3b

The financial losses suffered by the Landlord or its legal successor(s) as a result of the termination of the option shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord, or its lawful successor(s) regularly along with the regular payments of the rental and shall, with the exception of losses specified in Clause 19.3a, sub I, be spread over the remaining duration of the current Lease by means of an annuity if possible, but shall be immediately payable in full, in one lump sum, if the Lease is terminated in the meantime for any reason whatever.

 

19.4	The provisions in Clause 19.3a, sub II, shall not apply if, when the present Lease is concluded, the review period for deductions from Turnover Tax in relation to the Subjects has expired.

 

19.5

If a situation such as that contemplated in Clause 19.3a should occur, the Landlord or its legal successor(s) shall inform the Tenant how much has to be paid by the Landlord, or its legal successor(s), to the tax authorities and detail the other losses as specified in Clause 19.3a, sub III. The Landlord or its legal successor(s) shall co-operate if the Tenant wishes to have the return submitted by the Landlord or its legal successor(s) checked by an independent chartered accountant. The costs of this would be paid for by the Tenant.

 

19.6

If, in any financial year the Subjects are not used sufficiently, for the purposes stated in Clause 19.1, the Tenant shall advise the Landlord or its legal successor(s) of this, within four weeks after the end of the financial year in question, by means of a signed Tenant’s declaration. The Tenant shall send a copy of this declaration to the Turnover Tax Inspector within the same period.

 

19.7

If the Tenant fails to comply with the obligation to notify, as stated in Clause 19.6, and/or the obligation to use the Subjects, as stated in Clause 19.9, or if it appears in hindsight that the Tenant proceeded on the basis of any incorrect assumption and the Landlord or its legal successor(s) was/were therefore wrong to charge Turnover Tax on the rental, then the Tenant shall be in default and the Landlord or its legal successor(s) shall be entitled to recover any resulting financial loss form the Tenant. Such loss shall refer to the full amount of the Turnover Tax due by the Landlord or its legal successor(s) to the tax authorities, together with interest, any surcharges and

 

34

---

further costs and damages. The terms of this paragraph make provision for a compensation scheme in the event that the option is terminated with retrospective effect, in addition to the regulations under Clause 19.3a. The extra losses suffered by the Landlord or its legal successor(s) as a result of retrospective impact shall be payable by the Tenant immediately, in full and in one lump sum. The Landlord or its legal successor(s) shall co-operate if the Tenant wishes to have the statement in relation to these extra losses of the Landlord or its legal successor(s) checked by an independent chartered accountant. The costs of this would be paid for by the Tenant.

 

19.8

The terms of Clauses 19.3a, 19.3b, 19.5 and 19.7 shall also apply if the Landlord or its legal successor(s) is/are only confronted by losses arising form the termination of the option arrangement between the parties after the termination of the Lease, as well as during the currency of the Lease, and such damages would then be payable to the Landlord or its legal successor(s) immediately, in full and in one lump sum.

 

19.9	Without prejudice to the other relevant provisions of this Lease, the Tenant shall, in every case to which the option right applies, use the Subjects or cause them to be used before the end of the financial year following the financial year in which the Tenant takes on the Lease of the Subjects.

Other taxes, burdens, levies, premiums, etcetera

 

20.1	The Tenant shall pay the following, even if the assessments are sent to the Landlord:

 

a.

Real Estate Tax in relation to the actual usage of the Subjects and the actual shared use of service spaces, general spaces and communal spaces;

 

b.

environmental levies, including surface water pollution duty, waste water drainage contribution and every other contribution under the heading of environmental protection;

 

c.

betterment levy, or any substitute taxes or levies, in whole or for a proportionate share, if and to the extent that the Tenant benefits from whatever gives rise to the assessment or levy;

 

d.

sewerage charges;

 

e.

other existing or future taxes, including taxes charged for provisions in public areas as well as flag and advertising taxes, municipal land encroachment taxes, burdens, levies and duties:

 

•

in relation to the actual usage of the Subjects;

 

•

in relation to the Tenant’s property;

 

•

those which would not have been charged, or not charged to such an extent, if the Subjects were not being used by the Tenant.

 

35

---

20.2	If any burdens, duties or taxes due by the Tenant are collected from the Landlord, these will be repaid by the Tenant to the Landlord on the Landlord’s first request.

 

20.3

If a higher than normal fire-insurance premium is charged to the Landlord or other tenants in the building or complex, in relation to the Subjects, or the building or complex containing them, for structures, stock or contents, because of the nature or characteristics of the trade or profession carried out by the Tenant, then the Tenant shall pay the excess above the normal premium to the Landlord or those other tenants. The Landlord and the other tenants shall be free to choose their insurance companies, to decide the insurable values and to assess the reasonableness of the premium charged.

“Normal premium” will be taken to mean the premium which the Landlord or Tenant could stipulate from a well-known and respected insurer for covering the Subjects, stock and contents against risk of fire at the time directly preceding the conclusion of this Lease, without taking any account of the nature or characteristics of the trade or profession to be carried on by the Tenant in the Subjects, together with - for the duration of the Lease - any adjustment in the said premium not resulting from an alteration to the nature and extent of the insured risk.

Joint and several liability

 

21.1

If more than one (natural or juristic) individual is contractually bound as Tenant, they shall always be liable jointly and severally to the Landlord and each of them for all of the obligations arising under the Lease. Deferment of payment or remission on the Landlord’s part to one of the Tenants, or an offer to do so, shall affect only that Tenant.

 

21.2	The obligations under the Lease are joint and several, even as regards heirs and others deriving right from the Tenant.

Non-availability at the appropriate time

 

22.1

If the Subjects are not available on the agreed date of entry under the Lease because they have not been cleared, the previous occupier has not vacated in time or the Landlord has not obtained the requisite government permissions, the Tenant shall not be due to pay any rental nor any payment for ancillary supplies and services until the date when the Subjects are made available for it, and shall also be entitled to postpone its other obligations and the contractually agreed dates by a corresponding period. The rental indexation date shall remain unaltered.

 

22.2	The Landlord shall not be liable for any losses sustained by the Tenant because of any such delays, unless serious fault or gross negligence on the Landlord’s part can be established.

 

22.3	The Tenant shall not be entitled to demand cancellation unless the delayed handover is caused by serious fault or gross negligence on the Landlord’s part and such a delay results in circumstances where the Tenant could not reasonably be required to adhere to the Lease in unmodified terms.

 

36

---

Data Protection Act

 

23.	If the Tenant is a natural person, the Tenant shall, by entering into and signing this Lease, give permission for the Landlord and the Property Manager to record and process his/her personal details in a database.

Domicile

 

24.1	From the date of entry under the Lease, all notifications by the Landlord to the Tenant in connection with the performance of this Lease shall be sent to the address of the Subjects.

 

24.2	The Tenant undertakes, if the Tenant is no longer carrying on its business from the Subjects, immediately to notify the Landlord of this in writing, at the same time confirming the Tenant’s new domicile.

 

24.3	If the Tenant leaves the Subjects without providing details of a new domicile to the Landlord, the address of the Subjects shall continue to operate as the Tenant’s domicile.

Complaints

 

25.	The Tenant shall lodge any complaints and requests in writing. This may be done verbally in urgent cases. In such cases the Tenant shall confirm the complaint or request as quickly as possible in writing.

Property Manager

 

26.	If a property manager is appointed by the Landlord, the Tenant shall consult with the property manager on all matters arising from the contract.

Final provisions

 

27.

If one part of the Lease or these General Conditions is void or voidable, this will not affect the validity of the remaining provisions of the Lease or these General Conditions. In such a case the void or voidable provision(s) shall be substituted, in accordance with the provisions of Article 3:42 of the Civil Code, by provisions as close as legally permissible to what the parties would have agreed if they had been aware of the nullity or voidability.

 

37

Exhibit 10.7

AGREEMENT CONCERNING SUBLEASE

ProQR Therapeutics B.V. (PROQR) is a biotech startup with the need for business premises and laboratory facilities. PROQR wishes to sublease the business premises with access to laboratory facilities of MicroSafe Laboratories until 31 December 2013, with an option for 2014.

MicroSafe Laboratories (MICROSAFE), an establishment belonging to Proxy Laboratories B.V., is a contract laboratory that provides biosafety services to the (bio)pharmaceutical industry. Microsafe will need the full space in the long term and in the intervening period MICROSAFE wishes to sublease to ProQR Therapeutics B.V. part of the business premises with laboratory facilities at Darwinweg 24.

In view of the above, both parties agree as follows:

 

1.

As of 1 April, PROQR will sublease from MICROSAFE the part of the business premises at Darwinweg 24 that is highlighted in the appendix, i.e. laboratory space of 81m2 and office space of 50m2, for a rent of €100 per m2 per month for laboratory space, which will amount in total of €8,100 per month, and €33.33 per m2 per month for office space, which will amount in total to €1,500 per month. The total amount in rent amounts to €9,600 per month.

 

2.

A PROQR technician will complete a training program that will be supervised by an experienced PROQR employee (to be assessed by the QA manager of MICROSAFE) and which will involve 28-40 hours of training supervision. The assessment of whether or not an employee of PROQR has been sufficiently trained will be made by a MICROSAFE employee and can be made per component.

 

3.

When using the services a MICROSAFE technician or scientist, an hourly rate of €80 will be charged.

 

4.

When using the services of a MICROSAFE administrative employee, an hourly rate of €40 will be charged.

 

5.

The use of general spaces (entrance, lift, hall, toilets, meeting room, kitchen) is included in the rent/fee.

 

6.

Service costs and electricity are included in the rent/fee.

 

7.

The rent also includes the modification of the office space, namely the removal of the partition wall and putting it back later if necessary.

 

8.

The price for the laboratory includes:

 

a.

Use of consumables (glassware, pipette tips, Eppendorf tubes, tubes, cryovials, reagents etc.)

---

b.

Use of existing MICROSAFE equipment in room 15 (FluoDia, fridge, -20 freezer, 15 Eppendorf racks, 7 racks for 50ml tubes, 3 racks for 15ml tubes, Q-PCR (also available for MICROSAFE as backup), Eppendorf tube thermoblock, water bath, 1 cooled centrifuge for Eppendorf tubes, tubes and plates, 4 safety cabinets (2 are already present. The timing of the two other ones is dependent of the developments at Proxy, but these safety cabinets will be delivered, in any case, no later than 1 June 2013 by MICROSAFE in room 15), DNA, gel equipment + photo machine, nanodrop, protein gel equipment, 1jj(pipette sets (220, 200, 1000), 3 P10 pipettes, 2 multichannel pipettes of 300), microscope, plate shaker, vacuum pump, 2 storage cabinets)

 

c.

If necessary overflow to room 11 and, where necessary, in consultation and according to availability use of other lab spaces of MICROSAFE.

 

d.

Use of equipment in other rooms of MICROSAFE including 3 towers in the -80 freezer, liquid nitrogen container, PCR machine, fluorescent microscope, scales, autoclave.

 

e.

In addition to the equipment described under 8b and 8d, the existing equipment of MICROSAFE may be sued by ProQR within reason. Specific equipment will not be purchased for ProQR, but MICROSAFE will do its best the make the existing equipment available. Please also see the enclosed appendix.

 

9.

The price for the office space includes: 1 Cisco VoIP telephone, desk and desk chair per employee (as long as the existing stock lasts) and an Internet connection.

 

10.

10. Parking spaces are included in the rent, as long as there is sufficient capacity. If additional parking spaces have to be rented by MICROSAFE for PROQR, €1,000 will be charged for this per year.

 

11.

The amounts stated are excluding VAT and are indexed as of 1 January every year.

 

12.

The monthly amount of €9,600 will be paid to MICROSAFE no later than 30 days after receipt of the invoice via account number 40.799.80.830, VAT number NL 8095 47 508 BOL.

 

13.

The sublease extends 31 December 2013 at the latest. ProQR can terminate the sublease early with a notice period of 1 full calendar month for the office space and 3 full calendar months for the laboratory space.

Notice of termination must be given in writing to all parties involved. ProQR has a unilateral option to extend the contract to 31 December 2014 under the same conditions.

ProQR must behave as a good lessee. Damage incurred other than standard normal use of the rented spaces will be charged in full.

MICROSAFE will organize the cleaning of the rented spaces.

 

2

---

A key card for access to the building and spaces will be made available during the lease period for every employee of ProQR. In the event of loss of a key card, €25 will be charged. Every ProQR employee will also receive a personal and non-transferable code for the alarm system.

A key card for access to the building and spaces will be made available during the lease period for every employee of ProQR. In the event of loss of a key card, €25 will be charged. Every ProQR employee will also receive a personal and non-transferable code for the alarm system.

Security services provided by Trigion and Huschka in accordance with the current contract are included in the rent. Costs for intervention will be charged in full.

Laboratory materials that are specially purchased by MICROSAFE at the request of ProQR will be charge including a handling fee on the basis of actual costs of €40 per hours.

FOR AGREEMENT:

 

ProQR Therapeutics B.V.						MicroSafe Laboratories
/s/ Daniel de Boer						/s/ R.E. Santing
Date:		April 1, 2013				Leiden
Place:		Leiden				R.E. Santing
Name:		Daniel de Boer				CEO
Position:		CEO				Sinensis Life Sciences

 

3

---

Leiden, 30 September 2013

Nigel Stapleton

Ruud Santing

MicroSafe Laboratories

Bio Science Park

Darwinweg 24

2333 CR LEIDEN

The Netherlands

 

Subject:		Extending the agreement concerning the sublease of 1 April 2013 between MicroSafe Laboratories and ProQr Therapeutics B.V.

Dear Mr. Stapleton and Mr. Santing,

With reference to Article 13 of the above-mentioned agreement, I would like to inform you that ProQr Therapeutics B.V. would like to hereby make use of the option to “unilaterally extend the contract to 31 December 2014 under the same conditions”.

I trust that I have provided you with sufficient information and look forward to the cooperation.

 

Yours sincerely,

/s/ Rene Beukema

Mr. Rene Beukema

General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

Exhibit 10.8

THE GENERAL HOSPITAL CORPORATION

EXCLUSIVE PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT

MGH Agreement No: A212814

MGH Case No: 2562

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

This Exclusive Patent License Agreement (together with all accompanying Exhibits, collectively the “Agreement”) is made as of the 29th day of May, 2012 (“Effective Date”), by and between ProQR Therapeutics B.V., a private partnership organized and existing under the laws of The Netherlands, and having a principal place of business at Darwinweg 24, 2333CR Leiden, The Netherlands (“Company”) and The General Hospital Corporation, d/b/a Massachusetts General Hospital, a not-for-profit Massachusetts corporation, with a principal place of business at 55 Fruit Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02114 (“Hospital”), each referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

Hospital, as a center for patient care, research and education, is the owner of certain Patent Rights (defined below) and desires to grant a license of those Patent Rights to Company in order to benefit the public by disseminating the results of its research via the commercial development, manufacture, distribution and use of Products and Processes (defined below).

Company has the capability to commercially develop, manufacture, distribute and use Products and Processes for public use and benefit and desires to license such Patent Rights.

For good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings, unless the context requires otherwise.

1.1 “Affiliate” with respect to either Party shall mean any corporation or other legal entity other than that Party in whatever country organized, controlling, controlled by or under common control with that Party. The term “control” shall mean (i) in the case of Company, direct or indirect ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting securities having the

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

---

right to elect directors, and (ii) in the case of Hospital, the power, direct or indirect, to elect or appoint fifty percent (50%) or more of the directors or trustees, or to cause direction of management and policies, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

1.2 “Claim” shall mean any pending or issued claim of any Patent Right that has not been permanently revoked, nor held unenforceable or invalid by a decision of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction that is unappealable or unappealed in the time allowed for appeal.

1.3 “Distributor” shall mean any third party entity to whom Company, a Company Affiliate or a Sublicensee has granted, express or implied, the right to distribute any Product or Process pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(ii).

1.4 “First Commercial Sale” shall mean the initial Sale anywhere in the applicable License Territory of the first Product or Process.

1.5 “License Field” shall mean all therapeutic indications in the field of Cystic Fibrosis and shall not include any other field not specifically set forth herein.

1.6 “License Territory” shall mean the entire world.

1.7 “Net Sales” shall be calculated as set forth in this Section 1.7.

(a) Subject to the conditions set forth below, “Net Sales” shall mean:

(i) the gross amount billed or invoiced, or if no such bill or invoice is issued the amount received, whichever is greatest, by Company and its Affiliates and Sublicensees for or on account of Sales of Products and Processes;

(ii) less the following amounts:

(A) to the extent separately stated on the bill or invoice, actually paid by Company and its Affiliates and Sublicensees in effecting such Sale:

1. amounts repaid or credited by reason of rejection or return of applicable Products or Processes;

2. reasonable and customary trade, quantity or cash rebates or discounts to the extent allowed and taken;

3. amounts for outbound transportation, insurance, handling and shipping, but only to the extent separately invoiced in a manner that clearly specifies the charges applicable to the applicable Products; and

4. taxes, customs duties and other governmental charges levied on or measured by Sales of Products or Processes, to the extent separately invoiced, whether paid by or on behalf of Company so long as Company’s price is reduced thereby, but not franchise or income taxes of any kind whatsoever.

(B) the gross amount billed or invoiced, or if no such bill or invoice is issued the amount received, whichever is greatest, by Company and its Affiliates and Sublicensees for or on account of Sales of Products and Processes to Hospital and Hospital’s Affiliates.

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

2

---

(b) Specifically excluded from the definition of “Net Sales” are amounts attributable to any Sale of any Product or Process between or among Company and any Company Affiliate and/or Sublicensee, unless the transferee is the end purchaser, user or consumer of such Product or Process.

(c) No deductions shall be made for any commissions paid to any individuals or for any costs or expenses of collections.

(d) Net Sales shall be deemed to have occurred and the applicable Product or Process “Sold” on the earliest of the date of billing, invoicing, delivery or payment or the due date for payment.

(e) Subject to any reasonable and customary trade, quantity or cash rebates or discounts contemplated by this Section 1.7(a), if any Product or Process is Sold at an unreasonable or non-customary discounted price that is lower than the customary price charged, or for non-cash consideration (whether or not at a discount), Net Sales shall be calculated based on the non-discounted cash amount charged to an independent third party for the Product or Process during the same Reporting Period or, in the absence of such transaction, on the fair market value of the Product or Process. Non-cash consideration that affects any payment due to Hospital hereunder shall not be accepted without the prior written consent of Hospital.

1.8 For clarification, all Products made and Sold outside the United States are excluded from the definition of Net Sales. If a Product is made in the United States but sold outside the United States, Net Sales will be due on these. If a Product is made outside the United Sates and sold in the United States, Net Sales will be due on these.

1.9 “Patent Rights” shall mean, inclusively: (i) all patent applications included in Appendix A, and any patents that issue directly thereof; (ii) any U.S. or foreign patent applications that is a divisional or continuation of the patent applications identified in (i) and any patent that issues directly thereon; (iii) any reissue, renewal, reexamination, substitution or extension of any patent identified in (i) or (ii); and (iv) any continuation-in-part applications or patents that are either directed to subject matter specifically described in any patent or patent application identified in (i), (ii) or (iii) or are otherwise relevant to the Products and/or Processes developed by Company.

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

3

---

1.10 “Process” shall mean any process, method or service the use or performance of which, in whole or in part, absent the license granted hereunder would infringe, or is covered by, one or more Claims of Patent Rights.

1.11 “Product” shall mean any article, device or composition, the manufacture, use, or sale of which, in whole or in part, absent the license granted hereunder would infringe, or is covered by, one or more Claims of Patent Rights.

1.12 “Reporting Period” shall mean each three (3) month period ending March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31.

1.13 “Sell” (and “Sale” and “Sold” as the case may be) shall mean to sell or have sold, to lease or have leased, to import or have imported or otherwise to transfer or have transferred a Product or Process for valuable consideration (in the form of cash or otherwise), and further in the case of a Process to use or perform such Process for the benefit of a third party.

1.14 “Sublicense Income” shall mean consideration in any form received by Company and/or Company’s Affiliate(s) in connection with a grant of a sublicense or any other right, license, privilege or immunity (regardless of whether such grantee is a “Sublicensee” as defined in this Agreement) to make, have made, use, have used, Sell or have Sold Products or Processes, but excluding consideration included within Net Sales. Sublicense Income shall include without limitation any license signing fee, license maintenance fee, unearned portion of any minimum royalty payment, distribution or joint marketing fee, research and development funding in excess of the cost of performing such research and development, and any consideration received for an equity interest in, extension of credit to or other investment in Company or Company’s Affiliates to the extent such consideration exceeds the fair market value of the equity or other interest received as determined by agreement of the Parties or by an independent appraiser mutually agreeable to the Parties. Sublicense Income shall exclude any consideration received by Company and/or Company’s Affiliate(s) from a Sublicensee as reimbursement for any Patent Costs paid or to be paid to Hospital, or as applicable directly to patent counsel, in accordance with Section 4.2.

1.15 “Sublicensee” shall mean any sublicensee of rights granted in accordance with Section 2.1(a)(ii). For purpose of this Agreement, a Distributor of a Product or Process shall not be included in the definition of Sublicensee unless such Distributor (i) is granted any right to make, have made, use or have used Products or Processes in accordance with Section 2.1(a)(ii), or (ii) has agreed to pay to Company or its Affiliate(s) royalties on such Distributor’s sales of Products or Processes, in which case such Distributor shall be a Sublicensee for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

4

---

2. LICENSE

2.1 Grant of License.

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement and Hospital’s retained rights in the Patent Rights as set forth in Section 2.3, Hospital hereby grants to Company in the License Field in the License Territory:

(i) an exclusive, royalty-bearing license under its rights in Patent Rights to make, have made, use, have used, Sell and have Sold Products and Processes; and

(ii) the right to grant sublicenses under the rights granted in Section 2.1(a)(i) to Sublicensees, provided that in each case Company shall be responsible for the performance of any obligations of Sublicensees relevant to this Agreement as if such performance were carried out by Company itself, including, without limitation, the payment of any royalties or other payments provided for hereunder, regardless of whether the terms of any sublicense provide for such amounts to be paid by the Sublicensee directly to Hospital.

(b) The license granted in Section 2.1(a) above includes:

(i) the right to grant to the final purchaser, user or consumer of Products the right to use such purchased Products in a method coming within the scope of Patent Rights within the License Field and License Territory; and

(ii) the right to grant a Distributor the right to Sell (but not to make, have made, use or have used) such Products and/or Processes for or on behalf of Company, its Affiliates and Sublicensees in a manner consistent with this Agreement.

(c) The foregoing license grant shall include the grant of such license to any Affiliate of Company, provided that such Affiliate shall assume the same obligations as those of Company and be subject to the same terms and conditions hereunder; and further provided that Company shall be responsible for the performance of all of such obligations and for compliance with all of such terms and conditions by Affiliate. Company shall provide to Hospital a fully signed, non-redacted copy of each agreement pursuant to which each such Affiliate assumes the aforesaid obligations, including all exhibits, attachments and related documents and any amendments, within thirty (30) days of Company’s receipt of a written request by Hospital.

2.2 Sublicenses. Each sublicense granted hereunder shall be consistent with and comply with all terms of this Agreement, shall incorporate terms and conditions sufficient to enable Company to comply with this Agreement, shall prohibit any further sublicense or assignment by a Sublicensee without Hospital consent and shall provide that Hospital is a third party beneficiary thereof. For the limited purpose of facilitating Hospital’s good faith evaluation

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

5

---

of potential conflicts of interests, Company shall provide written notification to Hospital, in confidence, of the identity of any third party that Company is engaging in discussions with towards a sublicense prior to entering into a binding agreement between Company and such third party. Hospital shall promptly (but in no event longer than fifteen (15) business days following Hospital’s receipt of Company’s written notice) notify Company if Hospital does not approve of such third party as potential Sublicensee because of an actual conflict of interest, and Hospital shall provide rationale to Company for such action. Company shall provide to Hospital a fully signed non-redacted copy of all sublicense agreements and amendments thereto, including all exhibits, attachments and related documents, within thirty (30) days of executing the same; provided, however, that for the purposes of this Agreement, such copy of the sublicense agreements shall be considered the Confidential Information of Company and the applicable Sublicensee, and shall be treated in accordance with the provisions of Appendix D. Upon termination of this Agreement or any license granted hereunder for any reason, any sublicenses shall be addressed in accordance with Section 10.7. Any sublicense which is not in accordance with the forgoing provisions shall be null and void.

2.3 Retained Rights; Requirements. Any and all licenses granted hereunder are subject to:

(a) the right of Hospital, Hospital’s Affiliates and academic, government and not-for-profit institutions to make and to use the subject matter described and/or claimed in the Patent Rights solely for internal research, and education purposes; and

(b) for Patent Rights supported by federal funding, the rights, conditions and limitations imposed by U.S. law (see 35 U.S.C. § 202 et seq. and regulations pertaining thereto), including without limitation:

(i) the royalty-free non-exclusive license granted to the U.S. government; and

(ii) the requirement that any Products used or sold in the United States shall be manufactured substantially in the United States.

2.4 No Additional Rights. It is understood that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to grant Company or any of its Affiliates a license, express or implied, under any patent owned solely or jointly by Hospital other than the Patent Rights expressly licensed hereunder. Subject to Section 2.5, Hospital shall have the right to license any Patent Rights to any other party for any purpose outside of the License Field or the License Territory.

2.5 License Outside the License Field; Notice.

(a) License outside the License Field. When Company wishes to license any therapeutic indication falling under the Patent Rights but outside the License Field, it will

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

6

---

approach Hospital with such request. Such request by Company shall be accompanied by a development plan that demonstrates that the Company has sufficient resources to commercially develop a therapeutic indication outside the License Field. Hospital would then engage in good faith negotiations with Company to license the additional field in substantially the same terms as those of this Agreement. If Parties cannot reach agreement after such good faith negotiations, Hospital shall be free to license the fields outside of License Field to any party on any terms as it sees fit; provided, however, that for a period of six (6) months thereafter Hospital agrees not to enter into a binding agreement with any third party on materially better terms than those last offered to Company without first offering such terms to Company, in which case Company will have thirty (30) days within which to accept or reject such terms.

(b) Notice. Hospital shall use reasonable efforts to provide written notification to Company for a period of twelve (12) months from the Effective Date, in confidence, in the event that any third party engages Hospital in substantive discussions to license the fields outside of the License Field at least thirty (30) days prior to entering into a binding agreement between Hospital and such third party. Hospital shall use reasonable efforts to respond in good faith to any written requests received from Company inquiring whether Hospital is then engaged in substantive discussions to license, or has otherwise licensed to any third party, one or more fields outside of the License Field.

3. DUE DILIGENCE OBLIGATIONS

3.1 Diligence Requirements. Company shall use, and shall cause its Affiliates and Sublicensees, as applicable, to use, commercially reasonable efforts to develop and make available to the public one or more Products and/or Processes in the United States in the License Field. Such efforts shall include achieving the following objectives within the time periods designated below following the Effective Date:

(a) Pre-Sales Requirements.

(i) Completion of preclinical optimization studies for a Product on or before [***];

(ii) CMC, manufacturing for lead Product compound (PQR-01) completed on or before [***];

(iii) Toxicology program for lead Product compound (PQR-01) completed on or before [***];

(iv) Enrollment of first subject in a Product Phase I/II clinical proof of concept trial on or before [***];

(v) Enrollment of first subject in a Phase IIb or Phase III trial (whichever is first) on or before [***]; and

(vi) Regulatory submission in USA on or before [***]. Appendix E includes a development plan provided by Company.

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

7

---

(b) Post-Sales Requirements.

(i) Following the First Commercial Sale in any country in the License Territory, Company shall itself or through its Affiliates and/or Sublicensees make continuing Sales of the applicable Product or Process in such country without any elapsed time period of [***] or more in which such Sales do not occur.

(ii) Company shall itself or through an Affiliate or Sublicensee make a First Commercial Sale of a Product or Process in the License Territory within [***] of the date that the Product is submitted for regulatory review in the USA, as contemplated by Section 3.1(a)(vi).

(iii) Following the First Commercial Sale of a Product or Process in any country in the License Territory, Company shall itself or through an Affiliate or Sublicensee continue to have sales of the applicable Product or Process.

3.2 Achievement of the foregoing objectives shall be deemed to satisfy Company’s obligations to use commercially reasonable efforts under this Section 3.1.

3.3 Diligence Failures.

(a) If Company envisages that it will fail to meet one of the obligations under Section 3.1, it will notify Hospital at least three (3) months before the respective obligation is due. Following Hospital’s receipt of such notice, the Parties will, in good faith, negotiate regarding Hospital granting an extension of the dates for the obligations set forth under Section 3.1. If Hospital grants an extension of diligence milestones such that FDA submission contemplated by Section 3.1(a)(iv) happens beyond [***], then diligence extension milestone fees as described below will be due upon FDA approval.

(i) 1 year delay [***];

(ii) 2 year delay [***] (i.e., [***] for 2^nd year of failure, if [***] for 1^st year of extension has already been paid);

(iii) 3 year delay [***] (i.e., [***] for 3^rd year of failure, if [***] for 1^st year of extension and [***] for 2^nd year of extension has already been paid); and

(iv) >3 years, royalty on Net Sales would equal [***] in addition to these above payment obligations.

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

8

---

(b) Hospital’s determination regarding granting the above mentioned diligence extensions, as well as Hospital’s right to terminate this Agreement in the event that Company fails to meet any of its obligations under Section 3.1 shall be guided by the level of continued commitment by Company to bring a Product or Process to the market, the ability of Company relative to alternate opportunities available to Hospital to bring Products and Processes to the market to benefit patients, and by the level investment of money that Company has made in Hospital’s Patent Rights.

(c) Subject to Section 3.2(b), if Hospital determines that Company has failed to fulfill any of its obligations under Section 3.1, then Hospital may treat such failure as a default and may terminate this Agreement and/or any license granted hereunder in accordance with Section 10.4.

3.4 Diligence Reports. Company shall provide all reports with respect to its obligations under Section 3.1 as set forth in Section 5.

4. PAYMENTS AND ROYALTIES

4.1 License Issue Fee. [***].

4.2 Patent Cost Reimbursement. Company shall reimburse Hospital on a pro rata basis for all reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket costs associated with the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of all Patent Rights (“Patent Costs”), whereby Company’s pro rata share of such Patent Costs in a given Reporting Period shall equal 1/n of such Patent Costs, where “n” equals the total number of licensees of the Patent Rights in such Reporting Period. As of the Effective Date, Company is the sole licensee of the Patent Rights and Hospital has incurred approximately fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) in Patent Costs, of which Company shall pay a first installment of twenty five thousand dollars ($25,000) to Hospital on or before June 1, 2012. If company elects to continue to license the Patent Rights after September 30, 2012, Company shall pay the second installment of twenty five thousand dollars ($25,000) on or before December 31, 2012. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company provides notice of its intention to terminate the Agreement before Sept. 30, 2012, then the second installment of twenty five thousand dollars ($25,000) shall not be paid by Company and all rights and licenses granted herein to Company under this Agreement shall terminate. Hospital will determine the strategy with regard to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Patent Rights in close collaboration with Company and in conformance with any mutually agreed upon strategies developed by the parties with respect to such Patent Rights as further described in Section 6. Company shall pay to Hospital, or at Hospital’s request directly to patent counsel, the Company’s pro rata share of all other Patent Costs within thirty (30) days of Company’s receipt of an invoice for such Patent Costs either from Hospital or Hospital’s designated patent counsel. Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Hospital harmless from and against any and all liabilities, damages, costs and expenses arising from the failure of Company to timely pay such invoices and Patent Costs. Hospital shall instruct its designated patent counsel to provide copies

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

9

---

to Hospital for Hospital’s administrative files of all invoices detailing Patent Costs which are sent directly to Company. If Company pays any Patent Costs directly to Hospital’s designated patent counsel, Company shall advise patent counsel that Hospital is and shall remain patent counsel’s client.

4.3 Annual License Fee; Annual Minimum Royalty. Following the First Commercial Sale, Company shall pay Hospital a non-refundable minimum annual royalty in the amount of ten thousand dollars ($10,000) per calendar year within sixty (60) days after each annual anniversary of the Effective Date. The annual minimum royalty shall be credited against royalties subsequently due on Net Sales made during the same calendar year, if any, but shall not be credited against royalties due on Net Sales made in any other calendar year.

4.4 Milestone Payments. In addition to the payments set forth in Sections 4.2 and 4.3 above, Company shall pay Hospital certain one (1)-time milestone payments, as follows:

(a) [***] within sixty (60) days of enrollment of the first patient in a Phase I/Phase II (whichever is first) trial of the first Product;

(b) [***] within sixty (60) days of enrollment of the first patient in a Phase II(b) or Phase III trial (whichever is first) of the first Product; and

(c) [***] within sixty (60) days of regulatory approval to market the first Product or Process in the License Territory.

(d) Diligence extension milestone payments described in 3.2(a) shall be due within thirty (30) days of regulatory approval.

4.5 Royalties and Sublicense Income.

(a) Beginning with the First Commercial Sale in any country in the License Territory, Company shall pay Hospital a royalty of two percent (2%) of the Net Sales of all Products and Processes.

(b) Company shall pay Hospital [***] of any and all Sublicense Income received on or before the completion of a Phase I/II trial of the first Product, and thereafter [***] of all Sublicense Income received with respect to such first Product.

(c) All payments due to Hospital under this Section 4.5 shall be due and payable by Company within forty-five (45) days after the end of each Reporting Period, and shall be accompanied by a report as set forth in Sections 5.3 and 5.4.

4.6 Form of Payment. All payments due under this Agreement shall be drawn on a United States bank and shall be payable in United States dollars. Each payment shall reference this Agreement and its Agreement Number and identify the obligation under this Agreement that

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

10

---

the payment satisfies. Conversion of foreign currency to U.S. dollars shall be made at the conversion rate existing in the United States, as reported in The Wall Street Journal, on the last working day of the applicable Reporting Period. Such payments shall be without deduction of exchange, collection or other charges, and, specifically, without deduction of withholding or similar taxes or other government imposed fees or taxes, except as permitted in the definition of Net Sales.

Checks for all payments due to the Hospital under this Agreement shall be made payable to the Hospital and addressed as set forth below:

Massachusetts General Hospital

BOA-Lockbox Services

PCSR Lockbox #415007

MA5-527-02-07

2 Morrissey Blvd

Dorchester, MA 02125

Reference Agreement #: A212814

Payments via wire transfer should be made as follows:

ACH Credit: ABA # 011-000-138

Federal Reserve Wire: ABA#026-009-593

SWIFT Code: BOFAUS3N

Account#0050169434

Massachusetts General Hospital

Bank of America

100 Federal Street

Boston, MA 02110

Reference Agreement #: A212814

4.7 Overdue Payments. The payments due under this Agreement shall, if overdue, bear interest beginning on the first day that such payment became due and until payment thereof at the rate of one percent (1.0%) per month or the maximum rate permitted by law, whichever is less. Any such overdue payments when made shall be accompanied by all interest so accrued. Said interest and the payment and acceptance thereof shall not preclude Hospital from exercising any other rights it may have as a consequence of the lateness of any payment.

5. REPORTS AND RECORDS

5.1 Diligence Reports. Within sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar year, Company shall report in writing to Hospital on progress made toward the objectives set forth in Section 3.1 during such preceding twelve (12) month period, including, without limitation, progress on research and development, status of applications for regulatory approvals, manufacturing, sublicensing and the number of sublicenses entered into and marketing.

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

11

---

5.2 Milestone Achievement Notification. Company shall report to Hospital the dates on which it achieves the milestones set forth in Section 4.4 within sixty (60) days of each such occurrence.

5.3 Sales Reports. Company shall report to Hospital the date on which it achieves the First Commercial Sale in each country of the License Territory within thirty (30) days of such occurrence. Following the First Commercial Sale, Company shall deliver reports to Hospital within thirty (30) days after the end of each Reporting Period. Each report under this Section 5.3 shall have substantially the format outlined in Appendix B, shall be certified as correct by an officer of Company and shall contain at least the following information as may be pertinent to a royalty accounting hereunder for the immediately preceding Reporting Period:

(a) the number of Products and Processes Sold by Company, its Affiliates and Sublicensees in each country of the License Territory;

(b) the amounts billed, invoiced and received by Company, its Affiliates and Sublicensees for each Product and Process, in each country of the License Territory, and total billings or payments due or made for all Products and Processes;

(c) calculation of Net Sales for the applicable Reporting Period in each country of the License Territory, including an itemized listing of permitted offsets and deductions;

(d) total royalties payable on Net Sales in U.S. dollars, together with the exchange rates used for conversion; and

(e) any other payments due to Hospital under this Agreement.

If no amounts are due to Hospital for any Reporting Period, the report shall so state.

5.4 Sublicense Income Reports. Company shall, along with delivering payment as set forth in Section 4.6, report to Hospital within thirty (30) days of receipt the amount of all Sublicense Income received by Company, and Company’s calculation of the amount due and paid to Hospital from such Sublicense Income, including an itemized listing of the source of income comprising such consideration, and the name and address of each entity making such Sublicense Income payments in substantially the format outlined in Appendix C.

5.5 Audit Rights. Company shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Affiliates and Sublicensees to maintain, complete and accurate records relating to the rights and obligations under this Agreement and any amounts payable to Hospital in relation to this Agreement, which records shall contain sufficient information to permit Hospital and its representatives to confirm

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

12

---

the accuracy of any payments and reports delivered to Hospital and compliance in all other respects with this Agreement. Company shall retain and make available, and shall cause each of its Affiliates and Sublicensees to retain and make available, such records for at least five (5) years following the end of the calendar year to which they pertain, to Hospital and/or its representatives and upon at least fifteen (15) days’ advance written notice, for inspection during normal business hours, to verify any reports and payments made and/or compliance in other respects under this Agreement. If any examination conducted by Hospital or its representatives pursuant to the provisions of this Section show an underreporting or underpayment of five percent (5%) or more and of at least ten thousand dollars ($10,000) in any Reporting Period, Company shall bear the full cost of such audit and shall remit any amounts due to Hospital (including interest due in accordance with Section 4.7) within thirty (30) days of receiving notice thereof from Hospital.

6. PATENT PROSECUTION AND MAINTENANCE

6.1 Prosecution. Hospital shall be responsible for the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of all patent applications and patents included in Patent Rights. Company shall reimburse Hospital for Patent Costs incurred by Hospital relating thereto in accordance with Section 4.2.

6.2 Copies of Documents. With respect to any Patent Right licensed hereunder, Hospital shall instruct the patent counsel prosecuting such Patent Right to (i) copy Company on patent prosecution documents that are received from or filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and foreign equivalent, as applicable; (ii) if requested by Company, provide Company with copies of draft submissions to the USPTO prior to filing; and (iii) give good faith consideration to the comments and requests of Company or its patent counsel.

6.3 Company’s Election Not to Proceed. Company may elect to surrender any patent or patent application in Patent Rights in any country upon sixty (60) days advance written notice to Hospital. Such notice shall relieve Company from the obligation to pay for future Patent Costs but shall not relieve Company from responsibility to pay Patent Costs incurred prior to the expiration of the sixty (60) day notice period. Such U.S. or foreign patent application or patent shall thereupon cease to be a Patent Right hereunder, Company shall have no further rights therein and Hospital shall be free to license its rights to that particular U.S. or foreign patent application or patent to any other party on any terms.

6.4 Confidentiality of Prosecution and Maintenance Information. Company agrees to treat all information related to prosecution and maintenance of Patent Rights as Confidential Information in accordance with the provisions of Appendix D.

6.5 Patent Term Extensions. The parties shall cooperate, if necessary and appropriate, with each other in applying for and securing any patent term extensions with respect to the Patent Rights where applicable (including those extensions available under U.S. Drug

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

13

---

Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984). The parties shall, if necessary and appropriate, use reasonable efforts to agree upon a joint strategy relating to such patent term extension, but, in the absence of mutual agreement with respect to any such extension, the subject patent and/or the Claims of the subject Patent Rights shall be selected on the basis of the scope, enforceability and remaining term of such patent.

7. THIRD PARTY INFRINGEMENT AND LEGAL ACTIONS

7.1 Hospital Right to Prosecute. Hospital will protect its Patent Rights from infringement and prosecute infringers when, in its reasonable sole judgment, such action may be reasonably necessary, proper and justified. If Company shall have supplied Hospital with written evidence demonstrating to Hospital’s reasonable satisfaction prima facie infringement of a claim of a Patent Right in the License Field in the License Territory by a third party which poses a material threat to Company’s rights under this Agreement, Company may by notice request Hospital to take steps to protect such Patent Right. Hospital shall use reasonable efforts to notify Company within one (1) month of the receipt of such notice whether Hospital intends to prosecute the alleged infringement. If Hospital notifies Company that it intends to so prosecute, Hospital shall, within one (1) month of its notice to Company (or sooner if so required by statute or law) either (i) cause such infringement to terminate, or (ii) initiate legal proceedings against the infringer.

7.2 Company Right to Prosecute. In the event Hospital notifies Company that Hospital does not intend to prosecute infringement identified under Section 7.1, Company may, upon notice to Hospital, initiate legal proceedings against the infringer at Company’s expense with respect to a claim of a Patent Right in the License Field in the License Territory. Before commencing such action, Company and, as applicable, any Affiliate, shall consult with Hospital, concerning, among other things, Company’s standing to bring suit, the advisability of bringing suit, the selection of counsel and the jurisdiction for such action (provided Company must have Hospital’s prior written consent with respect to selection of jurisdiction for any action in which Hospital may be joined as a party-plaintiff) and shall use reasonable efforts to accommodate the views of Hospital regarding the proposed action, including without limitation with respect to potential effects on the public interest. Company shall be responsible for all costs, expenses and liabilities in connection with any such action and shall indemnify and hold Hospital harmless therefrom, regardless of whether Hospital is a party-plaintiff, except for the expense of any independent counsel retained by Hospital in accordance with Section 7.5 below.

7.3 Hospital Joined as Party-Plaintiff. If Company elects to commence an action as described in Section 7.2 above, Hospital shall have, in its sole discretion, the option to join such action as a party-plaintiff. If Hospital is required by law to join such action as a party-plaintiff, Hospital may either, in its sole discretion, permit itself to be joined as a party-plaintiff at the sole expense of Company, or assign to Company all of Hospital’s right, title and interest in and to the Patent Right which is the subject of such action (subject to all of Hospital’s obligations to the government under law and any other rights that others may have in such Patent Right). If

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

14

---

Hospital makes such an assignment, such action by Company shall thereafter be brought or continued without Hospital as a party; provided, however, that Hospital shall continue to have all rights of prosecution and maintenance with respect to Patent Rights and Company shall continue to meet all of its obligations under this Agreement as if the assigned Patent Right were still licensed to Company hereunder.

7.4 Notice of Actions; Settlement. Company shall promptly inform Hospital of any action or suit relating to Patent Rights and shall not enter into any settlement, consent judgment or other voluntary final disposition of any action relating to Patent Rights, including but not limited to appeals, without the prior written consent of Hospital, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

7.5 Cooperation. Each Party agrees to cooperate reasonably with the other Party in any action under Section 7 which is controlled by the other Party, provided that the controlling party reimburses the cooperating party for any out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the cooperating party in connection with providing such assistance, except for the expense of any independent counsel retained by the cooperating party in accordance with this Section 7.5. Such controlling party shall keep the cooperating party informed of the progress of such proceedings and shall make its counsel available to the cooperating party. The cooperating party shall also be entitled to independent counsel in such proceedings but at its own expense, said expense to be offset against any damages received by the Party bringing suit in accordance with Section 7.6.

7.6 Recovery. Any award paid by third parties as the result of proceedings contemplated by this Section 7 (whether by way of awarded damages, settlement or otherwise) shall first be applied to reimbursement of any legal fees and expenses incurred by either Party and then the remainder shall be divided between the Parties as follows:

(a) (i) Company shall receive an amount equal to its lost profits or a reasonable royalty

(ii) on the infringing sales, or whichever measure of damages the court shall have applied; and

(iii) Hospital shall receive an amount equal to the royalties and other amounts that Company would have paid to Hospital if Company had Sold the infringing Products and Services rather than the infringer; and

(b) the balance, if any, remaining after Company and Hospital have been compensated under Section 7.6(a) shall be shall be shared equally by the Parties.

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

15

---

8. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

8.1 Indemnification.

(a) Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Hospital and its Affiliates and their respective trustees, directors, officers, medical and professional staff, employees, and agents and their respective successors, heirs and assigns (the “Indemnitees”), against any liability, damage, loss or expense (including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses of litigation) incurred by or imposed upon the Indemnitees or any one of them in connection with any claims, suits, actions, demands or judgments arising out of any theory of product liability (including, but not limited to, actions in the form of contract, tort, warranty, or strict liability) concerning any Product or Process made, used, or sold or performed pursuant to any right or license granted under this Agreement.

(b) To receive the benefit of indemnification under Section 8.1 (a), the Indemnitees must: (i) promptly notify Company of the claim, suit, action, demand or judgment for which indemnification is being sought; provided, that failure to give such timely notice shall not relieve Company of its indemnification obligations; (ii) provide reasonable cooperation with the Company; and (iii) tender to Company full authority to defend such claim, suit, action, demand or judgment. Company agrees, at its own expense, to provide attorneys reasonably acceptable to the Hospital to defend against any actions brought or filed against any Indemnitees with respect to the subject of indemnity contained herein, whether or not such actions are rightfully brought.; provided, however, that any Indemnitee shall have the right to retain its own counsel, at the expense of Company, if representation of such Indemnitee by counsel retained by Company would be inappropriate because of conflict of interests of such Indemnitee and any other party represented by such counsel. Company agrees to keep Hospital informed of the progress in the defense and disposition of such claim and to consult with Hospital prior to any proposed settlement.

(c) This section 8.1 shall survive expiration or termination of this Agreement.

8.2 Insurance.

(a) Beginning at such time as any Product and/or Process is being commercially distributed, sold, leased or otherwise transferred, or performed or used (other than for the purpose of obtaining regulatory approvals), by Company, an Affiliate or Sublicensee, Company shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance in amounts not less than $2,000,000 per incident and $2,000,000 annual aggregate and naming the Indemnitees as additional insureds. Such commercial general liability insurance shall provide (i) product liability coverage and (ii) broad form contractual liability coverage for Company’s indemnification under Section 8.1 of this Agreement. If Company elects to self-insure all or part of the limits described above (including deductibles or retentions which are in excess of $250,000 annual aggregate) such self-insurance program must be acceptable to the Hospital and the Risk Management Foundation. The minimum amounts of insurance coverage required under this Section 8.2 shall not be construed to create a limit of Company’s liability with respect to its indemnification under Section 8.1 of this Agreement.

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

16

---

(b) Company shall provide Hospital with written evidence of such insurance upon request of Hospital. Company shall provide Hospital with written notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the cancellation, non-renewal or material change in such insurance; if Company does not obtain replacement insurance providing comparable coverage prior to the expiration of such fifteen (15) day period, Hospital shall have the right to terminate this Agreement effective at the end of such fifteen (15) day period without notice or any additional waiting periods.

(c) Company shall maintain such commercial general liability insurance beyond the expiration or termination of this Agreement during (i) the period that any such Product or Process is being commercially distributed, sold, leased or otherwise transferred, or performed or used (other than for the purpose of obtaining regulatory approvals), by Company or by a Sublicensee or Affiliate of Company and (ii) a reasonable period after the period referred to in (c) (i) above which in no event shall be less than ten (10) years.

(d) This section 8.2 shall survive expiration or termination of this Agreement.

9. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

9.1 Title to Patent Rights. To the best knowledge of Hospital’s Office of Research, Ventures and Licensing, Hospital (i) is the owner of the Patent Rights, and (ii) has sufficient rights and the authority to enter into this Agreement and license the Patent Rights to Company hereunder.

9.2 No Warranties. HOSPITAL MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, CONCERNING THE PATENT RIGHTS AND THE RIGHTS GRANTED HEREUNDER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT, VALIDITY OF PATENT RIGHTS CLAIMS, WHETHER ISSUED OR PENDING, AND THE ABSENCE OF LATENT OR OTHER DEFECTS, WHETHER OR NOT DISCOVERABLE, AND HEREBY DISCLAIMS THE SAME. SPECIFICALLY, AND NOT TO LIMIT THE FOREGOING, HOSPITAL MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION (i) REGARDING THE VALIDITY OR SCOPE OF ANY OF THE CLAIM(S), WHETHER ISSUED OR PENDING, OF ANY OF THE PATENT RIGHTS, AND (ii) THAT THE EXPLOITATION OF THE PATENT RIGHTS OR ANY PRODUCT WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENTS OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF HOSPITAL OR OF ANY THIRD PARTY.

9.3 Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE TRUSTEES, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, MEDICAL OR PROFESSIONAL STAFF, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, OR AS APPLICABLE ITS SUBLICENSEES OR DISTRIBUTORS FOR INDIRECT, SPECIAL,

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

17

---

INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE LICENSE OR RIGHTS GRANTED HEREUNDER, HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ECONOMIC DAMAGES OR INJURY TO PROPERTY OR LOST PROFITS, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH PARTY SHALL BE ADVISED, SHALL HAVE OTHER REASON TO KNOW, OR IN FACT SHALL KNOW OF THE POSSIBILITY OF THE FOREGOING, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 9.3 SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO LIMIT COMPANY’S OBLIGATION TO INDEMNIFY HOSPITAL UNDER SECTION 8 OF THIS AGREEMENT.

10. TERM AND TERMINATION

10.1 Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall remain in effect until the date on which all issued patents and filed patent applications within the Patent Rights have expired or been abandoned, unless this Agreement is terminated earlier in accordance with any of the other provisions of Section 10.

10.2 Termination for Failure to Pay. If Company fails to make any payment due hereunder, Hospital shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon ten (10) business days written notice, unless Company makes such payments plus any interest due, as set forth in Section 4.7, within said ten (10) business day notice period. If payments are not made, Hospital may immediately terminate this Agreement at the end of said ten (10) business day period. Company shall be entitled to only one (1) such cure period in a calendar year; for a second failure to make payment on time, Hospital shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice.

10.3 Termination for Insurance and Insolvency.

(a) Insurance. Hospital shall have the right to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 8.2(b) if Company fails to maintain the insurance required by Section 8.2.

(b) Insolvency and other Bankruptcy Related Events. Hospital shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to Company with no further notice obligation or opportunity to cure if Company: (i) shall become insolvent; (ii) shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (iii) or shall have a petition in bankruptcy filed for or against it.

10.4 Termination for Non-Financial Default. If Company, any of its Affiliates or any Sublicensee shall default in the performance of any of its obligations under Sections 2.2, 3.3, 8.1, 10.5, 11.1, 11.2 or 12.9 of this Agreement and not otherwise covered by the provisions of Section 10.2 and 10.3, and if such default has not been cured within sixty (60) days after Company’s receipt of notice by Hospital in writing of such default, Hospital may immediately

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

18

---

terminate this Agreement, and/or any license granted hereunder with respect to the country or countries in which such default has occurred, at the end of said sixty (60) day cure period. Hospital shall also have the right to terminate this Agreement and/or any such license immediately, upon written notice, in the event of repeated defaults even if cured within such sixty (60) day periods.

10.5 Challenging Validity. During the term of this Agreement, Company shall not challenge, and shall restrict Company Affiliates and Sublicensees from challenging, the validity of the Patent Rights and in the event of any breach of this provision Hospital shall have the right to terminate this Agreement and any license granted hereunder immediately. In addition, if the Patent Rights are challenged by the Company during the term of this Agreement and are found to be valid and enforceable, Company shall reimburse Hospital for its legal costs and expenses incurred in defending any such challenge.

10.6 Termination by Company. Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving ninety (90) days advance written notice to Hospital and upon such termination shall immediately cease all use and Sales of Products and Processes, subject to Section 10.9.

10.7 Effect of Termination on Sublicenses. Any sublicenses granted by Company under this Agreement shall provide for termination or assignment to Hospital of Company’s interest therein upon termination of this Agreement or upon termination of any license hereunder under which such sublicense has been granted. To the extent that there are any Sublicensees as of the date of termination of this Agreement, and (i) Company has provided Hospital with notice and a copy of the applicable sublicense agreement in accordance with Section 2.2, and (ii) such Sublicensees are in compliance with the obligations and restrictions set forth in the applicable sublicense agreement and agree to assume all of Company’s applicable obligations under this Agreement, then Hospital shall allow such Sublicensee to continue to have their rights, provided, however, in no event shall Hospital be obligated to assume any obligations or liabilities to such Sublicensees beyond the licenses granted in this Agreement. If Sublicensee does not agree to assume the applicable obligations of the Company under this Agreement and has not provided notification to Hospital within ninety (90) days of termination of this Agreement that such Sublicensee can fulfill Company’s applicable obligations hereunder, then Hospital shall terminate such sublicense agreement with such Sublicensee.

10.8 Effects of Termination of Agreement. Upon termination of this Agreement or any of the licenses hereunder for any reason, final reports in accordance with Section 5 shall be submitted to Hospital and all royalties and other payments, including without limitation any unreimbursed Patent Costs, accrued or due to Hospital as of the termination date shall become immediately payable. Company shall cease, and shall cause its Affiliates and Sublicensees to cease under any sublicense granted by Company, all Sales and uses of Products and Processes upon such termination, subject to Sections 10.7 and 10.9. The termination or expiration of this Agreement or any license granted hereunder shall not relieve Company, its Affiliates or Sublicensees of obligations arising before such termination or expiration.

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

19

---

10.9 Inventory. Upon early termination of this Agreement other than for Company default, Company, Company Affiliates and Sublicensees may complete and sell any work-in-progress and inventory of Products that exist as of the effective date of termination provided that (i) Company pays Hospital the applicable running royalty or other amounts due on such Net Sales in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and (ii) Company, Company Affiliates and Sublicensees shall complete and sell all work-in-progress and inventory of Products within six (6) months after the effective date of termination. Upon expiration of this Agreement, Company shall pay to Hospital the royalties set forth in Section 4.5(a) for Sales of any Product that was in inventory or was a work-in-progress on the date of expiration of the Agreement.

11. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

11.1 Compliance. Company shall have the sole obligation for compliance with, and shall ensure that any Affiliates and Sublicensees comply with, all applicable government statutes and regulations that relate to Products and Processes, including, but not limited to, those of the Food and Drug Administration and the Export Administration, as amended, and any applicable laws and regulations of any other country in the License Territory. Company agrees that it shall be solely responsible for obtaining any necessary licenses to export, re-export, or import Products or Processes covered by Patent Rights and/or Confidential Information. Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Hospital for any breach of Company’s obligations under this Section 11.1.

11.2 Patent Numbers. Company shall cause all Products sold in the United States, or as applicable the packaging of such Products, to be marked with all applicable U.S. Patent Numbers, to the full extent required by United States law. Company shall similarly cause all Products shipped to or sold in any other country to be marked in such a manner as to conform with the patent laws and practices of such country.

12. MISCELLANEOUS

12.1 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

12.2 Notices. Any notices, reports, waivers, correspondences or other communications required under or pertaining to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, or sent by a reputable overnight mail service (e.g., Federal Express), or by first class mail (certified or registered), or by facsimile confirmed by one of the foregoing methods, to the other party. Notices will be deemed effective (a) three (3) business days after deposit, postage prepaid, if mailed, or (b) the next day if sent by overnight mailor (c) the same day if sent by facsimile and confirmed as set forth above or delivered by hand. Unless changed in writing in accordance with this Section, the notice address for Hospital shall be as follows:

Executive Director, Research Ventures and Licensing

Massachusetts General Hospital

101 Huntington Avenue, 4th Floor

Boston, MA 02199

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

20

---

Fax No. (617) 954-9361

Unless changed in writing in accordance with this Section, the notice address for Company shall be as follows:

ProQR Therapeutics B.V.

Attn: Mr. Daniel A. de Boer, Chief Executive Officer

Darwinweg 24

2333CR Leiden

The Netherlands

With copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Morse, Barnes-Brown & Pendleton, P.C.

Attention: Carl F. Barnes, Esq.

230 Third Avenue, Fourth Floor

Waltham, MA 02451.

12.3 Amendment; Waiver. This Agreement may be amended and any of its terms or conditions may be waived only by a written instrument executed by an authorized signatory of the Parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the Party waiving compliance. The failure of either Party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect its rights at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either Party of any condition or term shall be deemed as a further or continuing waiver of such condition or term or of any other condition or term.

12.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

12.5 Assignment. Company shall not assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Hospital, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned; provided, however, that if Company has fulfilled any then-applicable diligence obligations set forth in Section 3, no such consent will be required to assign this Agreement to a successor of the Company’s business to which this Agreement pertains or to a purchaser of substantially all of the Company’s assets related to this Agreement, so long as such successor or purchaser shall agree in writing to be bound by all of

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

21

---

the terms and conditions hereof prior to such assignment. Company shall notify Hospital in writing of any such assignment and provide a copy of all assignment documents to Hospital within thirty (30) days of such assignment. Failure of an assignee to agree to be bound by the terms hereof or failure of Company to notify hospital and provide copies of assignment documentation shall be grounds for termination of this Agreement for default. Further, neither any rights granted under this Agreement nor any sublicense may be assigned by any Sublicensee without the prior written consent of Hospital.

12.6 Force Majeure. Neither Party shall be responsible for delays resulting from causes beyond the reasonable control of such Party, including without limitation fire, explosion, flood, war, sabotage, strike or riot, provided that the nonperforming Party uses commercially reasonable efforts to avoid or remove such causes of nonperformance and continues performance under this Agreement with reasonable dispatch whenever such causes are removed.

12.7 Use of Name. Neither Party shall use the name of the other Party or of any trustee, director, officer, staff member, employee, student or agent of the other Party or any adaptation thereof in any advertising, promotional or sales literature, publicity or in any document employed to obtain funds or financing without the prior written approval of the Party or individual whose name is to be used. For Hospital, such approval shall be obtained from Hospital’s VP of Public Affairs.

12.8 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, excluding with respect to conflict of laws, except that questions affecting the construction and effect of any patent shall be determined by the law of the country in which the patent shall have been granted. Each Party agrees to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Superior Court for Suffolk County, Massachusetts, and the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts with respect to any claim, suit or action in law or equity arising in any way out of this Agreement or the subject matter hereof.

12.9 Hospital Policies. Company acknowledges that Hospital’s employees and medical and professional staff members and the employees and staff members of Hospital’s Affiliates are subject to the applicable policies of Hospital and such Affiliates, including, without limitation, policies regarding conflicts of interest, intellectual property and other matters. Company shall provide Hospital with any agreement it proposes to enter into with any employee or staff member of Hospital or any of Hospital’s Affiliates for Hospital’s prior review and shall not knowingly enter into any oral or written agreement with such employee or staff member which conflicts with any such policy. Hospital shall provide Company, at Company’s request, with copies of any such policies applicable to any such employee or staff member.

12.10 Severability. If any provision(s) of this Agreement are or become invalid, are ruled illegal by any court of competent jurisdiction or are deemed unenforceable under then current applicable law from time to time in effect during the term hereof, it is the intention of the

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

22

---

parties that the remainder of this Agreement shall not be effected thereby. It is further the intention of the parties that in lieu of each such provision which is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, there be substituted or added as part of this Agreement a provision which shall be as similar as possible in economic and business objectives as intended by the parties to such invalid, illegal or enforceable provision, but shall be valid, legal and enforceable.

12.11 Survival. In addition to any specific survival references in this Agreement, Sections 1, 2.4, 4.2, 4.6, 4.7, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 6.4, 8.1, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3, 10.7, 10.8, 10.9, 12.1, 12.2, 12.3, 12.4, 12.7, 12.8, 12.9, 12.10, 12.11, 12.12 and 12.13 shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement. Any other rights, responsibilities, obligations, covenants and warranties which by their nature should survive this Agreement shall similarly survive and remain in effect.

12.12 Interpretation. The parties hereto are sophisticated, have had the opportunity to consult legal counsel with respect to this transaction and hereby waive any presumptions of any statutory or common law rule relating to the interpretation of contracts against the drafter.

12.13 Headings. All headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision of this Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

23

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date first written above.

 

PROQR THERAPEUTICS B.V

THE GENERAL HOSPITAL CORPORATION

BY:

/s/ Daniel de Boer

BY:

/s/ Frances Toneguzzo

Name:

Daniel de Boer

Name:

Frances Toneguzzo

TITLE:

CEO

TITLE:

Executive Director, Research Ventures & Licensing

DATE:

May 29, 2012

DATE:

May 29, 2012

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

---

Appendix A

DESCRIPTION OF PATENT RIGHTS

[***]

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

---

Appendix B

SALES REPORTS

 

AGREEMENT INCOME REPORT									Royalty Income
[MGH][BWH] Agreement # -
Licensee -
Sub-Licensee -
Separate reports must be filed for:
1.                    Each Product sold.
2.                    Each country of sale, if different deductions or royalty rates apply.

Product Name:

Report Time Period:

		From mm/dd/yyyy
		To mm/dd/yyyy

Country of Sale
Quantity Sold
Gross Sales (USD)				$		$		$
Exchange Rate
Deductions (Itemize)
Please list each deduction separately. Use same definition as appears in Agreement and include the contract paragraph as a reference (Std Section 1.17(a)(ii) line item deductions listed below).
		A1.
		A2.
		A3.
		A4.
		B.
Total Deductions				(                    )		(                    )		(                    )
Net Sales
Royalty Percentage
Credits (itemize)				(                    )		(                    )		(                    )
Royalties Due				$		$		$
PLEASE ATTACH DETAIL SALES REPORTS AS REQUIRED

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

---

Appendix C

 

AGREEMENT INCOME REPORT					Sublicense Income
[MGH][BWH] Agreement # -
Licensee -
Sub-Licensee -

Separate reports must be filed for Payments associated with each product:
Product Name:

Report Time Period:
		From mm/dd/yyyy
		To mm/dd/yyyy

				Detailed Explanation of Payment Required for “Other Payment”
Annual Fees/Minimum Royalties		$
Milestone Payments		$
Sublicense Fees and Royalties		$
Other Payment		$
Other Payment		$
Other Payment		$
TOTAL		$
PLEASE ATTACH DETAIL AS REQUIRED

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

---

Appendix D

CONFIDENTIALITY TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Definition of Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” shall mean any information, including but not limited to data, techniques, protocols or results, or business, financial, commercial or technical information, disclosed by one Party (each a “Discloser” as applicable) to the other Party (each a “Recipient” as applicable) in connection with the terms of that certain Exclusive License Agreement dated May 29, 2012 (the “License Agreement”) and identified as confidential at the time of disclosure (the “Purpose”). Hospital’s Confidential Information shall also include all information disclosed by Hospital to Company in connection with the Patent Rights. Capitalized terms used in this Appendix that are not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed in the License Agreement to which this Appendix is attached and made a part thereof.

2. Exclusions. “Confidential Information” shall not include any information that (i) is or becomes publicly available through no wrongful act of Recipient; (ii) was known by Recipient prior to disclosure by Discloser, as evidenced by tangible records; (iii) becomes known to Recipient after disclosure from a third party having an apparent bona fide right to disclose it; (iv) is independently developed or discovered by Recipient without use of Discloser’s Confidential Information, as evidenced by tangible records; or (v) is disclosed to another party by Discloser without restriction on further disclosure. The obligations of confidentiality and non-use set forth herein shall not apply with respect to any information that Recipient is required to disclose or produce pursuant to applicable law, court order or other valid legal process provided that Recipient promptly notifies Discloser prior to such required disclosure, discloses such information only to the extent so required and cooperates reasonably with Discloser’s efforts to contest or limit the scope of such disclosure.

3. Permitted Purpose. Recipient shall have the right to, and agrees that it will, use Discloser’s Confidential Information solely for the Purpose as described in the License Agreement, except as may be otherwise specified in a separate definitive written agreement negotiated and executed between the parties.

4. Restrictions. For the term of the License Agreement and a period of five (5) years thereafter (and indefinitely with respect to any individually identifiable health information disclosed by Hospital to Company, if any), each Recipient agrees that: (i) it will not use such Confidential Information for any purpose other than as specified herein, including without limitation for its own benefit or the benefit of any other person or entity; and (ii) it will use reasonable efforts (but no less than the efforts used to protect its own confidential and/or proprietary information of a similar nature) not to disclose such Confidential Information to any other person or entity except as expressly permitted hereunder. Recipient may, however, disclose Discloser’s Confidential Information only on a need-to-know basis to its and its Affiliates employees, staff members and agents (“Receiving Individuals”) who are directly

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

---

participating in the Purpose and who are informed of the confidential nature of such information, provided Recipient shall be responsible for compliance by Receiving Individuals with the terms of this Agreement and any breach thereof. This Section 4 shall survive termination or expiration of the License Agreement.

5. Right to Disclose. Discloser represents that to the best of its knowledge it has the right to disclose to each Recipient all of Discloser’s Confidential Information that will be disclosed hereunder.

6. Ownership. All Confidential Information disclosed pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation all written and tangible forms thereof, shall be and remain the property of the Discloser. Upon termination of the License Agreement, if requested by Discloser, Recipient shall return or destroy at Discloser’s discretion all of Discloser’s Confidential Information, provided that Recipient shall be entitled to keep one copy of such Confidential Information in a secure location solely for the purpose of determining Recipient’s legal obligations hereunder.

7. No License. Nothing herein shall be construed as granting or conferring, expressly or impliedly, any rights by license or otherwise, under any patent, copyright, or other intellectual property rights owned or controlled by Discloser relating to Confidential Information, except as specifically set forth in the License Agreement.

8. Remedies. Each party acknowledges that any breach of this Agreement by it may cause irreparable harm to the other party and that each party is entitled to seek injunctive relief and any other remedy available at law or in equity.

9. General. These Confidentiality Terms and Conditions, along with the License Agreement, and that certain Non-Disclosure Agreement entered into by the Parties dated March 26, 2012 contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede any prior oral or written understandings between the parties relating to confidential treatment of information. Sections 1, 2, 4, 6, 7and 9 of these Confidentiality Terms and Conditions shall survive any expiration or termination of the License Agreement.

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT; [***] DENOTES OMISSIONS.

 

29

---

Appendix E

Commercialization Plan provided by Company

[***]

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

Exhibit 10.9

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

 

August 1, 2014

Daniel A. de Boer

Chief Executive Officer

ProQR Therapeutics B.V.

Darwinweg 24, 2333CR Leiden,

The Netherlands

 

Development Program:		Clinical Trials for QR-010
Amount of Award:		$3 million [***]
Name of Awardee:		ProQR Therapeutics (“PROQR”)

Dear Mr. de Boer:

We are pleased to inform you that the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc. (“CFFT”) is hereby issuing an award for the Development Program described in Exhibit A and disbursed in accordance with Exhibit B up to the amount indicated above. The Award is intended to foster CFFT’s charitable purpose to discover therapies for the cure of cystic fibrosis. The awardee, PROQR, shall be responsible for the payment of all of the remaining costs required to complete the Development Program and for costs associated with continuing CRE necessary to further develop and commercialize the product. Each party’s obligations hereunder will commence and apply upon the execution of this Agreement. The Award is subject to the following terms, conditions and policies of this Letter Agreement (“Agreement”):

1. Disbursement of Award; CFFT Know-How; Reports.

(a) The Award will be disbursed by CFFT to PROQR in accordance with the Milestone Payment Schedule set forth in Exhibit B. Any CFFT funds not expended on the Development Program must be returned to CFFT, and upon such return, the amounts of such returned funds will not be included as part of the “Award” for purposes of calculating any royalties or other amounts owed by PROQR to CFFT pursuant to Paragraph 2(d).

(b) To the extent CFFT provides or makes available any information, expertise, know-how or other intellectual property related to cystic fibrosis or the treatment, prevention, or cure thereof (“CFFT Know-How”) to PROQR, CFFT hereby grants to PROQR a non-exclusive, transferable, sublicensable (through multiple tiers), worldwide right and license under all of CFFT’s rights in such CFFT Know-How to assist PROQR to research, develop, commercialize, make, have made, use, sell, have sold, offer for sale, import, export and otherwise exploit the Product.

(c) PROQR agrees to provide CFFT and the Project Advisory Group (“PAG”) specified below with a reasonably detailed, written report every three (3) months, summarizing progress toward achieving the goals of the Development Program. In addition, PROQR shall prepare and deliver to CFFT a closing report within thirty (30) days after the completion of the Development Program.

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

---

2. Royalties. In consideration of CFFT’s Award under this Agreement, PROQR agrees to pay to CFFT royalties as follows:

(a) PROQR shall pay a one-time royalty to CFFT in an amount equal to five (5) times the Royalty Cap. Such amount shall be paid in three (3) equal installments: the first within ninety (90) days of the first commercial sale of the Product; and the remaining installments on or before the first and second anniversaries of such date.

(b) In addition to the royalty payable pursuant to subparagraph (a) above, PROQR shall pay to CFFT a one-time royalty equal to the Actual Award within sixty (60) days after the end of the first calendar year after which aggregate Net Sales of the Product exceed $500 million.

(c) In the event of a license, sale or other transfer of the Product (excluding Net Sales or sales of the Product between or among PROQR and its Affiliates and sublicensees for resale, or for use in the production or manufacture of the Product or any sale or other distribution for use in a clinical trial or other Development activity, for compassionate or named-patient use or for test marketing) or a Change of Control transaction, PROQR shall pay to CFFT two (2) times the amount of the Actual Award plus the Prior Award. Such payment shall be made within sixty (60) days after any transactions giving rise to such payment.

3. Commercially Reasonable Efforts. PROQR shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to conduct the Development Program during the term of this Agreement. After the Development Program is completed, PROQR shall exercise Commercially Reasonable Efforts to develop the Product and shall continue to report to CFFT annually on the progress of its development activities regarding the Product until the earlier of first commercial sale of the Product or such research efforts are abandoned by PROQR, its Affiliates and its sublicensees, solely as a result of scientific failure.

4. Program Advisory Group (“PAG”).

(a) PROQR and CFFT shall form a PAG to oversee the Development Program. The PAG shall consist of two (2) individuals appointed by PROQR and two (2) individuals appointed by CFFT. One of such individuals from PROQR and CFFT, respectively, shall be the principal liaison to the Development Program. A party may replace the individuals appointed by such party and designate a different individual as the principal liaison upon written notice to the other party.

(b) The role of the PAG shall be to determine, discuss and propose amendments to the Development Program and budget, to determine whether payment milestones have been achieved, and to consider other issues raised by either party relating to the Development Program, provided that no change to the Development Program shall be made without the written agreement of both parties. The PAG shall terminate and cease to exist on the earlier of the commercialization of the Product or the termination of this Agreement. CFFT will participate in the PAG as part of its oversight responsibilities, in order to protect CFFT.

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

2

---

5. Interruption License. Upon written notice from CFFT following an Interruption (the “Interruption Notice”), PROQR shall elect, within thirty (30) days of such Interruption Notice, one of the following options by notice to CFFT:

(a) PROQR shall reasonably demonstrate, in the form of a written progress report, that an Interruption has not occurred, or that PROQR, an Affiliate thereof, or a licensee or sublicensee of either of the foregoing is exercising Commercially Reasonable Efforts to research, develop or commercialize the Product;

(b) PROQR shall provide CFFT with notice within such thirty (30) day period that PROQR, an Affiliate thereof, or a licensee or sublicensee of either of the foregoing, has plans to resume Commercially Reasonable Efforts to develop or commercialize the Product and resumes such Commercially Reasonable Efforts within the ninety (90) day period following such notice;

(c) PROQR shall grant CFFT an Interruption License, as set forth below; or

(d) PROQR may elect within thirty (30) days of the Interruption Notice to pay to CFFT the greater of (A) two (2) times the Actual Award, and (B) the total of the Actual Award and the Prior Award plus Interest up to the time of such election; and in the event of such election and payment, this Paragraph 5 shall no longer be applicable and ProQR shall have no further obligations to CFFT under this Paragraph 5.

If PROQR has elected (a) or (b) above within thirty (30) days of the Interruption Notice, the Interruption Notice shall be deemed satisfied and be of no further force or effect unless CFFT notifies PROQR within thirty (30) days after receipt of PROQR’s progress report under (a) above or provides notice under (b) above that CFFT disputes such progress report or notice, as the case may be. If CFFT provides timely notice of its dispute, the parties shall resolve such dispute in accordance with the dispute resolution provision of this Agreement.

If PROQR has elected (a) or (b) above, CFFT has disputed such election, the resolution of the dispute is concluded and the final outcome of such dispute resolution is that such election was defective, PROQR shall be deemed to have made the election specified in (c) above. If PROQR has made (or is deemed to have made) the election specified in (c) above, PROQR hereby grants to CFFT an Interruption License effective upon such election (or deemed election) (such date, the “Interruption License Effective Date”). The Interruption License shall be an exclusive (even as to PROQR), worldwide license to CFFT under the PROQR Development Program Technology to manufacture, have manufactured, license, use, sell, offer to sell, and support the Product in the Field. PROQR shall deliver to CFFT, within ninety (90) days after the Interruption License Effective Date, a copy of all materials and data in its possession or control generated in the performance of the Development Program and PROQR Development Program Technology, to the extent required by CFFT to make, use, or sell the Product in the Field. In the event that PROQR assigns all of or certain of its rights and obligations to develop and commercialize the Product at any time to a third party, such third party shall be subject to the obligations of the Interruption License. The Interruption License shall be deemed to constitute intellectual property as defined in Section 364(n) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code,; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a present exercise of such rights and elections.

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

3

---

6. Indemnification by PROQR.

(a) PROQR shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless CFFT, its Affixes, and their respective directors, officers, employees, consultants, committee members, volunteers, agents and representatives and their respective successors, heirs and assigns (each, an “CFFT Indemnitee”), from and against any and all claims, suits and demands of third parties and losses, liabilities, damages for personal injury, property damage or otherwise, costs, penalties, fines and expenses (including court costs and the reasonable fees of attorneys and other professionals) payable to such third parties arising out of, and relating to any such third party claims resulting from:

(i) the conduct of the Development Program by PROQR or its Affiliates or their respective directors, officers, employees, consultants, agents, representatives, licensees, sublicensees, subcontractors and/or investigators (each, a “PROQR Party”) under this Agreement and/or pursuant to one or more agreements between PROQR and any PROQR Party, or any actual or alleged violation of law resulting therefrom;

(ii) PROQR’s or its Affiliates’ development, manufacture, or commercialization of the Product developed in whole or in part as a result of the Development Program;

(iii) any claim of infringement or misappropriation with respect to the conduct of the Development Program by or on behalf of PROQR or PROQR’s or its Affiliates’ third party licensees’ or sublicensees’ (for the avoidance of doubt, third party licensee or sublicensee shall exclude CFFT or a CFFT licensee or sublicensee) manufacture, use, sale, or import of the Product developed in whole or in part as a result of the Development Program; and

(iv) any tort claims of personal injury (including death) relating to or arising out of any such injury sustained as the result of, or in connection with, the conduct of the Development Program by or on behalf of PROQR or PROQR’s, its Affiliates’, or PROQR’s or its Affiliates’ third party licensees’ or sublicensees’ (other than CFFT or any of CFFT’s licensees’ or sublicensees’) development, manufacture, or commercialization of the Product developed in whole or in part as a result of the Development Program; in each case except to the extent the claim, suit, demand, liability, damage, or loss results from the negligence, willful misconduct or other fault of a CFFT Indemnitee.

(b) CFFT will indemnify, defend and hold harmless PROQR, its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, consultants, agents and representatives and their respective successors, heirs and assigns (“PROQR Indemnitees”) from and against any and all claims, suits and demands of third parties and losses, liabilities, damages for personal injury, property damage or otherwise, costs, penalties, fines and expenses (including court costs and the reasonable fees of attorneys and other professionals) payable to such third parties arising out of, resulting from, or relating to any exercise of any rights under the Interruption License by or on behalf of CFFT, any designee, assignee or successor in interest thereto, or any licensee or sublicensee of any of the foregoing, except to the extent the claim, suit, demand, liability, damage or loss results from the negligence or willful misconduct of a PROQR Indemnitee after the effective date of the Interruption License.

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

4

---

(c) A party entitled to indemnification under this Paragraph 6 (the “Indemnified Party”) will promptly notify the other Party (the “Indemnifying Party”) of any claims, suits, demands, losses, liabilities, damages costs, penalties, fines, or expenses subject to indemnification under this Paragraph 6 of which it is made aware. The Indemnified Party will cooperate, and exert efforts to cause other Indemnified Parties to cooperate, in assisting the Indemnifying Party in presenting a defense, if requested to do so. The Indemnifying Party shall have sole control to select defense counsel, direct the defense of any such complaint or claim, and the right to settle claims at the Indemnifying Party’s sole expense, provided that any such settlement does not incur non-indemnified liability for or admit fault by any Indemnified Party. In the event a claim or action is or may be asserted, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to select and to obtain representation by separate legal counsel. If the Indemnified Party exercises such right, all costs and expenses incurred for such separate counsel shall be borne by the Indemnified Party. No Indemnified Party shall settle or enter into any voluntary disposition of any matter subject to indemnification under this Paragraph 6 without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

7. Insurance. PROQR shall maintain at its own expense, with a reputable insurance carrier, coverage for PROQR, its Affiliates, and their respective employees written on a per a per occurrence basis commensurate with a reasonable assessment of the risks associated with the development efforts being conducted by PROQR, the following policies: Commercial general liability insurance, including contractual liability as respects this Agreement for bodily injury and property damage and, no later than the first use administration of the Product to a human subject, the Product liability and clinical trials liability.

Maintenance of such insurance coverage will not relieve PROQR of any responsibility under this Agreement for damage in excess of insurance limits or otherwise. On or prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement, PROQR shall provide CFFT with an insurance certificate from the insurer(s), broker(s) or agent(s) (hereinafter collectively the “Insurance Providers”) evidencing the applicable insurance coverage. At its request, CFFT may review PROQR’s insurance coverage with relevant PROQR personnel no more than one time per year.

8. Intellectual Property Rights. All inventions, data, know-how, information, results, analyses, and other intellectual property rights resulting from the Development Program shall, as between the parties, be owned by PROQR and the preparation, filing and maintenance of all patents resulting from the Development Program shall, as between the parties, be the sole responsibility, and unfertile sole control, of PROQR. Subject to Paragraph 5, CFFT hereby assigns and transfers to PROQR all of CFFT’s right, title, and interest in and to all inventions and other intellectual property resulting from the Development Program, CFFT’s access to, or knowledge or use of, any PROQR Development Program Technology, the Product, or confidential or proprietary information of PROQR, and all intellectual property rights related to any of the foregoing, free and clear of all liens, claims, and encumbrances.

9. Termination of Agreement.

(a) Either party may terminate this Agreement for cause, without prejudice to any other remedies available to the terminated party with respect thereto, by providing the other party with written notice of such cause and intent to terminate; provided, however, that the other party

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

5

---

shall have thirty (30 days following the receipt of written notice to cure such cause. For this Paragraph 9, “cause” shall mean (i) a party’s material breach of its covenants or obligations under this Agreement, (ii) a bankruptcy or similar filing by a party or a proceeding under the applicable bankruptcy laws or under any dissolution or liquidation law or statute now or hereafter in effect and filed against such party or all or substantially all of its assets if such filing is not dismissed within sixty (6) days after the date of its filing, or (iii) PROQR’s material failure to achieve any Milestone within ninety (90) days of its anticipated achievement day.

(b) The following provisions shall survive the termination of this Agreement: Paragraphs 2, 6, 8, 9, 10 (solely with the respect to the confidentiality obligations therein), 11, and 12. In addition, the following provision also shall survive in the event of termination of this Agreement by CFFT pursuant to subparagraph (a) above: Paragraph 5 (to the extent the Interruption License has been granted and solely for purposes thereof).

10. Audits. At the request of CFFT, from time to time, PROQR shall permit CFFT, upon reasonable notice, to audit and examine such books and records of PROQR as may be necessary for verifying PROQR’s expenditures of the Award and the payment of royalties, if any, but no more frequently than once every calendar year. All non-public information made available by PROQR as part of any such audit, as part of any other reports (whether written or non-written), or otherwise under this Agreement (including, but not limited to, in connection with the PAG) shall be regarded as PROQR’s confidential information and CFFT hereby covenants that, except to the extent required by law (provided that CFFT promptly notifies PROQR of such requirement and permits PROQR to seek, and reasonably cooperates with PROQR at PROQR’s expense in seeking, a protective order therefor or other confidential treatment thereof), it shall not use any such information for any purpose other than determining whether PROQR has complied with its obligations hereunder (provided that CFFT may also use information provided through the PAG to further the purposes of the PAG hereunder) or, in the event of the grant of the Interruption License, the exercise thereof, or disclose any such information to any third party, and shall maintain such information in confidence in a manner at least as restrictive as its manner of treating its own confidential information of similar nature and in any event not less than with a reasonable degree of care.

11. Miscellaneous.

(a) Governing Law. this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland.

(b) Dispute Resolution.

(i) In the event of any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of, relating to or in any way connected to the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement, the performance of either party under this Agreement or any other matter under this Agreement, including any action in tort, contract or otherwise, at equity or law (a “Dispute”), either party may at any time provide the other party written notice specifying the terms of such Dispute in reasonable detail. As soon as practicable after receipt of such notice, an officer of each party shall meet at a mutually agreed upon time and location to engage in good faith discussions for the purpose of resolving such Dispute. If the Dispute is not resolved within thirty (3) days of such notice, either party may institute arbitration in accordance with (ii) below.

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

6

---

(ii) In the event any Dispute is not resolved in accordance with (i) above, such Dispute shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration. Whenever a party decides to institute arbitration proceedings, it shall five written notice to that effect to the other party. Arbitration shall be held in Washington, D.C., according to the then-current commercial arbitration rules of the Center for Public Resources (“CPR”), except to the extent such rules are inconsistent with this subparagraph. The arbitration will be conducted by one (1) independent, neutral arbitrator who shall be mutually acceptable to both parties, such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld, and who shall be appointed in accordance with CPR rules. If the parties are unable to mutually agree on such an arbitrator, then the arbitrator shall be appointed in accordance with CPR rules. Any arbitrator chosen hereunder shall have educational training and industry experience sufficient to demonstrate a reasonable level of relevant scientific, financial, medical and industry knowledge. Within twenty (20) days of the selection of the arbitrator, each party shall submit to the arbitrator a proposed resolution of the Dispute that is the subject of the arbitration (the “Proposals”). The arbitrator shall thereafter select one of the Proposals so submitted as the resolution of the Dispute, but may not alter the terms of either Proposal and may not resolve the Dispute in a manner other than by selection of one of the submitted Proposals. If a party fails to submit a Proposal, the arbitrator shall select the Proposal of the other party as the resolution of the Dispute. The arbitrator shall agree to render its opinion within thirty (30) days of the final arbitration hearing. No arbitrator shall have the power to award punitive damages regardless of whether any such damages are contained in a Proposal, and such award is expressly prohibited. The proceedings and decisions of the arbitrator shall be confidential, final and binding on all of the parties. Judgment on the award so rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The parties shall share the costs of arbitration according to the decision of the arbitrator. Nothing in this subparagraph will preclude either party from seeking equitable or injunctive relief, or interim or provisional relief, from a court of competent jurisdiction, including a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, or any other form of permanent or interim equitable or injunctive relief, concerning a dispute either prior to or during any arbitration.

(c) This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Facsimile and other electronically scanned signatures shall have the same effect as their originals.

(d) All communications between the parties with respect to any of the provisions of this Agreement will be sent to the addresses set out below, or to such other addresses as may be designated by one party to the other by notice pursuant hereto, by prepaid, certified air mail (which shall be deemed received by the other party on the seventh (^7th) business day following deposit in the mail), or other electronic means of communication excluding facsimile transmission (each of which shall be deemed received when transmitted), with confirmation by first class letter, postage pre-paid, given by the close of business on or before the next following business day:

if to CFFT, at:

Robert J. Beall, Ph.D

6931 Arlington Rd., Suite 200

Suite 200

Bethesda, Maryland 20814

Phone: 301-907-2541

Fax: 301-907-2699

Email:

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

7

---

with a copy to:

Schaner & Lubitz, PLLC

6931 Arlington Rd., Suite 200

Bethesda, Maryland 20814

Attn: Kenneth I. Schaner, Esq.

Phone: 240-482-2848

Fax: 202-470-2241

E-mail:

if to PROQR, at:

ProQR Therapeutics B.V.

Darwinweg 24, 2333 CR Leiden

The Netherlands

Attn: Daniel A. de Boer (CEO)

Phone:		+31 85 4 89 49 32
E-mail:

With a copy to:

ProQR Therapeutics B.V.

Darwinweg 24, 2333 CR Leiden

The Netherlands

Attn: Rene K. Beukema (General Counsel)

Phone:		+ 31 85 4 89 49 32
E-mail:

(e) The paragraph headings are for convenience only and will not be deemed to affect in any way the language of the provisions to which they refer.

(f) PROQR will not, by amendment of its organizational or governing documents, or through reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale, transfer or assignment of assets, issuance of securities, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants or agreements of this Agreement.

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

8

---

(g) This Agreement may not be assigned by any party without the consent of the other party, except that either Party may assign this Agreement without such consent to an Affiliate of such party or in connection with the transfer, whether by sale of assets, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets or business of such party to which this Agreement relates. Any assignment that is not in accordance with this subparagraph 10(g) will be null and void ab initio.

(h) The award is intended to constitute gross income to PROQR for United States Federal Income Tax purposes. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to create an agency, joint venture, amalgamation, partnership or similar relationship between CFFT and PROQR. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement, neither party to this Agreement shall at any time enter into, incur, or hold itself out to third parties as having authority to enter into or incur, on behalf of the other party, any commitment, expense, or liability whatsoever, and all contracts, expenses and liabilities in connection with or relating to the obligations of each party under this Agreement shall be made, paid, and undertaken exclusively by such party on its own behalf and not as an agent or representative of the other.

(i) The Public Affairs Department of CFFT and PROQR shall agree on any press release or other public announcement, other than an academic, scholarly, or scientific publication, concerning the terms of this Agreement or this Award prior to its public release, except to the extent any such release or announcement is required by law, rule, or regulation or the rules of any secures exchange. The parties agree that they intend to advance the body of general scientific knowledge of cystic fibrosis and its potential therapies and cures and the parties acknowledge that PROQR intends to, as commercially and scientifically reasonable based on the results of the Development Program, publish the results of the Development Program in a scientific peer-reviewed publication on a timely basis. CFFT’s support for the Development Program shall be acknowledged in any press releases and publications relating to the Development Program.

(j) In accordance with the U.S. Department of the Treasury Anti-Terrorist Financing Guidelines, PROQR shall take reasonable steps to ensure that the payments received from CFFT are not distributed to terrorists or their support networks or used for activities that support terrorism or terrorist organizations. PROQR certifies that it is in compliance with all laws, statutes and regulations restricting U.S. persons from dealing with any individuals, entities, or groups subject to Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) sanctions. CFFT reserves the right to correct any misuse of resources that are in violation of the Anti-Terrorist Financing Guidelines and may terminate this agreement immediately if a misuse occurs. PROQR shall provide copies of any public filings or releases, including the most recent official registry documents, annual reports, and annual filings with the pertinent government, as applicable.

12. Definitions.

(a) Unless otherwise defined in this letter, the following shall apply:

 

•

“Actual Award” means the total amount of the Award actually paid to PROQR.

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

9

---

•

“Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to a party, any entity, which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such party. For these purposes, “control” shall refer to (a) the ownership, directly or indirectly, of at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities or other ownership interest of an entity; or (b) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management or policies of an entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

•

“Change of Control Transaction” shall mean the consummation of a transaction, whether in a single transaction or in a series of related and substantially contemporaneous transactions, constituting (i) a merger, share exchange or other reorganization, (ii) the sale by one or more stockholders of a majority of the voting power of PROQR, or (iii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of PROQR (or that portion of its assets related to the subject matter of this Agreement), in which the stockholders of PROQR immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the voting power of the acquiring, surviving or successor entity, as the case may be; provided that a Change of Control shall not include a bona fide financing transaction for the benefit of PROQR (i.e. in which PROQR raises capital for general working or business purposes) in which voting control of PROQR transfers to one or more persons or entities who acquire shares of PROQR, and the existing PROQR shareholders receive no consideration directly or indirectly in connection with the transaction.

 

•

“Commercially Reasonable Efforts” or “CRE” shall mean the level of effort, expertise and resources that is substantially and materially consistent with industry standards for companies of similar size and financial resources to research, develop and commercialize the Product, provided such research, development and commercialization is technically feasible, devoting the degree of attention and diligence to such efforts that is substantially and materially consistent with industry standards for a product at a comparable stage in development, with similar market potential, and taking into account, without limitation, issues of safety and efficacy, proprietary position, and competitive environment, the regulatory environment, and other relevant scientific, technical and commercial factors, and for companies of similar size and financial resources.

 

•

“Field” shall mean the treatment of cystic fibrosis and other diseases caused by F508del mutation in CFTR.

 

•

“Interest” shall mean the prime rate applicable during the relevant time period, as published in the Wall Street Journal, plus five (5) percentage points.

 

•

“Interruption” shall mean the cessation of Commercially Reasonable Efforts to develop a Product for more than three hundred sixty (360) days at any time before the first commercial sale of the Product. For clarity, delays resulting from events outside of PROQR’s reasonable control (e.g., technical difficulties, shortages of supplies or materials, delays in preclinical or clinical studies or regulatory processes, difficulties in obtaining financing, etc.) will not be deemed cessation of Commercially Reasonable Efforts.

 

•

“Net Sales” shall mean, for any period, the gross amount received for sales of the Product in the Field by PROQR or any PROQR Affiliate, sublicensee or transferee as applicable (a “Selling Person”), to a non-Affiliate of the Selling Person, less the following deductions, in each case to the extent specifically related to the Product and taken by the Selling Person or otherwise paid for or accrued by the Selling Person (“Permitted Deductions”):

trade, cash, promotional and quantity discounts and inventory management fees paid to wholesalers;

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

10

---

tariffs, duties, excises and taxes on sales (including sales or use taxes or value added taxes) to the extent imposed upon and paid directly with respect to such sales (and excluding national, sales or local taxes based on income);

freight, insurance, packing costs and other transportation charges allocated to the sale;

invoiced amounts that are written off as uncollectible in accordance with Selling Person’s accounting policies, consistently applied;

amounts repaid or credits taken by reason damaged goods, rejections, defects, expired dating, recalls or returns or because of retroactive price reductions, billing errors, or trial prescriptions;

charge back payments, rebates and discounts granted to (i) managed healthcare organizations, (ii) federal, state or provincial or local governments or other agencies, (iii) purchasers and reimbursers or (iv) trade customers, including wholesalers and chain and pharmacy buying groups;

discounts paid under state legislated or seller-sponsored discount prescription drug programs or reductions for coupon and voucher programs; and

document custom duties actually paid by the Selling Person.

Sales of the Product between or among PROQR and its Affiliates and sublicensees for resale, or for use in the production or manufacture of the Product, shall not be included within Net Sales; provided, however, that any subsequent sale of the Product (or any Product produced or manufactured using the Product) by PROQR or its Affiliate or sublicensee or transferee to another non-Affiliate third party shall be included within Net Sales. Net Sales shall exclude any sale or other distribution for use in a clinical trial or other Development activity, for compassionate or named-patient use or for test marketing.

 

•

“Prior Award” shall mean $184,935, which was awarded by CFFT to PROQR pursuant to the award of December 22, 2012.

 

•

“Product” shall mean QR-010.

 

•

“PROQR Development Program Technology” shall mean all Technology discovered or developed, or controlled, by PROQR or its Affiliates, as a result of the Development Program under this Agreement (solely for purposes of the Interruption License), including, without limitation, Technology owned or controlled by PROQR prior to PROQR’s performance of the Development Program under this Agreement that is necessary in the

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

11

---

performance of the Development Program under this Agreement. Without limitation, PROQR Development Program Technology shall include data, technical information, source codes, know-how, inventions (whether or not patented), trade secrets, laboratory notebooks, and processes and methods.

 

•

“Royalty Cap” shall mean five (5) times the Actual Award plus the Prior Award.

We are pleased to make the Award described in this Agreement. Please indicate your agreement to the terms set forth in this Agreement by signing below.

 

Sincerely,
Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Therapeutics, Inc.
By:		/s/ Preston W. Campbell, III, M.D.
Name:		Preston W. Campbell, III, M.D.
Title:		Executive Vice President, Medical Affairs
Agreed:
ProQR Therapeutics
By:		/s/ Daniel A. de Boer
Name:		Daniel A. de Boer
Title:		Chief Executive Officer

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

12

---

Exhibit A

Development Program Plan and Budget

[***]

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

A-1

---

Exhibit B

Payment Schedule

[***]

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

B-1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

None

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of our report dated July 10, 2014 relating to the financial statements of ProQR Therapeutics B.V., appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte Accountants B.V.

Amsterdam, The Netherlands

August 14, 2014